This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at http : //books . google . com/|
Digitized by
Google
f
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
DICTIONASY AlTD GL03SAET
THE KOa-ArT, •
>( -Z ^ " ^- -- ''-'
COPIOrS GKl^tniATICAL TvEFEREXCES AND EXPLAXATIOXS OF THE TEXT.
IT
JOHN PENRICE, B.A
lb #flr# the4 trwhUy ehooi$ the ea4U4t /dM.— A«ab pRorxui.
LONDON;
Henry S. King & Co.,
65, CORNHILL, ahd 12, PATEBNOSTER BOW.
Digitized by
Google
VJ
r
Digitized by
Google
^•->.'=^-'-^<r-x^^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Ej
• El
-El
=1
o ^
3
Digitized by
Google
DICTIOISrARY AND GLOSSAEY
OF
THE KOK-AK
Digitized by
Google
m
/sr-.^.^-'.
•TIPnSM AV^TIM AND 50N«,
^^,^-
«^
■'-.V'.'i^
..^
l^'.tfe'V-
■v^/
A^s:-^/
if
rtlXTKlfly BKftTrORO.
\.
m
'; '7 / ? ^
(-/</? ri]7^/« reserved.)
Digitized by
Google
^
c-i*
y
/
I «
0^6^^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE.
THAT a competent knowledge of tho Kor-an is indiopcuSc-iWo as an introduction to
the study of Arabic litemturo will bo admitted by all who have advanced beyond
tha rudiments of the language. From the purity of its style and elegance of its
diction it has come to bo considered as the standard of Arabic even by those who
have no belief in its pretensions to a divine origin, while so great is its authority
among the followers of Mohammad, that it would be difficult to name a work by
any Mussulman writer which docs not abound in allusions to its precepts or in
quotations from its pages.
It is not to be expected that all the transcendant excellencies and miraculous
beauties discovered in the Kor-an by its commentators and others should immediately
imveil themselves to our cold and unsympathizing gaze ; beauties there are, many
and great-; ideas highly poetical are clothed in rich and appropriate language, which
not unfrequently rises to a sublimity far beyond the reach of any translation ; but
it is unfortunately the case that many of those graces which present themselves to
the admiration of the finished scholar are but so many stumbling-blocks in the way
of the beginner ; the marvellous conciseness which adds so greatly to the force and
energy of its expressions cannot fail to perplex him, while the frequent use of the
ellipse leaves in his mind a feeling of vagueness not altogether out of character in a
work of its oracular and soi-disant prophetic nature.
It has been the privilege of the Kor-an rather to impose its own laws upon
grammar than to accept them from other sources ; and as it was vrritten originally
without vowel points, it is not surprising that a good deal of difficulty has been
experienced in framing rules fo meet the various readings that have thence crept in.
'The following pages have been compiled in the hope that they may prove of
service to the beginner in mastering some of the difficulties to which I have re-
ferred ; they will be found to contain much, which to the more advanced student
may appear trivial or unnecessary, but which will not be without value if it lighten
the labours of those for whose use the book is principally designed ; it has no claim
to originality, it merely presents to the reader in a succinct form that which the
writer has culled for his benefit from the works of others.
The edition of the Kor-Sn which I have chosen for my text is that by Fluegel,
printed at Leipzig in 1834; the Concordance by the same author has been my
sheet-anchor throughout. Each word will be found under its verbal root; where
none exists it must be looked for in its alphabetical place; so also in the case of
Digitized by
Google
VUl PUrFACE.
words wliicli have seemed lil^cly to puzzle tlio b:^2^^^^-^S m^ay of thc5:o have been
separately arranged in tucir alphabetical order, but A/ithdniwn a littlo withm the
marginal lino ; thus for c:!:araplo the word l^S ia?jy bo looked for either under cSor
under its root ^\^. Tho vowel of the aorist has been given whero it is kno^vll ; I have
generally added tho orijiial meaning,* imd where such mcp.ai^g is not to bo found in
tho Kor-an the words aro printed in Italico. I must hero claim indulgence for tho
fault — if fault it bo — of having given tho English of tho infiaitivo instead of tho
third person singular of the preterite, or grammatical root of the verb ; it seems
more convenient and less roundabout to say that cl^ means to strike, although no
one would be likely to commence the study of tho Kor-an without being fully aware
that the word should in strictness be rendered "He struck" ; while upon this point
I may observe that although there is no true infinitive in Arabic, the abstract noun
or noun of action frequently supplies its place ; the letters n.a. merely refer to the
forms of the difTarent nouns of action, not necessarily to their meaning ; this also
applies to the participles, written part. act. and pass.; these names have been re-
tained for convenience sake, and mark ihoiform only of the verbal adjectives, which,
being constantly employed as substantives, arc generally so rendered.
It is hardly necessary that I should offer any apology to my readers for the •
frequent references I have made to Do Saoy's GrammaireArabe; the study of the
French language is now so universal, as almost to render a translation superfluous ;
the letters D. S. Qr. etc. refer to the second edition.
I have not, as a rule, thought it necessary to notice the various readings of
disputed passages, nor the numerous interpretations of the same passage which
abound in the Commentaries ; those who may wish to extend their researches- in
this direction will find an ample field in the works of the two great authorities
El Beidawee and Ez-Zamakhsharee ; the Commentary of the- former, as being the
more grammatical, is the one I have generally consulted. Free use ha? been
made of the Dictionaries of Freytag and Johnson, principally the former ; to them,
as well as to Sale's well-known translation, my acknowledgments are especially due.
From the many careful revisions the work has undergone, both previously, and
also in passing through the press, I have good grounds for hoping that but few
typographical error3 have escaped detection ; entire fi-eedom from such is hardly to
be expected, but the short table of errata will, I feel confident, comprise the greater
part ; for all other shortcomings I must seek the indulgence of my readers, trusting
that my humble efibrts may have provided for them in the words of my title " A
clue of elucidation to the intricate passages of the Kor-dn."
BiULXSRTON LODOE, NoRWlCH, «^ . xENKICE.
Zrd February f 1873.
Digitized by
Google
DICTIONARY
OF
THE KOE-AE".
\
I A prefixed pnrlicle answering to the Latin num
or an, Whether? Is it? When the first of
two consecutive propositions begins with i,
and the second with A both n?.ay frequently
be taken in. a dubitative sense ; as \\ L-fJjJii
^jjcj J 2 V. 5, Whether thou warn thera,
or whether thou warn them not ;" ) is often
found prefixed to other particles, as, lL^^A
"Art thou verily?" I,tli^ ^T i:.^]
16 V. 73, " Do they then deny the beneficence
of God?" When this particle is followed by
another 1 one of them is generally omitted ;
as wi-il for i^n ; so likewise when followed
by Wesla, in which case the alif of union is
suppressed, as a1)1 for 4ili n, etc. D. S.Gr. T. 1,
pp. 71 and 99.
L-;1 aor. i. and o. To mote, kIj\ ace. Ul That
which the earth produces as food.
ill plur. of c-M for ^ q. v.
Jj^lTl (2nd declension) pi. of (jiy\ {Pers.),
Goblets.
«juj 1 for . J\ see cj for *y1.
^1 see^.
^Lo^ n.a. Tiii. f. of ^^ q.v.
i1 aor. i. and o. To be rvild (an animal) ; aor. i.
To remain in a place. ISjI Eternally, ever, for
ever.
>-JS>
:^jA^ Abraham ; a poun of the second declen-
sion, of Hebrew origin, D. S.Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
i^ji\ and i^jA 1 pers. sing. aor. iv. and ii. forms
of T^" q.v.
jA aor. a. and i. To flee (with ^1^), properly, as
a slate.
JjI To be or hate many camels. JjI and Jjt
Camels; a generic noun like sheep. ilLl plur.
J-j1jI (2nd declension) Flocks (of birds).
^j^\^ Iblees, Satan, see ^jSj.
1^\^ for yj from ^ q.v.
^\ for ^ A father; when in connexion with a
complement, nom. ^1, gen. ^], ace. iJt;
Kz^ <l for v-j1 »J 0! my Father; D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 91 ; Dual ^^^1 Parents, and in con-
nexion ^jJl, oblique J}^!, as J^^'l and t^^
His two parents ; Plur. ^UT Fathers, ancestors,
for jUn like JUjT, the final j being changed
into haraza after \ quiescent; D. S. Gr. T. 1,
pp. 97 and 113.
c-»^Jj 1 plur. of ZJC q.v.
yl aor. a. and i. To dislike, disdain, refuse, to
be averse from (with ^1, and also with il ), as
\'j^ \ ^p,l^ J\i 17 v. 101, "But the
Digitized by
Google
wuJl
(2)
J^l
v/ickcJ Lave ivjectcJ (tlio IruKi) or only (re-
ceive it) vrith in;;r::itiUide."
J^j\^ viii. f. of jl^ q.v.
^^\ see ^jkj^.
^^Uiii. f.of^Jq.T.
yyl 1 per3. Bing. aor. v. f. of ISj q.v.
^^\ aor. i. To come, come to (with ace. or with
J); to bring to (svith c-* of thing and ace.
of pera.) ; to pass, come to pass, come
upon (with ^); to do, commit (an act,
with ace. or with (^). cl^I for.^ll, fern.
4UjT part. act. One w!i6 comes to, as ^^1
c->l,X£ j^yJ\ 11 V. 73, " Verily there is coming
upon them a punishment." ^3)^ part. pass.
with an active signiGcation, That which is
come to pass; at 19 v. 62 it has a future
signification, thus, Cjl« sjlj ^\£ " His pro-
mise will come to pass."— ^T IV. To cause
to come, bring, produce, give (with double
accus.). i\cj^ n. a. The bestowing of gifts.
i^y plur. ^y)-^ part. act. One who gives.
Pass, j^jl, or with the omission of the second
hamza, j;J\ D. S. Gri T. 1, p. 97; Ex.
c-juii \yj^ ^j jJ I ; A phrase which is exactly
rendered in colloquial English by "Those who
have been given the Scripture;" D. S. Qr.
T. 2, p. 125.
Jjl aor. a. i. and o. To be luxuriant. tLljl!
Household stuff, anything which constitutes
wealth.
M\i\ see ^\.
y\ aor. 0. and i. To relate.; to excite, raise (dust,
with ace. and c->). J\ A trace, footstep ; Plur.
j\i\ Traces, monuments of antiquity. ijj\
A relic.— yl IV. To choose, prefer (with ace.
and ^).
JJl aor. i. To hcf.nnhj rooted.
Tamarisks.
5^J
Jul (generic noun)
J=r
Jl aor. 0. and a. To pro'.ioimcc f/inll'j, and Jl aor. a.
To sin. Jl n. a. A sin, guilt, iniquity. lUl
' • Punishment of wickedness. >jT part. act. One
who sins, an evil-doer. >-jT A wicked person.
— *J'J n.a. II. f. Accusp.tion of crime
J aor. 0. Jb burn, -i'w^i Bitter, salt (water).
,^^-12;-] viii. f. of UP- q.v.
C^c^l pass. viii. f. of C
s
q.v.
:.\
ijij^j^
:A plur. of C'A:>- A scpuIchrc.
-A aor. 0. and i. To pay Tva^cs, serve for hire
5 Jl
i * 1
i Wages, dowers.
jp^\ n.a. A reward ; Plur
— ^*iLrX. To hire.
Js>^\ To fix a term. Jp-I A cause, the sake, as
<^^ J^^ vir? " ^^ *^^^t account." ^] A
^ ^ ■© s
fixed term, predetermined period. — J^T II.
To appoint a fixed term (with ace. and J).
O^y^ part. pass, with act. signification, as
i^j^i l?'i( 3 V. 139, " According to the Book
which fixes the appointed term of all things."
For this adverbial use of the accusative see
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 67, et seq.
<Lk5»-l plur. of ^.::^ fr. ^^ q.v.
f 'T** * s ^^
hs^^A plur. of -ll>- from 1^ q.v.
jjir^ Wages, Plur. of^t .
cLojI^I plur. of tLsfjki, Tales.
^U*! iv. f. oftli q.v.
iUrv.1 plur. of ^--i^ see lL%>- .
•xil One, any one; Fern. i^IsLt , see Ij^J
li^l plur. of 11^ and li^ see pS^.
ci^-i-Uv.f. of(
^v
' c *
q.v.
1 plur. of ^jl^ q.v.
(
Jj Jl^I A pit, from a>. q.v.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
Jc;-»
( 3 )
J^<
1\ aor. 0. To ta]:e, receive (with ncc. ami also
with c-^) ; to accept, tal;c away, punish, afflict
(with ac?. of pcra. and ^^» ^.» or ^^)l to
make a compact (with ^^J^ of pera. or with
ace); to £eize upon, sciro (with ace. or with w
of (lun^^'^;.to take in hand and arrange, as
jj ^^ i;;:i ciit :ii 9 v. so, " wo had
i of
ordered our afHiirs beforehand." jo-1 n.a.
The act of taking, punishment. j*xiJ noun
of unity, A punishment. iLs-T part. act. One
who takes. — Jl^T* or j^i aor. Jo^Uj III.
To punish (with ace. of pera. and <—> of the
crimc).~iir] for iI^o\ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 230,
VIII. To take, take to one's-self ; with Qj
it means to beget, as IjJJ Sflar^ 2 v. 110,
"God hath begotten issue;" to receive, make,
make for one's-self, aa ll^JcstI l^jI^I ji^
^ 29 V. 40, " Like the spider (who) maketh
for herself a house;" at 38 v. 63 ^Ujuirl
is for ^ciarU, the alif of union being sup-
pressed after the interrogative particle 1, D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 71 ; to hold or reckon, as j^ku
^T SS:^ ^<{} j^^ U 9 V. 100, •' He con-
siders what he expends as a means of bringing
him nigh unto God;" to act, behave (with
kindness), as at 18 v. 85 (with .J of person).
* ^t f ^ '
jUr! n.a. Act of taking to one's-self. dJ^i^
^> ^
part. act. One who takes.
. \ No verbal root, the verb not being used in the
first form ; Latter ^ The last. j^J for^U
(2nd declension) Another, other, the last;
Fern. JIL] D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 351 ; Plur.
^If^l; Tem.^\ for Jiv, the more usual
form, D. 8. Gr. T. 1, pp. 359 and 407;
f'^-^' J 3 V. 147, "In your rear." ^T.
Fem. ij^l Last, the last, the end, latter end ;
^^•^ i \ The last, the latest posterity; Ij^l \
The next (life) as opposed to CJLjT.--l<.l II.
aor.^jj To do a thing after anoUicr, do any-
thing last, defer, leave uiulone, put off (with
ace. and,^), asc-^\^» ^^ \ij>\ ^j li
v. 11, " And verily if we put off their punish-
ment;" to give a respite to any one (with
ace. and i<0.— y^tj V. To reino.In behind^
come after another. — r>-^J X- To stay be-
hind, delay, wish to delay. ^^ b.*-^ part. act.
One who- tarries beb.ind.
lLoJ^I 2 pers. sing. pret. iv. f. of ^^^ q.v.
^JsX] iv. f. of ^^^ q.v.
Ai^\ (2nd declension) plur. of JJ.i|.rt. Ji q.v.
^i!J^ aor. cond. 1 pers. sing, with s aGxed, from^
^iXq.v, .
•^ for fil ; when in connexion with a complement
nom. ^, gen. ,^^ ^^-C ^i A brother;
Dual, ^'p-^i oblique Ji^u and inconstruc*-
tion \^\ and ^y-t ; Plur. V^ J and ^J^l;
the latter generally means companions or
friends. SJ^ for iIi-1 A sister; Plur.
Jj\^; Dual ^^^, -■ *^iue ^^1,*
see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 353.
jI aor. a. i. and o. To fall on, oppress. 5^ Stu-
pendous, grievous..
ljpj| for Jjf^lS; 2 pers. plur. vi. f. of (Jj q.v.
\,jt Cause to come ; Impcrat. ii. f. of ^Jl q.v.
^j\ see ij^\ .
jbjl see^J.
^jpr Imperative plural of \jS q.v.
I'Dijl plur. of ^3 An adopted son, rt. \2j q.v.
Jj\ iv. f. of 3 J q.v.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
ol
(4)
^,\
aJ\ aor.a. To be (a;cny. >»jT (2nJ dcclcnoion),
Adam; D. S.Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
^Ji More vile, etc. fr. IJ J q.v.
^j\ Jloro grievoua, fr. ^J q.v.
,^1M aor. i. To become thick {viil/:). ^TjI for ^\j\
Payment; the final ^^ being converted into
hamza after \ quiescent; P.3.Gr.T.l,p.ll3.—
ijj] II. To cause to come, to pay back,
restore (with ace. and ^p ; aor. ^j^ as
jpj " Then let him restore (it)."
o "^ **
6\ and \j\ Behold, if, when, then, at that time.
1 jl Thou, in that case ; These words are. re-
gardedby the Arab grammarians as indeclinable
nouns ; They enter into composition with other
worda, as »5ui-.^ and jl^*j Then, at tliattimo,
on that day when; so also !j^ after the in-
terrogative particle \ as \Si\ Is it then? etc.
For the various effects produced by these par-
ticles upon the tenses of verbs the reader is
referred to D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 171, et scq,, and
also p. 522 : j^ and \j\ are constantly em-
ployed in the Koran to commence a sentence
without any antecedent; the words ^^l^ U J^j^
•'Remember what occurred," being then under-
stood.
^\j3\ plur. of ^J A chin, see ^j.
L» ji 1 pers. plur. pret. iv. f. of j^ J q.v. See also
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 240.
JlJ J^ plur. of jJ J, rt. J J q.v.
^3\ To give ear ; and ^S\ aor. a. To suffer, grant
permission, permit (with J of pers. and c- > of
thing, also with ^T of the verb) ; to hearken to
(with J). Note. When the Imperative of this
verb is preceded by uJ it is written ^oli as at
2 V. 279 ; see D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 232, note.
Plur.
#1
^^\ Fern. An enr ;
a. Pormi:'sion.
^UT. ^\j\ A declaration. — ^j! II.
To cry aloud, make a proclamation (with J"
or with c-^ of thingX ^Jj-* part. act. A
public crier, a Muezzin.-^ ^S\ IV. To mal; :
known to, proclaim to (with ace. of pers.) ;
to assure. — ^jlJ V. To cause a proclama-
tion to be made, cause to be declared. —
^.jU-»^ X. To ask permission (with ^^,1 c:
with ace. of pers. and J of thing); at 3
w. 44 and 45 it means to ask leave to bi
excused, to ask a dispensation; see D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 4G7, where this ellipse is explained.
^-j1 aor. a. To be hurt. ^j\ for ^jj\ D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. Ill ; n.a. injury, ill-treatment,
offence, annoyance, anything noxious, such as
illness or pollution. — ^^-jT IV. To injure, vex,
annoy, offend, afflict ; aor. j^i^ ; U^j i U 4
V. 20, "Then punish them both;" propcrhi,
"do them both some injury"; Commentators
differ as to what this injury should be; Pasi.
^cj^l 29 V. 9, for J}j;i for Jcjtl, see 3 v.l04;
see also D. S. Gr. T. I, p. 95, § 1S7. .
vlioT^lseetl?;'!.
cl>^t aor. i. To tie (a knot) tight^ and tS.T aor. a.
To want. <o^^ n.a. want, a necessity, r^3
ijjf^^t^ 24 V. 31, "Who have no ne^'J
(of women)." f^j^ (2nd declension) pli'ir.
of l)j\^ Necessities, necessary uses.
tL^j^ plur. of c-J q.v.
^^1 iv. f. of IjJ q.v. '
(^^j\ viii. f. of cSVj for el^J q.v.
^li-jl plur. of l^ A side, rt. lAJ q.v.
Jbrjl Put him off! See U-J .
cf jj! iv. f. of ^jj q.v.
i
i\
Digitized by
Google
L^j!
k o )
AWl
\
\^J\ for .^j\ iv. f. of CJ jq.v,
J/,1 fcin. The Earth, earth, land, a country,
CjX aor. i. and o. To feed on the tree cliljl {a
camel). cliSTj 1 (2nd declension) plur. of ^Xul
Thrones, couches.
\j\ r.or. i. To bite. fij\ (:2nd declension) Ircm, the
city of the tribe of 'Ad.
,Jj\ 1 pers. sing. aor. of ^\j q.v.
Jl Qor. 0. and i. To make a loud crash, incite;
^jy 19 v. 86, "That they may incite them ;"
3 pers. fein. sing. aor. after the broken plural
^^Clil ; for the use of the aorist indicative
when in dependance on another verb, see D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 201. ji n.a. An instigation.
b-'-Li> ^^® *^j *^^ *^J'
j]\ To be strong. jj\ n.a. Back, loins.-^T IV.
To make strong. J^T Azer (2nd declension),
The name given to Abraham's father Terab;
I derived from the Chaldean name of the planet
I Mars.
Jjjjl aor. a. To draw near. iijT The day of judg-
ment*
JJ\ seejj.
^Ijjl plur. of -jj , rt. ^\) q.v.
^1^] To cry Is! Is/ in driving jheep. — ^j^ II.
I To found, lay foundations (with ace. and ^^ ) ;
V the logical root being (jlT A foundation.
I J-tCt (2nd declension) plur. probabbj of jUl-l
/ from JlaJ q.v.
J,C! (2nd declension) plur. of jlj-* A bracelet,
fr. jL» q.v.
lJ\^\ plur. of c---t^ I rt. e^-^ q.v.
^ip] plur. of lalj A tribe, rt. Isl^ q.v.
j^i Silk of a thick texture, brocade ; possibly
derived from jj to glitter.
/
cyl^l X. f. of
l>- for <--^j=r 1-v-
^J^Gl X. f. of ^>. q.v.
j^^s:L^ X. f. of olrw q.v.
Jj2-] X. f. of Jj q.v.
^.1^^ X. f. of £l!^ q.v.
'^y:li\ imperat. x. f. of JU q.v.
^jJoJ\ X. f. of ^^ q.v.
JjK^^ imperat. x. f. ofjJ q.v.
J,\^j X. f. of . J'^ q.v.
^^^jL-1 pass. X. f. of ^ya q.v.
kzJ^^\ fern. 3 pers. sing. x. f. of c/j^ q^v.
j^jn-jj X. f. of j^j q.v.
<^ji^\ via. f. of ijy^ q.v.
(jk*.Us->» X, f. or ^^M-^ q.v.
cr^r^-'l^c.f. of^q.v.
jLsr-l plur. of^-^ The morning, tL^s^ q.v.
^1 Journey by night I Imperat. iv. f. of ,.^ q v.
-»1 aor. 1. To bmd, make prisoner. jJ\ n.a. A liga-
ment, a joint. ^^1 A prisoner, captive;
Plur. ,j^l and ^jU\ (2nd declension) ; the
latter of these forms is restricted by De Saoy
to words of the form ^lo ; see his Grammar,
T.l, p. 369,^803.
JjTpl (2nd declension) Israel ; a Hebrew word,
meaning Prince of God. See Genesis xxxii.28.
J^\ iv. f. of t>^ q.v., see also^l . . "
I aor. a. To be grieved, wi^i grief, as ^^JlJ\ IJ
for X^\ 12 V. 84, "Oh my grief! " or, "How
great is my grief I " D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 90.
note. %1l^\ Indignant, or aflfected at the same
time with grief and indignation,— cJ-jT IV,
To provoke to anger.
M^\ and ^Uil:T , see ILj •
Digitized by
Google
-I
(6)
.■^\
JuxJiJiit (2nd declension) Islimaol, meaning in the
Hebrew God shall ficar.
^\ aor. i. and o. To he putrid and stlnhhig hvater).
^jJ\ Corrupt, putrid: ,^T^ .UJ^47 v. 16,
" Of incorruptible water."
Cil aor. 0. To be healed, i^ A pattern, example
worthy of imitation.
^\ aor. a. To be sad, solicitous about (with ^J^)-
\j\ili\ Separately; ace. plnr. of lLw, rt. ujuJ* q.v.
4^\ plur. of ^sL^, rt. ^ q.v.
AjJ^\ (2nd declension) plur. of jjJl^, see j-ii.
Cii) aor. 0. 7b cut, saw; and^^ aor. a. To exult.
St
jJU\ Insolent, an insolent person.
^^^^1 Most wretched; comp. form of iLi q.v.
\^\ I make my co:nplaint; 1 pers. sing. aor.
of lL£ q.v.
4i>|U-i»| see UJ* .
cC^l plur. of ii*4, see tli.
jCf plur. of J--^^ rt. J^l q.v.
k1J2\ 1 pers. sing. aor. cond. of C^ q.v.
jw») To cover over {a pot). — SlSJ^ fem. part. pass.
iv. f. Covered over, vaulted over,
^1 aor. i. To bind. jcS A covenant, burthen.
j^ iv. f. of^ q.v.
^J^^ viii. f. of \ju9 q.v.
(juJcLuo^ 1 pers. sing, pret, viii. f. of ^^ q.v.
^^^1 iv. f. of ll^ q.v.
ijit plur. J^i The lowest part, bottom, root.
J^t The evening ; Plar. Jll ; Plur. of Plur.
JUT.
t-^l^l plur. of c.jL» dorsal vertebrae, rt.cIJL^q.v.
*Dl iv. f. of ^ for *y q.v.
^^lail 1 pers. sing. aor. viii. f. of Ji q.v.
clW iv. f. of ft V^ q.v.
j^^'l for ^Ji^Tl , \ interrogative, and viii. f. of
.V.
j^.Ui^l iv. f. of J^Ul^ quadrilitcral, rt. J];^ q.v.
\yp\ Of di.Tcrent kinds; plur. of Jp?', rt.J'i^ q.v.
jc^l IV. f. of Jc^ q.v.
^jc^^ viu. f. of \Js. q-,v.
,,^^^ viii. f. 01 \js, for^ q.v.
IjjLcl see Jcc.
3<t j^! plur. of j-xs , rt. IJ^ q.v.
*J5» plur. 01 jijz, rt.Ji q.v.
jllil A whirlwind, rt.^^ q.v.
43u^^ 1 pers. sing. aor. iv. f. of jU q.v.
Lj^l 1 pers. plur. pret. iv. f. of 1^ q.v.
Jlil plur. of jjc A collar, rt. jl q.v.
^^1 IV. f. of ,^^ q.v.
t^^l IV, f. of ^y> q.v.
Jl 7b 5ay uJt Fy ! as lill uJt Fy on you both ^
According to the author of the Kamoos there
are forty different ways of spelling this word
*lJl iv. f. of *li for *Jj5 q.v.
Jfllii iv. f. of ,^15 for fj^ q.v.
jtU LJl Do they then (believe) in that which is j
vain?" 16 v. 74 and 29 v. 67; composed of '
the interrogative particle t, the conjunctior [
Jli, the preposition l-^, the article Jl , and thJ ►
word JLU Vanity, or anything vain. i '
i^jcljI vui. f. of ^cjkj q.v. ;
ijp\ viii. f. of ij^ q.v. r }
^^^1. IV. f. of Li5 q.v. i^
iLjJoi "Were we then exhausted?" composed of \\
the interrogative particle 1, the conjunction uli, ^
and the first pers. plur. pret. of J^-*^ , rt.^^ q.v. ,
^1 aor. i. 7b dress leather, j^il The horizon ;
Jl^r jSVG ^J 53, V. 7, " And he (appeared)
in the highest point of the horizon," viz., the
Digitized by
Qoo^(^
cKi^
(7)
«-Jl
Angel Gabriel. jb| plur. of j}\ Tracts or
regions of. tho cartb; jbl'l ^^UJiyTj^j^
41 V. 63, ''We will show tbem our signs in
tho regions of the earth"; to wit, The con-
quests of the true believers.
clXilaor. i. To. lie, cause to tell lies, or put oz a
false appearance, as at 7 v. 114 ; to turn aside
(with ^); to frustrate, render silly. tlXi^ A
falsehood, lying invention, lying, false; as
• ^^LJ .... iJjT liiS! 37 V. 84, "Do ye
choose a falsehood (viz.) gods, etc.?" lllil
is here put for \ii\] . CiOl A great liar.—
CJ^y* part. act. viii. f. which has a passive
signification. That which is overthrown or
turned upside down; ci^l^j^l The cities
which were overthrown, viz. Sodom and Go-
morrah. .
Jj! aor. i. and o. To set (the sun). JiJ part. act.
That which sets.
Jcj\ plur. of ^, rt. ^ q.v.
i^y\ plur. of IJ A mouth, see ^U for dJ.
^joyl I pers. sing. aor. of ^js^s q.v.*
iju-ol plur. of jy , rt. Jbq.v.
Jj^Cm (2nd declension) plur. of J^^T plur, of
Jy A saying, discourse, see J\j for J^.
v::^! A definite time, for L::--^3J ; rt. \jl^^ q.v.—
1 II. (no 1st form) To fis a certain time.
De Sacy, quoting El Beiddwee, says in his
Grammar, T. 1, p. 103, note, that the word
Li^M which occurs at 77 v. 11 is for l^-cjj.
*Jcj^ see \ Jc> .
^j^\ fern, imperat. of ci^cj q.v.
^Tsee^.
cLly* plur. of ciy Food, rt. t£;l3 q.v.
i\S^ 1 pers. sing. aor. of iSlS for JjS q.v.
^Jk$l iv f. of )J^ q.v.
i\J\^ n.a. iv. f. of J^ q.v.
IJ^^l Clothe them ; Imperat. of US q.v.
JSl aor. 0. To eat, devour, consume (with ace. or
with ^, c-j, or^); to mate use of, enjoy, as
at 4 V. 3; Imperat. J^, fern. ^ . jii n.a. TLo
act of eating, a devouring; SSI In a greedy,'
devouring manner. Jsi Food, as fruit, or
whatever is eaten; «jiSl Ulisr* %Jj^^3 ^ ^- ^^^i*
"And com, the food from which (is) various
in kind ; " For the construction of this and
similar sentences see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 70
and 270. jfT part. act. One who eats. JIS\
Greedy, a great eater. J/^ part. pass.
Eaten.
At2l plur. of I^ A bud, rt. S q.v.
i^l and ^f,l2l plurs. of J)^, rt. ^ q.v.
Jl The definite article, The; when not at the be-
ginning of a sentence, it is always written with
.tfj thus Jl ; the 1 then loses all sound and
becomes mute. D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 64.
jl aor. 0. and i. To he shaken. ^\ ace. of J^
Consanguinity, relationship. Freitag gives
Jl as the root of this word.
it from 1 interrogative and /not; la it not?
Are there not ? etc.
JT for J^t, rt. JT for Jj! q.v.
i\I\ plur. of Jt , rt. f\ for pt q.v.
I] for S ^"i That not ; as, that (I do) not, etc. It
governs the aoristin the subjunctive rocod.
Jl for J ^^ Unless, except, if not; It commonly
governs the accusative. For the rules of
syntax connected with J^ see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 403, et seq.
^\1] A fem. form of ^^jJl q.v.
cSCjf plur. of JiS, see v^.
Digitized by
Google
^\
(8 )
^1
(S^\ aor. i. To diminl 'li, defiuuJ (with v.cc. of pers.
and ^ of thing), as ^ (^A*^ crt >^li:Jl Uj
^Ai o2 y. 21, " And we >Yill not defraud them
of any of their works,"
l-cJ! viii. f. of i^ q.v*
. oliJl n.a. iv. f. of li! q.v.
cJlsIl D.a. iv. f. of wli' q.v.
^^^xi^^ i Join me ; Imperat. iv. f. of Jjs^ q.v.
oJI (2nd declension) comparat. adjective fr. jJq.v.
i^iJl (He, the m^.n) who, (him) wliom, (the thing)
which;.Fein.^^l ; Dual ,^^iJ\; Plur. ^^iJw
fern. plur. ^ll I and ^^ UJ 1; De Sacy instead
of the last form gives *Ui and vjj'JD) ; see his
Grammar, T. 1, p. 446; According to the
rule given at § 232, p. 113 of the same volume,
s\Ji\ would seem to be the most correct way of
spelling it; see also his observations on these
pronouns, or, as he calls them, conjunctive
adjectives, vol. 1, p. 443, et scq,, and vol. 2, p.
343, et seq. The antecedent is frequently
omitted ; see aa instance at 23 v. 14.
Jjl Letters placed at the commencement of the
10th, 11th, 12th, 14th, and 15th chapters;
seelTT.
i^\ plur. of ^UJ, rt. ^ q.v.
<— cJl aor. a. To be accustomed (to a place) ^ to join
Sift
together* (JfiJI A thousand; considered by
some as the root; Dual ^lif^, oblique ^^T;
Plur. vlii\ and vlfju — J3! II. To unite,
joia together, reconcile (with ^); aor. v^ J.
JLaJj^ fern. part. pass. Reconciled, as ^jIsTT
^jb 9 v. 60, "And those whose hearts are re-
conciled : " For the construction of this sentence
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 277.- *"
A compact, uniting together.
J 3b! D.a. iv. f.
^\ iv. f. ofUI q.v.
t^'^^i plur. of w^ A nickname.
^\ iv. f. of ,^ q.v.
J\ Am I not? Is it not? etc. from T interrogative
and J not; used also in conjunction with other
particles, as >!j1, Jjl, UJjl, etc.
pT Letters found at the commencement of the
second and several other chapters of the KorAn.
Concerning the meaning of these and other .
letters found at the commencement of various
ch^ipters, differences of opinion have always
existed among commentators ; but it is held
by many of the ablest of the Mussulman
Doctors that tho true meaning has never been
communicated to* any mortal, Mohammad
alone excepted. See Sale's Koran, introduc-
tory remarks, section iii. Note. These and
similar letters are to be pronounced at full
length, all/, lam, meem, etc.
iJl aor. a. To suffer (pain).. .j^\ painful.
Ji^ Letters at the commencement of the thirteenth .
chapter, see 'p\.
^ji^J Letters at the commencement of the seventh
chapter, see IJT.
ilT To adore, ll^; Dual oblique J^\^ ; Plur. i, JT
A Deity, God. 2)1 God, The God, The only
God; A word which embraces all the names
by which the Mussulmans designate the Deity.
a3ju and ^Xj By God I ^ To God, be-
longing to God, as Jj iJp v. 151, " Verilv
we are God's." ^^T A form of invocation,'
0 God I The ^ being added to compensatei
the omission of the particle iJ; it is said tcV '
stand for Ik C] 2jT l^ " 0 God 1 instruct usP
in righteousness ! "
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
I
Jl
(9)
!iSQ] It Las occupied you ; iv. f. of l^J q.v. and J.
1J I iv. f. of ^S q.v.
Jl aor. 0. To be rvantin^ in dut^f, to fail (v. ith ace.
of pcra. and thing), as flli (^^j2\i 3 3 v. 114,
"They will not fail to corrupt you." i^J
plur. of JT for ^], Benefits.— JT IV. for
^\\ (possibly derived from an obsolete root
jJi) To swear, vow abstinence from (with
^), as JJij^' 3 pers. plur. aor. at 2 v. 22G.—
Jiji^ VIII. To swear, as \/j[ ^ ... Jjlj 24
V. 22, " Let not (the wealthy) swear that they
will not give.*' Note. The ellipse of the negative
. is usual after an oath ; the oath itself implying
a negation, unless there appear some precise
indication to the contrary; D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 474.
^\^\ plur. of ^J^ A species, q.v.
A[ To, towards, as far as (but not including) ; For
the difference between ^j:.^ and ^\ see ^Ji^;
in, on, or at, as l^^ ) /♦^•j ^'^ JIjH^ 4 v. 89,
"Verily he will gather you together on the day
of resurrection ; " with, or in addition to, as,
^91 Jl J^'^P ^J^^ ^ 4 V. 2, " Do not
devour their substance in addition to your
own;" in this and similar instances there
appears to be an ellipse of the word ^y^.^
** by adding tV," or of some similar word ; ^J^ ^\
Until. As a general rule ^\^ indicates the
term or limit beyond which an action does not
extend.
Jj\l\ (2nd declension) Elias. ^^\^\ 37 v. 130
Ilydseen ; this word is supposed by some to
be the plur. of (jlOt and to mean Elias and bis
followers, but it is probable that the termina-
tion ^ is only added for the sake of the rhyme,
and that both words designate the same person ;
as *u-1j and ,.,
Sinai.
are both names of Slouiit
^\ Or; a conjunction generally used in the second
of two alternative propositions, the first of
which is preceded by 1 ; botli nray frequently
be rendered " whether ; " see 1 •
I* I aor. 0. To seek, intcndy propose. JJiT oblique
plur. part. act. Those who seek, or are intend-
ing (to visit). li A mother, Plur. t£.>l^Ji) ;
onffin, principle, a capital, place of abode,
foundation, as <-r^l^ 1 ai 3 v. 0, '* The founda-
tion (or fundamental part) of the Book."
^ofe. The contents of the Koran are classed
by Mohammad under two heads; the first.
i<
which is called <-->'ai) \ 2] or the fundamental
part, contains those passages whose meaning
is plain and obvious; the other portions are
metaphorical ; the words <---?^I^ \ a) at 13 v. 39
and 43 v. 3 mean "The original of the Book,"
and refer to the table on which God's decrees
are recorded; it is also a name sometimes
given to the opening chapter : ^^ \ ^1 The
metropolis, Mecca : ^i^2'^T'7 v. 149 for^^i J^T
Son of my mother, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 91, note ;
in some manuscripts the words ^' J^ 1 ^ at
20 V. 95 are written in one word ^^, D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 99. ^] Plur. j^l A people,
nation, race, a party (especially of the samo.
religion), a fixed and definite term, a certain
time, a religion, as aX! ^ 43 vv. 21 and 22,
" In the practice of a religion ; " an Imdm,
or model of religion. ^\^\ Before ; lilXt 75
v. 5, " (For that which is) before him," ue.
"for the future." ^Ul sing, and plur.; the
Plur. of which is Juil A leader in religion, a
Digitized by VjOC5QIC
( 10)
model, example, rule, pattern, or book for
guidance or instruction.
Ono who can
neither read nor write, illiterate, au epithet of
Mohammad, ignorant. Pagan, ono who is
ignorant of the Scriptures. W A3 for; occa-
sionally put for. U /♦! Or that which, or what.
Ut Either, or whether, in which sense it re-
quires to be repeated before each of the alterna-
tive propositions of a sentence ;D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 673; instances however occur where instead
of Ul being repeated, jt is substituted, thus,
0:^3/;;^ u^j:^! jx^r .j-^ ^:ui\ 17 V.
24, " Whether one of them attain old age with
thee or both of them ;" when standing for U^l
If (tho U being expletive), no repetition is
necessary, thus ^Sa ^Lj J^*^ L«li 2 v. 3G,
"And if a direction shall come to you from me."
^U^ plur. of JuT A maid-servant, see UT forj.^1.
iUT A deposit, rt. ^^\ q.v.
^^Ui plur. 0/ luJil Desires, rt. ^« q.v.
«X^I aor. i. To determine^ to be curved, cL^T A
curve, anything which shows ups and downs.
JUT A maid-servant, rt. Ul for J^l q.v.*
j^\ viii. f. of jU q.v.
^j^^\ viu. f. of ^jss^ q.v.
jJ^T To be Jinishcd, and 1^1 To be angry. IX^
Anger, the term of existence, a space, term,
terminus.
^ aor. 0. To command, order, enjoin (with ^T or
J or with ace. of pers. and l^ of thing) ;
L5^ir^^ "Yeorder me," 39 v. G4,is ^ot^^^\
Imperat.^, when preceded by the conjunction
J it is written ^^, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 232.
y^ n.a. A command, decree, matter, thing.
will.
J^
\ A serious matter, a str.ngo thing.
^
iTpart. act. One who commands. jU! Prone.
"-i.
?/t
^j^ VIII. To take counsel together, de-
liberate about (with<^-:); Iinperat.^.4a.'t,and
with J, j^\^.
yj^ C^^' ^J\ A man, rt. T^ q.v.
[ja^\ Yesterday, (no verbal root).
^\m\ plur. of ^jt^ An intestine.
J.J aor. 0. To hope. . j^ n.a. Hope.
^!iv. f. oflCq.v.
^T aor. a. To be secure, trust (with ace. of pcrs.
and **-? of thing), put trust in (with ace. of
pers. and ^<li), to be secure from (with ace),
as ^TjLi ^ u ii 7 V. 97, " For (no one) is
secure from the stratagem of God." ^\ n.a.
Security; at2 V.119 it means a place of security.
j^T part, act. One or that which is secure,
safe, secure. ^j^\ Faithful, trustworthy,
secure. H^ Security. Ju W A pledge, cove-
nant, faith, a trust. ^y%^^ part. pass. Secured.
^t« A place of security.— ^jJiT IV. To make
sure or secure (with ace. of pers.) ; to have
faith in, believe (with 4--^). {^}^\ for u'^'l
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 95, §185 and 187 n.a. A
believing, faith, heartfelt belief, see |»iC].
^J^y* part. act. One who believes. — ^^/^^
Pass. J;^jl VIII. To be entrusted with the
custody of anything,
i-j^i Anything wished for, rt. ^j^ q.v.
•Ul aor. 0. To mew like a cat, to become a maid-
servant. luT for iy^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 358,
A maid-servant; Plur. ^L«^.
^1 That, in order that, lest, that not; when followed
by a verb in the aorist, such verb is generally
business; Plur. ^1; i^J^ ^Oi my own | put in the subjunctive; when put before d
Digitized by
Google
J.
( n )
A
r.oun or pronoun it gaverns it in the accusa-
tlre, nnd is tlien writ ton with the tcshdecd
^J. This conjunction is frequently used after
Jli or BOine similar verb, with an ellipse of
the word *^$ai/ing^* thus, ^y^ ^^.J «->^^ ^^i^
^wJli]T^y]T^V^^I 23 V. 9, "And (re-
Eiember) when thy Lord called unto Moses
(saying) go unto the wicked people;" when
used in the sense of lest, for fear that, or in
order that (it may) not, it is generally neces-
sary as a ride that the preceding proposition
should contain some word which carries with it
the idea of prohibition,, hindrance, or obstacle,
as >^'-«i ^ i^l ^5^/^' \J^ uji^ C!^ 18 V. 55,
"Verily we put veils over their hearts thatihey
fhould not understand it (the Koran)." The
above rule how;ever is by no means without
exceptions, several of which occur in the Koran ;
thus at 7 v. 171 \jyij ^ i must be rendered
" lest ye should say," where there is an entire
ellipse of the negative ; a similar ellipse is com-
mon in case of an oath, see ^J^\, rt. Si.
^l and ^1J That, ^t^ As though. V\ That
not, for / ^T . ^
^1 is used with every kind of prefix 8nd affix,
and may be rendered that, since, because;
when followed by the affixed pronouns as AiT
etc. it loses its influence over the following
noun; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 5G7.
^^'^ If, differs from jl inasmuch as the former is
simply conditional, as if {^\^ you are wise ;
while the latter supposes what is not the case,
as if (j) ) you were wise ; this is made clear by
the following example : |^>mLj i f^^jS ^\
you call upon tlicm thoy will not hear your
prayer, and if they hoard they would not
answer you." ^\^ gives a future signification
to verbs in the preterite, unless where ^If is
interposed, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 181, et seq. ;
it has sometimes a negative meaning, as
Jp^^rjl ^.\ '^^\ ^i 11 V. 53, "My
reward is not (due) except from him wlio created
me." JyTand^'for J;i^Und^3.
^^ like ^ is used with almost every kind of
. prefix and affix; when without an afTtxed pro-
noun it governs nouns in the accusative: it
has an affirmative meaning, and may generally
be rendered verily, or indeed; it is sometimes
written without the teshdeed, and. must not
then be confounded with the conjunction J],l if.
UjI called by the Arabs ^^ \ uJ^, or particle
of restriction, may frequently be rendered only ;
the U is occasionally a simple expletive, and
the word has then the force of ^1 , but it no
longer governs the accusative. Do Sacy gives
the rules for all these particles in his usual
admirable manner, and to his Grammar I refer
the reader, for the ftijlest information on the
subject,
I; 1 I ; personal -pronoun.
VS\ plur. of ^1 for ^^"1 Hours, rt. ^ q.v.
I5l5l ace. plur. of ^^1 , rt. ciU ! q.v.
^^Ul plur. of ^^^^, rt. ^\ q.v.
^iJl (collective noun) Creatures ; no verbal root.
J^u! (2nd declension) plur^of iLijl Finger-ends*
rt. jJij q.v.
i\2\ plur. of Ij , rt. LJ q.v.
LT^i IV. f. of l::-^ q.v.
{j't^y vu. f. of \j**^, q.v.
Digitized by
Google
j\
( 12)
^J
^^UJ) (2nd declension) plur. of /w or ■ .--J A
prophet,. rt. LJ q.v.
ts^I Thou; pergonal pronoun inaac. ; Plur. IsJI;
Dual US].
*3ucj^ viu. f. of juj q.v.
^;lx>^ vui. f. of^ q.v.
y^[ viii. f. ofJ£J q.v.
j<=^\ viii. I. ofywaJ q.v.
acJ^ viii. f. of j»ij q.v..
\y^\ 3 pers. plur. viii. f. of ^ q.v.
clJi To he soft (iron). ,^1 Plur. cl-Aj! A female;
Oblique dual ^^^^\ .
jIjuI plur. of j!j An idol, rt. jJ q.v.
^^laor. a. To he familiar^ ^\ (collectironoun)
Mankind, human beings, man. J;w[ common
gender, Man ; Plur. \J^\i\ {jiommonhj contracted
into {J^^). ^^\ A mmi , Plur. ^iJ 1 (2nd
declension) ; D. S. Gr, T. 1, p. 402,— JjT IV.
To render /arniliar, perceive (with ace. and
^^). — ^1L»^ X. To he/amiliar, to ask per-
mission, beg pardon, ^j^J^Lm^ part, act. One
who is familiar.
c-^U^i plur. of L,.^..>, rt. Cj^-vu^ q.v^
ti-jT iv. f. of UJ q.v.
Li-v^l IV. u of L=-^ q.v.
ftiT aor. a. 7b ^e^rw up the nose at, to go he/ore.
l^T Just now, lately : the logical root is k^\
A nose.
JlUT plur. of jiT, rt. JiJ q.v.
^y*J3) plur. oi ^^ A 80ul,.rt. ^^^ q.v. •
fjM\ vu. f. of j^ q.v.
^\ij I plur. of jili A fetter, rt. JiJ q.v.
Viji^^ 1 sfee jip.
iJ^ imperative of ^ q.v.
^Jl aor. 1. To arrive (the time, with J) ; to be
boil'my hot. ^^ for ^\ A fitting time, con-
venient opportunity, as iU^ ^p}3j^ 33 v. 53,
"Without looking to his convenience." ^
for ^u part, act. Boiling hot (water) ; Fern.
fyj. JlTplur.of^^Uor^tD.S.Gr.T.l,
p. Ill, A fitting time, a part of time; ^IjT
j1jjT20 v. 130, ''The hours of the night."
iJlTime. JQjplur. of ^U^ A vessel.
^1 How, in what way, in what way soover. Where,
whence, from whence; D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp.
185 and 205.
J2J^^ vin. f. 01 y^ q.v.
J^ I People, a family or household ; ^-?^I^ I J.^ 1
The pcoj)le of the Book, ?.<?. Jews and Christians,
• also called^ JJ 1 Jil or, Those who have charge
of the oracles of God ; J-xsr^ \ J^) Christians,
the people of the Gospel ; jlJjT ji] The
inhabitants of Hell-fire; worthy of (with
genitive).
iL$\ plur. of Jib), New moons, rt. J^ q.v.
^T^t plur. of ,^J^ A desire, rt. ^^^ q.v.
^l Or, either, whether, unless ; D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 571, and T. 2, p. 28.
*lj! see St for 5jK
l>nforcSj aor. o. To return. cSIjI n.a. The
act of returning. <— >lj» A sincere penitent,
one who frequently returns, one who turns
seriously to God. c->U A place of return. —
i^y\ II. To sing the praises of God by saying
„ilj^Ls^; ^^j I fern, imperative.
jU^l plur. of^j, rt. ^j q.v.
4)l5y plur. of JjJ, rt. jJ^ q.v.
J^Jl pass. viii. f. of J^T q.v.
^^j] plur. of JjJj An idol.
Digitized by
Google
( 13)
J\\
S\] for Jj] , aor. .y^ for IJ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 104,
To baid, oppress by its gravity.
Ju j^l plur. of J^j A valley, rt. ^^Jj q.v.
^j^l pass. iv. f. of ^J\ q.v.
•jlj}] plur. ofjj],, rt. Jjj q.v.
h^j ] sec k-jj .
^}liv. f. of^^q.v.
J^l comparative and iv. f. of ^^J q.v.
iXjjjWv. f. of w\sj q.v.
jT for Jj\ aor. o. To return, to be be/ore. JT A
people, race, family, jy , Fern. ^^] JFirst,
former, prior, the first beginning ; J,;Sj - » The
ancients, those of former days.— Jy 11. To
bring back, explain. Jj^Ij n.a. Interpretation,
explanation, determination (of a dispute).
^y These; plur. of. U This; D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 439.
CJ^%\ Those.; plur. of cJU or CX!j That;
D.S.Gr.T.l,p.440; Jli'^^l Those of your's.
\^j\ Oblique ^]\ ; Fem. cLfjl ; a plural adjective
wanting the sing., unless, according to some,
it is to be considered as a plural of jj Possessed
of, endued with, as l^(1vC\J^\ Those gifted
with (understanding) hearts ; J^X\iy\ Those
in authority ; S^ tiSjl Women with child.
Note. The \ at the end of \^y\ is what is called
i>lSj)TuiJl or alif of precaution, to prevent
the final J being taken for the conjunction and.
^J]^Tcomp. form of adj. fr. ^^ q.v.-
^LJ^lseej;.
J^n for J,y aor. o. To be tranquil. ^J A time,
moment ; ^i\ adv. Now, at this present time.
Vi Ahf alas/ »\j) A compassionate person, one
who shows pity by frequently 8i;;liing, and
saying ah! or alas I
ijy aor. ^^j^ (a verb hamzated and doubly im-
perfect). To betake one's-self for rest or shelter,
have recourse to (with ^\)'f u/jLj 1 pcrs.
sing. aor. with the prefix {Ju ; \^j'\3 " Then
fly!" 2 pers. plur. imperat. D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 232 note. ^j\ Plur. ,JiT and d^Vff A sign,
miracle, a name given to tlie verses of the
Koran, each of which is" held to bo a miracle.
i^ji^ A place of abode, i .jinsion. — ,^j^ IV.
To care for, or receive as a guest, provide a
refuge or abode for (with ace. and ^\) ; Aor.
^\ Yea, verily ; used only in affirming by oath.
i^\ pronoun of comm. gend. Whosoever, which-
ever, Who? which? What? UjT Whichever.
uV a particle prefixed to pronouns in the accus.
when "isolated" or not affixed ; it is employed
in cases where a verb governs two or more
pronouns in the accus. one of which cannot be
conveniently affixed ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 378 ;
also where it is desired to place the pronoun
before the verb, as JljJ fSs\j[ in the opening
chapter ; occasionally it is used in addition to
the affixed pronoun, as ,^jaj Li \J^}^^ 2 v. 33,
" And I, (or as for me), fear me ; " D. S. Gr.
T.l,p.461.
cLCt n.a. of. cSn for cl^ q.v.
yj^ plur. of ^t, rt. >in for Ij) q.v.
Jl!]When?
^1^^ n.a. iv. f. of ^- q.v.
j\T for jjI aor. i. To be firm. sA n.a. Strength. —
jST II. To strengthen (with ace. and ^jl or
c_^); aor. ^^.
Digitized by
Google
Jot
( 14 )
J^
Irjjal Their hands; oblique plur. of ^;, rt.
tjS) q.v,
cl.01 and kj\ (noun of unity) A wood; c-^l/j^l
^SiTThc hihabitants of a wood near Midian,
to \.hom the prophet Sho'aib was Bciit.
ilitA n.a. iy. f. of ^] q.v.
aW for Ij] aor. i. 7b i^ unmamid. ^^^ (2nd
declension) plur. of IJl An unmarried man or
woman, whether single or widowed.
^\^\ n;a. iv. f. of ^^ q.v. ^\Z] plur. of
JuoJ plur. of Il*^> rt. pi q.v.
^T^] Where? v/hitlier? USi Wherever, whitherw
soever; D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 1S5, 194, and £05.
CS1j\ Art thou vcvil^ ? from 1 interrogative,
^\ and lI/ the affixed personal pronoun.
^iorl^l, Fem. \^zj] an Interjection, 0 thou!
0 ye I etc. ; it is followed by the substantive
with the definite article J i , as ^^.-i^j-v \ ^^}
" 0 true believers I ^' ^TCiJ! 12 v. 70, " 0.
ye of the Caravan ! "
lIj^J (2nd declension) Job.
^ an inseparable prepc il' ju, prefixed to the word
it governs, which when a noun is put in the
genitive ; it has divers significations, as In,
by, at, with, to, into, upon, for, or by reason of;
from, as C^ cyjl U 82 v. 6, " What hath
fleduced thee' from thy Lord?" It is used
with ^1 , 'X>-, pfj and many other verbs to
render them transitive, or join them to an in-
direct complement, thus ^^ " He brought
it"; Utcralhj, "ho came with it." c--> is
frequently an esplelive, when put before the
complement of a negative proposition, as
Jili^ 2jTU 2 V. 69, "God is not negligent";
it is also an expletive in some other cases, as
\s^ ^, Ji 13 v. 43, " God is an all
flufficient witness." For the various usages of
t^ see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 469, et scg.
^\f Babel (2nd declension, D.S.Gr.T.l,p.404)
^\j see \jj (oTjS) •
Jjj^^ see y .
gA^see^.
jl^ aor. a. To d!j a ivell. ^ fem.' A well.
/IIJ aor. a. for tJC To be wretc/icd, miserable ;
^JL^ for ^JSj To be bad, miserable; the latter
is one of those anomalous verbs, named by the
Arabs ijjTj -liiT Jlx>t or " verbs of praise
and blame," which arc not conjugated, the
only inflexion taken by ^j^ being the feminine
vj\^ ' "She was miserable;" the vowel of
the first radical letter is suppressed, and that
of the second is put in its place, see D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 263, and T. 2, p. 221 . (JX Severity,
vengeance, valour, force. iL*j Grievous.
^^C part. act. Needy. 3<\J^ (Bodily) mis-
fortune.--^J-uJ^^ VIII. To be grieved (with
M) l LT^ ^ " Be not grieved," 11 v. 33.
jj aor. 0. To cut off the tail. Jj\ (2nd declension)
Childless.
ilJizj aor. i. and o. To cut, cut off. — vJIXjj II. To
cut off, with the idea of repetition; JicuJJ
4 v. 118, " Verily they shall cut off."
JaJ aor. o. To cut off, separate.— j^ n.a. II form^
Digitized by
Google
( 15.)
V
A life of complete separation from tlio world
and devotion to God.— Jci-J V. To devote one's-
£clf wliolly to God's service (with ^\), a3 r.t
73 V. 8.
^•aor. i. and o. To disperse, disseminate (with
. ace. and ^). cLo Sorrow. c-j^V^ Scat-
tered, spread abroad.— C---^« part, paf>3. VII.
f. Scattered abroad.
^^l^aor.i. and o. To let naicr f.oni.^yJJf^\ VII.
To burst forth (water), sccjs^^.
iX^^ aor. a. To scratch the ground like a hen
(with^).
^sT To slit a earners ears,- J^-^ Plur. jli; and
y^\ The sea, a large body of water ; ^J^.
dual, The two bodies of water, viz., salt and
fresh; ^^jt^, Baheero, the name given among
the Pagan Arabs to a camel which they turned
loose to feed, after slitting its ears.
^^^^ aor. a. To diminish, withhold what is due
(with ace. of thing and ^ of pers. or with
double ace). ^^/*^ A deficiency, small, trilling.
j-i^. To slaughter {a sheep) hy cutting its throat,
to Mil on^S'Self nxth grief. j^V P^^^* ^^^'
One who frets himself to death (with ace. of
pers. and ^^ or ^).
^sf^ aor. a. To be covetous, avaricious, covetous
of (with c— >). JsT Avarice.
ijJ aor. a. To begin, create (with ace. and also with
^->) ; ISjjJ l^J " And they began (with) you
(to assault you)," 9 v. 13.— Ti! IV. To create,
make anew ; Aorist u^*XfJ .
^ aor. 0. To make haste. jjJ Bedr, name of a
place near Mecca ; The moon when full; Plur.
jjAj . l^^ Sj Hastily.
fS^ aor. a. To produce something new. qJj New,
new-fangled. 1j jJ The Creator, as maker of
a now creation.— i^\ VIII. -To bring for-
ward a novelty.
Jjj To change, iljo For a change.— JjJ II, To
substitute, cliatige one thing for another (v/ith
ace. or with double ace. and lS^. oi,^ n.a.
Au exchange. J^V* P^^^t. act. One who
changes. — Jjo( IV. To 8ub:titute, .give in
exchange (with double ace.) — Jjw \. To
exchange (with ace. and uJ). — Jj^^ X. To
wiih to exchange (\vith zzc, and l^) ; to put
in the place of another (with ace. andjii).
J^Jui-j^ An exchange.
^j^ aor. 0. To be corpulent, ^^x^ A body, ^^vj
plur. of ijS) 22 V. 37, Camels sacrinced at
Mecca.
\Z aor. 0. To begin, to be manifest, to appear (with
J ^^ ur^^» ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ mindi ; li IjJ 1} 12
V. 35, "Then it occurred to them." JJi; A desert.
i^Ij for ij-jlj part, act., see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
Ill ; Plur. ^^Jb A dweller in the country;
ij\^^^^^, "At first thought," 11 v. 29.—
i^sA IV. Tx) make to appear, show, manifest
(with c-^ or with ace. and J). jlU for ^sL^
part. act. One who makes manifest.
jjj aor. a. To sow.^jSj II. To dissipate, scjuandcr.
l^juJ Profusely, jjkl^part. act. A spendthrift.
^ aor. a. To be pious, just, act justly towards (jvith
accus. of pers.) j Plur. j\j\ Beneficent,
liberal, just, kind ; Dry land as opposed to sea.
li Piety, kindness, that whichis just and proper.
Ijjt plur. of Jb part. act. Innocent, pious.
\yi aor. a. To create, ^ji Plur. ^^j and ^^
Sound, free, innocent ; with ^^, Clear, guilt-
less of; Ex. ^^^ ^ lsJ ^J[ 6 Y. 78,
" Verily I am innocent of that which ye asso-
Digitized by
Google
c^
( 10 )
1:.^
ciato (with QoJ)." ^\j) same aa o>^ • i^T^
Immunity. Ly A creature. ,^j\j part. act.
Tho Maker, Creator,' God.~]^ 11. To absolve,
acquit; Ex.^^JS ^cZ\ U 12 v. 53, " I do not
absolve myself," (also with ace. and ^j^).
j^ part. pa:^3. Absolved.— 1^1 IV. To cure,
heal. — \j^ V. To free one's-self, clc.^r one's-
self (with ^) ; CJ^I ifp^ 23 v. G3, " We
are free (from thom Lnd turn) to thee."
^j> To eat and drink in large quantities. ^^J
plur. of ^jj A tower, sign of the Zodiac. —
^^. V. To deck one's-self. ^^ n.a. The
ornamenting one's-self in an ostentatious
manner ; Ex. i^Ul^fl.^ Ir^ ^ 33 v. 33,
" Deck not yourselves with the ostentation of
(the time oO ignorance." rrJ^ P^^'* ^^**
Decking one's-sslf out.
-J To turn to the left, as a dccr^ which was
thought unlucbj; and 1^ aor. a. To cease,
leave off, quit
43^ aor. 0. To be cold. Sj n.a. Cold, cool, coolness.
j^ Hail. J^b part. act. That which cools,
refreshes.
j^ To go forth, as out upon a plain (with ^\, J,
or ^!j^) ; to be manifest (with J). j^U part,
act. One who goes forth; J^b 18 v. 45, In an
extended form, like a plain.— -j^ II. To make
manifest (with J).
^jjt A partition or interstice, a bar; the abode of
departed spirits, Hades ; No verbal root.
^j( aor. a. To he leprous. ^j\ (2nd declension)
Leprous.
^j aor. 0. To shine, and ^J To be smitten with
astonishmenti to be* dazzled. ^ n.a. of J^
Lightning, thunderbolt, ^^jr^^ BrocaJe, s:o
p. 5.
d^aof. 0. To hnccldojvn like a camel, stand firh\
^''Pluncl^lg? Blcssing3.--^^V in. To
bless (with ace. and with ^^ or.^J^); Pass.
C^j^, . <^V* part. pass. Blessed.— C/iC5 VI.
Tp%e blessed; '^TcJJCj literally, "GoJ
was blessed," or " Blessed bo God ;" the Pre- •
terite being used for thcAorist in an optative
sense in the same way as ^^ q.v. For this
use of the Preterite see D. S. Or. T. 1, p. ICO.
IJJ To twist. — ^T IV. To twist together and mah
Jimi, to fix, settle (a plan). ^^^ part. act.
One who fixes upon a plan, 43 v. 79.
^Jkjj To demonstrate, concince. ^^l^ An evident
proof.
iy To insert a lancet, rise (as the sun). cj'J
part. act. Rising.
(mJ aor. 0. To drive gently, to crumble to dust.
^^n.a. A cnirabling to dust; jUJl lt^'
\2j 56 v. 5, "The mountains shall be crumbled
into dust."
jjj To do anything out of season, to be of an
austere countenance. jJj part. act. Austere •
and dismal-looking.
HIJ aor. 0. To expand, extend, enlarge, stretch,
stretch forth (with ace. and J, 1^, or ^).
kwJ n.a. Extension, expansion. iSalJ Excel-
lence, increase of stature. &\1) A carpet.
£-»b part. act. One who stretches out ;
Ij^l \^U6 V. 93, "Stretching forth their
hands ; " Literally, " Stretchers forth of their
hands;" UL»b is here put for^^^b which
loses its jj as being antecedent t^) (^^ ' »
the Alif is added as an Alif of precaution or
Digitized by
Google
(17)
JL
Aj}i}\ »— 4'i tl'O object of wliich ia to prevent
the final J from being taken for the conjunction
J and; for the construction seo D. S. Gr, T. 2,
p. 183. ^^l2?j-aJU 5 y. CO, part. pass. fern,
dual " (Ilia two hands are) stretched out."
^IIj' To spit, to be tail J^lj Tall (as a Palm-tree).
JIj To lookjierce.'--^^2y\ IV. To deliver over to
perdition.
^ aor. i. To smile-. — ^^y. Same as IIJ.
jLj To peel ojf the hark, y£jj and^^ A bringer
of good tidings. ^^ A man, men, human
beings; niasc. and fern, sing, and plur. cjf^j
Good news; fS\J^^ 57 v. 12, " Good news to
you;" i^ is replaced by \ before the affixed
pronoun, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118. !jtJ A
bearer of good tidings.-^^ II. (used with
accus. of person and L-^ of the thing, or with
^1), To announce good news ; sometimes used
ironically; Ex. ^^1 l^Ijuo li/lj 3 v. 20,
" Then announce to them a painful punish-
ment. j'^^ part. act. One who announces
joyful news.— jilj III. To go in unto(a wife).—
jij] IV. To receive pleasure from- good news
(with ^j of thing).-/£X!;,^ X.. To rejoice,
especially in good news (with w^). J^^iXl^
part. act. fem. One who rejoices.
y^ To see, look at (with c-j) ; to understand.
yoj Plur. jCiA Sight, eye-sight, sense of
seeing; ^T J^ 16 v. 79, " Like the
twinkling of an eye ; " In the plur. it generally
means " Eyes." ^-^ Seeing, a Seer, or
Beholder, One who sees or understands.
ij^ "Pint. jjUsj An evidence, evident argu-
ment or demonstration ; C^ I^ 12 v, 108,
By & manifest demonstration." ij^ A
matter for contemplation.— l!J IT. To make
to seo, shew, make manifest.— ^1 IV. To see,
consider, cause to see (with ace. or with c-> of
pers.) : For two diOerent interpretations of
^'^ at 18 V. 25, and 19 v. 39 see i^\ iv. f.
of j-^, ji^^ part. act. One who sees, that
which renders evident, or enables one to see,
visible, manifest.--^-^^^*!^ part. act. X. f. A
clever and far-seeing person.
Ju^ An onion, and when used in a collective or
generic sense. Onions.
^-^ To cut ojf a part. ^Jh A part, a small
number (from 3 to 9 or to 5, or from 1 to 4,
or from 4 to 9), also seven ; ^^^^ ^ 12 v. 42,
"A few years;" ^^ is here put in the accus.
as indicating the circumstance of time, see
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 99. I^Ul A portion of
goods, sum of money, merchandize.
JL; To be slarv.^^ II. To retard ; If^ j^^ ^^
^^;^^ 4 V. 74, "And verily there is (a portion)
of you who tarry (or cause to tarry) beliind."
iVote. In cases where the 2nd form of a verb
has a neuter signification, the Ellipse of a
complement may frequently be inferred ; D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 133.
JL aor. 0. To split; ^ aor. a. To be insolent.
Joj Carelessness, insolence. •
(^/tJa; aor. i. and o. To lay hold, take or seize by
force, make an onslaught upon (with s-^).
^JAu n.a. Force, violence, vengeance. SjJaj
Force, power, severity.
Ji^ aor. 0. To be in vain, perish. JtlJ part, act.
That which is vain, false, falsehood, vanity ;
J^T, seo 13 V. 18
JtCffis the opposite to j;!'
JlL 1 IV. To cause to be in vain, frustrate.
Digitized by
Google
J^ ( 18 )
ij^t part. act. One wno
L5^
malce incfTcctual
deals in vanities.
^;k' aor. 0. 7b enter into the inmost parts of any-
thiiij, to lie hid. ^^. n.a. Plur. ^j!Ly Belly,
interior part. ^\j part. act. That which is
hidden, inner purt, in :Jc, iaterior. ^OUL An
inner vest; mctaplioncalbj ^ An intimate friend,
3 V. 114; Plur. J^liu (2nd declension) Inner
linings, k>o\.Z\:.
c!^ aor. a. To send (with aec. and J, ^-?, and
^, also with y^)\ to make manifest, raise
up, raise from sleip or from the dead (with
aec. of pers.). ci^jJ n.a. The resurrection.
C>^« part. pass. Sent, raised from the dead. —
vi^^} VII. To be sent. lLIv^ n.a. The
being sent.
jlM To scatter abroad, turn upside down, tear forth.
a^ To be far off, go a long way off, perish;
JuUr^^JL^ CjjJo 9 V. 42, "The way seemed
far to them." jm when used as an adverb
is indeclinable, Aftervrards, ^ again ; when em-
ployed as a preposition it is used in the
Accusative J^c, or in the genitive if preceded
^y ^> ^ ^ tir? After, see D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 508, and T. 2, p. 152. jm A distance;
\jM Away with ; jli ^ jJo f\ 11 v. 63, " Was it
not (said), Away with 'Ad ! " Ju^ Distant,
far off, remote, as Ju*; ^^j 60 v. 3, " Are-
turn remote from the imagination, or from
possibility."— HIj III. To cause a distance to
intervene (with ^) as at 34 v. 18. — jjl^
part. pass. IV, f. Far removed.
JjJ To become full grortn (a camel). jM comm.
gend. A full-grown camel,
i^^klu A portion of anything, some; one another;
«»-«'• t, #y ' C *'
. Ex.;Ji ^vl P-^4 ^;^r^r2 v. 34, ^ Get ye
down, an enciny one to another ;" used for both
ma^c. and fern, and for all numbers. Xj^
A gnat; verbal root ^Jlo To be stung by
gnats.
AZ aor. a. To be in a married state. Jm Baal, a
husband; Plur. Hyu .
ei^; aor. a. To come upon suddenly, ^zjj On a
Budflen, suddenly.
fj^ aor. 0. To hate. ^mLIo (2nd declension)
Violent hatred.
JSJ a mule; Plur. J'i Mules.
^ aor. i. To transgress, pass beyond bounds ; to
seek, desire (with double aec. or with ace. and
^, J^,or^^); to act unjustly or insolently
towards (with ^Iz of pers. or ^^ of thing).
^jJn.a. Injustice, injury, oppression, iniquity;
Cu In an insolent manner. ^%i A harlot,
^IX Fornication. qIj part. act. for ^^Ij, see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, Desiring, lusting.—
yj^\ VII. To be fit and proper, becoming,
easy, desirable, suitable, expedient (with J
and ^^).— ,^5*?! VIII. To desire, covet, seek,
seek for (with ace. and ^\^, ^, ^, ^, or c-^).
^Uiji! n.a. A seeking, desire of.
jj aor. a. To slit open, yj collective noun. Oxen.
iyj comm. gend. An ox, a cow.
^X To go away into any country. SjkI) A corner
of ground.
Jw aor. 0. To appear, push forth. JSJ generic
noun, Herbs, pot-herbs.
jC aor. a. To remain, jb part. act. for 'J\j D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, Remaining, that which re-
mains, or survives, permanent, constant, the
rest; iJj\^C^r Jj^}^'\ 18 v. 44, and 19 v.
Digitized by
Google
L5^
( 19)
79, "Piou3 works or won?!, which aro per-
nmncnt." LJj A relic, that which is left;
Ex. AJir J4^J 11 V. 87, "ThtU which is left
you by God." Aotc. The letter cl> is occa-
sionally substituted for the i, see D. S. Gr.
^ T. 1, p. 270, note; ^ \j)/l 11 v. 118,
'* Endued with prudence or virtue." ^JjI
(2nd declension) comp. form, More or most
lasting, enduring, permanent.— ^^ I IV. To
leave remaining, leave alive, suffer to remain.
— us,«r.^H see ^•-w* .
iij (2nd declension) Becca, a name of Mecca ; see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
Jj aor. 0. To be early in the morninfj. JSj A virgin,
a young heifer; Plur.jlLi- Virgins, ijj In
the morning, early in the morning.— -JlL;^ n.a.
IV. f. The morning.
IC To be dumb. 1C\ (2nd declension), Plur. plT
Dumb.
^ aor. i. To weep, weep for (with ace. or with
^Jb). ^ Weeping.— ^^1 IV. To cause to
weep.
Jj A particle which afSrms that which follows it, but
contradicts or corrects that which went before ;
thus it may be translated But, not'so but, on the
contrary, or rather, nay rather, still more, &c.
according to the context; for the difference
between Jj and jCj see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 565.
jJj To stay or remain in a place. jJb Plur. Jh
A region, country, territory, if jL A country,
territory.
OJj A man of desperate character; there is no
verbal root of this word in the first form. —
^^\ IV. To be overcome with grief, to be
desperate, struck dumb with despair. (./uLU
part. act. Seized with despair, {j**^\ (2nd
declension) Iblees, The Devil.
«Jj aor. a. To swallow up. •
jJ^ aor. 0. To arrive at, reach, attain one's object,
obtain (with ace), as at 18 v. 75. jJlj part,
act. Arriving at, brin2;ing to a conclusion,
attaining its end, excellent, consunimrito ; Ex.
ij^yd ^ILjw 54 V. 5, "Con^ummat > wisdom;"
also, that which is paramount over, J^ m\
luJlJ' CSl ^\^J G3 V. 39, " Ilave ye any oatlu
which shall be binding upon us?" clb A
warning, prer^c'nng, that which is. publislied,
sent, or brought to any one. i-Jj Affecting,
eloquent. j-J^ A goM, perfection, highest
pitch.— ^ II. To make to arrive, publish,
bring (with double ace.).— aXi IV. To cwue
to reach, bring, deliver a message (witli double
ace).
\j aor. 0. To try, prove, experience (with ace. and
M ^^ sJOi SG® ^^^^ t^ ^J vS^ ^or« ^« To be-
come worn with age, to be worn out. ^ij A
trial. — ^JjI IV. To try by experiment. —
i^J^l VIII. To prove by trial or examination,
try either by prosperity or adversity (with
ace. and c-^), see 89 vv. 14 and 16, where it
is used in both senses^. jL^ for ,<ll^ D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, part act. One who proves.
^^ Yea, surely, verily, nay but verily, on the con-
trary; this particle is used after a negative
proposition (interrogative or otherwise), and
affirms the contrary of such proposition to bo
the truth; hence it differs from J6 which
assents to the preceding proposition ; see D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 614.
^Jcj collective noun. The tipa of the fingers, see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 381; the verbal root is
Ji To standfast.
Digitized by
Google
L5
:>f
( 20 )
uV
^^ aor. i. To build, roiL^truot (with ace. and c-^,
J, or ^^^). ^jj for ^ A son; Pliir. ^LjI,
aho ^^y^«, obliquo J^, aaJ \vlicn iu conucrcioQ
with R coinplcnu at .:j and . ^: Dual ...lijl
and ^J;r^^[, or in conne uoa L?^ and ^^ ; J^
My sons, D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 459:- J^If diminu-
tive, A little son, <Xuj^ A daugliter, see
l^h ; Plur, ilSQ ; ^^^t oblique dual, Mjr
two daugliters,- see ^ij . iV't?^^. In all these
words the prefixed 1, when it does not bcjin a
scntencoi 13 marked withawesia; D.S.Gr.T.l,
p. CO. ^bj A ceiled roof, ^uj A builder,
architect. J^uL A building. ^^^^« for^^i-^
part. pa33. Built, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 103.
vi^j aor. a. To confound. J^llj Slander, calumny ;
the root of this word is said to be C^ To he
accustoinci^.
-^t-? aor. a. To mahcjoyfid. IsTx^ Beauty, delight,
-f^ Beautiful, delicious,
Jli aor. a. To leave o?ie at liberty, — S\^l VIII.
To invoke, imprecate (the wrath of God).
^ To Tvean lambs,or hids; the first form is wanting.
ii-^ An animal; fXsd\ Ju-^j Brute beasts,
cattle : the logical root is *-^ Lambs or kids.
^\j ttor. 0. for ^^ To briny back, bring down,* take
upon one's-self (with c-^); to draw upon one's-
self; Ex. i^T^ ^^^ ^'Z lii 8 v. 16, " He
will draw down on himself the wrath of God ; "
the preterite being used with a future significa-
Uon ; D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 158.-Jy II. To pre-
pare a dwelling for, locate any one (with double
ftcc. also with J of pers. and ace. of place, or
ace. of pers. and ^). \^ A place for dwelling
in.— ^ V. To take possession of, occupy a
dwelling, provicV? a dv/ oiling for oncV r?If
(with ace. of tiling and J of pers.). Xo!c. ^b
is one of tlioso verbs which are at the same
time concave and hamzated; for the rules for
the eupprccoion (or othcrvvi^e) of the hr.inz:;
Bcc D. S; Gr. T. 1, p. CO, ct seq. ; and also the
rules for the permutation of infirm letters.
'Lf\j Plur. ilj\y^ \ A door, gate.
j\j aor, 0. To perish, to be in vain, jjj One who is
lost, wicked. jV^ Perdition.
J\j aor. 0. 2l> make rvater. jU Heart, mind,
thought, intention, condition.
c1?1j aor. i. and a. To pass the night. i.j^ Plur.
cu^^ A house, abode, family. cl;w A night
attack.— lL^ II.. To meditate by night, attack
by night.
jI; aor. i. To go OKai/ {from one^s friends), perish,
^Sj aor. i. To excel in 7vhitc?iess. ^^^ collective
noun. Eggs; D. S. Gr, T, 1, p. 381. JD],
Fern. 3<L^; Plur. ^^ for ^^ D. S. Gr. T.
1, p. 360, White, clear,— ^^4??^ IX. To become
white (with ^^).
vlJ aor. i. To sell. ^ n.a. Interchange by sale,
selling, merchandizing, barter, i^ plur. of
ix^ Churches.— ^b III. To make a contract
' with, properly, by striking hands (with accus.
of person or v^ of thing ; also with ace. of
pers. and J,l ^Jl).~-^\15 VI. To sell to one
another.
^\j aor. i. To be distinct and separate.. ^ Between,
as f^Jj ^^ "Between his two hands," i.e.
before him, in his presence ; This word, though
commonly used as a preposition, is properly a
DOUQ in the accus, meaning an interval, and
sometimes a connexion ; when preceded by a
Digitized by
Google
( 21 )
preposition it is dodincd, sec D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 493. jjIj Manifcjt, evident, i^ An evident
testimony or doirioi:ofi\-:tioa, evidcnco, proof.
J,llj An cr^position, cxi^liiiiation.— ^^4^ II. To
sliovv, make innnifc^t, wake known, declare,
explr.in, become ninnifest (with ace. and J or
With J of pers. and ^0. ^^w* part. act.
mfinifest. — ^ui IV. To inahe viawfc^t^ to
articulate distinctly, see 43 v. 52. ^w n.a.
An ar^^umcri, clc:.r djir^onstration, eloquence^
faculty of clearly explaining', cxphiip.tion.
^^ part. net. That which is nianifcit, open,
•perspicuous.— ^;--J V. To bo or become mani-
fest, clear (with J or ^1 or with J and ^1 );
to be diotiuct (with ^;«); to be made known
(with J); to perceive, as [^1 ^^\ t^^^Ilj
34 V. 13, "The Genii perceived that;" also,
to use discernment, or discrimination, vid. 4
V. 06, and 49 v. C— J^G^^ X. To be mani-
fest. ^jSl*^ part. act. same as ^j^^ ..
cl? By; proposition prefixed as a form of oath to
the word ^1, as fl U " By God."
cu^l7 An ark.
Lit; n.a. ii. f.of IJl q.v.
j>\i V. f. of ^\ q.v.
J, jlJ V. f. of ^; J I q.v.
(jlt; 2 pers. sing. aor. cond. of ^! q.v.
:^\j n.a. ii. f. of Jl for J^Vq.v.
c-^ To ait ojf^ perish. <— ^Cj Loss.— i^....-^ n.a.
II. f. A loss, detriment.
jUsee^.
yj»*^ 2 pers. sing. nor. cond. viii. f. of J1-j q.v.
J-J aor. i. To break, destroy. jW Destruction.—
jJi II. To break in pieces. ---cJ n.a. Utter des-
troction.^,-£^ part. pass. Destroyed, broken up.
\J^ V. f. of T^ q.v.
^-v.f.of^>;q.v.
1^ V. f. of 'Jq.v.
^ aor. a. To follow. ^ and j-jU A follower,
one who follows, or attends upon any one,
^ Name and title of the king of the Hiraya-
rites. ^^ A helper, protector.— Ip! IV.
To follow, follow up, make to follow (with
double ace); to pursue, prosecute, continue;
Ex. "CL ^U 18 V. 83, "Then he con-
tinued his way."— »ju^« part. act. VI. f. Suc-
cessive.— j--j1 VIII. To follow, follow up.
cll'l n.a. A following after. j-w# part. pass.
One who is pursued.
^^^ V. f. of^b q.v.
L,, ..;■.■•;■> n.a. u. f. of u^.^ q.v.
\p or u^ fe°i« One after auothe** ; said to be
derived from Jt^ q.v. see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 293.
ei^^-w^ n.a. u. f. of l::---j q.v.
^^Slsr vi. f. of .U^ q.v.
r aor. o. To traffic* i^lar Merchandize, traflic,
bargain, merchandizing.
' ^ ^^ i» /• ^ "
^^^>.yM.>y V. I. 01 \jt^ q.v.
^Jl4=^v. f. ofi>- q.v.
^jobc" VI. f. of ^jcs^ q.v.
Jjlae^n.a. vi. f. of jli q.v.
Loir 7%a^ n?AfcA is helow^ the lower part; This
word, which is properly a substantive, is used
{though not in the Kordn) as an adverb, and
Digitized by
Google
(22)
h then inJeclinr.lilj, 83 f^::^^ Do:vn, bclosv;
"When employed as a- preposition it is put in
• tno accus. c:wsr Beneath, aa c?/-^^ lii^ost U
20 V. 5, "That which ia beneath the earth;"
If preceded by ^ it is put in the genitive, aa
ll^^ "From beneath it," see D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p.509, andT. 2, p. 152.
,jf^.r5rv. f. of4.^;r>*q.r.
j}^jSsrTi.Vk, ii. f. of ^ q.v.
^^t*^.ssc V. I. or ^^fc-b^w q.v,
JOset see Jil .
J^j^ n.a. ii. f. of Jl>- q.v.
^.oKr see . «:>- •
\j:^\ss^ yi. f. of cr-ojj;- q.r»
J!i^v. f. of^ q.v.
C^csT see u-5b*-.
JjJ V. f. of is q.v.
Jj jj n.a. ii. f. of J i q.v.
^\j From ciJ^J q.v. See also D.S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 293.
^J ace. plur. of f^J A breast-bone : It seems
doubtful whether this word ought not to be
derived from ^j q.v.
4I1J To hate much earth, to hold earth in the hand.
ilAj Earth, dust. ^LV^I plur. of ilijl Of
the same age. Ji^^J (2nd declension) plur.
of £j;J A breast-bone. JE^VPoverty; LXL*
^^ U 90 V. 16, "A poor man intimately
acquainted with his mother Earth."
OJJ V. f. of J; q.v.
cj^i/seejj;. ^^
«.j5^ To enjoy the good things of this l\fe.^\^J^
. ' ly. To bestow the f;ood things of this life (with
tec. of pers. and ^^. ^J^ P*^'^* P^®**
Endo\;ed wit!i— and licace, enjoying— the good
things of this life.
Ciy aor. 0. To leave, leave alone, abandon (with
ace. and ^ , ^ , ffi^. ^ or ^ ) ; c-.-j-^^
'M 3^ ^^Ji 5 ^iSr 23 V. 1, " Do men
think that they shall be left r.lonc iu-:?.ying?'*
i.e. "That it ia enough for them to say;"
^ \^; etc. 37 v. 76, "And we left (thcce
words, or this blessing) upon hin ;" with an
ellipse of /•KJl I JJ^ or siruilar words. CS/^
part. act. One who leaves, or leaves out;
^j\5 for ^J^j^ 11 V. 50, as being ante-
cedent to the word ^21, "Wo will not leave
our Gods,"* D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 183.
*>2^ V. f. of Jlj for J;jj q.v.
J^' V. f. of JlJ for JbJ q.v.
ivwu^ see
111
K^^U
7 see C5 •
j-A*J The number nine : For observations on the
numerals, see^^. ^^y^ Ninety.
^^.♦yyyJ 2 pcrs. slug. aoF. pass. ii. f. of U^ q.v.
^j;.M...7 Tasneem, name of a fountain in Paradise,
said to be so called, because conveyed to the
highest part of heaven ; from >il To be tall
(a camel).
jyjj v. I. of jl-* fOTjy^ q.v.
J15 3 pers. fem. sing. aor. cond. of ^C q.v.
^lii 2 pers. plur. aor. act. iii. f. of j;-£ q.v.
N.B. There is no diflference between the active
and passive,
jjlij see Jui .
iiXaS n.a. ii. f. of 1j^ q.v.
Digitized by
Google
^y->sj
( 23 )
luLaJ n.a. 11. f. of ^J^ q.v.
^.yiui? see ^jJ^} viu. f. of ,^ .
ijj 2 peri, sin J. aor. cond. iv. f. of ^ll? q.v.
^.a. 2 per3. sin^j. aor. iv. f. of ^u£ quadri-
literal verb, rt. ^^rls q.v.
c^.jjj V. f. of ^ q.v.
^^; V. f. of JU^ forj^ q.v.
jki; 2 pcr3. Einj. aor. cond. of 1a^ q.v
^i To perisl
47 V. 9,
C#^ I ^ t''
. ^j^<j n.a. Destruction ; ^ UJu
ilay perdition seize them."
^Cu vi. f. of UsI q.v,
n.a. V. f. of
q.v.
^\j6 n.a. vi. f. of ^ q.v. .
^j^ 3 pera. fern. sing. aor. anerg. of^ q.v.
t^ n.a. V. f. of l?'i q.v.
^lif n.a. VI. f. of^ q.v.
tu^jllf n.a. vi. f» of ti^U q.v.
To perform the sacred rites at Mecca; also,
to cleanse. tSJj Two interpretations are given
of this vrord ; according to one it means filth,
and according to the other, the observance
of certain rites and ceremonies imposed upon
the Pilgrims at Mecca, among which were
cleansing the person, shaving, etc. Thus the
phrase *1^ ^y-^^ 22 v. 30 may mean, " Let
them put an end to their want of cleanliness,*'
or, "Let them complete the rites" above
mentioned.
J^^fisJ see d^. '
jfseej;.
I'ju see ^^ .
^■;juJo see^^jcli.
^ Nature^ mud.-^^] IV. To establish firmly.
This verb is not found in the primitive form.
JfS V. f. of J\j q.v.
jjrJSjn.a. of^jq.v.
Miyj n.a. ii. f, of /•b q.v.
Jj aor. i. To /car. ^\ (2nd declonaion) comp.
form, Greatly fearing, mo^t pious, ^^ God-
fearing, devout. Theao wonh seem to owe
their derivation to tlio viii. f. of ^^^ q.v.
tlx? for ^. 2 pers. sing. aor. cond. of J,IS q.v.
j)^ n.a. ii. f. ofJlS q.v.
;j To lay prostrate (v.ith ace. of pers. and J).
^i: n.a. vi, f. of ^ q.v.
^-v.f.of^q.v.
^Ii]j n.a. of^^q.v.
^^ V. f. of ^ q.v.
(JJli; fem. of diCJ J q.v.
^^^seeQ.
17 aor. 0. To follow, rehearse, read, declare, medi-
tate (with ace. of thing and ^Sl of pers., also
with ace. and , J). Note. The \ called v-jJ \
^Uy 1 , or Alif of precaution, is sometimes found
added to the words yL and ^ , though pro-
perly only added to servile j to distinguish it
fromjawrf, D. S. Gr.T.l, p. 109. cL^QlS*
fem. plur. of Jl5 part. act. "Those who read."
ijlJ n.a. A reading.
\j^ see j^jJ.
J? aor. i. To be entire, complete, perfect, fulfilled
(with ^^ of pers.).— Ji IV. To complete
(with ace. and J< or c-^ of thing, also willi
ace. and ^Sl, ^\, or J of pers.) ; to perfect,
accomplish, fulfil, perform. a\aj n.a. Some-
thing complete, perfect; Ex.tl^lifl^ ^^y ^^
CUj 6 V. 155, " We gave Moses the Book, a
perfect Law," etc. ^ part. act. One who
makes perfect.
Digitized by
Google
U;
(24)
w^
JlJUj plur. of Jl^ # see jL^.
4jrjU/ vi. f. of v_c^ q.v.
^^j^ 2 pers. p}ur. aor. viii. f. of ^f;^ q«v.
^2^ V. !• of j-i-t q.v.
^Jo^J V. f. of I!'--" q.v.
^ '^ /• /• ^ ^
^^^i^J V, I. of ^t q.v.
Jua5 see jU .
J--4J forj-i4Cj, seejtf.
^uJ VI. f. ofjJ q.v.
j^^llj vi. f. of l^^' q.v.
cJiIj vi. f. of cjj q.v.
yji^ n.a. vi. f. of jjiU q.v.
jJjjpJ n.a. ii. f. of J^ q.v.
^jt*k^ v. I. 01 (^/-Jij q.v.
J*ii5 n.a. ii. f. of Jii^ q.v.
^^ An oven (a n?orcf of foreign origin) ; it also
means a place whence waters gush forth.
Li7 see y^y
lyjJseeJ^Aj.
,jr^\y VI. I. of c5;^ q-V«
^\y vi. f.of^jq.v.
IjIj aor. 0. To repent towards God (witli ^J^;
to turn onc's-solf in a repentant manner; to
relent towpcJs men,— as God,— (with . Jx).
s
lS^ and ij J Eeperifanco. c-^l? part. act.
One who repents. cl^'jJ Very repentant, re-
lenting. tl>ll« A penitent conversion ; fJ!
t«j'I^ 13 V. 29, " Unto him must be my
conversion;" c-^l^* is hero put for ^t-<,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 459.
^ fir, . .s
^yysee^Jl. ^^
jl5 for JIj 7b ^^ round. ij\J A time,
rjji The. Pentateuch.
J,!;^ see ^jj .
J^y see ^j .
jufy n.a. u. f. of joj q.v.
jsy V. f. of jSjq.T.
Jyv.f.of Jj'q.v.
jjTjJJ see u^i *
^..^ V. r. of ^ q.v.
*^ A 6g; no verbal root.
il5 aor. i. To wander about distractedly (with ^).
kXw To be firm, steadfast, constant. ls-o15 part,
act. Remaining firmly fixed, firm, steadfast.
cLyJ Steadfast, fixing.— vi^^ H. To confirm,
■J v * *<
set fast, establish (with ace. and c->). e:.^-^
n.a. A confirmation, establishment. — Li^l IV.
To confirm ; to keep in bonds, 8 v. 30.
tj aor. 0. 7£> keep back, lose, perish, j^ Destruc-
tion, j^l^ part. pass. One who is lost.
^ To keep back, hinder. —l^ II. To make slothful.
• ^, * ^^
2 To collect, congregate. c-?CJ 4 v. 72, " In
bodies ; " accus. plur. of io the fem, of ^ for
^%P A company or body of men. Note. Many
nouns in the fem, sing, lose their third Radical
when it is s^ yOv ^\ where they take the
regular form of Plural this Radical is some-
times omitted, and sometimes retained ; see
D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 358.
Digitized by
Google
(.tl^)
«r
s,^.
J aor. 0. TojloTV. ^ t-/ Pouring forth Rbundantly .
^A^ To he ^ZzV/5.— j^prl IV. To do tomdlung greats
make a great slaughter (with ^); slay in
great numbers (with ace. of pers.).
CJ) aor, !• To blanie.'-L.^Jj n.a. 11. f. Blame,
j^y 7b i^ 7w^/5/, as the earth after rain, ^^j for
vjp and 4jfjj, and with the article u^^ The
Earth.
clJu 7& cfl2/5^ tojlow. ^\ji A serpent.
di5 aor.o. To perforate, penetrate^ sJdne. k— ^^li
part. act. Shining; v^liirisrlH 86 v. 3,
"The star of piercing brightness," by some
supposed to be Saturn, which is called l-^1^ 1 .
uJjJ aor. a. To find, catch, take, gain the mastery
over (with accus. of pers.).
JaJ To be heavy, grievous; to be a grievous
matter (with,^). ^J^ \ generally interpreted
to mean "men and genii," as at 55 v. 31,
dual of JiJ Baggage. Jl^l plur. of JlJ A
burden. J-iJ Heavy ; Plur. JUj . J^lLj
A weight.— JUJl IV. To grow heavy, oppress,
weigh down. Jil^ Fern, iili^ part. pass.
.Burdened; ZxH^ ^jJ J.^ 35 v. 19, "If a
burdened (soul) cry out;" the word ^jJj
being miderstood. — JjU^ for Jjli5 VI. To be
borne down heavily, incline heavily down-
wards (with ^^; For the employment of
those forms which take teschdeed on -the first
Badical, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220.
Jj To perish. iU A crowd, a number of people.
tion 1*15 and ^^ Two-thirls, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p.415. JJUFem.liJlf Third. c.^l'lThrocby
three, in threes, or- three pa: ri; Ex.Xii^l ^y
-•«
* 35 V. 1, Having, two and
;ii
aor. 0. To take a third part of anything.
vlii and liJiJ Three (see !L^). jT,^ Thirty.
liJiJ One third part ; Dual ^uU and in conjunc-
threo and four pairs of wing3 ;" At 4 v. 3
may be rendered "By throes;" This word
is of the second declension, it answers to the
Latin T^r;22^ ; D.S. Gr. T. 1, p. 426.
IJ aor. 0. To tread. J There, in. that direction.
J Then (after an interval).
Jj^ Thamood, name of an ancient tribe of Pagan
Arabians, destroyed for their impiety. This
word in the Koran is always of the 2nd de-
clension; see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 405.
y^ To hear fruit. jAj Fruit, wealth, possessions.
ijAj A fruit; noun of unity or individuality;
see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 300.--^''! IV. To bear
fruit.
^ aor. 0. To take the eighth part, ^jaj A price.
^ One part out of eight. ^^ The eighth.
jjUj (for ^Cij) fern, and «tjUj masc. Eight ;
seeJiLs, see also ^^iL^, rt.^ . ^,y U5 Eighty.
^ aor. a. and i. To bend, fold, double. ...U
for j^U The second ; also part. act. Turning,
as /ilL Jjili 22 V. 9, "One who turns his side,"
or " A turner of his side," i.e. Proud. ^^Ui! *
masc. and ij<^\ fem., and in the oblique
cases ^^yi^\ and ^^^^\ Two. JLz Hit masc.
and ijJLe, lili| fem., and in the oblique cases
J^^\^ and i^Lc ^^J^\ Twelve ; These forms
which admit only the above inflexions are
considered as adverbial expressions; D. S^
Gr. T. 1, p. 420. ^Jl^ Jij twos, in pairs,
two and two; another form of this numeral
4
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
(23 )
c;-
(bi!^ not fbuni ia tl- T^ciA::) '^ 'Tli; The. :
forms n-'C e'^/iivp.loi't to tlio Lntiu E'lrr: ; poo
<X?!L'. i.,'i', aiil with tho articlo ^^'li i A
nr-rito.2;lv:n cl'J; r to tlie wholi? KoiAn, or to
thooO pr.-.jr.£;c3 vrlilch arc frequently r-^pe:.teJ ;
some intci'prct it to m:an t];o first cli^pter,
a3 at 15 V. 87, ^^:'I1V J^.^ LVIJ lItCT " Y/o
have given thee seven (versos) of t!:030 which
ere to bo frequently rcpe:^teJ;" others in-
terpret it to mean the seven long ch-^ptors.
j^ll^ for ^^lL« without the nuunation (Sin^.
^J^^)f is one of those irre^^ular plurals which
nro c? tlio second doclonslon, with this pecu-
liarity, that in the nominative and genitive
they prcie^Te the tanween, as ^iL^, but reject
it in the accusative, as ^}i^^ ; ihe L\tter vrord
occurs tit 09 V. 24, where it may bo rendered
"double or repeated portions ;•" see D. S. Qr.
T. 1, pp. 410 and HI § 220. The rule as
given by the grammarian ilotarrezee is as
follows: Speaking of those irregular plurals
which are of the second declension he says,
" If the second of the two letters which follow
Alif quiescent happen to be a v/ it is sup-
pressed in the nom. and gen. and the tanween
•ouh t."iii\vc;:;L." For r.u eKplAna'-ic^ of the
pa.^op.-e at o9 v. 2i f:o LllLi, rt. 24.
Note. Other einicu] :ri I^ive obo h' ^n n.-
:d
to ^IL^, ai Ji^, JS/.,
or,
To make an CAception, r..3 ^,^:jwj 'Jj C3 v. 13,
"And they did not mr.':e en cric-^pfion" (by
saying iJlVAl ^[).
i^^\j aor. 0. To'rctur^i. c-^^lJ A reward. (^Jj
plur. of ilA* Taim :r.t. i'lL« A p'ace of resort.
Ju^LCAre\vard,recompen3'e.--c->y IL Torepay
(with double ace.).— 4--bM IV. To reward
with, give as a recompense (with douhle ace).
jU aor. 0. To he stirred up (^as dii6t).^Jj\ IV. To
plough, break up the earth, excite, raise (as
dust, clouds, etc.).
^J aor. i. To abide in a place, jU for ^.U part.
act. A dweller, ^jy^ A dwelling, abode;
il^ ^J \ 12 V. 21, " Make his abode honour-
able;" see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 113.
lI^ (no first form) To have connexion^ as a husband
and n'lfe, u^w A woman who has left her
husband after the first interview.
m^ Jibt, An idol, false deity.
>-'To bind, make fast. j\J^ Strong, powerful,
gigantic, having absolute power, proud, per-
verse. JllslfThe Mighty One, a name of the
Deity.
j\p^ -aor. a. To low, supplicate God with groaning ' oij^ The Angel Gabriel
(with j1 ofpers.).
CJuIli- (2nd declension) Goliath.
\^^^ To cut off. s.^^.^ A well, cistern.
jl>- aor. i. and 0. To form, create. JI>- Plur.
jCcj- Amountain,and especially Mount Sinai.
Jj»r>" and iL:>- A crowd, multitude; ii-Jl
^Pfse V. 184, "The former generations;"
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 268.
To he cowardly, ^j^ Cowardly; the temple,
side of the forehead.
Digitized by
Google
(^7 )
^C^ r.or. a. 'lo cirUcon tJijjor\::ciL iU^ plur.
of .L-^ A forehcid.
C.->- for U>- cor. a. r.nd i. To col!o:t or ^Mther
tribute, or C3 t-ibuto (wiili ^\ of p!:co).
t-,j;C^l Poet, licence for ^^:''j^') pin.-
C» ^ I -* ' 4
4LjI>- a cistern, see »^*>-, rt. ^ j:- ; see also
^ll^, rt. ^.— ^^^^ VIII. To choose (va:h
ace. and ,.^ or . Jj).
«i^ Tbc?/^^.— cXc^!^ VIII. To tear up, root
up (with ace. and jy (j^)«
l£>-.aor. i. nnd o. To He tvltk the Ireast on the
ff round, /A^ part. act. One lyin^ on his
breast.
li:^ aor. i. and o. To knccL ll/S- Fern. ii'\^
. •> • ^ ->' •
part. act. Kneeling ; The Plur. is j^l^j- for
^^, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 103 and 3G2."
1^ To deny, refuse, reject (with •*-?).
IsrT aor. a. 7b /'/y/^^ a fre. mt^jst^ fem. Hell,
hell-fire, any fiercely burning fire.
j^ aor. i. 7b be of great rvealth or d'jnity, jl?-
■ S ^ S ^ p
Majesty, glory, J^J^ New. ja:^ plur. of
ij^ A track or way on a hill-side.
«^Jc>- Plur. cjljc>-l A sepulchre; no verbal
root.
^Jc>- To he covered rvitk pustules, to fence in.
j\s>' Plur. Ji^- A wall. Ji>- 1 More fitting
or easier, compar. form (2nd declension),
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 403.
Jjk>- aor. i. and o. To trvist Jirmly. j !>- In a
contentious manner ; f ♦!>- J ^ clXJ '^^ t« 45
V. 58, " They only propounded this to thee in
the hope of a dispute." Jlj^ A dispute.—
J jI:>- III. To dispute (with c-> of means and
^ or ^ of subject) ; to dispute with (with
ace. of i rs.), sj aV-VJ C V- ^-^ ''T;.u
they Bnoiild di.^pt-i'e ^vlth you;" ^/J;:j'4-*'
7 V. C9, "^ ill yc dl:p::-o ^/iili n^c?" >J^'4-»
part, act, fcri. Ono v.lio J' ; i.cs.
j*.ju>- To hasten. jUv-- A u:o!:en i^ioco; Ij^jo- la
J^iJLsr* UninL'rruptcd.
cjc>- 7b /vrp -icltloiitfcod, c:Ap:it?J\ cjv=- Plur.
&^
Tiic t:an:<cl'aP.^■::a-tr(.o.
\jc>- aor. 0. 7b stand frm. l*^ A b'!rninc: corl
or firebrand.
>• aor. 0. To draw, dm '^ (v.itb ace. and , Jl).
^Jl>- 7b rcoinid, jj^.in, r,cqiii:'.j for on o's-i :"!:'. Jl/--
plur. of--^ A vronnd. ^^C-C. (Cud djoloa-
sion) plur. of Is^X^ E:?-3'3 of prev. — ^X^^
VIII. To endeavour to acquire : "^jJ^
(4;T;^Tlj:i^J:^T45v. 20, ''Thc32 vrho seek
to do evil."
Sj^- To tear ojf, j|^ coram. g3ud. noun cf
species, A locnst.
jj>- aor. 0. 7b ent ojf. jjs>^ Dry (ground) bare
ofherbacre.
c^ 7(? drink (ji'ater),^^^ V. To sip.
uJ^ aor. 0. 7b carry ojf the Tvliole of amjtJilng.
i-j^ A water-worn bank of earth.
^^^ aor. i. 7b comrsiit a crime, to drive one (into
sin, with ^\ of following verb). VJ^ A sin ;
I^ if No doubt! An adverbial expression,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 521.— ^j^l IV. To be guilty
of sm. /♦yr; n.a. bm. j^^^ part. act. A
smner.
•;
^y.^ aor. i. To flow, run, happen (with J, also with
15? or ^\ ). iijV:>- part. act. fem. Running,
a vessel ; The Ark, C9 v. 11 ; Plur. ^llrC-, and
with the article ijj^j^ I , for which by Poetic
Digitized by
Google
^fr
(C3 )
lic.:n,3 is c;;b3'itntcJ iC^Vl loLli in t' o no-
niimitiTO aii .1 gorativo c.v.v?, £:e note oo . p^u.*,
rt. j5; see abo D. S. Gr. T. 9, p; 497.
JJ;^ for ^f.'*' D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, Tbe
couioc of P. uMp, n-1 l>l'^-7:^ 11 V. 43, "During
L :• :cur-;" 1). S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118,
ij^r,>i\a. To tc.':<: apartofiiKytUrj. ^^ A part,
portion, indiviJfi^.lit;; At 43 v. 14 the word
\*j>- i.r by soino tdkea to mean "Danjliters."
^y^;- 2o-j:l:cS ever, and t^ To bo imp:itiont.
Ui^ Im .'.lieatly.
l^ Gor. 0. To suhdiie, and 4,.?^ nor. i. To satisfy, ic-
compen3eforgc0vlorevil, jivoP3arc-.varJ(\Yith
double ace. or wi'h ace. or cy oflbir: j for which
■ re.vard, etc. is £,'7cn); to givo an equivalent,
or make satisflict ion for (v;ith Ji or with double
ace). jl>- for c-?j^ p^' t. act. One who makes
satisfaction for another (with ^^). 3<|j^ Com-
pensation, satisfaction, equivalent, retribution,
reward. ^J=r Tribute, especially that exacted
from Jews and Christians.— 4^l:>- III. To
reward.
\ju^ aor. 0. To handle.^-jL^ . V, To inquire
curiously into (by handling, etc.).
jLuj>- To stick to the hochj (blood). juu:>- n.a. A
body; \11^ ^ 7 v. 146, " A calf in a bodUy
•shape."
To have a large body. ^m*s>^ A body, Plur,
^ll^l ; ^llXt 63 V. 4, "Their Persons.** .
jjc>- aor. a. To place, put, impo3e> make, appoint,
constitute, ordain, attribute (with J of pers.
and ace. of thing or with double ace. also with
ace. and ^ , ^^Jlc, or j^) ; to hold, regard or
esteem, as at 29 v. 9 ; Used with ^\ of follow-
ing verb at 56 v. 81. J-^^ part. act. He
who places, etc.
V^ Toc-t C'::::n c-djc m ::-n:i the haul: (c 7:.'_r).
flJr Fro% a^ ^ILf ^ill 13 v. 13, "It
■ r--3o!:ill:ofrct!-." * *
^JS- To scr:: vp c^z-.ch f::Ji. m a Icry^ d'oh,
^IIj*- plnr. of JlL^ A larj> ^liih, trcr.clior.
(^ ?or. 0. and i. To tr:-it /:.vjZ>.-. J'Jr YI. To
be rcmoTcd from (vilh ..^).
2:-:3ty.
j^ aor. i. To be ghrLvJ. Jl;
>- aor. i. and o. To drag, ^^:.\'^.— Ll-^L•^-l IV.
To attack, a^.^ault (v.ith ^:). .
sLJl^ To put on a cL'IL-. cl-''i^ (Ond declen-
£:oa) plur. of c-?Li:>- A larje outer covering
worn by women.
jirp aor. i. To ?vound the.shin, scourge. JjOo^ n.a.
A ?ic'''nx\n^, blow with a rod. *xb>- Plur.
jjl>- Skins, hides.
^p^ To sit 2>. Eastern /as/Jon, in which respect
it differs from Joo. *^^Ls:« (2nd declension)
plur, of^^Ss^ A place of sitting or assembly.
^hf aor. 0. 7b i^ clear and manifest. *i^ Banish-
ment.— ^^^^11. To make manifest, reyeal;
^l^ lil j^^^Tj 91 V. 3, " By the day when
it reveals her (the Sun) in all her splendour."
— -Xs^ V. To appear in glory (with J).
aor. i. and o. To abound.
Much.
ms^ aor.i. ana o. lo aoouna. ms>^
^^ aor. a. To be refractory.
aor. 0. To congeal^ to he f.rm. ij-^l^^ part.
act. That which is firmly fixed.
w4^ aor. a. To collect, gather together, assemble,
xmite ; to have connexion with, marry (with
^\ as ,^^1 ^ \jMA^ Jj 4 V. 27, (It
is forbidden you) to take two sisters to wife,"
or "intermarry ; " to gather together— against,
with ace. and J ;~at, with ace. of pers. and
Digitized by
Google
(i:o )
J or Jl of time; it ia fil:o xmod v^llh ncc.
end J^ 03 at 6 V. S5, end vrilU ^!^ of por-
son3 ai:scniL:cl r.3 at 31 Y. 2 "J. jJ^ n.ci.
AnrJ3o:nbly,-vjV:iudo, a [;--^.th:/.n3 tcj^aicr,
crov;d ; ^;.- .r/:;'i' 23 v. 73, '' Y/lio have am-^ed
(vr.;^Uli) more abund-mtly ; " Literal' j, " more
nbuadiint in ara2::'3ir.2 (wc:ilth); ^cJ\ (♦^y.
^C;ir3 V. 149, ''The day of the maetias of
the two ho:f3;" Jj^J ICL^ Cl^ 7o v. 17,
" Upon 113 d:Tolvc3 the collection (of it3 scat-
tered senbnccs), end the proper method of
reading it." L^U- part. cot. One who jjathers
tojother, etc. 2^^ A con-rc-ation, S3 ^^^
Jil^fThe day of the congregation, Friday.
^^.C Collected, assembled, all, an army ;
At 36 V. 32 ^;^t^ i3 used for \y^f see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 540, r.ote : iX^ adverbuUly,
Altogether, wholly. ^^1 Plur.^^j^^ \ All,
The whole, ^r^^ place of meeting to-
gether. \r^ V^^^* P^^* Assembled.—
1^1 lY. To agree together, concert a plan
or design (with ^1 of following verb) ; to
agree upon (with ace.).— j-^c^^ VIII. To be
gathered together (with J) ; conspire (with
11). L^^ part. act. Gathered together.
J^ aor. 0. To collect, and J^ To be handsome.
J^ A camel. JU^ Grace, elegance;
JU^ \^/JjlQ V. C, " They are a credit to
you." Ji^ Becoming, decorous, honour-
able, gracious. ZUj^An aggregate, Bome-
thing complete, as a sentence; ^^y^^j <lU>-
25 V. 34, "As one complete and perfect whole."
iJlis^ plur. of jA^r A camel.
^ aor. i. To be covered; aor. o. To cover (with
1^), *^ collective noun, Genii, demons.
epirit^ 03 oppo3wd to men. Lu.^^- Plu.'. cjl:^'^
A ^:.rdon, ParaJi^.o. il>- A covering, cloak.
^1^ lladiic33, frenzy; \:z^i al^o in a ccllcc-
tivo 8cn3e, or ai plar. of ^^ Gciill ; eco D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. £32. /I^T plur. of ^^r Any-
thing cove, od, a f.otu3. ^\^ A serpent,
genius, dc-on; ^l^ 1 15 v. 27, for ^.^rJl
"The Father of Devih;" or the p.irt for the
whole. Jinn or Genii. ^,1^^ r:irt. pr:3. Mad,
pc:3:.v:od of tha Devil.
Jj^ ror. i. and o. To turn aside, caiue to tufa
from or avoid (with aco. and ^1 Ic-t). . v--.-:.^^
Plur. il^JJr A side ; uJl^^^ "r^^-] ^ ^•
40, "The familiar friend;" ^ JiS^ U
JJif c^ 33 v. 57, ":^:hatIhhren-V:ctcd
(of my duty) tovvards God." '-7'"^ -^
stranger, coming from afar. One SMiTurin,^
from pollution; u^ ^ 23 v. 10, " From
afar off." lSjI>- A side, tract of country ;
^\^ J^ 17 V. 85, " Ee drew acide."—
\S^^ II. To cause to turn aside, roniove
away from (with double ace). — «— --^^ V. To
turn away or withdraw one's-self from (with
accX-JJ^l VIII. To turn aside from,
avoid. s- ^ ,
J^ aor. a. i. and 0. To incline (with J). 'j-Ui>-
comm. gend. Plur. l^] A hand, wing, arm,
arm-pit ; ui^li>- u^^^j 1^ ^' ^^» " ^^^
behave with humility;" Literally, "Lower
thy wing." ^ll^r A crime.
xj>- Plur. JyJr An army, troops, forces, a host,
companions ; no verbal root.
IL^ aor. i. To decline; and i-J:^ aor. a. 2o
• ^^"^
deviate ifram the truth). cJi5>- n.a. A swerv-
ing from the right way.— t^Vrri^ part. act.
VI. f. Inclining to evil (with J).
Digitized by
Google
Kjr^
( CO )
^Jj>- aor. i. To n^thrr {fruit).
L5^ ^^' O^
Fruit: aa ..^
I ,,:^55v. 51/'Tho n-uit
Lf^'
of tho t\ro t: .;J ill/' D. S. Cr. T. 1, p. HO.
^^^ Ff :3li (d-;tc3) ready gr,thorecl.
Jl^^ aor. a. 7b it? diligent. S^ n.a. A striving
Tvith lui^lit and main; The vrordj ^^^^ \'=>r
at 5 V. 53 and eiiovi'hsrc may bo tr:.n3latod
"Their most binding oatlia." J^-:^ Pov-'er,
ability; J^x.-^ ^i^..A-<:f 9 v. SO, "Taoy
find nothing (to give) but tlia fiuit of their
labour." — ^^^ III. To strive; contend ^vith,
£ght— especially r^r.iast the enemies of IslAin
— Ovitli a:c. of pei3. and ^f ^^^, as at 31 v. 14,
a!:o^7ilIl ^, s-?, or J). jL%- n.a. A con-
tending, striving, a goirg foiih to fl^'ht (in
the Holy V/ar). ^5^-5* p^^rt. act. One who
strives, one who goes forth to fight in the
cause of Islam.
^^ aor. a. To be manifest, publish abroad, speak
aloud (\Tith 4--> of thing and J of pcrs.).
-4^ That which ia manifest, loud speaking,
open and public speaking. \^^ Openly,
publicly. Ij,^ Openly, visibly, manifestly.
— ]J^^ ^•^' ^^^* ^' ^^ public, openly.
iv^
aor. a. To rush on a wounded man rvith intent
to slay him. jC^ Paraphernalia, things
necessary for a journey.— -^^^ II. To fit out
with provisions or other necessaries (with ace.
of pera. and l-> of thing).
J[^ aor. a. To be ignorant. J^l>- part. act. One
who is 'ignorant. Oyc^ ^^^ ignorant and
foolish. i^\^ Ignorance, ^^^^r State of
ignorance, condition of the Pagan Arabs before
the time of Mohammad.
r*r
fern. Hell, Gehenna, from the Hebre\^
DJH K^ITheValley of Hinnom, where human
HLicri.^.jo v/cre male bj C:-: to N'jl.oh: V'ln
\>-v.rd en acjou'^^ of ilz fu.'ji;^;a or:;;In and
fc;ni:une g..n'!^r is of the second declension;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
jpj- Air, The Firmament.
<— >^o^ see U^.
;,>•••
4^l;>- aor. 0. To split, cleave, cut out. ^^fr ^^
answer, see iv. f.— lI^^-I IV. To return an
answer, hence, to hearken to (with ace. of pera.
or thing). i-----7^ p-rt. act. One who returns
an answer, as ^.^^*:^-7^^ 1*^ 37 v. 73, "And
verily we returned a gracious answer;"
Literally^ "And verily they who gave the
answer were gracious."— t-^Ud-jl X. To re-
spond (with J of pers. and ^1), to answer,
hearken to (with J. of pers. or l-^).
jI:>- aor. 0. To he good. SCj>- plur. of j|o^ Swift
coursers, do^ "El Judee," A name. of
Mount Ararat.
Jl>- aor. 0. To turn aside, J^ Near, one who is
near, a neighbour, ^j^^ part. act. One who
turns aside.— ^jU- III. To be a neighbour,
to dwell near (with ace. and ^^^-^J^ IV.
To protect, deliver— from punishment, etc. —
(with ace. of pers. and ^?^) ; ^2^ Jls^ /J 23
T. 90, "Neither is he protected of any;"
Literally t " Neither is it protected over him,"
or " is any protection (thrown) over him : " for
the use of Passive Verbs in an impersonal
manner see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 129 ; see also
at \j>^ .— ^lsi« part. act. VI. f. Near to one
another.-^lsali^ X. To ask for protection.
jl>- aor. 0. Togo.-^^^ III. To pass on or over,
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
;U
( 31 )
to car.30 to izi3 ovci (v.itli uj of pers. and
ace. of tliins).— JjU^ VI. To puos by or over
(with ^).
iJ^^Jr ^^^- ^* T^ scarcb, explore.
cIp- ror. 0. To h'r^;^'or. ^^^ Hunger.
tJl>- rior. 0. 7b penetrate bhvanlly, to be hollow.
lS^^- The belly, the interior.
A^ cor. i. To come, come to, arrive at (with ace.
or with J, JV, ^^"^ or ^); with c^ it
nioaus to couio with, i.e. to bring; Liko^l
it mav somoiimea be rendered to do or commit
(an action),. as at IS v.- 70 ; Vass. ^^ some-
times v/rlttcn 5 rw for ^, .- •-, ?.:, ... "o! 'u
c.V^
39 V. CO, " And the I'^OMhcti .-lirll be brou Jit."
iV(?.^j. In the r,bovc form of coa ;huj'Ion ihri
verb i3 iiuper^onal, likeTVy.'^vj er>t in Lr.tin ;
6ce D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 1?9.~'I:^1 lY. To mr^:o
to come; hence, to lead or drive (vath ace. of
pcr3. and ^p.
j[>- aor. i. To cut out a garr.ient at the nech.
IS^ Plur. cl?4l>- The bosom of a s'tirt or
vest.
jI:^ for L^ aor. a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 243, To hacc
a long and hea'ltijid ncch. ^Vr ^ r.cch.
\^^^ aor. i. To Icce. l1>^ Grain, corn. <up-
noun of unity. One grain. l«^^^ Love;
ZLjl2^. 172, "Out of love for him,"
i.e. "for God." . c^-^"^ comparative adjective
of the 2nd declension, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 324
and 403, More beloved, more pleasing, pre-
ferable. ^1^1 and with the affixed pronoun
5j lLv.T, the hamza being changed into j with
damma in the middle of a word, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 118, plur. of «4^ Beloved.
il^ Love.— (4-^ II. To render lovely
(with ace. of thing and J\^ of pers.).—
k1^\ IV. To love, will, desire, like (with
ace. or with^^i of following verb).— j.-_.^^i-:^ X.
To love, prefer (with ace. and ,^^).
^l^- aor. 0. To make beautiful, delight, make joyful.
jCil plur. of^ ^^j^ ^ (Jewish) Priest
or Doctor.
J^ aor. i. To restrain, hinder, shut up.
^ -^ aor. a. To be vain, fruitless, to perish (with
^ or^).— ll^l IV. To render vain; lau^pj
47 V. 34, aor. with j and ^ prefixed, " And
he shall make (their works) of no avail."
tli^L^ aor. i. and a. To weave well (a garment^.
d^LL plur. of CS^ A way or track;
especially, the paths of the Stars.
JuL To take a wild beast icltk a snare or halter.
2^ n.a. Plur. J^ A rope, vein, compact,
or covenant.
^^ir>- aor. 1. To inspire. fPs>^ n.a. A decree.
^^ Even to, up to, down to, as far as, until, in
order that ; This particle is- used in four dif-
ferent ways.
Ist. It is used as a preposition to indicate a
certain term, and when thus employed governs
the genitive case, as^^^l j-S^ ^j^ 97 v. 5,
" Until the time of the riding of the dawn/'
2ndly. As a conjunction or adverb, meaning
"and even," or "up to an extreme point
inclusive;" thus it diflfers from ^^, which
signifies "Up to," or "As far as, but not in-
cluding;" Ex. 1^5 L?^ iL^Xd^^'l ate
Digitized by
Google
( Ci )
ClJ.V- .
.-- V-
the fl :h, hc:A r.nJ fll ;" If v.o say L..;^ ^1 v.^c
r.::.^a "an far n Iho head, nnd no fn/ilicr:"
Ko ir>:^L-.nee of tliia uic oi ^J:^ occurj in tLo-
.Kcrun.
3rdly, A3 a conjunction sc:- ring to connect
apro^:o:itic:iv/ithtIiat\.liicIiirvCcJ'^nL;itth:n
moans "iintil," andhaj grr-TrmiaticallynooiTcit
on thec>ii:c?:'^!in2provo'--iLion; tlm3rt6v.l49,
U^lj ylj jj^ji^ ^.j ^^^ jirit?^' ^^ e-NJ^if
" In like manner did they who vr.^^.t befortj
them accuso (the propheh) of flibohood, until
thoy tr.'tod our seven Ly,^ Note, In the Korin
it 13 frefjuently followed by 1 j|; D. S. Gr.
T. 1, pp. 175 r.ud £03, 72^/e.
Lastly. It governs a verb in the snbjanctive
mcod,TrhGn that verb has a future signification;
it then means "until," or "in order that;"
E^- KsV vi u^^- yJ^ ^J^^ ^y I ^ . 12 v.
80, "I will on no account quit the -country,
until my Father give mo permission ;" It may
sometimes bear either interpretation ; thus at
" Then fight against (that party) which is in 1
the wrong, until (or so that) they return to
obedience to God."
cLi To excite. l^^C Quickly.
1^ To contend with, go on a pilgrimage to (with
ace). J^ n.a. The pilgrimage to Mecca.
-^ same as ^. ^l>. part. act. One who per-
forms the pilgrimager. ^^ plur. of iff^ A
ringle pilgrimage^ a year. ijs?^k disputing,
cause of dispute, argument; as SjtyQiXi^X
6 V. 150, "The conclusive argument.**—
— .U. III. To dispute about (with ^) ; to dis-
pute with (with aco. of pers. and ^ or Jc^). —
—.lac? VI. To dispute with one another (with^).
^ y ^
Y^T: c..cr, c::t oiU. c;;l'^ A v:•^ ci-'t^ln.
cl^^^* part. T^a:3. Sl.ut out (v;i:h JVl).
aor. 0. Ta Lh::Lr (with ^^). ^-^ n.a. Any-
. thing 'forbL'1:a, u;:"!a-.:r.:l, a v.\;Il 0? i\',.v\,
undv\:t--nJi; -; Plur."//- A ho. 0. i.^v :X\'r^
ship ; yrj^i^^^ S3 v. 4, "For one glf:: J vlth
^ * " ^^ t
intolIig:nce." J^-^X The cor.ntry in';abi!cd
by the tribe of Thamood; The T;-or'J3 .1 Jr**
\jy^ OQ.Q.yyx tvi^ice la the 25th chap.; in the
24th verse tlioy appear to mean " Far be it
from U3," like "i^e licitum sit;" In the
5Jth verse thoy mean "a v;all.v:hi:;h it is for-
bidden them (the tvro Sv^s) to pr:3." !^J=^
Plur. (;l^ A roclr, £.:ne. ^yr^ Plur.
cuC^ A private chamber, ji^ F^rt.
pass. Forbidden.
*• aor. 0. Tomahe a camel lie dor:n; to restrain
(with ace. and ^). j^r^ P-^t. r.ct. One who
hinders, a bar, dam to keep back water.
aor. 0. To sharpen, limit, de/ine. j^j^ plur.
of 4\>. A prescribed limit, ordinance. «x>«\>.
Iron, Plur. olj^ Sharp.— 3U. III. To hinder,
stand in the way of, oppose.
To be hximphacked. c-^a^w An elevation of
the ground : Instead of this word which occurs
at 21 V. 96 some copies have ^Jc>- signifying
"A grave."
To be new, to happen. cI^jX A novelty,
event ; something which has lately happened,
a story, history, narrative, discourse; ^
ij TA^fSl V. 5, "The ludicrous tale."
cLj jI>.1 (2nd declension) plur. of vioa^
^ * 1^ jf ^ ^ ^ «— ^ p
Tales, sayings; i^JUJ] Jl».u ^^ «li^4*d
12 T. 6, " He shall teach thee the interpreta-
tion of (dark) sayings;" cL^jU-I !iililX>- 23
Digitized by
Google
( 03)
V. -!,1, " We" hiv.2 inadj HiL:n (idle) tn'. .</' or
"li'co a t;:b tli.-.t is told."— cAC II. To
d.:c].;:e, rr.icv.io, f.?i; laint 0<itli acj. of pcrs.
c;> J ^J of Tic .tiling,).— LtjA^l IV. To ciuiso to
La^f en, briii^ about, procluco (with ace. and J
of pcrs.). C-^.Vr::"* pai't. priss. That wliicli is
newly prO'IiiceJ or revealed.
j-\>. aor. i. 7^> surronv.d. (Ji}'^^ (2nd declension)
plur, of I^A>- A garden planted with trees. .
jJl>. aor. a. To beware, take heed of, fear (with ace.
also with ^i of the y:ib).
jjc^ Precaution.
^j^^ aor. i. To prrforalc^ \.'.iCt\d. 3^ n.n. A pur-
pose.
{j**j^ To giiai\L (j^j>- collective noun, Gup.rdd.
^j>- aor. i. To desire ardently (with ,^). ^'ij^
£^\ £uporiaUve
Greedy, ea^^:r (wiHi ^J^s)
ov
:ni,
"^r
Joct^rr
•cedy.
.^>"
At
jJL>. n.a. Fear. jJU- part. act. One who is
. .1 5 f t* -^
cautious, provident. jjA^l-^ part. pass. That
which is to be feared.— •
II. To caution
. against (with double ace.).
j»^ aor. a. i. and o. To become free, to he hot.
J>. n.a. Heat. J!>. A free-man. ^^^ fern. A
hot wind blowing by night, jj^ -Silk.—
j^ II. To free from slavery, devote to the
service of God. j,j^ n.a. The giving freedom,
as i^jj^^ 5 V. 9, " The freeing of a; neck
(from the yoke of slavery)." ]jj^ P^'^rt. pass.
ace. " Dedicated to God's service,'.' 3 v. 31.
^-rir^ ^^^' 0* ^^ 5/?(9zY one*s goods, ^j^- fern. n.a.
War. tL]^ Plur. l-1o^I^ (2nd declension)
A private chamber ; a niche in the nail of a
mosque marking the direction of Mecca, —
c->;U. III. To fight against .(with ace. of
pers.).
vi^ aor. i. and o. To till the ground, sow seed.
*^^ n.a. A field, cultivated ground, produce
of the same, fruits of the earth, tillage.
^j»^ aor. a. To be oppressed by closeness or dijficulty.
^^ n.a. Narrow, a restriction, difllculty,
crime.
i^f^ To TTiUh diy, to corrupt ones-sef
the last estre:rjty from discacO. — ^j>' II. To
instigate, excite (with ace. and ^^)»
uJ^.^ nor. i. To charg.:. ^/^ ^ verge, margin,
manner; uJ/*- ^^ 22 v. 11, "After a way,
or upon the verge— as it were— (of religion)." —
kJ^il II. To pervert (with ncc. and ^). —
i^j^i^ part. act. V. f. One vrho turns aside
(with J).
j^ aor. i. and o. To g?iash the teeth, to lurn.
(Jij^ Burning.— jj^ II. To burn.— jj^:^!
VIII. To be burnt.
CSj>- To refuse ivhat is due, and CS^ To be moved.
— lI^ II. To move (with ace. and l-^).
/^^ aor. i. To prohibit. ^j>^ A holy place,
asylum. aj>^ plur. of |1\^ Prohibited, un-
lawful, sacred, sanctified, as believers during
the Pilgrimage. cl>l^^rThe Sacred Ordi-
nances of God. (^jj^^ P^'irt. pass. Forbidden ;
At 51 V. 19 this word seems to mean " Pre-
vented by shame, or a sense of decorum*;'*
at 56 V. 66 and 63 v. 27, " Hindered from
enjoying the fruits of our labour." — /^ II.
To forbid, make or declare unlawful (with
ace. of the thing and ^Iz of the pers.).
fijs^ n.a. Prohibition. ^^^^ part. pass. That
which is forbidden or unlawful, declared sacred .
^j^ aor. i.* To decrease. --^^^ V. To seek.
To touch. ^j=^ Plur. <4^|^» A company.
Digitized by
Google
c^;
( 31 )
cr-
troop, paity, sect) Tho:o who side with any
one; JJ^^^f^SI 13 v. ll/'Viliichof the tv/o
• parties;" ilcr.nin^ proLablyTIie Conipr.nioiis
of the Cave or tlio Companions of /^r\/l
mentioml in the 8th verso; c-_>Ur-jl The
confeJci'atca montioncd in chap. 33 were a
body of Infidels, who were lea^^^aed tcjother
against Mohammad in tlie War of tKe Ditch ;
Those at 40 v. St nro the Poopl^^Xoah, etc.
who appear in ll;e next ver^e, (ffid vr^o were
in league against the"|;.[^3r'net3 fuxiijic ci\iy
J^ apr. 0. To grieve ; J^U- aorTaJ To be saa ; to
be grieved about (with ^^ of r;or3. or thing).
^^ and ^^ ns
aor. 0. To jparch ?{/?,nttorly destroy^
A sound (sc. hissing). — \j^^ IV. To percei
find, be aware of, feel (with ^ , or with ace
and ^j^).— ^^/--u^ar V. To make inquiry after
(with ^!]^).
!>. aor. 0. To reckon; i^^^^rw aor. a. and i. To
think, imagine, to be of opinion, calculate
(with ace. of thing, also with or without ^t; \
before following verb) ; see D. S. Qr. T. 2, pp.
74, 296, and 580, also 127, note. slJlL n.a.
One who suffices, a sumciency, or that which
one is obliged to regard as sufficient; Ex.
9^ ^ ^ f 9 ^ ^
^ iL^ 2 V. 202, "And Hell shall be his
sufficient reward;" SjfCI-C 9 v. 59, "God
is all-sufficient for us." »--r^^ P^^'* ^^^*
One who reckons, or takes an account, an
accomptant. c-^Vl^ Plur. ,^Ll». A reckon-
ing, computation, account ; c-->ll>.^^ 2 v.
208, "Without measure;" ^ll>. 69 v. 20,
"My account," for ^C^ ; The * al the end
of this word is called ^.Jj>)] ^U ; The affixed
pron:..a ^-r^is h:re v/rittcn and pronounc^ ! s.;^,
az is ;:: r.cntly tliO ca.:e; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
459. iw^-r^-*^ One v;Iio ia!:o3 au account.
Tho v.:i ^,LJLj=w besides being the plural of
iL)\L^ is also used as a collective noun mcan-
irg rir.s or liglitning, and it is in this sen:o
tliat i: h employed at 13 v. SS.—J-^U- III.
To c:vl :: account for (witli ace. of pors. and c-j).
L-,^A^ VIII. To calculate upon,- expect.
aor. :. and o. To envy (with ace. of pors. and
jjj: ci" thing). JujW part. act. One v.ho
envic5. Ow-j»- Envy.
aor. i. J") lay larc, to beivcanj. Sj^.^ Plur.
t£jlll>. D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 8o5, Sigliing, cause
of si^L'ng; ^J-li. iJ 39 v. 67, "Ah! my
sighir-g, (ahm^4^" Expressions of this kind
are s; rlt and pronounced in a variety of ways,
', p. 90. ' jt^ Fatigued,
part. pass. Stripped, destitute,—
* X. To be worn out with fatigue.
S 9 9
aor. 2. To ad. (^y^-^ The usual acceptation
of this word is A succession of unlucky nights ;
At 69 T. 7 the phrase C^jL»- ^Ij 1 ^Uj may
be inierpreted " For eight days in miserable
succession."
3od or beautiful; in the
latter cf these forms the verb is employed in a
manner similar to the verbs of praise and ulunie
M arri ^^ ; Ex. u-j; CSSi^\ ^^j,,,^ 4 v. 71,
"They are excellent (in point of) company;"
At IS TV. 23 and 30 two different forms of
constriction occur in the same sentence, as
\as3j% o ^ m...,"^ j S-^' j^ » f^ How delightful is
their reward, and how delicious their couch;"
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 223 ei seq. ^jlL Goodness,
beauty, excellence, kindness. ^m..,C Beautiful,
Digitized by
Google
er**^
(35 )
gocJ, f.iir, 2r^ciou3, hj\nc].:omc.
tbin^i a benefit, gooJ, a good work. ^^
A goo J
masc. and fcm. plur. of ^T;:^i:«->- B(}autiful;
^C:^ <^)^^ 55 V. 70, "(Damsels) CAquisIco
and beautiful."
# -^ c *
CT**^
1 (2iid declensioiOcoinp.
form, not u:c-d adjcctively in conjunction Avith
a Bubstnntivo, aa ,j^\ o^jt ^^^ ^'i^^ ^^^
substantive understood; Better, best, more or
most excellent. Note. Words of the second
declension when in connexion \Yith a comple-
ment take the three inflexions, thus l^Uu>-b
7 V. 142, where the pronoun refers to ^J^<1 \.
^1^ fern, of j^^li-i, when used substantively
means a good action, good thing, happy state,
happy end ; Dual ^^LlLs: ! and in th^ oblir|'i3
cases ,.>t^r.Mjc! 1 9 v. 52, " The two most excel-
lent things," viz. Victory and Martyrdom;
For the Rules which govern adjectives in the
comparative form I must refer the reader to
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 301 et scj.—^^] IV. To
do well, act uprightly, act with kindness (with
S-', or with ^\ or J of the pers.); to render
agreeable, make beautiful (with ace. of thing
and J of pers.). ^CJl^ n.a.. A*doing good,
a kind action, kindness, well-doing. ^J^*^
part. act. One who does well, acts righteously,
a righteous man.
aor. 0. and i. To gather together, and hence,
to raise from the dead, to banish (with ace.
and ^Ji or ^1&, used in the Pass, with J or
^\). jZ*^ n.a. An assembly, banishment,
emigration; at 59 v. 2 the words JlIM J^i
refer to certain Jews who were banished by
Mohammad. ^l>- part. act. One who
assembles, jy^"^ part. pass. Gathered to-
gether.
,,i>. nor. i. To scatter grarcl^ cast ialo tLcftrc.
L^— -::^ That which is ci\st into the fire, fuel.
sl^<>^ A violent v/iad brln^^-in-:: with it a
shower of stones.
_^,ls^-"^ To become manifest.
:w aor.-o. and i. To reap, j'-^i^- n.a. A roriping,
harvesting. J^^-^^ Harvest, mown dcvn,
utterly destroyed.
^ aor. Oi To bring into d'}Jy.:ulty^ besiege; ^^o>.
aor. a. To be restricted, hindered (vrith ^^1 of
. the followin'i^ verb). • j*o^ Chaste, ^r^-^^
A rrison.--^^l IV. To prevent, kcjp b::ck
— from a journey, etc. — (v.ith ^).
To^ he occr ani alovc, to be manifest, —
II. To make manifest.
^j^ To be stronglg fortlfcd^ and ^j^s^ To hccp
at home, ^y^^^ P^ur. of ^,.::j>. A fortress.—
^^^ part. pass. II. f. Fenced in, fortified. —
^^^1 IV. To keep safe (with ace. and ^?^),
or in safe custody, to marry, ^j-^^* part. act.
One who is chaste or continent, i^.zj^:'^ part.
pass. fem. A married woman, one who is
chaste and modest.— ^^..^isr n.a. V. f. Chastity.
^ aor. i. To strike rvith a pebble. ,<*a>-l for
^j^\ comparat. form, Clever in calculating
(with J of the thing calculated); D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 310.— ,^^.=r^T IV. To number, calculate,
compute, take an account of, know.
^^^ aor. 0. To incite any one, mstigate (with ^J^).
— ^Ls^ VI. To urge one another (with ,^JLs).
aor. 0. To be present to, or present at, stand
in presence of (with ace. of pers. or thing) ;
to hurt, as at 23 v. 100, ^^^iir ^1 (for
^^jiic) "Lest they hurt me;" D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 570. jAL part. act. One who is
present at, present, clbse upon, as^^^ \/e^
Digitized by
Google
(3C )
L^
7v. 1C3, (The tov.n)"clo^o upon tlie eo.V
viz. Tlie town of Elr.tli, r.lout v;hicli v: fablo ii
L^re tulJ, <n*l v/hi^h i.j r.lio r ferroJ to r.tS
V. Cl.-3^iil IV. To prc.ait, hnu- into tlio
pro30iice of, cause to be pre^iont, put for^'arJ
(with double ace.); ^\
V. 127, " (Axon's) eouls are prone to — Lit, are
mr.Je to be prcHcnt with— coTetou::iejs:" see
LVj Sa'^y's o^jorva^ions on the con : traction of
the Pi- :3ivo Voice, Or.T. 2, p. 103. Jl^^part.
pa-=3. One v/l:o i3 made to-be present, brought
forv\TrJ, given over to (puniiliment).--^!^^
ilcvlo presont, part. pass. > ill. f. This word
oco'iri at oi V. 23, ^.rl^^ ^-/^ J^; The paa-
snje is rata:r obscure, but it scenes to imply
tb:;t c:ich portion of water sliould bo divided
among those who vrero present ; viz. The She-
Camel and the Tribe of Thamood on alternate
days; see also 20 v. loo.
£>. aor. 0. To put down, Pry. A putting dorvn,
remission (of sins), forgiveness; A word by
some thought to signify the profession of faith
v«^Ji5w aor. i. To abound in ivood, C-^^ Fire-
wood, fuel.
Ji>> aor. i. To break into small pieces. f'lL>.
. That which crumbles away through dryness,
iikd \ A name of Hell.
)o^ aor. a. To he in good circumstances. iL^ n.a.
A part, portion, a fortune, good fortune.
jL>^ To prohibit, hinder, jj^^ part. pass.
Hindered.— Jilsr^ part. act. VIII. f. One who
builds a fold for cattle.
c-c>l aor. i. To surround (with ace. and <— ^). cJU-
part. act. One who goes round about.
aof^ i. 7b run hastily, minister.
^jj^>^
Dar^^hloiM, Gr.:::tl*^Mldrv:i : a '^olloctivc noun ;
D. S. Cr. T. 1, p. C^2; or it in.iy be a plural
s s
ji^ To d\j, ji.^ A pit. JJU- A b<yj'.r.n\ng,
original s'r.te, f .riner condition.
Lll>. aor. a. To hcep, guard (v;ith aoc. r.nd ^^\
• to take care of. ILL>^ n.a. A guarding, a
keeping; lliL^ As a gnard. lii'^ part. act.
One who gaardo, keeps watch ; a guardian,
keeper (with ace. or with , J), iuii-?- an
irregular plur. of lij'^ Guardian (Angels).
iLii same as l^iU-, used with ^J^ in the
6en:3e of watcliing over evil doings; at oO v.
31 it is used in the sense of one who keeps
(God's commandments), l^^jls^ part. pass.
Kept, v/ell-guarded.— lii'o- III. To cl:orve
strictly (with j^).— llL^C^ X. To commit to
one's keeping, or one's memory.
^Ji^ aor. a. To go barefoot, honour greatly, ^^^i:^
Thoroughly acquainted (with ^z) ; gracious,
kind (with ^-?). — ^^J^^ IV. To be importunate
towards any one (with ace).
fj£>^ aor. i. and o. To be right, just or fitting, worthy
of, to be justly due to (with ^Is) ; (J^j^
tl^l jJi! 1 /ji 22 V. 18, " Many deserve punish-
ment;" Literally, "Many (a man), punish-
ment is justly his due;" At 84 vv^. 2 and 5
the verb appears in its passive form l:un&^
(pret. for fut.), which may mean '* It shall be
treated according to its deserts," or *' shall be
verified and certainly known; " the active voice
having these significations as well as those
above given, ^j^ That which is right and
proper, just, true, justice, a right, just due,
need, duty, such as payment of a debt ; Ex.
jif/l^ ^iJfS V. 282, "Ue upon whom
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
■J^
(37 )
ciL*-'
is tlio duty (of p'.yiuent of tlie doL') ;" it aho
Dioans Ti nth, Tl'c Truth, One of the N.r*>:3 of
Col. J.:> Fit •;-, just. J^l (Cad dcclon-
sioa) coni^v^r. ILoro wcrlby, more just, truer.
/J'Jl'T The luevit^jle, the J-y of Julgmcut.^
^jpA IV. To justify, verify (with acc.aadc-;).
— fjM^\ X. 2h bc'worthf/, aJjudje norihy; to
be guilty of (with ace. of tiling), or think
guilty (-.villi Jji of pcra.), in both ^YI:ich senses
it occurs at 5 v. lOG.
Cj1>^ To syjTer from a retention of urine ^ to he
Tvitliheld {rain, etc.). c-^-*^ A long space of
time, BPace of ei;^^hLy years;- Plur. c-;^.i>^l.
v_?:.l To lie a'noT.j croohcd or nmdhig sands.
i^'uiM The winding s.'inds; nam? of a pro-
vince of Arabia, foraierly inhabited by the
tribe of 'Xd; plur. of uJl^.
S>^ aor. 0. To exercise authority (with ^^) ; to
judge, judge between (with ^^^ of pers. and t->
of thing)-; to give judgment in favour of (>Yith
J of pers. and (^ of thing) : when it meana
to give an adverse judgment it takes ^^^ of
pers. IL^ judgment, wisdom; f^U- \ f^^
^yij 5 V. 55, " Do they then desire the judg-
ment of the days of ignorance?" i.e. To be
judged according to the laws of Paganism ;
a rule of judgment, as Lj^ UL>. yd^ I 13 v.
37, "We have sent it— the Koran— down as a
rule of judgment in Arabic." X^ A judge.
1^ Plur. ^iLl and J,jlil^ part. act. One who
judges, a judge, i^i^ Wisdom. j»jC>-Wise,
knowing. JLsJ\ comp. and super. More or
most knowing or wise. — A*. II. To take as
judge (with ace. of pers. and ^).— /^' I^ •
To confirm ; The Passive cl-JijCi< occurs at
11 V. 1, and has been variously interpreted;
E/.lo renders it "i\iO frmrdcd n:r?.ir:t cor;\'/)-
tlon." • A/i-^ p:j;t. pa33. Tiiii word also nJii:!* ;
of divers intjq.rju'.lions; a cLi"'.nL^r i> c^iu K(i
be *ui.':;''« when it is not al:'o^M*:d by cny
subseipent revelation; it also mc,\-.3 clcr
and p.i M)icuou3, void of ambljui'-y ; at 3 v.5-
the verses called cl:Ll\i* ^"'^W or thcH3
which are clear and are to be taken in their
literal sense, are distingaislicd from tho-:i
which are allegorical and f^uiaLire; tlio
former are said to be c-?'10Ti^ " Tho n]ot!i:r
— or ground-v;ork— of the E:ok." — ♦S'wsr VI.
To go together to judgment (with ^|).
jil aor. 0. To untie—a knot— (vrith ace. and ^..0;
aor. i. and o. To-fullil the rites and ceromoiiics
required of a pilgrim, to become J'J^ afi or
being /^/"-l ; to be lawful (with J of pers. and
^1 of verb) ; to descend, alight (with ^^) ;
to settle in a place. J^- Anything lawful, an
inhabitant. Jl>. Lawful, One ?vho has per-
formed all the rites and ceremonies of a pilyrhn.
JjiX plur. of J4^ A wife. iLxf Dissolution
of a vow. J^r* Place of sacrifice.— J^l IV.
To render lawful, allow, allow to be lawful,
allow to be violated (with ace. of thing and J
of pers.) ; to violate ; to cause to descend or
settle (with double ace). Jjs^ part, act. One
who considers lawful that which God has de-
clared to be unlawful ; Ex. Jl-^ 1 ^^j^ ^^
y^ ^]^ 5 V. 1, "Not violating the prohibi-
tion against the chase while ye are on a
pilgrimage : " ^Jls^ being in conjunction with
j^^Tis here put for ^^;Jrf^.
aor. i. To swear (with J of pers. and o of
object of the oath, also followed by ^\^ or Jj of
Digitiz'ed by
Google
( r. )
\crl), cr ly ^J^ of t!.o t:;in;j sworn); T.^.
c->i53\ . -1-- ^.,.'.^j:^"i;3 V. 15, "Thoy swear to
a fa]s:liooJ." cJ.o- A ^^cit r.voaror.
- ror. i. To elnvo.— J^*-* 1^ u*t. oct. II. f. Ono
wLo Bhavc...
- r(? /:!v'^ //'j throat. .-^J.^ Tb'^ throat.
I ^
7(? r"rca::i. ItJl A d.c ;2m ; Plur. Vl^] . %^
Un'ICiV-tarKlinj; Plur. ^l»-l . J^ Puberty.
>-!>. Kind, gracious, intoll'^cnt.
, <i^ Ror. i. 7t? ci^c)r;i ;feV/i crwc.ir.cnt^, -ul^ Orna-
nicnt3, trinkets; This v,'orJ ij u.cd in the
Koraa G3 a colloctivo noun, or it may ba an
irregular Plur. of J^, -which also tr.':e3 ,^[^,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. CS2.— Ji. II. same C3
^Jl>- (with Gcc. of thing, or T/ith ^j^).
>>I Letters preSxcd to the 40th and six following
chapters of the Koran, sec JIT. .
^ nor. 0. To heat. . ^t^^s>^ Boiling hot water, a
near relative or frienJ,
uX To clean out mud from a tvcIL U^ Mud.
^Ua^ fern, oi ^j^ Muddy, composed of mud.
aor. a. To praise. *x<^ n.a. Praise. *XjU.
part. act. One who praises. Ju^ Worthy of
praise. jJi^l A name of iloharamad. Most
praiseworthy, renowned. Note. By a per-
version of the Gospel, the Mussulman Doctors
teach that the Comforter promised under the
name TrapaKXrp-o^ was the Tre/jtxXi/ro^ or Re-
nowned Mohammad ; see Qr. Test. S. John
xvi. V. 7. 5J^ part. pass. Praised, lauded.
— j^A^sf* part. pass. II. f. Much-prahcd, highly
lauded, Mohammad,
aor. 0. To pare a thong of leather. jU^ An
ass; Plur.
9P f
and ,
So#
plur. of
uA a:r. i. To c-riy,lcar,bc::r array, lo:a,cL::j.3
v/ifli, impc:e a bur!.:. on ('.. !:h rcc. of tiling aaj
C5^ or ^)\ to att^.c^c r.^^y cno (with ^s of
per J.)*; to conceive, I: ^rlth chilJ, rn(l:;ta\3
(a duty), provide ^vIth carrirge end otlicr
neco2:^:*Ic3 of a ]y\'^v\^\\ as at 9 v. 03,
J.«j>. n.a, Plur. J'^K^i A b!:rtli:n, fitu.i in
the womb, time during which the fcotus is in
the woLub, as at 4G v. 14. J^ A burthen,
loud, o-j^ P^^t. act. One v'lio c^'-'-ios;
'\J% cy'.Uliu "And by tho3e v/hich bear a
load," IX. TuO clouds bearing a lead of rain,
or women bearing a burthen in their wOuibs,
or th-e Vi'inds which bear the clouds, 51 v. 2.
• JuU>. A woman v/ho carries much or fro-
quently, a portress. ^^*.k=^ A be: st of burthen.
— J-4C*. II. To impocG a burthen on(with double
ace), charge one with (a duty).— JJcl:!!^ VIII.
To take a burthen on one's-self, bear a burthen.
^^^X>- aor. i. To defend; and ^^j^ aor. a. To be
hot. ^U- Himee, name of a camel concern-
ing which certain superstitious usages were
observed by the Pagan Arabs. i^jl:>- fem. of
part. act. That which is burning hot. i^-4J>-
Affectation, cant.— ^^^li? IV. To mate hot;
Qil .^J^. 9 V. 35, "It i.e. the money—
^USllj A$|^jJl —shall be made hot;" Ute-
rally, It shall be made hot upon it, D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 129.
^j>^ aor. i. To emit a sound as a she-camel torvards
her young ; to be moved rvith pity. ^J^
Mercy. ^^^ Honein, Name of a valley
near Mecca, where a battle was fought by
Mohammad.
(J.c>>" aor. a. To breakone's oath. C^%x>- Wicked-
ness.
Digitized by
Google
^>-
(39)
Jt-
'^-■^S. To cvt ll.c ('roat. 'jtX-'- (Oi>a <!.jcle::3ioa)
plur. cf J^-'i^- A thror.t.
^i>. aor. .1. lo rtwct, \'^^ ItOPot;J.
^_ii>. aor. i. 7b ircliic. ^£^^ Plur. ^ULr^ (Cnd
' dccleiKion) Inclining to tie riglit F.cli^^lon,
ortlioJor.
uJc[i..r.or. i. and o. To put a. lit upon a horzc. —
tliol?-^ Vin. To bring into subjection, utterly
destroy; £3;] ''J4^i 17 v. 64, "Verily I
■ will brir.g his posterity under my authority;"
or, "I will destroy them utterly" (as locusts
destroy everything where they alight).
C*->v>-
aor. 0. To sin.
^^
n.a. A sin.
iZj\L aor. 0. Tof;/ aroiiiid.
A fish ; Plur.
^l>. aoc. 0. To be in 7va7it of. 1>AL Something
necessary, a necessity, a thing, matter, wish,
a want ; tlyjJ ^^Jj ^^ i^\^ f^ 12 v. 68,
" Except for the sake of a wish (or to gratify
a wish) in Jacob's mind."
jl^ aor. 0. To drive ^:^icZ//.— J^C^ X. To get
the better of (with ,^J^). Aote. Some verbs
whoso second Ptadical is j may be conjugated
either regularly or irregularly in the 10th form.
JU. aor. 0. To return. .4*^ plur. of ^j"^ fem. of
j^T both nouns of the 2nd declension, D. S.
Or. T. 1, p. 360 ; Houris, a name given to the
Maids of Paradise on account of the splendour
of their black eyes ; the word is derived from
j^ a form of Jl:^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 246, the
exact meaning of which is somewhat a matter
of dispute, but which is properly applied to the
blackness of eye seen in a gazelle; The words
^^jy>^ which occur several times are gene-
rally translated "(Damsels) having large black
eyes ; " Literally, *' Black-eyed (damsels)' with
hr;^} cyc3,'' see ^^. ^/y^ Discipka or
Apo:tlcs of Chrl t; This v;orJ ia by comc cup-
posed to le of r:ei^n origin; by olhors it u
derived from '[l>-, c:^. . of tlionic:.nin .lof vvhicL
is to vrhitcn clc:V.:3 by v/r.^hing, the Arr^b
co:nm:nt?.tor3 pretonJing that tho Apostles
were Fullers by tride.— -^Jli III. To reply to
in an arguincat (with ace.)— jj^^ n.?.. VI. f.
An argume.it L:tv;oj:i.lv.a or nio:o per.:on?.
j^ nor. 0. To gr"hcTi:j:thi:r to cneS''Self.— \^^^
toTjpJ, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 105, part. act. V. f.
Ono who goes asiJe or re^rerits (vrith ^^).
^\L aor. 0. To Icntjcrgaria; ^S>^ in tlie Xor.'.a
is u::d adverbially, and mer.ns far be it, a3
^Jlj^lrl "Far be it from GuJ," or '' G.o\
forbid," D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 532.
^l>. aor. 0. To guard, —^J^ IV. To surround, en-
compass, comprehend (knowledge), and her.ce
toknow (wither of thing); jiO ^'^^^-^1 ^2
T. 66, " Unless ye be prevented," or "com-
passed about (by some hindrance) ; " The verb
is here impersonal wi-th an ellipse of tho sub-
ject, & common construction both in Arabic
and Latin, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 129. L^ part.
act. One who encompasses, or comprehends.
Jl*. aor. 0. To he cJiangedt to pass by, go between ;
Pass. J^ ; ^y\^^ U ^^j jiM^ J-^j 34 V. 53,
" It (a bar) shall be passed between them and
what they long for;" The verb is here used
impersonally, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 129. J^
and J^ ^ adverbial expressions meaning
round about, and from around, see ^^J and
^^J ^^. J^ n.a. Power, a year. JJ^ A
change. aJ-^ A plan, contrivance.— J^^ix:^
n.a. II. f. A change, a turning off, or turning
away.
Digitized by
Google
c/--
( 10 )
r-
^or
JS>- nor. i. To coU-xL l^C'- (2ntl (l;;clci;-,ic:i) for
' "^^S- D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, plur. of I^-C
Intoctincs. ijr*r^l Ej.rk-coloiircd, fxoni tj:/:>-
* anotlier form of ^j>- To be (larL-C'^-onr,.] lU
deadhcrh-jc; Fr. '' Fc-Ulc-.ynicr
- for J.>- aor. i. n Jou'v!y imporroct verb,
aor. l'^ for^II^r To live (wifu ^). J^
Plur. 5L;M Livinr^^ He or tlir.t which livcth,
alive. i>^ A sorpcii-t. Jl-j^ or iyt^^ or move
correctly l^ Life. ^^'^^ L^f*^ (c^ornal).
^X^ John. Ci* for ,^-^* for J-s^* Lif^.;
^.C^-^ ^.ly life, D. S. Gr. T..1, p. 111.-
\-j:?- II. To sdute (with c-^). <l^ n.a. A
fialutr.Lion.— ^^1 or K^\ IV. To preocrve
one*3 life, restore to life, give life (with ace.
and s-'* 0^ ^^^^ double ncc); ,^;---^ for
,i-J^26 V.81, "lie will res* .3 mc lo life."
^^ for ,^r^^ P^^^' ^^^' One who restores to
life."— *Ji^^^ X. To save alive; tobeashaincd
(with ^ of thing or with ^^1 of verb). ^Xp^C^
Bashfulaesa.
''^ Where, wherever, whither ; l^-4^ ^ From
whence soever, from the place whence, or of
the place v^here, from the time when, in a
mr.nnCi V, ;.icii; l-a c*-',::>- >■ .i:;-./oc. :r; c^ ;j>-
alt!vo^:^'h s'rictly c^^j:/:!..;^* a iic'in, is i:i J :Jin-
r^^le, aiul h al-.vays fo'ird r.3 an r/lvorb rinJ aa
r'r.:':od\.t to £:-:r.G coi:ipb:uerit eltlior nominal
orverb 1, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. MG.
jU- aor. i. To avert ('.Tith ^r^<»).
^S- for
(?nd
declension) Diotractod. ".
Ji^S- ae:. i. 7i? .'':/;e ti^'dc. {J^^^ A pkco or way
ofe:cL^pe.
, il>- aor. i. To h?.ve her conucs (a v^-oman).
^J:^'/^ The nio;/.lJy cour. ,3 of a vron^.i.n.
or. i. To be u:ju:t (^,;Ith Jl). •
jl^ aor. i. To siirroiirid, hiin in, coinpaaa about
(with (^ of pT'rs.).
J^l>- aor. i. To arnce {the tine), ^.-j^- Time, C3
^!\lT^2'^ (I^^ '^^ ^- ^' "-'^ ^P"^^^ ^^ time;"
dOi ^^,-^ Xr 23 V. 14, " In a time of negli-
gence," i.5.T\'hen the people were not mindful
of him. ^r^5- T\'hen, at the time of; through-
out the Koran when used in this sense ^^^^ is
indeclinable, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 149 ; At 11
V. 5 the words ^.^ ^\ belong properly to the
next verse. Jvtl-^-w Then, at that time, com-
pounded of ^.-^ and il^ or U^, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 521.
\lj\i ace. part. act. of u^ q.r.
ij^li fem. of tU. for ^^t see ^^.
tX To hide. ^^^ ii»a- That which is hidden.
iS^Tokumhleone'S'Self {before God), to acquiesce.
• -hXI^I IY. same as (i^ (with J| or J).
iXv^ part. act. One who humbles himself.
eJX To he had. d'-ti^ Bad, evil, wicked.
5 UL plur. of «C.jyr^ Impurities, filthy or
wicked things or actions; sc. jUjiK
Z^ To prove, and Jli aor. o. To know, j^ n.a.
Understanding, knowledge. ^^-^ Plur. jU=;->
News, tidings, report. "^X Knowing, One
who knows, or is acquainted with.
so ^
aor. i. To make bread, J^ Bread.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
k^
( 11 )
^J^
i;a nor. 1. 7b s!:-^p r.r"i ilicjor::/^ t.^Sti^^ V.
properly. To strUx ir:h Viz forc-f-^t ; at 2
V. 27*j it inc :n3 ta driv:) one ^li^tl, strike with
ccnfailu-a, to- infect, or siinply, to Jc.^troy..
Ui Tod':trac*, Jul. A.hinilniiico, ccrrtiption/
a3 fU^ 1^/b i 3 V, 114, "They will not fail
in corrupting you."-
Ci. aor. 0. To bo extinct.
^ r.cr. i. aiulo. To dccdve. Jc^ A perSdious
mm.
;^ aor. i. To seal (with ^). IjU. A seal ; at
33 V. 40 ilGhampj:^.-! is said to be ,^.f^ \ 0j\^
'* The seal of tho prophets." IlL^ A sc-alinj;
l!:e v;ax, chy, or o\.\\v: t>ul3tpnc3 u :c'd in seal-
fy^-^i part, p'^^3. Sr-aled.
mc
Jo-
L aor. 0. 3^t; ;;!^^'5 an imi.resslo'.i. JdL A cheek
p u i ^o ^
jjj^i A pit or trench; Tho^SJc;-*! c-^^wsr^i
spoken of at So v. 4, '*Th3 m:iker3— or Lords—
of the pi-t of fire" were the sen'ants of (j^UI) i j j
A Jev.ish tyrant who caused a number of
Christians to be burnt alive.
cjX aor. a. To cover over, deceive. \^^ part.
act. One who • deceives.— cjU^ III. To en-
deavour to deceive.
^jj^ Plur. ^^jlsLI Equals^ /ricnds^ lovers; no
verbal root.
Jjii aor. 0. To disappoint, leave without assist-
ance. JjJ^ One who deserts his friends, a
Traitor. J^lsr* part. pass. Destitute.
y2»- aor. i. and o. To make a noise in Jlying (an
eagle); to fall down (with .^t^^, ^, or J).
c-^ To strike or pierce the ear, to lay rvaste.
<-->y^ A laying waste, a making desolate and
ruinous.— cS^^ IV. To lay waste (with ace.
and w).
^/S^ aor, 0. To go out, go forth, come forth (with
Trib:i'?, VLvrAcwcnco. Zl*^ n.a. A ^'^^ttiro;
or goinv forlli.; ^/JI\"*.j The Day of He-
surrcction. ^jli pnrt. act. One who comes
forth. ^Cs:^ An i^sue, place of exit. —
1^1 IV. To bring out, drive out, bring forth,
pro'lace, sfretch forth, cr.ot forth (v;:th tzc. and
^^y, J, L^, and j^, also with ^\ for ^Ij^of
following verb). 41/^' °-"- ^'^ driving out,
expal^^iori, bringing forth. -7^* F>-.^c-. act.
One who br'rj-^/ortii, etc. -^J^-^* P^rt. pa:3.
One V. ho is brouglit forth, etc. ; abo The place
from whence, -or time at which anything is
brou-ht fo;th ; jl^ ^;1V ,^^J^ 17 v. S2,
"Bring me forth (from the grave) with a
favourable exit."— ^J^^] X. To talcc out,
take forth.
Jj^ quadriliteral. To chop tip meat. J*^/>-
Mustard-seed.
^^ aor. 0. To guess, to tell lies. ^]/>- A liar.
I^j^ quadriliteral, To strike on the nose. (^^^
A proboscis or nose. *
j^ aor. i. and 0. To rend, make a hole in, fei^,
falsely allribate.
^2. To lay up in a storehouse, bam, or treasury.
l)X\L (2nd declension) plur. of i]^ A trea-
8ury, treasure, storehouse, magazine. j^U^
part, act. One who lays in a store, or keeps a
. store of anything (with J of thing); Plur.
ijy>^ Keepers.
Jjj^ aor. a. To be disgraced, ^j^ n.a. Shame,
disgrace. • Jp-\ for ^j^ D. S. Gr. T. 1 , pp.
110 and 403, comparative form. More dis-
graceful.—wJ?>^' IV. To cover with shame^
6
Digitized by
Google
( ^^3 )
IL'.
(lif^Vr.co (with ccc. of pora. r.nJ ^). J ":*
and in conne.-vion will a coiripl?./Lv:'.I,-vjfJ-'':':^
part. ret. 0 :• vrlio. puts lo cl.r.in;.
LLtL aor. a. il) ar/tj a7:ojf io Ic dull — tJic sc>i:c3j
ko Lo drivcu av.ay (with ^), a3 1^'--1 i^3 v.
110, *' Be ye Jrivou away," iinperat. pl::r. for
Ij^*.-^!, the h^inza bcin^ c^an2'-J into j in
con.^^]n',-r:co of tl:c (laimr.a, nrnl tlio serviloj
b;::r.2 (!rc;.poc!, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. Gj r.n J 10 i.
^-^•l>- part. act. That which is dull, also that
"vvhich is driven av/ay (from society).
j*^ ZOT, a. To wander from the r'jht way, to be
docoivcJ, snJ.r Ic.j, V.^^ p-r^n-h. ^^^ n.a.
Lo:s, a lo^in:^ concorn. ,ll^ and .,L..^
n3.a. Pe. Jition,lo:i:. "^iX pirt.acL One who
# X t. *
wanders from the right way, a lus?r. ^i>^^
comparaMvo form, Tlic greatest loser, onewliO
errs exceodingly.--j!*^M^ n.a. II. f. A loss. —
. y^-^1 IV. To diminish (a quantity), give short
measuj-e. j*^^ part. act. One who gives
short measure. •
»-?>M<> aor. i. To bury one beneath the earth, cause
the earth to swallow up (with t-^ of the person
and ace. of ,^1) ; to be eclipsed (the moon).
uT^.l-^ aof. 1. To rt:\x to(f ether i:^ii\i c^). y^.r,-!
plur. of ^^tn^ Rough wood, timber,
rw aor. a. To he low or humble ^ to humble one'a-
self (with J), f^-1^ n.a. Humility, j-^l^
part. act. One who humbles himself, or is
dejected; at 41 v. 39 the passage ^^j^ircj?^
i^ili. must be rendered "Thou seest the
earth barren and desolate;" Plur. ^^-^ and
aor. a. To fear (with ace. or with \1 in the
^ ^ ^
06060 of lest).
e-i
u'
Fear.
^zt To (T ::'.,: jvuh .:: ^, -:h::il.:r; Pac3. Tolcii
liznt. .u?'^ IViUum"! .ily, poc'iiiarly. LrLiA
n.a. Poverty.-- ^^IJo^l VIII. To b::[jw upon
any one in a peculiar inannrr, a^'propriate to
(with (^ of thing and ae?. of pars.).
wtli ror. i. To sew together— ^rt?;;. a ^^^/tf— (with
ace. n:id ,^J^).
J^ acr. i. Tol'V:c the hc:t in an altawitlon. l^i^
Ad adveraary: iVote. This word is U2 jd for
botii singular, d';-:.l, an J plural, thongh the dud
j^U-li is aleo found in tiie Ko.an, as at C3
V. 21, where there is an ellipse of the pronoun
^•rar. A-^ A contentions person. I^^r^ A
di^puter. — ^LL< n.a. III. f. Contrntion, dis-
puto.—l^UV n.a. VI. f. ?[utu".l di'putiirg' and
recrinunation. — i-:::;:^' and j^^'j:s>^ VIII. The
reason for the latter form, which occurs at 35
V. 49, is given by Do Sacy in his Grammar, •
T. 1, p. 203, To dispute, strive together by
way of dispute or litigation (with ^, ju^, or
^Si).
aor. i. To break ?vooJ, cut off the thorns from
a tree. ti^^JJ:^ part. pass. Deprived of thorns.
aor. a. To be green, j^ Green herbs.
jT-^ fem. plur. of^^.^^.^ Green.— J^^isr* fern.
■ part. IX. f. That which is green.
jL^<^ aor. a. To be humble and lowly (with c^).
s y ' "
wJli part. act. One who is submissive(wich J).
kri- aor. 0. To draw lines, to write (with t-^).
Uii To cast out scum^apot; ^^^^ aor. a. To do
Tcrong. da^ n.a. An error, fault, sin. illLj-
By mistake. <uki same as Ui^ ; CUai plur.
of hoL D. S. Qr. T. 1, p. 370, the final ^
being changed into \ because preceded by an-
other^; D.S.Gr.T. l,p.lll. J^lXpart.
act. One who sins, a sinner, sinful.— lll^l IV.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
l!^-
( 43 )
(j^-
^ V
To be in error, to sin (with c->). LIAJ^ sp.id
to bo a n.a. Habitual. sinfulnccs ; or it may bo
rojardoJ as Uio fern, of ^'o- and a^oc with
J^oolirunderslooJ, as at CO v. 9. Kote. The
s 13 not mifroquently added to nouna to give
intensity; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322, note (3);
6ce ah-^o T. 2, p. 279, note. .
X aor. 0. 7b oj/'cr rip the State Prayer called
Ifl-i^. cJV-^ ^•^* ^ matter, thing, busincs.'.
£^1^ n.a. The domauding. a ^Toman in niar-
ringe.— iJLJIj'^ III. To speak to, address (with
ace. of pers. and ^ of subject), s-^'^^ n.a.
Adiscourse; t-^nL^TJ^SS v. 19, ''Asound
judgment in legal matters."
L-iki aor. a. To rdarch quic/:ly (a camel), To
snatch, snatch away. Juk>. Something
snatched away by stealth.— cil^^ir V. To
snatch away, carry ofF, despoil.
lll>- aor. 0. To make a step forward, ci^ljl^^
plur. of i%s^ A step.
- aor. i. To be liccht.
Plur. uJll^-
Light.— ujili II. To make light, make things
easier (with ^ of pers. and ace. of thing).
t^jufcsT n.a. An alleviation.— u.jLkLjl X. To
think or find light and easy, induce levity in
any one (with ace. of pers.).
l>- To he quiet or silent. — (^z^\J^ III. To speak
in a low voice (with c-^).— vi^Ur VI. To con-
verse in a low tone.
aor. i. To remain in a place; to lower
(with ace. of thing and J of pers.), las ^^\
Jjj^jIS cLCilL^ 15 y. 88, " Behave with
humility, — Literally, lower thy wing— to the
true believers." \^}^ part. act. That which
humbles.
^^^IrV. aor. i. To male 7nanijest, and ^i^ aor. a.
To bo hidden '(with ^1 of p jis.). J^'^
niddon, as ^ir^ ^S^ ^^ 42 v. 41, " A>]Lanccj,
or with a stealthy glance;" lll^ In secret.
^J^S for ^M-^ comparative form, More
hidden. 4i'«^ A secret action. <^^:^ In
secret. — ^X>-^ I^^ To hide, conceal (7,il!i r.cc.
. , and ^ or J) ; The words C;i»1 o'it at CO v.
15 arc by some translated ** I want but little
of concealing it," and by others "of inalcing
it manifest;" The iv. f. being used in both
senses.— ^^jItcLjJ^ X. To lie bid (v-Itli ^^j),
t-ir.a.^< part. act. One who trie^ to hide liim-
self.
Jci* aor. i. and a. To be lean (7?ieat). Jl>. Plur.
Jl>- A camel entering his second year ; see
also under iii. f. HJ^ Friendship. JJ^ -^^ --'^
friend, an epithet of Abraham, the friend of
God; Plur. ^1:>,'\ (2nd declension), D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 3G3.— Jlii- III. To lefriendbj toicards
anyone. Jll>- n.a. Friendship ; Jli^isalso
plun of v3^i i^ w^hich sense it means the
middle or inner parts, as ibil 1 Al^ The inner
apartments.
jii aor. 0. To be eternal, live for ever, remain for
ever in a place (with ^\ jJc>- and o^iJ-
Eternity, eternal life. oJl^ part. act. Living
for ever, etc.— jlsr^ part. pass. II. f. Made
immortal, or eternal.— j1>^\ IV. To render
immortal ; To incline towards (with ,Ji^ ).
.1<. aor. 0. To he pure and sincere, to arrive at;
\Ls^ IJjL^ 12 v. 80, " They held a secret con-
ference." tA^ P^^*'* ^^^' ^^^^ which is
pure; proper and peculiar. JQLi. Peculiarly.
— j^P^I IV. To purify (with ace. of pers. and
Digitized by VjOOQIC
u^^-
( 41 )
CwO, sLow eiiicerily in rcli;:loii (with ace. of
thing an J J of por3.). ^^^'--' n.r. Faith pu.e
rnJ undjlilc^l ; The n i.nc of th: llCfh c!^- pttr,
v;h:ch is hjhl iii c~pjc:al voiierii'ioa. ^^-i^*
r nu a:t. O.io Vi'l.o cxhihlts the sinccrit/ and
. puiityof hisfiitli. ^^^iLsr* part. pass. Parifijd,
sincerely relijious.— ^^:L0 X. To tahe
entirely to one*3-£:ir (with ace. -of thing anl
J of per:?.),
i. Gcr. i. To mis. >lliC>. plur. of !rJ,< Tlio:e
who are inix?! up (ia bucinccs).— LiiU- III.
To mix one's-self up in tho afTairs of othors
(witli ace.).— !2L-^) VIII. To be nuxeJ \v'ith
Xwith u 0.
^ a.;r. a. To draw l.i, piiL" off.
Jc5- anr. 0. lb Jj hcl.hul, come after; to succeed
(with ^9 ; to do a tiling b?hind one's back
(with ace. of pors. and thing), as at 7 v. 149;
To act as deputy (with ace. of pers. and.^),
aa ,<^^^1 7 V. 133, "Do thou act as my
deputy," t-£l^ A succeeding generation ;
t-£s>- ^j Behind, from behind, after, suc-
ceeding ; 1,^ .^ il'd^'^T'at 3 V. 1C4, "Those
who are coraing after them," refers to those
for whom the honour of martyrdom is yet
reserved.
After, behind ; f^^^^ U 2
V. 256, "That which is yet to come upon
them." «*-lJLi. part. act. One who stays, or
aita behind another, u-^l^ The contrary ;
wy X^ cT^ 0° opposite sides ; uJl>- la opposi-
tion to. Z3^ A difference; Jul^ 25 v. 03,
" For a distinction, or to follow one another;"
see the corresponding passage in Genesis
ch. 1, V. 14. «^-iJl^ (2nd declension) plur.
of JuJlX, generally translated "Women," as
being those who stay behind in case of war.
^j^^ A 2'icc:.':-^T, li-:ut:-r'nt, vioa:; a naino
£-Ivou to £.-verc:^,-^5a3 Vii: .jcrej'.'i of Cv,;!, a/,;;
to trC si:cc>..::or3 of 2.Vjt::.iiuul ; Tho tera:'..i-
tion i aJJj Cxiergy or inL.:r::ity to the t^.'tpr.siion,
D.S.Gr.T.l,p.3i:3; riur.^:^anl>uU
both worJo of the 2::u ccoici .!on, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 4:2.— J:U II. To I:::v2 1 ohinJ. '
iX^ pcirt. p^53. Lcf: bchiriJ. 1-^ III.
To oppose (v.-ita Ji), ticoe^Ie to (with -c.cc. of
pers. and JV), as U J\ ^J^^^\ J J^J U
Iii ^^Ca 11 7. 00, " I will not aoccJo to you
in wliit I forLii you." tJl'^ n.a. v. supri.
— wJlr^l IV. To brcf.k tlie pfoiiiise given to
any one (with a:c. of pcrs. and thing) ; At 34
V. 33 it means to restore (with ace.) ; In the •
Pasiire '^^ '^J 20 v. 97, " It— the promise- *
shall not be broken for thee ;." For the con-
struction of dotihly tninsitive verbs in the
passive (or objective) voice, the learner may
consult D. S. Gr. T. 2, p^ 123. Jj^^ part:
act. One -who breaks his promise ; for -the con-
struction i^y^j txzj lJI^ 14 V. 43 see D. S.
Gr. T. 2, p. 187.— w2ir V; To remain behind
(with^^);-Olit!^ VIII. To disagree, differ
(with -5). v-Jl^' n.a. Diversity, vicissi-
tude, contradiction. \^:i',^ part. act. Differ-
ing one with another, various, diverse, dif-
ferent; For the construction il^] Ulli* 6 v.
142, " Whose food is of various kinds," see
D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 79, 197> arid 270.-
i^gl'vLil X. To make a successor, cause to
succeed (with ace. and ^), Liis^wt part,
pass. Made a successor, or inheritor (with J).
JLL aor. 0. To measure accurately , and define the
dimensions of anything^ to create, produce (with
ace. and^^, t»j, ^^, or J)^ Jii. n.a. collect.
•" Digitized by VjOO^IC
c*-
( 45)
iU.
noun, Crc.ilU'. -s c:ci.-,J Oiingd, Cr:-cc;''.:ly
Man!:I:.J, a crci^tion, lyinj device; UL-^ .v-li
C7 V. 11, ''^trcnjor by nature;" At Zj v.CS
the v.xrJ ^rt-L woull 60 :a to t>l^.nJ for jJX
'"OIJ r-o." Ji'- A iiriaral iHrnosition,
naaaer cr l.\bit. jl^ p^^-rt. r.ct. One v;lio
creates; J-Jwirl Tlie Crer.tor, oncof tliannnea
of Go J. Jl!>^ A portion, full sli^.re of hnppi-
nc-'3. Ji^fTho Or-r.t Crc-.tor,— Xziir^ C:m.
part. pr.:3. II. f. Vrell and p^rf-^ctljfornied. —
jlii^ n.a. VIII. f. A Ijinj device.
ii aor. 0. 7{? be cmp[]/, clear (with J), free, ^^':,\\fit
alone v.ith (v/itli ^0; to \?.:i awr.y, to l:ave
bc:n in eiMci'ce or in force in fonuor tl:r.:3;
in tlie latter sense it appears at 43 v. 23,
JLj ^ l::.Jc^ jo ^^ I ; To be proper to or
belong to (with J, also with ^) ; to light on
a vacant place (with*^); this or the pre-
ceding would seem to-be the literal meaning
of the passage^iJ lli iX !^ 35 V; 22. U}^
fern, of jU. for ^)^ part. act. That which
has passed away. — ,1^ II. To empty, make
clear ; IX-JI \^J^ 9 v. 5, " Dismiss tliem,"
Literally, *' Clear their road."— Jir V. To
be clear and empty.
*X4>. aor. 0. To get low {ajire), to faint away and
die. jt^lX part act. Extinct, dead.
f^S^ aor. 1. and o. To cover over, ferment. jaS^
fem. Wine. jaS^ plur. of ^u^ A covering,
and especially a woman's head and face veil.
• X <* ^ ^ C X
{j*^4S^ aor. 0. To take a fifth part. L^a^ masc.
and (^/u.4^ fem. Five, see ^^^. ^^^a**^^.
Oblique J^---Ii Fifty. ^jl<^i A fifth part.
(^U. The fifth.
^^JL^ Tj r.ihrdc (a swd-lv.j). To he c:r.pij W t
hcU i). i^^J^"* Ilur^'er.
IIaJC aor. i. To haff-roaU (? y:at). k^ n.a. Bitter.
•y^'^.v^o:. a. 7b stink. ^^-> A pig; Plur.^jllii*
(2i:! ucclen.non) Swine.
^^^«jc5. cor. i. and o. To rcuia'm l:'^\ii!, hide crcrj.
^^-j*^ The Siars in general, or, accorJing to
Borii^, the five Planets Saturn, Jupiter, liars,
Venus, and Mercury, because they havo a re-
trcjraileai well as a direct notion. {^J^^'^
The Devil, because ho IiiJes. hiii::clf at tie
nan:oofGcJ.
Ji^ To s^r-ajylc'-^jj^,^ part. act. VII. f. That
wLich is stranci-lcd.
o
jlr^ aor. 0. To lorj IVxan ox. Jy>^ A lowir^g.
yjo\^ aor. e. To plunge into, wade, enter into— a
discourse,— -cngn^-e in— a J'scuiision, or vanity,
—(with . ^). Note. After jili there is fro-
qneiitly an elh'psc of tlio complement. \^j;^
n.a. A wading, engaging in (vain dicccurse).
i^\^ part. act. One who engages in vain
discourse.
cJli for t-J^ aor. «-Jl^ for uJ*^, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, pp. 113 and 115, To fear, dread, appre-
hend (with ace. and with ^^^ of pers. in sense
oifor; or with ^^ or ^ in sense oifro7n;, it
is likewise found with ace. of pers. and ^-> of
thing; also with ^ of following verb, or with
ace. and ^^p. uJ^ n.a. Fear, dread. ^.Jj \X
part. act. One who fears, afraid. ZL^ Fear ;
ik^ Oat of fear. — uJp- II. To cause to fear,
frighten, terrify, ujy^ n.a. Terror; ^l^^s^
In order to terrify (them).— uJjarV. To be
frightened, to diminish hy taking arcay a part.
«-Jjar n.a. ^f^ ^J^ 16 v. 49 may be
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
J'-
( 4G )
<_-?j
rooila or f • '1(3," cr accortiir^g to i?.i:(j*n ver-
sion, **Ly a c^a'iulual iI::^trnction/*
JlX ?.or. 0. 7(> /r ;;. J'J. Plur. Jwi-1 A Duternal
Uncle. ^'^ A maternnl Amt.— jtX II. To
. bestow favours on (with doul!: ace.).
^^'^ a or. 0. To d ^ceive, bo ir^'utliful to (v.'itb ace. of
pcrj. and c-^) ; to violate (an cng^] jcmoat), C3 * ^^
jlb'uU] ! J Jw5 8 V. 27, -"Nor violate your ^
coveaaiitj." 2i'.B. ^ is hero a di^janctive
particle, i'^::^ n.a. A deceiving*, treachery;
^<^'^> u;^;,^l4J 8 V. 72, "And if they
desire to deceive thee;" the n.a. being here
put for tl.e verb; D. S. Cr. T. 2, p. IC3.
^jli p ?t. acL One who deceives, a clieat,
treacherous. ^41^ with 5 added for sake of
energy, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p; 322 ; same meaning
as ^l:i. ; or it may agree with ^j^ or ijbj
tjnderstood, thus, ^^*l ZiU- 'JmAO y. 20,
Z'terally, "He knoweth the deceitful of eyes;"
For the construction of the Participle (verbal
adjective) with the genitive, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 183. f^^y>- A perfidious person, a traitor:
—^0.1 VIII. To deceive, defraud; ^J^f
1^1 \y\l^, 4 V. 107, " Those who defraud
one another;" Literally^ "who mutually
defraud themselves;" the eighth form being
here put for the sixth, which is not used in
this verb, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 133.
sv^'^ a >r. i. a dou jlv iir;:'i-r:ct \ e.b, 2o Ic i::: .'■ ei
tf:^.;i (a /rju'^c). ili for c-?;'^, Fern, /^^jl:^*
part. act. That v/hlch is utt -rly ruino^o, ^.•a£io,
and tumble-down ; falira dovrn (\.ith ,^Jli).
Ij'X aor. i. To bo di-v pointed, frucAated, to bo
ia a hopclcrs state. iJl-o'^ F--'^* ^"^- One
who is in a hop:.]c:s state.
[^ tOT. i. To be in good arc':::i:^!^.::ccs, to he
fa-ourallc to, J^, Fein. l^^L G^od, agree-
able, Phir.Xy ; al:D Letter, bi-t, forjli*,
the \ bjinjr omitted on account of tlie froqueat
useof the word; N.B. Vrith the:e comparative
ei^-niGcations it is comnion to all genders and
' I "^ "f t'
numbers. c:j\,^1 Good thir
d TTorks.
iZ^ Choice, selection.--^-^'^ V. To choose ;
at G3 V. S3 ^,/Iir is for Ji /I^J D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 221.--J'ii^ VIII. To choose, choose from
out of (with double ace, also with acc.of pers.
or thing chosen and ^J^)*
tUL aor. i. To sew. • ^j.<. A thread. &ll^ A needle.
Jli for J^ aor. a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 243, To
imagine. J^ a collective noun, Horses,
Horse, Cavalry.— Jui II. To make to appear
(with ^\ of pers, and ^*)-— J'i^ a verbal
adjective with the form of the passive part, of
VIII. f. Proud, arrogant.
>ili aor. i. To act the cojvard. a^C^ plur. of
;. A pavilion.
cl>l J aor. a. and o. To be diligent. cLu and cLu
A state, custom, manner, wont : Ll J Accord-
ing to custom. ^^J^ oblique dual part. act.
Both of whom diligently perform their work.
t-^j aor. i. To go gently, crawl. <uiJ Plur. c-?\j«>
Whatsoever moveth on the earth, especially
beasts of burden; A miraculous Beast is spoken
of at 27 v. 84, which is to be one of the Signs
of the last Day.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
y">
(47 )
r-/"
7^ To he behind. y'S The bick, hir.ht part;
jj ^^ From belinul. jb j1 plur. of^ J The
^ bach, the laat, CAtrernity, that wliich comes
after ; ^J^^J\ ^^ 1^3^ 4 v. 50, " And we
render thcra after the manner of their hinder
parts," i.c, smooth and without -features ;
^^v-^f jlJjl 50 V. 80, " At the end of prayers;"
alluding to certain supererogatory observances
which may be mr.de or not after the evening
Prayer. jU The extreme, last remnant,
uttermost part.— ^.o II. To dispose, mannjo,
govern, y jL* part. act. One who governs, etc.
--^ Ji IV. To turn the back, retreat. ^^jI^ ^'^»
^^ktl I j^S\^ 53 V. 40, Literally, ''At the waning
of the Stars;" th-o words refer to certain
observances after morning Prayer, see^bjl.
jx-t part. act. One who turns his back and
retreats.— -^ if and^j| V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
220; To meditate upon, understand, consider.
jiS To put forth leatc$,-^J^x^ part. act. V. f. One
who wraps himself up in a garment ; The name
of the 74th chapter, in which Slohammad is
addressed by this name ; He is said to have
been thus wrapped up when accosted by the
Angel Gabriel.
js^j aor. a. To drive away, jy^^ D-a« A repellmg;
\jyij 37 r. 9, "To drive (them) away."
jf^jk^ part. pass. Driven away, rejected.
^jo^J aoi\ a. To examine into, slip, to be weak (an
argument). ^^^^^ part. act. That which has
no force.— j^^^^Jl IV. To weaken or nullify
by an argument, condemn (with ace. and <-->).
S ^ ff 9 ^
^jcs>'S^ part. pass. One who ia condemned or
worthy of condemnation.
U- J aor. a, and o. To spread out, expand, (ransitive.
j-^j aor. a. To be small, vile, and of no cahic.
^1 J part. act. That which is orbecomci ciunll,
vile, or of no account.
JrL J aor. 0. To enter (with ace. also with ^j^, or
with ^) ; to go in unto (with ace. of place and
^^^ of pcrs.) ; to join oneVself in company
• withXwith c->), as at 5 v. CO; yijU iJ^j
"They entered into— your society— with in*
fidelity;" with c-j it also signifies to havo
connexion with, in which sense it occurs at
4 v. 27. J:>" J Vice, corruption of either miu i
or body ; !>. j Falsely, fraudulently. ^.^^^
part. act. One who enters in.— JrCjl IV. To
introduce, cause to enter, lead into (v;itU ace.
of pers. and ^, or wifh double ace). JivV-i
part. pass. Introduced, also Time or place of
entering in ; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. G05; ^^c^M
jju? Jli Jc^ 17 V. 82, " Cause me to enter (tlo
grave) with a favourable entrance," see ^-j^*
— Ji^JLC noun of place VIII. f. A place of
retreat, see Ji.JL< suprd.
^^^j aor. a. and o. To smoke. ^J^^ Smoke.
jj aor. i. and o. To give much milk {a camel), to
shine, isj^ Shining. Jj"^ An abundant
rain.
Ijj aor. a. To drive off, put off, avert (with ^). —
IJlj^I. for Xj\^3 D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To
strive one with another (with ^J).
-Ijj aor. 0. To walk, go. ^j^ A step; in the
Kordu it frequently means a step in rank,
honour, or authority; a degree of honour or
happiness; i^jS and <^1:>-Jj By degrees (of
honour); i^jS 1^1 9 v. 20, "Of higher
degree," Literally, " Superior as to degree." —
-•jJOmi^ X. To move gradually; consign to a
gradual punishment.
Digitized by
Google
UyJ
(
iO )
jjj
{JLjS aor;o. Tj 'j o'^Utcr..':! ; lo el'^ly, rcr.il with
attcPitioii (v.'Uli ace. also with ^J). iu]^J
Attentive studj. (j*^^i-'l Enocli, 60 callcJ
from hi.', great learning; this worJ is found in
the Konin of the 2nd declension, D, S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 4(14; Freiiag in hia Dictionary spells
it with the tanwecn.
CJJS To foil :: tip, ovcrlahe, CjJS n.a. The act of
•following up; l^JJ cJll^i 20 v. SO, "Thou
art ia no fear of being overtalcen (by the
E^'ptians);" CJjJ alio mediis the lowest
bottom, sc. *'Drog3" (of Hell).— Cijj] IV.
To overtake, reach, attain unto, comprelicnd.
CJj^ part. pasa. Overtaken.— cl^ljJ and
CJJ\J[ VI. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To over-
take, follow one another (with ^); to
reach, comprehend; The passage at 27 v. 63
i/^ ' ^ (H^^ CJfj\ Jj 13 read m various
ways and admits of several interpretations; it
may either be rendered " But their knowledge
has comprehended (somewhat) of the life to
come," or " Still less have they comprehended,
etc., see Jj .
!Lrjj> Plur. ♦^J^J (2nd declension) from the Pers;
^j,. Money ; a. silver coin, the value of which
has varied considerably at different times and
in different places; the weight of the leffal
dirhem is fixed at 503 barleycorns.
^j3 aor. i. To know; ^^Jo] ^^^ 21 w. 109 and
111, "And I do not know;" for this negative
use of ^[ see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 520 ; the
verb is used with ace, also with i whether.—
jj^Jl IV. To make to know, teach (with ace.
of pers. and c->).
(^ J aor. 0. To bide (with ace. and ^).
jl3 nor. 0. To ran in. ^J plur. ofjCj Oa'.:uin
*or Palm-tree fibres with which shipa- are
caulked; r.ccordin^j to olliers, Naib.
^j nor. a. To get ro increase.-^^J II. To
corrupt.
t J aor. 0. To push, drive away with violence (with
ace. and ^p. tS n.a. A thrusting.
Ic5 aor. 0. To call out, call, call upon ; to call for,
invoke (with ace. of pera., c-> of thing, and
J of place) ; to pray to, invite (vrith ace. and
J also with j^|, or with ace. and ,^0; to
attribute (with ace. and J of pers.) ; ^JS3 for
^^Uj 2 V. 1S2, " Ee prays to me," D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 459 ; 1^ j1 " I invite," 1 pers. sing.
aor. for ^j1, the final Alif being an cJJi
^l-^ror Alif of precaution, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 109 ; \y-S, and when followed by Wesla, or
Alif of union, \y.S 3 pers. plur. pret. D. S.
Gr. T. 1, pp. GO and 112. Jy^S n.a. A cry,
prayer ; with an affixed pronoun it is written
li^^J D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118. ^I^i A prayer,
supplication, invoking, asking for, calling upon
or for. iycj A supplication, prayer, invoca-
tion, summons ; i^J SO v. 24, " By a sum-
mons." ^l^iT plur. of ^^5^3 An adopted or
spurious Son. cIj for ^^ J part. act. One
who prays, invites, summons, etc. a Preacher;
at 2 V. 182 p1jJ\ is a poetic license for ^^^jJ I
D. S. Gr. T^ 2, p. 497.-^ j[ VIII. D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 222, To claim, desire (with ace. or t— »).
^3 for \j D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97, aor. a. To be hot.
^w^J Warmth, warm clothing made of earners
Lair ; The food, milk and raiment derived from
camels are all classed under the head of ^cJ»^.
jjj aor. a. To push, pay over to (with ace. of
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
( 4? )
thing and^p; to. repel, drive r.v.ay, avert
(with ace. oud <---?). nJS n.a. Tlio net of pro-
hibiting-, prevention-; (^Ul ^i j-lo LJ
^^ j;.U^; 2 V. 2.j2, " Unless CcU (hr.d set)
nicn to hinder one another;" The noun of
action 13 here used 'instead of the verb, and
governs the subject in the gen. and the object
in the nccus. case; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. IGC.
Li^J part. act. One who averts.— jJb III.
(with ^) To defend.
Jjj aor. 0. and i. To pour forth Ovalcr). j;il5
part. act. That which poors forth or is poured
forth.
cJj aor. 0. To pound into dust. C/j Powder, a
level bank of sand ; l?J Into powder. iS J
Level sand, ^o J (2nd declension) D. S. Gr.
T, 1, p. 402, A flat mound of earth or dust,
j^j see jJ.-->^S^ VIII. f. ofjsi for jL-i\ D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 222. J^jL« part. act. seejf j .
Jj aor. 0. To show, point out, guide (with ace. of
pers. and ^jl of thing). jJj A proofs a
means of showing (with ^^^), as ^^^*Jjl1 \ LUs*-
LJj l11 25 V. 47, "We made the Bun to be a
means of showing it — the' shadow."
lIXJj To rub, to incline downwards from the
meridian {the sun). C/Jj n.a. The declining
of the sun from the meridian.
Jj aor. 0. To let down a bucket into a well. jJ J
comm. gend. A bucket.— ^j II. To occasion
a fall (with ace. of pers. and c->).— ^JjI IV.
To let down, offer as a bribe (with i--? of thing
offered and^^ of pers.).— ^15 V. To approach
closely.
(•J for j^j V. tnfra.
(•x<J quadriliteral verb. To plaster over, oblite-
rate, dc:troy (v.ith ^1^ of poio. auJ c.-?) ;
Original root />j Topb^tcr.
^tStxor, 0. To dcJin-y.-^y^S II. sraiieu3^-«J (v/Ita
ace. al30 vilh^^). ^r?-^ ^•^- Destruction ;
]^jj l^lT^^jJ 17 v» 17, ''Then'we destroyed
it with an utter destruction."
^j aor. a. To s/ieJ tears. n^S n.a. A tear; used
with a plural signification, Tears.
i-^j aor. a.. and 0. To 7cound the drain; hence, to
destroy.
^j for J,^j;. Pliir. ^Lo Blood; the haniza hore
takes the place of Cnal^, the word tboroforo
retains the tanwcen; D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 113
and 402 ; IlS^lij ;,iijj 'I 2 v. 73, " Ye shall
not shed your biood," meaning " the blood of
one another."
jujj from the Persian^liJ, or mora probaUy
from the Greek- Brjiapiov, A gold coin, a ducat.
iJj aor. 0. To be near or low, to draw near, j^^j
for ^1*^, Fern, ijb part. act. That which is
near at hand or low, like fruit hanging low and
near at hand, as at 69 v. 23. Jj| for ^^ jit*
Fern. Gj for J2!:> D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 110,
111, and 403, comp. and superl. form. Viler,
worse, less, easier; as it nere, more ready io
hand, nearer, nearest ; LjSI 1 JjlS 1 " The pre-
sent life," as being nearer or perhaps viler;
u^J*^' l/^' y^ "^^ ^' ^' '*^^ the nearest -parts
of the earth;" where is not decided, but it
seems probable that the Victory spoken of in
the text took place either in Syria or the Holy
Land, possibly at Jerusalem ; at 33 v. 59
^Jl may be rendered " More convenient or
Eoitable;" at 58 v. 8, "fewer;" and at 73 v.
20, "very near," or "somewhat less;" at 7
V. 168 it is used with an ellipse of the word
.Google
Digitized by ^
>g'
uj
( c ) )
i^rhll t:.u3 Jjjrii^^^^SXo "They
tu!:c tlio gooils of thii Lj ./ tLin^ (vl/. t'-.
v.'orl'.l, tMs v.orM, iLis v.orl i'i ^- ■;:. — ^S. IV.
To brine; u .\ir; nt GO v. iJO it in:r/.i3 to fotch
in order to put on (\.il!i . JS of pcra.)
^j JI; Iii'pp^ii, Jij Time ; ^TC i ^ ^%^^ ''^ ^* ^»
*' A space of time."
fjj^ij To cut In p'tccc:^, f.H a cup. jlS^ Full— a
cup,— abuinpor.
IS J ccr. a. To come s'l^dcnh/ upnyi, — ^A^^\ ^I' To
' bo of a blaokiili tint. ^'i-X* part, act. That
Ti'liich is of a drrk gTcen colour inclining to
black, as g-^rJons ^vo'vl h^hvt^ mucli v;atered.
^^J aor. 0. To cjwbit, dk^hdnlate. ^'Ji-> Eed
leather, also plur. of ^J Butter, anointing
oil ; at 55 v. 37 it n^.ay be taken in cither
sense ;. if in the latter, it means that the
heavens. shall melt anay and become like oil.
— ^^j! IV. To use dissimulation, in modem
phrase, to bo a humbug, ^^x^ part. act.
One who glosses over or holds in low estima-
tion (with i^)j as ^,^J^* ^\ Sr^:?^ ' '*^»r^ '
56 V. 80, " Will ye therefore gloss over this
new revelation?" i.e. the Koran.
^j> J aor. i. To happen to, ipjuriously affect any one.
^d\ for ^d\ (see^^jO compar. form, More
grievous. .
j^^lj or if written with the haraza j^^j for Jj^Ij
(2nd declension) David, D. S. Qr. T. 1, pp.
104 and 404.
^1j aor. 0. To go round, jlj fem. gender; Plur.
jlJj A house, dwelling, mansion, abode; J\c^
A name of Paradise ; also of Medina, as at
. 59 V. 9. ^l| j Any. #jTj Plur. ^Tjj (2nd
declension) A change of fortune, turn of luck,
Ji3
„b
J^
c.i<.cl::!ly of L.d luJc^-^^'j^ IV. To tr;...^^ct
(busin^-^s).
aor. 0. To cJ.c:'jc-~ •..3 ^:J il.:i:3,—to v::':\rjo
tich5lt::.^-:s. *c. J A clii^r/';: of tiii:e or fortune ;
iljj 59 V. 7, '' In on: circuit."— jj^j III. To
cause to interch^i'^-:: {;:Qd and b-.J fortune
(with ace. of thii.j iwd ^^^J of pc;ion3).
aor. a. and o. To endure, continue, remain
(with^); to persevere (wHh ^^11). ^Tj
part. .act. That which endures perpetually,
One who perseveres.
aor. 0. To be v^Jcrior. ^^^ and ^^.J ^ is
properly a noun, si^rnifying inferiority; as a
preposition it is employed in a variety of
senses. Besides, ^\Z(^])ii beneath, to the exclu-
sion of, in preference to, contrary to, diiJerent
to, in opposition to, without; at IC v. 37 we
find it used with two diilerent meanings in the
same verse, as ^^ ^^ /J^ j ^ u ju^ U W e
had not served anything besides him," and
clared anything unlawful without him," i.e,
without his permission; Lastly, it is uced to
express anything interposed between two
objects, thus \^ l^Jjj ^ ^1 Jj^ J 18 v,
89, " We have given them nothing to act as a
covering against it (the sun);" The people
referred to in this passage having neither
house nor clothing, but living in holes in the
ground like the Earthmen of South Africa;
So again at 19 v. 17, *^j;J ^ tr^j^Li
l^ls^ "And she toot a veil to cover herself
froni them ;" see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 496.
aor. i. To he indebted^ to judge^ profess the
true faith (with ace), 'j j A debt, that which
one owes. ,.j J Custom, institution, religion,
the true faith, obedience, judgment ; ^^.^» (•jsi
Digitized by VjOOQlC
u
( ol )
\,3
-5 xt-o ♦ #^
24 V. C*.:^, '* Cod will p-.y thc;ri tl.t'.' j-i:-t diu." j (N/itU c, -0.
^^jk,« One wlio roceivc3 paynicnt of a tlcbl. — Ij^^^ for JU j, v, siprd.
.j^jJ \ I. To become dobiora one to auotlicr
\j Plur. ^jji demonstrative pronoun, called also
dornonsifative article; This, that, lie; to this
pronoun the particle i or li ia frequently pre-
fixed, and it is then written 1 JJ5 or commonly
\jSi, Fern, ssi, Plur. i^jS q.v. U is fre-
part. pa^3. Moved about, wavering to and fro
(with ^); Original root u->j q.v.
• ' X • ^ *
Jij aor. n. 7b 5tVt'c/.--yXj^ VIII. To store up for
future use (with ace. and ^).
j3 imperat. of^ij q.v.
quently used v/ilh an elfipse of, or instead of jjj j^^j.. o. 7b scatter, strew. Ijl nouu of unity.
^•^\, and must then be translated "tbatr q^^ ein-le ant.' t,J Pro-ony, ofT^prlng,
children, race; The f^llowin j passag'O is rather
z/^-
which," or "he who," as ^^^J \ J U 7 v. 107,
"What then do ye order?" Literalhj, "What
is that which ye order?" According to the
system of the Arab grammarians these de-
monstratives are all indeclinable nouns, and
totally independent of each other; D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 441.— N.B. U is likewise the ace. of
jj q.v.
c^li aor. a. To collect. t^J A wolf.
tiJ^j fem. of jj q.v.
s ^ " * "
ti^yi fem. plur. part. act. of Vjj q.v.
I*' J aor. a. 2^? despise, ^^jx^ for /♦j^J^ part. pass.
Despised; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 104.
c-j J aor. 0. 7b prohibit, wander to and fro. c-^ljj
generic noun, A fly.
^j aor. a. 7b split, cut the throat, slay, sacrifice
(with ace. and ,^^). ^,^ That which is
sacrificed, a victim. — -<u II. To slay in large
numbers.
S-^jjj quadriliteral verb, 7b he moved to and fro,
as anything suspended in the air. t-^jjA^
obscure, i.yy ^^ sjjJ 2\ ^^^ ^«1 Uj JO
V. 83, "And none believed on Mcses, save
(certain) children of his people;" Some have
imagined that Pharaoh's people are those re-
ferred to.
\ji aor. a. To create, produce, multiply; as !^j^»i^
^ 42 V. 9, " He multiplies you by this means ; '*
it is also used with the ace. and J.
^Jj To measure 7vith a cubit, p .j A stretching
forth of the hand, strength, power; Lj jlJ
U^i 11 V. 79, "He was weak in power con-
cerning them," i.e. He had no power to protect
' them ; lilji ^^^ "Cfyji 69 v. 32, " The
extension— length— of which is seventy cubits."
cVjj comm. gend. A cubit, length of the arm
from the elbow to the extremity of the middle
finger. aI^VJj 18 v. 17, oblique dual, "His
two fore-legs ; " properly, down to the knees.
\ji aor. 0. and i. To snatch away, scatter, ^i n.*a.
^ s ^
The act of scattering abroad. i^J for j^lj
Digitized by VjOOQIC
1,J
(.^3)
lUs.*
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. ICJ, pr.rt. r.ct. ; Fom. Tlur.
v/itu!3 vrliicli scatter (:lio iut) in every diroc-
tion ; " or, by anotIi:r interpretation, " By the
wonicn who scatter nlroad (their o.Tspring)."
^2*5 J To oley.^^j^x^ part. act. IV. f. One who is
Eubmii^Ivo Cwi'h , J' ).•
^j To strU:e en the chin, J^Ujl plur. of ^^j A
chin; at 17 vv. 10^ auJ 100 it may be rendered
racv}.
^J aor, 0. 7b stn/:e a r:.:n on the private parts,
to remomLer (witli aec. and ^^0; to com-
memorate, make mo:.*ion of, bear in mind
(with ace. and.^^ or ^^J^). J^ A romem-
. ' branco, record, conimemoration/memoir, me-
morial, making mention, an exposKion (of
religion), admonition ; The Koran 13 fre-
quently called ^^^Ji2^^J "An admonition,
or exposition of religion for all creatures;"
iii 1 JJjI 16 V, 45, The Jews and Christians,
as " Keepers of the oracles of God ; " Ji J also
means fame, good report, as CJJ^ lLO lijojj
94 V. 4, " And have we not exalted thy fame ? "
yS Flui.j^j and (^»y J A male. ^1 j part,
act. One who remembers (God). ^J^S (2nd
declension) D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 402, A remember-
ing, admonition ; j\j1V^^JS 38 v. 46, " By
their calling to mind the life to come;"
Ui^j ^ ^] ^^^ 79 V. 43, "What record
of (or means of knowing) it do you possess?"
Note. IJ is here put for Uj " In what ? " see
li • i^jJ A warning, admonition, that which
brings to one's recollection, jfi^ part. pass.
Beraembered.— jS'j II. To remind, warn (with
ace. and c-^); to admonish, ^jj n.a, A
reniindir.g, vrariiing. 4'-^« part, c:t. 0:\: ;vho
warns or admoui..!ie3.--^ij or^j^ V. D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. C'.'O, To bo adiaoai:!.- J, to b
remindtd : p>\J .^ <i-J pjcj U ^i-^^J J^l 25
V. 34, "And did we not give you (a suCcient)
length ofdavs, that who£0 would b J I'-dinonislicd
might be adinoniilicd therein?"— -^i'jt VIII,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 202, To remember, remind
one's-self. JJ^^ P^^t act. One who remembers
or reminds himself, hence, who is reminded or
'admoniihed.
li J aor. 0. 7b ivr;2 furlo,'..>bj.-^^j II. 7{> ca!/.^6'
^^ I urn, to slay.
Jj aor, i. To be abject, humbled. Jj n.a.
Humility, abasement; JjJl -.lLi-17 v. 2J,
"The wing of humHity," sec Z^; At 17 t.
111 the words jSs\ ^rj ^j JtJ ^C "i^j bear one
or two interpretations ; they may mean
"Neither has he any friend, on account of
the vileness (of all created things);" or they
may be translated, " Neither has he any to
protect him from ignominy," (as requiring no
one), ilj Abasement, ignominy, vilenes?.
JjljWell-trained,tractable(abeastofburthen);
commodious or easy, (the earth, or the paths
of the earth) ; Plur. JJj. ZJil plur. of jJ J
Humble, submissive, mean, low-spirited, weak-
hearted. Jjl comp. form (2nd declension).
Viler, most vile.— JJj II. To humble, render*
submissive (with ace. and J); to bring low.
jJ jJ nji. A bringing low.— J j\ IV. To abase.
(J4j Fern. uiJj; Plur. CJ$/\ That, those; all
of which are considered by Arab grammarians
as indeclinable nouns, entirely distinct one
Digitized by VjOOQIC
lJ3j
(53)
r^^^
pCi'^onal pronouns of the second person, as
l£ji, l^Qi, j!XJ J, li^ and Uiij, according
to tho number and gender of the persona
- addrcj^ed ; they are also found.wltU the usual
prefixo3, as-dXlj^ Thus, iuthatiTay; CSSsl
For that reason, etc. See D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 440.
^j aor. 0. To rcdlc, <UJ-A treaty, good faith,
^j^jw^ part. pass. Abused, disgraced.
lUj aor. 0. and i. To follow clozehj. S-^'-^ Plur.
t-^Jj A crime, A\uU, sin. c-y j A portion,-
lot.
lI^j aor. a. To go (with ^\^ ; go a^vay, depart
(with ^^) ; takci av/ay, or go away with (with
c->); D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 121. dij comm.
gend. Gold. lIoU part. act. One who goes.
<^bj n.a. The act of taking away.— (^.^..^ jl
IV. To take away, remove (with ace. and ^^),
also to take, receive, as at 4Q v. 19, where
there is an ellipse of the words 1^ jLL.
J^j aor. a. To forget (with JjT).
^j Fern. cuU, Gen. j^J, Ace. U; Dual j^^jj,
oblique ^j^.i, and in constr. with a complement
}^i and i^j ; Fem. Dual ^IjCi, oblique
^l^i, and in constr. Ijlj i and ^|;i ; Plur.
^^;jj, oblique ^T;.^ j and in -constr. ^^i and ^i ;
Fem. Plur. cl.*^jJ; These words are never
used but in connexion with a complement, it
is therefore only in their abbreviated forms as
cfjj, Ul^J, etc. that they are to be found in
the Kor&n; their proper rendering depends
very frequently upon the sense of the words
in conneiion with which they occur; their
most usual acceptation is Possessed of, Lcr^l
of, endowed with, Or having; Tho follcv-
ing are a few of the instances whoro tli::y
may bo paraphrased with advautai^o; Ex.
ijil ^ J 2 V. 2S0, " Under a difficulty ; '*
aI^I jj 3 V. 3, "Mighty to avenge;" ^oJ
^^Ji ^IIS 41 V. 51, "Then is he given to
much prayer; Ji^^'ij^*^ 2 v. 172, "Rela-
tives;" c^ oVy^ i^j^ 1^ V* *^0i " ^° ^^ ^^'
fruitful valley;" JLlllfLi^liJ ^.-^fcir'i
. 18 V. 17, "To the right and left;"' ^\l ^
Ijj J2] oi V. 13, " On (a vessel) built ^'ith
planks and oakum" or nails, sec^j; jJ
^^;j!^r"The Lord of the two horns," either
Alexander the Great, v.-ho is thus represented
on his coins, or an older Hero who lived ia the
time of Abraham; ^^fU 21 v. 87, The
prophet Jonah, see j^,y. In addition to the
meanings assigned to ^i, tzjii has special
significations, it may sometimes be rendered
The essence of, the very identical, the thin^
itself; ^^l^fc^U 3 v. 148, "The very in-
most thoughts of your breasts." For the
9
rules of syntax which aflfect^j see D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 145. Note. Instead of ^,^]^ it* fa
usual to employ the irregular Plural ^.\
written \^^ q.v.
j^j aor. 0. To drive away; ^iS^jJ 2 pers. fem.
dual, 28 V. 23, " They drove away (their
flocks)."
j\i aor. 0. To taste, experience (with ace. and J
or t-^). c?5i^ part. act. One who tastes.
J\j\ IV. To cause to taste (with double ace).
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
•U
( 54 )
\^
V
(JjOlJ .Tiici: t'.Yo; dual of c'AJ, g^ncnlly
written tJiCJj q.v.
L<J sec • J •
c! J r.or. i. To become known.— ^j! IV. To divul^-q
(\vl*!i c-j).
J
<c.j\j see I'..
^jwt^ aor. a. To he the head of. {JJ\j Plnr. (JL^
A bcr.J, capital sum, as II^IjJPi {^y.*j 2 v. 279,
"The capital of your ni^noy;" ^^J^ ^^^*Jl}
(L. JJ 21 y. C(i, '* TLej fell back into r.Iolatry,"
Lltcralhj^ "Tboy were turned upsiJe down
upon their heaJs."
LZJi^^j plur. of t^j^ rt. CJ q.v.
;^i^ aor. a. aad 0. To be ccy.ipa^clonatc. li\j Com-
passion. f^Jj^ Compa-jsionato, merciful.
4^TJ aor. a. To see, look (with j!l ), behold, per-
ceive, think (with ^1) ; to know (with or witli-
out^O; with an afHx jT^ is for d\ij, which
again is for 'iXj D. S. Or. T. 1, pp. 118 and
OS ; in the aorist and imperat. the \ is gene-
rally omitted, thus JLU^ ^1 ^jir^^ 9 v. 95,
"And God will see your works;" clXSi^l 17
V. 64, and *^ljl 6 v. 40; the personal pro-
noun Cj in these instances is purely a pleo-
.nasm, and adds nothing to the meaning;
• "What thinkest thou?" "What think ye?"
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 544, and T. 2, p. 479 ; At
18 V. 37 ^J is for ^J D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 459.
^\^ Judgment, opinion ; ^J\jl \ vj?jb 11 v. 29,
" Upon first thoughts ;"'^ J^'^ J[) 3 v. H,
" Judging by sight." ^j That which pleases
the eye, l^; for ^^ (2nd declension) D. S.
Gr. T. 1, pp. Ill and 402, A vision of the
niglit. ^\jj Hypocrisy, ostentation ; ^\jj
,^Cjf 2 V. 266, "To be seen of men."—
'^Aj III. To deceive by hypocnticnlly a£3um-
mg a ral>e appear.mce ; ,^«^^v. ^^^o'^l v"^' ^ ^^^^'
plur. aor. D. S.. Gr. T. 1, p. 112, § 230.«
^J^ IV. for yj\y\ To cause to see, £liow,make
to appear (willi double ace); UiV ^G •! U
^J^ 40 V. CO, ** I orJy point out to you what
I think (to be ri-!it)."— ^-^T^ VI. To see one
another, come in sight of one another; This
word is .written Aji at 26 v. 61, tlie only place
in the Kcran wh:ro it occurs, but this seems
to be a liccnsi, having for its object to avoid
the concurrence of two quiescent letters ; the
following word ^^IcksIi commencing with a
Wesla.
jij aor. 0. To be a lord and master. CSj Plur.
c-^lT) \ A Lord ; CJj for ^j My Lord. J,^'^
plur. of ^j Myriads. « 4Vj (2nd declen-
sion) plur. of l^j A daughter-in-law. lj}^j
A Rabbi, a Doctor or one learned in Divine
Law. UjJ Frequently, often, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 500.
^ To be profitable (a trade or traffic).
^j To expect. — ^3 V. To wait, w^ait for, expect,
watch for something to befall any one (with
ace. of thing and c--? of pers.). ^^J n.a. Tlie
act of waiting, a period of waiting, {j^j^
part. act. One who waits.
^j aor. i. and 0. To tie, confirm, strengthen (with
JS\ as J;^/f JS^^8y. 11, "That be
might strengthen your hearts."— ^VJ III. To
.Googre
Digitized by ^
>g'
iJ
iC5 )
^^J
bo finii and coiutr^nt: lr\jj A lc.\y of Lor:c,
ccn -iifin^ of five or more.
IjJ 71' hctvat^rcl cccnj fourth dcy{a r'tmel); r.jr.
■ a. i. and o. To be the fourth, t.j The fourth
part. ^Jj Four by four; ^j Hy fours (Cnd
declension), see <^»1j. jj^I fern, and iUj^l
mnsc. Four, see^^. ^.;-^l Fortj. ^1^ A
. fourth.
\jj aor. 0. To increase, gro\7, swell, riount vp ; at
30 V. 33 il>^ and Vv ^re for 1;'^ and ».v, the
I being an ^'ij!l 4,^1 or Alif of precaution,
D. S. Gr. t/i, p. 109. lJ\j for tlj Fern.
<lj1j part. act. That wliich mounts up; \jjj
Cjlj 13 V. 18, "The ecum floating on the sur-
face (of the water);" it also means severe, as
JuVj VdS^ jU j^U 69 V. 10, " And he inflicted
on them a severe punishment." ^J] comp.
form, More numerous. \^j or more correctly
bj Usury, the three cases being alike, D.S.Gr.
T. 1, p. lOG ; Tvith the Article it is sometimes
spelt l»jpl, tlie \ at the end being an AliC of
precaution, v. suprd. ijjj or i^ij A bill, an
elevated part of the Earth. — ^j II. To nourish,
nurse, educate (with ace. and ^J) ; ^^^j 17
V. 25, "They two nourished me.—^^J\ IV,
To cause to increase, grant an increase to.
^j aor. a. Tofeedin al/undant pastures, pass time
pleasantly, enjoy one's-self.
fjjj aor. 0. To mend anything byjoin'mg the broken
parts, fjjj n.a. Anything close, solid, im-
pervious ; The word occurs at 21 v. 31, where
it is said that the Heavens and the Earth were
originally f^j, i.e. united together in one solid
mass.
cPj To be well and fairly arranyed.^Jjj II. To
roivjut (the Ivo/Aa) \.iui a i]o\v aiul u"..^t:::ct
. enunci.^tion. J^^Jf n.t^. Tlic cct of r- vjiitiiij
t!io Kor.Va in a slo\,' and dLr'Jr.ct ir.:.:.n-r.
^.^ aor. 0. To mo\'c, shall 2. ^ n.a. A sl.akh.j,
shock.
>y To cor.:po$c a partlcu!>ir hind of vcrcc calud
yrj' J^J ^"^^^j^Tj luipunty, a plu;;uo, puni:h-
meut, any aboniiiiatio:), e?[':ci:.lly laol^itry.
\j^rj ^*^^* ^« ^^ hdlow loudly, iS^J *^^ ii'^0f3ii^>
tion, puniihniont, indi^*iu;tion, doubt.
^.^j aor. i. To return, turn Irck, turn oil— blame—
upon any one (v;ith ^\), as ^^f^J, ^\ .^^-^
21 V. 59, "Perhaps they miglit turn it cu
upon him;" or, according to another vercicn,
"That they might return unto God;" to come
back, L-Jj! ^T^ ^f^y^ 21 V. 65, " Then th jv
came to themselves— returned to their senses ; "
to bring back, give back (with ace. and ^<i!);
to turn ngaiu, as^^ \ j-^-J"^ 07 v. 3, "Turn
again thine eyes (unto Heaven);" jj;*^j) 23
V. 101, " Restore me (to life again)," A rare
instance in the Koran of the plural for tlie
singular, used out of respect; D. S. Gr, T, 2,
p. 237, note. w>y and ^a^j ns.a. A return.
j^lj part. act. One who returns, etc. j-=r>*
noun of time and place, A return. — ^-^^^ VI.
To return to one another.
i^J^j aor. 0. To be in violent motion, to shake
violently, tremble. <U5»^ An Earthquake, a
mighty blast. If^^j Name of the first blast
of the trumpet which is to precede the general
Resurrection.— cjb^-^ part. act. IV. f. One
who makes a commotion.
Js^J aor. 0. To hurt one in the foot. J^^J n.a.
collective noun. Foot, Foot-soldiers, ^j
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
J.v
(.:;)
V
fern.; i lar. ^^-^-ji A f jt; ^^.;St^ c*^^ '^v
^Vr^b ^,t1t'-:1 ;^^ ^.^^.Coi iv'AmUIo
r.ot brln\j a cil'iintiy wluo!i Uicy have invonled
l:t'.voca tiK^ir handd p.r:J ti.eir {cA;'* Thn
\YorJs ai-o iutcrprc'ed to nic^n, 'M'^rJl not h.y
tn.ir il^.o^-itujr^lycfr.^prirj to tht-ii* hnslanJ^."
Jb-j riur. J'-r-j A mail,, as oppored to a
v/oman; ^JV ^^y jU-^^ 72 v. 6, "With
• ccrlain of. the Jim."
j>j>j aor. 0. To siono, 1>-J A dcuU, conjecture;
^^^U Lt^"J 13 V. 21, " Doubtfullv sno.-^in::^
at that v.'hicli i.-s secret;" Plur. /%^j Thir.g-s
• "vvhich are thrown, lo-j Stoned, pelted or
driven r/,vay vrltli^toius; nnEpithet of Satan.
s / c ^
(*J^^ part. p:33. Stoned.
Uy aor. 0. To Lope (with ace. or wi-th ^); to hope
for (with ace, and ^.« or -J); sometimes also
to fear, lut in this sense it is always found
with a negative, thus V. JLJ \:)fTjl '^ ^y^ '^^
V. 42, "They did not dread the liesurrection,"
^l>-jl plur. of L>-j The sides, yrj^ part, pass.
Hoped for.— j^j^ IV. To put off, postpone;
' at 7 V. lOS ^j] is for }^j] " Put him off; "
D. S. Gr. T. 1 , p. 4G0. ^!'Jr)^ plur. of ,^C
S ^ *» ' "i. "O Ot /^ O X o /
for^^>-^ part. pass. ij\] j^^ ^i>y 9 v. 107,
"Held in suspense (awaiting) the decree of
God;" D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 354.
Lj^-^ft^ To be ample, spacious ; vj:-wo^ uj 9 v. 25,
" For all it was so spacious." ^^^^ a form
of salutation equivalent to Welcome ! aa \^j^
llj " You are welcome."
j-*.j Pure Wine ; no verbal root.
v3>-^ aor. a. To place saddle-bags on a camel.
jjlj n.a. A saddle-bag; Plur. Jl^j. i^j
A joiir-v. trAv.:::::j; i'cJii\ i^j ^y:^^
w^;^T; ICo V. 2, " For tIcT 'y ^:::n- to j^Iior
(in fiUir.^ cut) t!:e C:'.:.-'.':.:! in winter anJ
summer."
:^j aor. a. To be rnerciriil, have mcrn* upon (with
ace. of peri.); In tlie passive ^^^.^^r*-^ "Ye
shall be treated with mercy," or "shall receive
mercy, *i^4^, scmetimcs spelt vj:--^K>-^t, D.
S. G\\ T. 1, p. 27C», notCf jlercy, kinJr. :£5.
A>^^ comrur. Tonii, Host merciful, .^'o-,*.
it ^ s **
comm. gender^ plur. of ,•J^^J or ^i A wo;nb,
relationship, as /♦'«^j-'i Lj! Blood relations.
^^^ Kinuness, aL .. Uon. ^\j part. act. One
v.ho sliows mercy. ^J^j or ^^^j P. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 401 (with the arlicle u^-.ally spelt
^^^-4.>^I),and^^^jlIercifulandconjpaisioDate;
The tw^o words are constantly found together^
as if to add intensity one lo the other, but the
former conveys the moro comprehensive mean-
in;]:. ^U>.j (2nd declension) plur. of <.-o-..
<u.>^ Mercy, kindness.
^j>^j aor. a. To be soft andjlabl>/. ^\l.j A gentle
wind.
J; aor. 0. To drive back, avert (with ace. and ^,
also with ^J>^) ; to restore, give back^ bring
back, refer, give again (with ace. and J, jj[,
or Jl)\ Jl^9* Jl rk'^^ ^y^} ^•*^- ^^'
"Then they put their hands up to their
mouths," either biting their own fingers in
anger; or it may be, to close the mouths of
the prophets ; At 16 v. 72, and 22 v. 5 it
means to keep back (with ^Jt); at 41 v. 47
(also with ^p to reserve ; and at 5 v. 107,
To take (an oath). 3j n.a. 21 v. 41, The act of
averting, bringing back, etc. Ci\j part. act.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
-J
(57 )
J
y
On3 v.i.o averts, r:J.orc3, etc.; ^^i^\ Ui
I 1^ , yy^^^ ^^'^ 13 V. 7C. " Nor do t::o3C
v.lio hr.vc locu-madc enparior (to olliors) give
bi:ck their wealth, etc." Hero ^30 13 for
^,j3\j, the participle— or noun <. " r.g-cncy—
bein'^ anteccJcut to a complement in the
genitive; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 183; y being
an expletive arier the negative U, see t^.
jC^ A pbce by which or to which vre return ;
bcsidos bring anoun of time and place as alcove,
ZCt is also a noun of action, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 291, and then mcan^ the act of averling,
restoring, etc. u^Xi part. pa^s. riostored,
averted, as j.jl^^jli 11 v. 73, "Inevitable."
— jj^ Y. To be agitated, moved to and fro.—
jj\\ VIII. To be rendered, to return, turn
again (with ^), as U^^liT ^ ^^J^ 18 v.
63, " And they retraced their steps ; " or with
sight shall not return to them," being fixed
with horror ; at 27 v. 40 the same expression
may be translated " In the. twinkling of an
eye," or " Before thou canst fix thine 'eye
npon any object, and remove it ; " with ^ it
means to apostatize.
1 jj To prop a nail. ^J; A helper.
tJjJ To come behind (with J). c-J^l; part. act.
That which follows.— cJ^ part. act. IV. f.
eame as cJjVj ; at 8 v. 9 it may either mean
following oneanother,orcausing(the believers)
to follow one another*
j^jj fior. i. To shut (a gate), ^jj n.a. A strong
wall.
tfjj aor. i. To trample the earth rvith his feet (a
horse), is^j aor. a. To perish.— ^^J;! IV. To
brirg to dootruct'.on.— ^V ^'- "^^ ^^^^ '^^^'^'^'
long. %)fj^^ fV-m. part. act. That whicli f.Hi
headlong, or is elain by a faU.
Jij aor. 0. To he hiu:. ^S} Plm'. ^.pjl and
yS^\\ coinp. form. Vilest, most abject; ^J^^
^ifjij't 16 V. 72, "To the wors.t part of
life," ix. To a decrepit old age; the Mal'Si
infardia ncSi, • . *
xjj aor..o. To supply with the nooessarlos of life,
provide for, bestow upon (v;ith double aoc.) ;
■ to£usfain;^l}i/^li;UL^n2v.37^,"N^
food shall -come to you with which ye sliall be
supplied;" For this use of the verb in tho
passive voice with a compieiTvr-'t see D. 5. Gr.
T. 2, p. 121. J]; A proviiiion, mairv^craTice,
bounty, fortune, income, anything granted to
another from which he derives beuoflt* ^'^j
part. act. One who provides for, or supplies
with necessaries, o^fj^ The Great Provider,
one of the names of God, as Providence.
JiJ aor. 0. To dig a rvell. J^y\ Er-Eass ; sup-
posed to be the name of a well near Midian,
or according to others near Antioch.
i^J To lejlrnu ^'|J part. act. Ore who is firmly
established ; ^fj^ ^^Mf^ ^' lCO,"Tho>e
who are well grounded in learning."
Jl»j aor. 0. To send a messaiger. j^j An apostle,
a messenger ; Plur. J4; ; at 33 v. 66 we find
iL^'Tfor J^n for the sake of the rhyme, by
a license called K^\ saturation; D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 497; At 26 v. 15 the word Jw/J is
used with a plural signification thus J^LJ \j\^
etc. as though it wore "Verily we are a de-
putation;" several reasons are assigned for
this* Frcitag says, quoting the Kamoos, tliat
Digitized by
Google
.u,
( 53)
J^j
words cf the form J^ii' arc both ein^-. aiiJ
plar.; J^-^ 13 by otlicri c^TnsuIeroil to bo a
noun cf r.ction u?:J n'ljoctivoly, for thia^con-
di'ucLLn sec D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 2S0. IlCy
A rrcf^r^c, co!.imission.— Jl;)l IV. To eend
(with J^^, also with ace. and ^[or^);
. ^ JLyi 12 V. 45, for jJJp, D. S. Gr. T. 1.
p. 459. Jl^^ part. act. One who sends;
ssZ \^ ^ JLt^ is 35 V. 2, "There la no one
who can send or bestow it, ailer he baa with-
held it." JJ^ part. pass. One who is sent, a
legate ; <l£l^yC\ 77 v. 1, An.2;el3, winds, or
the verses of the Koran, according to ditrercnt
interpretations.
Cj aor. 0. To he or stand Jinn. ^\^^ (2nd declen-
sion) plur. of "LJj fern, of ^j for ^\j for
. ^Ij; D. S. Gr. T, 1, pp. 330 and 360. part,
act. Things which are firmly and immovably
fixed— mountains.— ^_^1 IV. To fix firmly.
^J^ noun of time and place, That which is
fixed \Tith regard to time or place, as ^bl
y^CJ. 7 V. ISG, "When is its fixed time.?";,
a Port, harbour, or roadstead, as bC^^j ^J;^^
11 V. 43, " Both whilst it is moving, and whilst
it is at anchor, or at rest."
ILJ aor. 0. To walk in the right way, to be well
directed. Sij3» 5l-£J, and xlj nouns of action,
A going in the riglit way, true direction, cor-
rect rule of action. %J^\j part. act. One who
is well directed, or who walks in the right way.
xJ^j A person of discernment, a guide to the
right way. — a^ part. act. lY. f. One who
directa aright, a guide.
y^j aor. 0. To cement or join together, ^y^j^
part. pass. Firmly and compactly united.
xaj aor. 0. To observe, lie in rvait. s^j n.a. A
lying in wait; abo as a collective noun, An
ambush^ band of watchers. w^>?^ A pL.cc of
ambush. J'^S])^ A place of ob:orva':on, or of
ambu.^.h.— j'wJi}^ n.?.. IV. f. 'A r::r.n3 of pre-
paration or fitting out.
^j aor. a. and i. To suck the mother s mllh.
il\jj n.a. The act of sucking milk : J^^^\
Juli!!!""^ 4 V. 27, "Your footer sisters."
^\y* (2nd declension) plur. of j-^^t xV breast.
—1^,1 IV. To suckle (with ace. of child and
J of father); to give suck to. <'-v?/« f^ni.
part. act. One who gives • suck. — j--^/^; -X..
• To seek a nur^e for (a child).
\aj aor, a. To be content, pleased (with ^^ with
i^f or with ace.) ; to choose (with (— ^, also
with ace. of thing and J of pers.). ^j
Agreeable, accoptable. ^\j for ^\j part.
act., Fern. iLAj One who is content, well
pleased; also pleasant, agreeable. ^\yij
Grace, acceptance, favour, that which is pleas-
ing, (j^y* part. pass. Accepted, well pleased
• or contented. tuU^ n.a. for ^U^ D. S. ur.
T. ], p. 27G, note; The act of pleasing.—
^J\ IV. To content, please (with ace. of pers.
and lS). — ^^J VI. To be pleased with one
another, to be mutually agreed (with ^ or
c-j). ^^J n.a. for ^\j for ^\ji D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. Ill, Mutual consent.— ^^^^^ VIII.
• To be pleased with, pleasing to (with J).
\SSj To he fresh and ripe (dates), k^j n.a.
That which is green. \lSj collective noun,
Fresh ripe dates.
sl^j aor, a. To frighten, fear, l--^ n.a. Fear,
terror.
jij aor. a. and o. To thunder ^j^j Thunder.
Digitized by VjOO^ _ _
Lf-J
(iO)
^J
Ij nor. a. on account of the £,^ttural c, D. 3. Gr.
T. 1, p. 2J0, To pasture, feed (cattle), to
observo arigut, as at 57 v. 27. l^lj n.a. A
right observance. ^\sj plur
of ^j for ;j^j
' part. act. One who fceJa l^ooks, a shepherd.
Ij^ Pasture. — ^\j^ III. To observe, respect,
look at (with ace. or with J); ^\j 2 v. 03,
" Look at us ; " a word to which Mohammad
had a.^eat objection, it having been derisively
employed by some Jews, in whose language it
bad an uncompliiiientary meaning.
xj aor. a. To desire (with.^0; also to be un-
wilJir.g (with ^l), or to dislike (with ![S);
■ The pa35ac;o at 4 v. 12G may be rendered either
way; dL*Jj ^z 1--Ji5b IjlijJ 9 v. 121, "They
should prefer themselves before him;" With
^\^ it moans to supplicate. ^^^j Love.
L-^lj part. act. One who supplicates earnestly
(with ^\ ) ; also one who is averse from (with
»xij To abound in good things. \^j Abundantly.
^j aor. a. To dislike^ abhor.-- A^j^ noun of place
III. form, A place of refuge.
\z^j aor. 0. and i. To break in pieces, (jl^^j Dust,
anything broken small.
JTsJ v. To look aLout
'J
Carnal inter-
course.
^j aor. i. To give, jJ^ A gifl. J^i^ part. pass.
Given.
Jjj To spread the nings.
^^^
A pillow.
^j aor. a. To raise up, exalt, lift up (with ace. and
iJP' t^l^ P^^'* ^^'' ^^^l^^°o» ^^^ who raises
up. wji^ High. 9fj^ P^rt. pass. Eaised on
high, exalted.
{^j.To help, ^jjj A companion, friend, jj^
An elbow, utiliig, comfort ; ui^ Comfortably ;
riur. (ji)j^ (2nd declension) Elbows. — (J^j^
A couch, noun of place derived from the VIII.
f. which nK:-Tis To recllr : on the elbow,
J; To be thin, jj A volume or scroll, generally
of parcliment.
<w-o^ aor. 0. To observe, respect, regard (with ace.
and . J), v-^i A watcher, an observer.
i^j rlur. <--?l3^ ,A neck, a slave; s^j j)j^sr
4 V. 94, "The freeing of a neck (from the
yoke of slavery)."
one.— v.^^»^ VIII. To observe, watch
part, act. One v/ho watches.
jjj aor. 0. To sleep, jJj n.a. Sleeping. jJ^^ A bed.
Jij To write f mark 7clth dlacntical points,- ^y\
Er-Eakeem, a word, the meaning of v.'hich is
in dispute ; according to one interpretation it
was the name of a leaden plate, on which were
inscribed the names of the seven sleepers.
(*-?!/* part. pass. Written.
^j aor. a. To mount a ladder (with ^); to
'enchant, ^j n.a. An ascent. j'j^^^l5^1J
part. act. An enchanter; ^j ^ J-J^ 75 v.
27, "And it is said, who is the magician (to
drive away his agony)?" ^\j ace. plur.
of l^Ji A breast-bone ; see this word undor
CLJ, see also ^l^*, rt. ^'"—s^'jX VIII. To
ascend (with ^).
lI^J aor. a. To ride (with ace.) ; to be carried,
go on board a ship (with J). C^j A com-
pany of 10 or more mounted on camels, a
small caravan. ^J^j plnr. of l--^J part. act.
One who rides, mounted. *^^j collective
S 9 ^ ^
noun. Camels, ^f) Use of a camel in riding.
— ul-S; II. To put together.— 1^|^« part,
act. VI; f. Lying in heaps.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
.^''.
( CO)
z'j
Oo; 5c> 6 ? s'^'lU Jpjij (Cud uoclon^ion) fcin, plur.
of l^lj r .-f. r.ct. Th"t which i: ^till.
ji; aor. 0. and i. To f.x a :^:ar in the grovmL
jSj A ln-,7 sound, a whisper.
yjSj To invcrt.'-^jJijS IV. To ovcitura, up^et.
^•^ ^
^J.S^aor.0. To7:w:ctlicfrctf^h\ii-\\}Oiii\\(^^vom\i\\iQ
fly (with^) ; Before the words uJl^y J^j^
at 38 V. 41 we must understand d Jj, and
between the first and Inst parts of tlic verse,
we have to inin^ine the sprin^nnjj \ip of a
fountain, or tn'O, according to the fancy of the
Commeut.^.tors.
'%Sj aor. a. To have the bach bent, to bow down in
prayer. j^J Plur. ^y'^j and ^i; part. act.
One who bovs down.
^j aor. 0. To gather together in a heap. /•'»$;
A heap; Uoj In heaps. /•jS^ part. pass.
Gathered in a heap.
^^ aor. a. To incline one*s-self (with ,^1). ^j
a stay, support, prop ; hence, Princes or chiefs
of the people.
d^j aor. 0. and i. To repair ; also aor. i. To be rotten,
s ^
>-^ Rotten; adjective of common gender.
\J^j B^^^ric noun, Pomegranates.
^j aor. a. To pierce rvitk a.la?ice. ^^j plur. of
J^j A lance.
A^j aor. 0. and i. To invade an enemy s country,
j\^j Ashes.
ytj aor. o. and i. To nod, Kink. y$j n.a. A aign,
such as a wink or nod.
^^j aor. i. To bake a sheep in its shift. ^J^j
(2nd declension) Ramadan, the ninth month
of the Arabian year, said to be so named,
because it originally fell in the height of
summer.
^j aor.i. To throw, cast, throw out (with ace. or
witli L^of tl'in:;) ; toc><.:t aspor-ions upcii any
one (witli v.Qc. ofper3.), n : al 24 vv. 4, G, and 20;
At 3 v. 17 allu-'ion is m-^Ic to a miracle \r\M\
wa3 wrouglit nfc Bedr in T-vour of ^'lohammaJ,
who, by throwing a handful of gravel into the
faces of the Koreish, brought about a victory
in his favour.
y.^j aor. a. To fear (with ace. or with J of pers.).
c-^^, ^-r^' ^"^ ^J ^^'^' rear; ^ «u^^
li^.^jcJ 59 V. 13, "On account of tL: fear
inspired in their breasts by God." ^.u^ plur.
of c-l>^lj A monk, ^^j Monasticisni.—
i^^^j^ IV. To fri5:hteu, cause terror (with ace.
of pers. and ^-> of thing).— vJ^^i^l X. To
terrify.
^j To tal:e large mouthjuh. k^ n.a. A family;
\2>j txJl 27 r. 49, " iSine men of a family;"
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 31C; This word is not
generally used when more than 10 men are
• spoken of, but i-n any case they must be the
sons of one man.
^J aor. a. To follow closely, cover; aor. i. To
oppress, cause to suffer; to be given to evil
practices towards (with double ace). ^^ n.a.
Folly, oppression.— ^jS;l IV. To impose a
difficult task on any one, afflict with troubles
and difficulties (with double ace).
'^j To gite in pledge, ^^j Given in pledge.
jt,U; plur. of ,^^ A pledge.
\jbj aor. 0. To go softly, y^j n.a, A ditch or furrow.
ij^^^j see uj^.
l}j aor. 0. To do anything in the evening or at sun-
set. —jjj n.a. Rest, mercy. ^^ comm. gend.
A spirit, soul; (j-^J^f^*^ 16 v. 104, "The
Spirit of Holiness," or "the Holy Spirit,''
viz. The Angel Gabriel, who alone is intended
Digitized by VjOOQIC
z}^
( CI )
J^J
by this name; 'At 1(3 v.. 2 it m?.y ho tran.ilr.teJ
the Inspiration or Iicvcblioa, viz. tlie KorAii.
frjfQin,,V\uv,l^Cj A wind, smell, prosperity,
power, pjj Tht3 evening, as ^^ ^r^^jj 3.^
V. 11, "(It blew) for a month in the cvcninjj."
iVote, At the commencement of this verse we
must unJcrstrnJ the word Uj^ q.v. ^^^^^
Victuals, thin^i neccssiiry to support lifa. —
l}j\ IV. To drive home (flocks) in the evening.
3\j aor. 0, To see/i, W.j?; Geiitly; Ju^j is said to
be equivalent to jL^Jii Grant a respite ; D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 54G; at SG v. 17 the words are
found in conjunction Uv^; ^f^,-^^ "Grant thoin
a gentle respite," or "respite them for a while."
— lyj III. To lorjg nfcer, desire to have inter-
course with (with ace. and ^^)', thus ^^^j^j
^^^ ^ 12 V. 26, " She desired to lie with
• me;" At 12 v.61 it means simply to solicit.
3\j) IV. To be willing, wish, desire> intend,
mean i,with ace. and c-^, also with ^^1) ; ^^J^
36 V. 22 for
y>:^«
aor. conditional and
^jo\j aor. 0. To exercise, or break in a colt, Zj^jJ
A rich and well-watered meadow,
^\j r.or. 0. Tofr\jl:h,u c;J n.a. Fear, tim'infy.
h\j aor. 0. To turn furtively from one thing to an-
other (with ^\) ; to turn upon (v»it!i ^-^).
Aj x^.or. 0. To sec/:. a^/J] collective noui], The
Greeks, as being sui Ject to the Koinun Empire.
Aote, The cvento mentioned at the beginning .
oftlie 30th cliaptcr relate to t!:e wiirs between
the Greeks and Persians under Ileraclius and
Chosrocs.
(IjIj aor. i. To make wicertain. d-'T n.a. A
doubt, calamity, as ,^4x21 l-^J 52 v. SO,
"Adverse fortune," literally, "tho calamity
of the time.", a^^ Suspicion, uncertainty. —
L^^* part. act. IV. f. Disquieting, ho or tlir.t
which inspires doubt or suspicion ; also ono
who is guilty of a crime. — ^-^^♦! VIII. To bo
in. doubt, i^^jy^ part. act. One who is in
doubt, a sceptic.
^\j aor. i. To Jit feathers to an arrow, {^^j
generic noun. Feathers; fine clothing.
clj aor. i. To grow. j->^ A high hill.
^Ij aor. i. To take possession— of the heart— (with
J
Joj aor. 0. To ghe anyone cream to eat. >ijj Froth,
scam,
yj aor. 0. To pelt with stones, j^j A book. The
Book of Psalms; Plur.^j Books, writings,
Scriptures; jij and^ are also Plurals of i^j
A lump or large piece of iron, a divided por-
tion, sect; Jj occurs with tho first of these
meanings at 18 v. 95, and^j with the last, at
23 V. 55.
^jtj aor. i. To sell dates on the tree by guess.
iUjbj plur. of L^J, or wanting the singular.
Rebels (against God), Praetorian Guards; at
96 V. 18 it appears to refer to the Angels who
. keep guard over Hell.
^ J aor. 0. To pierce with the ferule of a spear /
isAp^j noun of unity, A thing made of gla^s,
as a glass vessel.
^,5^ aor. 0. To prohibit, drive away, j^-j n.a. The act
of driving or prohibiting, tl^j^jjjl fern. plur.
part. act. Those who drive; J^j c-^|/r]J!jv!^
Digitized by
Google
( C2 )
Jj
C7v. 2, '^\..iIt!ioATi^^e^ ; \,\io drlv.^ ilrvrarJ the
clc:;J.s, or drive r.way evil sj.Irito, or I:eep men
from ?ia.*' . J^j A single cry.--^ j)l^ VIII.
for^rj^ To drive away witli cries, reject.
j^'^y* part. pass. Forbidden.
l^j aor. 0, To he easy, — ^j>-j^ IV. To propel, drive
forward (with ace. and J or^^i). il:fy< fem.
■ of ,^yr/« Few, small. • •
rr^J To remove far from a place (with ^). rr^j^
part. act. One who removoi, as ^J^J^, j^ ^j
t-^li^TJ^ 2 V. 00, " But he shall not free
him3elf from the pimishinent." Derived from
which h;o the same meaninnr.
^«'
L^J^j aor. a. To proceed toivards. t^l-^J n.a. An
army marchinj in a hostile manner^
uJ^j Anything hig-hly embellished, as with gild-
ing, decoration by gilding, gold, embellish-
ment, either real, as the flowers of- the earth,
10 V. 23; or figurative, as a flowery discourse,
6 V. 112; verbal rt. uJ/iJ To gild,
cl/^ aor. 0. To construct a pen or fold for sheep.
j^V^ (2nd declension) plur. of Zj\j A rich
carpet.
^jj aor. a. To sovir seed, give increase to, as a:;jH
it its increase, or are We the givers of it ? "
cy Plur. fijj Seed, corn, land sown with com.
tbj P'^^' ^^ f/li P^''^* ^^^* -^ sower.
^j^ aor. 0. and i. To drop dung (a bird) ; /^ have
blue eyes, j^ plur. of jj)\ One who has blue
eyes ; an enemy, such as the Greeks, whose
eyes were frequently of that colour.
fj^j aor. i.To abuse.— ^jjj^ VIII. for ^Jfj\ D. S.
Gr, T. 1, p. 222, To despise.
IcJ aor. 0. To speak, assert, generally used in
douLLfal mr.itero; to suppose, think, i:*ir^ane,
fancy, to be of opinion (with ace. or vath ^^1).
j^j n.a. Fancy, imagination, l^j A surety,
one who vouc'ies for or guar.intcos another.
eJj aor. 0. 7b carry home tic bride in procession ;
aor. i. To hapten, go with hurried steps.
yj t\.6T, i. To sevA forth a deep breath. JlJj A deep
sob; properly, the first part of the braying of
an ass, as ^^Ji is the 'second; at 11 v. 103
these words may be rendered " yohbing. and
sighing ; " at 25 v. 13 the term \^J is applied
to the roaring of flames.
l5j . To srcallow speedily. /♦yJS 1 A tree growing in
the midst of Hell, for a description sec ch. 37
V. 60; The tree after which this infernal pro-
duction was named bears a kind of intensely
bitter almond.
^iT^Zacharias.
^j o.r more properly ISj aor. o. To gro7v\ to be
pure, or purified. sSj pronounced, and sorae-
times written l^Sj or iSj like Jyu> or PJ^, D.
S. Gr. T. 1, p. 36, Purity, a portion of one's
substance given in order to purify the rest,
i.e. Alms ; l^j i^% \-^ 18 v. 80, " One more
righteous than he," literally, " Better as to
purity." ^j Pious, righteous. ^J^ for
^j\ comp. form, Purer, more righteous;
lilit J^] 18 T. 18, " The purest and best
food."— ^^ II. To purify, justify (with ace.
of pers. and t-j of thing). — ^Ji and ^Jl V.
To endeavour to be pure and holy, to give
part of one's substance in alms, as at 92 v. J 8.
Jj aor. i. To slip.— Jjl IV. To cause to slip or fall
(with ace. and ^j^).— tj/^-*! X, same as Jj^
but with ace. of pers. and l^.
Digitized by VnOOQlC
/^J
( C.3 )
z'^
J Jj To sliauC, sL.lce lo nr.d fro. JVpj n.a. 1 he act
of sl.aVing; CI];;!) ^o^Tc:^ iJl 09- v. 1.
* "When tlio ciutli is slukca by an earth-
quake;" literally, "by its shaking." *OpJ A
slicck— of an earthqinke.
c^jj r^; c//'6:/d; ?2jar. il^ Nearness, proximity, a
near ftpproach; ^Jlj Near at hand; Plur.
(Jjj; The phrase J^f^^ liij at 11 v. IIC
6i(jnifie3 those hours of the night which com-
mence at the close of day, and those of the
day which commence at the close of night ;
Thc]:^ are other ways of spelling this word,
■ Bucli as U^;. U-J ana ^Jr the last being a noun
in the singular, having tho same signification
as ^!j}jf aod of the second declension, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 402.— uiJj* IV. To bring near, cause
to approach (with ace. and J).
Jlj aor. 0. To slip, ^tj A place in which the feet
are liable to slip.— jJjT IV. To cause to slip or
fall (with ace. of pers. and i^).
Jj To wander about, pj Plur. i!^l Headless
arrows used by the ancient Arabs for purposes
of divination, a superstition forbidden by the
Koran; for a curious illustration of this custom
see Ezekiel ch. xxi. v. 21.
j^j aor. i. To play upon a rvind insirumenL yj
plur, of Ij^j A crowd of men ; \j^j In crowds.
J-*j aor. i. and o. To limp.^j^ part. act. of
j51 for Jijj V. f. D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,
To wrap one's-self in a garment. The epithet
J^J^] is applied to Mohammad in the 73rd
ch. because at the moment it was communi-
cated to him he was wrapped in a mantle
either asleep or at prayers ; so say the com-
. mentators.
j.^^\ lo j.i2!irciih avjcr\an eye). Aj^^-*} J^ -^cs-
sive cold, by some interpreted to mean the
iloon; orij^lnal root LJ To he uol.ixi.
jL-uirj Gin .or, v/ita wliich the Vr'atcr of Siilsabeol,
a fountaii) in Paradise, is to bo llavourcd.
Jj no verbal root, jin excrescence behind the hoofs
of goats. IjJ Spurious, illegitimate.
^j aor. i. To be guilty of fornication. Uj n.a.
Fornication, ^j and with the article ^}}^\
and •Iji|j2i part. act. One who is guilty of
fornication.
s:bj aor. a. To ahstain; aor. i. To have in lorv
estimation. j^Vj part. act.. One who e^^Lcems
lightly, or \vo\'h in low estimation (with ^
of thing).
ji>j aor. a. To be resplendent, iy^j A fon^cr,
splendour,
jjtj aor. a. To be full of marrow (a bone) ; to
vanish, disappear, perish. ^\j part. act. That
which vanishes away. J^j Vain, perishable.
IVj aor. 0. To stir up strife. V'^j Plur. ^ijjl A
companion, mate, spouse, husband or wife, an
individual when consorting with another; that
in which individuals are united, as a kind,
species, class, or sex, also a pair, a couple ;
Examples, w^ -.jj Js ^ ^-i lS2u 31 v* 9,
" And we have caused (vegetables) to spring
up in it of every generous species ; " ^ U^-i
uW'^J fv^^ J^ ^5 v- ^2, " In each (garden)
there shall be two kinds of every fruit," or it
may be '* Two pairs of every kind;" thus at
11 V. 42 the words ^-:j1 ^^J^J^ JS ^^ may
cither be rendered two, or two pair, of every
kind, so also at 13 v. 3, 6 v. 144 and elsewhere ;
for the use of ^j;-J^ with the dual see D. S. Gr.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
z')
( CD
Jj
T. 2, p. 31 J, v,!icro he trvin^j^r.tcs ,^1 ^'!^jjj
"Two in'^yiilncib/' a rer.Iin^ wliich 13 aup-
. ported by tlio j.a: ':.n:cj at SI v. 49, vihova
j^^^jj muct of nccos-^/ly Lave the mcruiing of
two imlividiials paired togeLlicr, and at 15 v.
• 83, v.'Iierc l^^^l means simply "individuals,"
or certain of tnem; ^\jj] jlx^ ^yjs^\^
03 V. 53, "And oilier (matters) of a similar
kind sliall bo in conjunction vrith it;" In tliis
pa3SJ je there appears to be an ellipsc,^^! for
\^\\ in virtue of its comparative form beinj
put in the singular, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 304;
it la al-:0 vrriM cn^i see -3 y. 5.— Ijj II. To
give in marri.^j^ (iirith double ace.) ; to wed
to (with ace. and ^->); to join together; U^j
K^:^^]j {jM^\ 81 V. 7, "And when the souls
shall be joined (to th ot bodies) ; " At 42 v. 49
it means to make of two kinds, to make or give
conjointly.
^\j aor. 0. To take provisions. j\j Provision for
a journey. — Jlp V.To provide one's-self for a
journey.
^\j aor. 0. To visit, j^ False, a falsehood. —
J55^ VI. To decline (with ^);J)\^ 18 v. 16
is for j^l^ 3 pers. fem. smg. aor.
^j aor. 0. To cease, cease to be in a place, fail,
perish, as i^) ^1 35 v. 39, " Lest they fail ; "
to declme, as JLsJ \ ^ J.j:l ^J^ ^JS ^^
14 V. 47, " Even though their craftiness were
such that the mountains should be moved by
it;" ftVera//y, "should cease to remain in their
places, or incline downwards (like the Sun)."
j\^j n.a. A declining, declination as of tho sun
from the meridian, in which sense it is figura-
tively employed at 14 v. 46.
fSj\) aor. i. To dress food with oil. cj^j Oil.
.::jjcoV: ::tiveiic:^.n,Tl eolivo, oHvcj. i^j
iiQ!m of u.ity, An olive, r.n olive-lree.
jlj P^r. i. JO I: /.•v-'-Jc'..^ to increase, c?/;:e to
increase, ^ive an incroa^o to (with ace. of per3.
and ^ or with double ace); to exec: J in
number; J);-\;j-:>^ 37 v. 147, "Or tlicre were
more in number; ".to make an addition to
(with ^^)* \j Zeid, ^lohammai's fieedman
■ and adc^pted son, whoso wife Zeinab rklohammad
married au^r her divorce from Zoid; seech.
33. ijljj An increase, addition. • ^Ct An
accession, increase, adJition. — ^^^j\ for o'Jjt
VIII. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 203, To increase,
suiTer an incrca50, or bo increased by (with
ace); as H; l^J^jJTj 13 v. 24, "And they
. suiTercd au increase of nine {years),"
ilj aor. i. To be inclined dov/nwards, to become
dim (the sight), turn aside, deviate (with ^).
'Ljj n.a. Perversity.— iVj I IV, To cause to
deviate, render perverse.
^ ^ ^^ >•
JU aor. i. and a. To cease (with ^<i).— JiJ II. To
makea separation (with ^X'—^J V. To be
separated one from the other.
^j aor; i. To adorn, ijj An ornament, as apparel
at 7 V. 29, or trinkets, etc., pomp ; sometimes
used collectively for ornaments, as at 20 v. 90
and elsewhere ; At 20 t. 61 AijjJ 1 I^ means
the day of the solemn feast, when the temples
and other buildings were decked out in olden
times.— ^J II. To adorn, prepare (with ace.
and <--> or ^); to deck a thing out (with
specious arguments, or otherwise), to make it
appear pleasing (with ace. and J) ; ^^ c^J'
J>jit^ 15 T. 39, "Verily I will make (their
disobedience) appear pleasing to them on the
Earth."-^:Jjt for ^j? V. D. S. Gr. T.l, p.
220, To be adorned.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
.L.^
( nj )
cr
, w an j^ Ivcrb profixed to tliC aorist tense of verb3,
and ^jivin^j tliem a future signification; it is
■ consiJereJ as an abbreviation of uJj^ q.v. ;
thu3 J^ J[ o^^ 11 V. 45, " I will b'^talvG
myself to a mountiun," sec ^y; it is like-
wise used in conjunction with other- prefixes,
as '^r^ij-O 2 V. 131, "And God will
suPacc thee (as a protection against) them/'
see Ji.
jUaor. a. To ask, interrogate?, ask for, demand
(with ace. of pers. and ^1, also with double
ace. or with ace. of pers. and i^ or ^) ; to
pray to (with ace.), as at 55 v. 29 ; Iniperat.
JO and.JJ. ^'ole. Verbs whose second
radical is hamzated are frequently declined
after the manner of concave verbs. jL» A
request, petition; J^^ n.a. The act of de-
manding. JJ L> part. act. One who asks, de-
mands, etc., a beggar, as at 93 v. 10. Jj— ^
part, pass; That which is demanded or inquired
into; at 17 vv. 3G and 33 it refers to those
things which shall be inquired into at the day
of judgment.— J'LJ VI. To ask or make
inquiries of one another (with J^), as ^Jjl
^ ^jSl'wlj 4 V. 1, "About whom ye have dis-
cussions one with another, or in whose name
ye beseech one another;" ^^'v '^ which may
also be spelt ^jJ^Cj is here put for ^J\C^,
D.S. Gr.T. l,'p.220.
-^.or..,ToaUd.,„,«.,„o™«.h;1,o.
with ^ of thing).
aor. 0. To cut, revile. «*-^----j Plur. .c-juLT A
rope, cord, lien or that by which one thing is
connected with another, as a path, way, means
to an end, a ca'i>\^ ; u— > ^^-» JS ^« *^^'iJ
Cll ^Jjli 13 V. 53, " And we c^ave him ft
means to accomplish every end, so ho followed
his way;" c^C^^f^ \^f^ 83 v. 9, " Let
them then ascend into the tracts (of Heaven)."
^uJl Sabi*, V. j^^-t^.
^ aor. 0. and i. To rest, celebrate the Sabbath.
^ULl The Sabbath ; at 7 v. 1G3 and elsowliere
reference is made to the story of cci taiu Jews
who resided atElathontlieUedSciiin the time
of David, and who wore turned into apos for
catching fish on the Sabbath day. il:\Li Rest.
1 aor. a. To s/vim, roll on w. -Is, perform a diuly
course (with J). ^ n.a. The act of swim-
ming, occupation in worldly affairs. ^-»
part. act. One who swims or moves with a
swimming motion, applied to Angels a-t 79
V. 3, or, according to another of several inter-
pretations, to ships. ^^U-v Praise; flil ^j^>-»
and UliLi are adverbial expressions in which
there is an ellipse of the verb IXl, as "The
•praise of God," or " by praising him," for " I
celebrate the Praise of God," q\.q,, hence it is
that the word ^^l^ appears in the accns., soo
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 502, and T. 2, p. 82;
^T,^ d^ ^T J,l^ 37 V. 159 ; In this and
similar passages there would appear to be also
an ellipse of the verb J^JJ ; At 28 v. 68 this
deficiency is supplied, and the passage then
reads thus, " I celebrate the Praise of God,
and may He b^ far exalted above that which
they impute to Him."— 1^ IL To sing praises
(with J of pers.), celebrate praises (with c-^),
laud and magnify (with ace), ^fir^ °•^•
Digitized by VjOOQIC
L-.-
( CG )
0 ^ »
I ?.rl. net. One wlio
lH.. riiir. l'':l! A
The act of praido. -^
celebrates prai?c.i.
kwj a:r. n. To he lank (Lair),
tribe (of the cliiblron of l£4'ac]).
J-. J aor. a. and i. To make a numlcr up to s^ccn
«-.^ fom., /.t^-j masc. Seven, sec
' Sale tuiri.^lalo:-' tliis word "prjvcnt'nl/' a iikp.u-
ing it nv^y v/cU boar in the two ii.;tancc.^ in
which it occurs.—-, ;jLj III. To shive to cx'^ol
Seventy.
A wilJ-buast.
c^
aor. 0. To he long and trailing on the ground
(a garment), i^C A coat of mail.— <i--^i IV.
Tacauso to abound (with ace. and J^ of pers.).
I n^r. i. and o. To be in advance of (with ace);
precede (witli J) ; to go before (with ace. and
^^ or L^j); pais before, go forth previously,
aa ft s-nteiice of condemnation (with ^Li of
pera. and ^r^), with which meaning it appears
at 11 V. 42 ; or a promise of eternal happiness-
(with J of pers. and ^^5), as at 21 v. 101 ; to
happen previously, pass by, surpass, get the
better of (with ace.) ; With ^^• it may. some-
times be rendered to do previously, as U
J^^jilf^.j s^ ^ G JSZ 7 V. 73, " Xo
created beiirg has committed this (crime) before
you;" to prevent, in the old sense of to be
beforehand with (with ace. of pers. and t-^);
thus at 21 V. 27 jlalJ dJ^LlJi ''They do not
prevent him in their speech." ju-j n.a. The
act of preceding. ^\^ part. act. One who
precedes or outstrips in a race ; At 56 v. 10
we find the word ^y^lJ 1 repeated, probably
to gfive force and dignity to the expression,
which may there be rendered "The leaders on
earth and in Heaven," viz. those who having
been the first to embrace the Faith, shall be
the first in Paradise. cyy*^ P*'^^t« P^ss.
One who is surpassed or beaten in a race ;
or reach before anotlior (with ^^^).
VIII. To strive one with another in a race, or
to reacli a goal (with ace).
jlJ Jiain, no verbal root.. J^-j Plur. -J-L* (com.
gend.) A way, road; a cause or reason, as at
9 vv. 92 and 94, wliere it moans "a cause of
reproach;" J--!!^ ^j1^ A travclTji'; ^1 Js---i
The path of duty to God ; it frequently means
an expedition or war mrelo by believers to
propagate tlie ilol-amir.a'Ian fuilh; ai.ocesiity,
as JuJj "^IVjl , J iDL^ I 22 3 V.C9, "There
is no nccessi:y inc\imbcnt upon us (to pay or
observe justice) towards the Ileatlien."
aor. i. To take rapt ice. ^L-i Saba', called in
Scripture " Sheba," a city of Yeman destroyed
by the inundation of El 'Arem; it took its
name from Saba*, the great grandson of Kahtan
or Joctan.
Lj^ for ^^J^ fern. Six ; masc. *;;::;-:, scejL^.
^f^y Oblique ^^ Sixty.
^ aor. 0. To cover, j^ A Ten, covermg. • jy.^
part. pass. Spread over as a veil.— -^r-*' VIII.
To hide* one's-self.
jl^ aor. 0.. To be humble^ submit one's-self, bow
down in adoration with the forehead touching
the ground, to worship (with J), l^
Adoration. la^C Plur. ^ysr* and lir* part,
act. One who bows down. *^sr^ Plur. a^UI*
(2nd declension) A place of adoration, mosque;
j^\x^\j\ ^j^ifo^r^ 17 V. 1,
" From the sacred temple at Mecca to the
further mosque at Jerusalem," or as Beidawee
explains it, to the Holy House there; for at
tTiat tirtie there was no mosque behind it.
Digitized by
Goo-
( G7 )
iJUJ
aor. 0. To iiitcr a crj, a3 a c j.:J to h rfoal;
to pour forth, fill Tvlth wttcr, to b:'rn(with^J).
;.;-i part. r^=^s. ..^^v-rO' ^'3 V. c,
'* By the ocean pourcfl fortli over tlie earth."
— l|r» II. To s'.YcU and become turgil (the
ocean).
^^ To pour forth, JU^ which io 5pelt in various
ways, has also sundry significations ; by some
it is supposed to mean the Arj,'-! v.ho inscribes
men's actions in a book, rolling it up at their
death ; or it may be the name of a certain
scribe of ilohainmad, or a written scroll; for
the construction of the words l-.,^OJ S^ ' . cr^
21 y. 104, see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p; 1C4 ; see also
his Chrestomathle Arabo, T. 3, p. 231. Jjr?
Baked clay of which the stones were formed
which were said to have been rained down
from Heaven upon Sodom, and also upon the
"Companions of the Elephant" mentioned in
chap. 105.
^^ aor. 0. To imprison, c;;-?^'*^ P^^t. pass.
Imprisoned. ^Irf A prison. ^^^ The
register in which the actions ofthe wicked are
recorded, or .the place where it is kept.
\js^ aor. 0. (also written ^^^) To be quiet, tranquil
or dark (the night).
ij.^ aor. a. To drag along the ground (with ^).
t-jls-» A cloud, clouds, sometimes used as a
collective noun.
<X%3e Td destroy utterly, eradicate, ci^-.sr' Un-
lawful, forbidden by law.— lzi^^s-"! IV. same as
primitive form (with ace. of pers. and s-^)..
j^ aor. a. To gild, enchant, bewitch (with ace.
and c->). js^^ Sorcery, enchantment.
Piur.jisr*! The early dawn. ^
»js:^ part. act. A magician, sorcerer. j\s^
* C Plur.
A ^-iOAt i:in::iclan. "^.t:--^ r:.;t. iv'^.^s. Oii:-b>
witclicd, delii'liid by sorcery .--^-r^* p:-:l. p'-'s.
II. f\ ];:'.vitcbi:d.
J^-^ To lent small, and J.;^ To IcfiroJ. jJ-J"
n.a. The act of being far OiT; \i^ ^ C7 v. 11,
" Far tiicii be (pardon) Lxva tboin ;" an cllli^.o
for U i^i.-' u^ 1 ♦.^.-^'-'\j God has removed them
far away in respect of pardon." J^*^ ^ar
distant. JJl^'\ Isaac (2nd declor. jion) D. S.'
Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
To strip off the bark.
J-
XsJd Shore of a river
or sea.
j^ aor. a. To ridicule (with ^^.of pors.). j^^
part. act. One who turns \.o ridiculo. ci/*^
A jeer, ridicule; at 43 v. 31 it means 0:.o who
is compelled to serve without payment. —
\^ II.. To subject (with ace. and J) ; to
compel any one to work without payment;
at C9 V. 7 it id used with the ace. and ^i^ of
pers. and may there be rendered "He caused
it to assail them." "Iszt*--* part, pass. Subjected,
compelled to serve or work.—lif^-=-'^ X. To
turn anything to ridicule.
ks^ aor. a; To be angry (wuth ,^^). 1^^ Wratli.
— lis^^l lY. To incense,
s s
iJi aor. 0. To obstruct, stop up, a-* n.a. or a^ A
mountain, an obstacle, rampart, bar ; ^^xlJ \
18 V. 92 oblique dual, "The two nriountains/'
supposed to be situated in Annenia, or on the
borders of Turkistan. Jl>ju1 Well-directed,
convenient or opportune.
JU To let down the hair, JjL. generic noun, The
Lote-trce. ijX^ noun of unity, A single Lote-
tree; ^^^rsjl-i 53 vv.l4andl6,TheTx)te-
tree, beyond which no creature can pass ;
Digitized by
Google
u
..-V-;
( C3 )
all!i;!;n ii r.rjle to it in ZLooV'/^ L?Mv.
III r^.y I'.'iiy v.iXMl'i, so l./i-.:ht urul I ri-f ;
Oil! v.l::.t aiP t/.' Irs/iitL^l l^ it cVt havcllov.u,
, To tlic; L'j!e tree fpnTiAin-T ])•/ All jli's llirono,
•Vriio-L- llo'wcib L:ivo a i-unl in every Icuf."
(jw^^v^- aor. 0. Tb ta/:c a sixth part. ^^wA-j A sixth
part. (^jC The sixth.
1ju» aor. 0. 7b strc'c/i out tlic handton-anls a^y Csic,
4^ju» No^'lecteJ, uiicart^J for.
A Ir.rap, or ':;/.!i,f a can J!-', (!.c r^c ;;t;,clL' iJii;^'
call 0 J J^;^'^:-'.
' ^ aor. a. 7c; Lt {a for!:) <jOjr:c to pi:iarc.(il
• Uli'r'y ; to IcaJ out to i'?3turein t!io niorninj.
"J^ Di^inis3:il. — "^ II. To dismiss freely,
^'<
> n.a.
^•
aor. 0. 7t? c.'r^ ^ij nacd strir^;, io make glad,
rejoice. j%j^ n.a. Joy. ^ A secret; \j^
Secretly, in private, j^ plur. of "Vi-j A
^^7
couch, t!irono. '^TJIj Joy, joyful stafo. j\ ^
(Slid declension) plur. of .y^ A secret.
jl^,*«.« part. pass. Ecjoiced.— -^1 I v . To con-
ceal, and also to reveal or manifest (with
ace); At 10 v. 5^ and 34 v. 32 it seems
doubtful which of these meanings is intended
to be conveyed ; to entrust a secret (with
^\), hold a secret conversation (with ace. or
with J of pers.). jjpl^ n.a. A secret.
L^r^ ffor. 0, To enjoy free pasture (a camel).
L^j^ A pipe for the conveyance of water;
b^ 18 V. 60 may be translated " as it were
in a tunnel;" the fish there mentioned being
supposed to have swum in that manner under
the sea. (^^^ A mirage, deceitful appear-
ance, as of water in the desert. i^j\^ part,
act. One who goes forth freely and carelessly.
Jj-rf To put on the garment called JIj^. J?jC^
\ij^ A garment,
cither generally, or a coat of mail ; at 16 v*
83 it is used in both senses.
^JJI aor. 0. To saddle; and — ^ To shine. IS^
divorce (with ace. of pers. and c->).
Dismif^al, divorce.
w^j aor. 0. To y:'rforatc, "Sj^ n.a. ^Vork made of
rings woven tojethe-^ ;.-: clia'a armour.
^J^J^ To coccr Tilth an atcinng, (J-f^ IS v.. 2S,
Smoke which surrounds and covers after the
manner of a tent.
^j^ To he qidch, j^^ Plur. c^l^ Srafc, prompt,
ha.tening; ;^'wls:*\ -^iL Swifc at takiii^'-
account; UU^ Suddenly, hastily. c^l
(2nd declension, comp. form) D. S. Gr. T. 1,
• p. 403, Very swift, swiftest. -^C III. To
hasten emulously, or in company with others
(with J or^^ of pers. or thing, also with ^jp.
\^j^ aor. 0. To eat arvay {the Icaccs of a tree).—
1 IV. To be prodigal, extravagant, to
exceed bounds, transgress (with ^Jj: or ^^).
'i>\^\ D.a. The act of exceeding bounds,
extravagance, transgression. i^J-^w* part.
act. One who is guilty of excess, extravagant,
a transgressor.
jj^ aor. i. To steal. j^C part. act. One who
steals. — jJi-jV VIII. To take away by stealth,
as ^-Ijrj^! 15 V. 18, "He listened by
stealth," as the Genii to the conversation of
the angels.
jLyj Perpetual ; 1 jk^^ Perpetually, a word appa-
rently of mixed Persian and Arab origin.
t^ aor. i. To travel by night; ^-Ij ^jl Jy^^j
8D V. 3, '* By the night when it passeth
away;"^;-Mj ia here written by poetic licence
Digitized by VjOO^IC
( CO )
J...
frr . s^ cTi account of tbc y :;!:C— ..^J;— r.l
t!io end of tlio vci:3 ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 4i J.
'tsj^ A rivulet.— ^;p:1 IV. To travel by ni-lit;
with t_j it becomes transitive, To cutisc to
travel, tlu'.a ut 20 v.- 79
;-^j-'c
.UV'(.ay.
in;;) Take lay servants for a ja\iruoy by nigbt,"
^ Qor.. a. To spread out.
aor. 0. To write. j-L^Cl Fables, idle talcs;
This worJ, a plural of the CnJ decloasion,
seems to be derived from the Gioek ^Vto^/-.,
but the sinjj. is doubtfal. j^^l^^ part. pa^s.
Yrritten. %11*' also spelt %^' One who
presides over, a ma:ia^:r of aliira.— ^^2^-^
part. pa33. VIII. f. ^\>ittcn.
lll:^ aor. 0. To attack with violence (with c^ of
pers.).
,^-j
C
5^ ^
ijL^ see
JLi aor. a. 7b he fortunate {a day) ; and j-5-^ To bo
happy (a man). S-.5I Happy, blessed.
^ aor. a. 7b //y;^^ ajire. ^^ fern. A burning fire,
Hell, ytl Madness.--^ II. To cause to burn
fiercely.
X» aor. a. on account of the guttural c. To go
hastily (with jp; to run, be diligent, pur-
pose, to endeavour labour or strive after (with
acc. also with J or ^) ; ,^^ ^^^ ^j^ ^b
80 V. 8, " But a3 for him who comes to thee
striving after (good)." ^^ n.a. The act of
going quickly or hastily, an endeavour ; Uli
lllf liU \JJ 37 V. 100, "And when he had
attained such an age that he could assist him
in his work ; " ^Ji^ ^ J^j 17 v. 20, " And
diligently strives after' it;" Litcrafly, " And
endeavours after it with its endeavour;" the
iKKiii of ::clion being arhUd to the verb to give
energy to the expression— ^^l^.
L' aor. 0. To s^^fcr froui hunger c::! icant.
^w« Famine.
aor. a. To par forth, ^y^-*-* P^^^t. pass.
Pciirod forth.— l-^ll^ part. act. III. f. One
who commits fornicr.-.ion.
X^aor. i. To STVCCp {a Iwum), go on o journey.
yl Plur. jU'J A journey; 3^^ i^ also^tho
plur. of ^ A Iarg.3 Book or Tome, ij^
plur. of^iC A s^ribe.—^l IV. To shine,
brighten (the dawn).- ^J^^ part. act. Shining;.
; aor. a. To strih iclth r.:}vlnp {a. bird ichen
fghiivg), to draj alon- (with c-j), as vX 90 v.
15, ^lllb ^^^^^ "Verily we will drng him by
the forelock;" where instead of the ^ of the
second energetic form of aorist, tha taaween of
the fatha \ is used, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 15G.
^^JS^ aor. i. To shed (blood).
JU aor. 0. To be low. Ji^ part. act. One who is
low, vile, abject; "ChC Ql^ 11 v. 84, " Up-
side down." jlJ Fem. ^JU comp. form.
Very low, lower^ lowest.
^piiaor. ii To scrape off the shin, i.^ A bark,
ship; at 29 Y. 14 The Ark.
11^ and ^l» To make a fool of (any one), render
foolish, as Lll; 4I ^ 2 v. 124, " He who
has made a fool of himself." ILI n.a. Folly ;
l!^ Foolishly. Lr^ Plur. ^)il (2nd declen-
sion) A fool, foolish, silly, ignorant ; \L^^
72 Y. 4, "The foolish individual amongst us,"
viz. Iblees, or a rebellious spirit. ^iL. Folly.
jftj To injure by heat {the sun). ^ fem. Hell-fire
(2ud declension), supposed to be of foreign
origin, D.S.Gr.T. 1, p. 405.
Digitized by
Google
kL,
( VO )
H^^aor. 0. To fp.ll (v.ltli , ^); "^.-j!}] , J, 'S-ll^v.
1 13, an in:i;,:.:a of a .L'^ or vr.^tio expr. \ :oa
Bu]j.:tit'it:cl for r.:iotlier, and miATiinj "They
gricvourly repent •!." ij'wj part. act. Falling.
-'JiU III. To let fa!I (v.itli ace. and Jl').-
I'il IV. To cau5c to r.iU (v, It'll aoc. and . JS).
t-Ji-: aor. 0. To roof ov:r. u-l^ Plur. ^1;..> A
roof.
X) aor. a. 7b it; ///. ^Lll Sick, ill.
^^^ aor, i. To v\\iL*r, crlvo drin^c to (vat"!i d^iible
ace); III tho P:ii3. to Ic givon C.rater, etc.)
to driu::, see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 1^3; ^Vhcn
mc^ninj Eiiiiply to b^ \.\UorcJ, as at 13.v. 4,
the PoT.nvo verb goTC.-ris it3 complerucnt by
means of the pre[}^'.vioaw-j,a3 a^w^^^Ivj^^,
or tho verb uiay hero be t:iken in au iaipersonal
sense " Ei^atam e:-t," with an ellipse of CJLs ;
by some ho'.vever it i3 wntten ^J^ ; so again
at 14 V. 19, and similar p'lcsages, ^y ^J^^
Joju? 'U "And he shall be p-iven to drink of
a putrid liquid," where we may understand an
ellipse of the word ^11l. h\L^ n.a. The act of
giving drink to, also a drinking cup. LL» for
^^i-j (2nd declension), final ^ when preceded
by o being changed into short alif, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. Ill, A watering; At 91 v; 13 where
'this word occurs there is a considerable ellipse,
l^QI;^ ^fZilT/^irj/j p J^ '* And the
apostle of God said unto them (let alone—
1^.j) God'a she-camel and (do not hinder) her
drinking."— ^^^1 IV. To give drink to, to water
(with double ace.).— ^^^ilL*^ X. To ask any
one for drink (with ace. of pers.).
To pour forth. c-j>jL1^ part. pass. Poured
forth, flowing^
cL^C ::?r. 0. To he zlKnt, a[fea3:d— ang .'— (witli
^^ of p^rion).
^J aor. i. To CI a x:r:l; riid jC* aDr. a. To Ic
(1\tJ:. JLj Intoxioallng d^Iak, e3p:cia!ly
Date-wine. S.Cj propcrlj^ ' .Dnuihcnnccs^
stupefaction; ^jpSlX ijl 50 v. 18, "The
agonies of deatli." ^jL^ plur. of.^^iC
Drunken. — LI II. To i:iakc drunk?n : ci;-C*
Ujl^l \o v. 1 J, " Our eyes are iiitoxIcatoJ,"
f.^. bewildered.
JJlJ aor. 0. To be quiet, rest,- dwell (with^);
dwell with (vdth ^^^ ; inlu-' It (wlili ace).
^^Cj Any means of rest or quiet, a liabltation.
4'''-» p"''*t. act. That wliich rein?.ins quiet; at
25 V. 47 "speaking of the-Siiaao\Y at daybreak
it means " fixed," eilh:r by the Sun*s neglect-
ing to rise, or rising always intae same place.
j^^-^comm. gend. A knife, ^u-^ Tranquillity,
security; a word variously interpreted, but
probably referring to the Hebrew Schcchinah
Tl^yVw The Divine presence which appeared
on the Mercy seat of the Ark. ^^Ll^ (2nd
declension) plur. of ^^^^L^* A habitation. 4uL^«
Poverty, misery. ^.yL.^ part. pass. In-
habited. ,..XL» Plur. ,.^L1^ (2nd declen-
sion) Poor.— j^^l IV. To make to dwell, cause
to abide (with double ace. also with c^ or . ^
of place); to quiet.
JLi aor. 0. To onng out. iJI-i An extract.—
JLj v. To withdraw oue's-self privately.
jJ^jLi see 4j*Jw*.
lUuj aor. 0. To snatch away from (with ace. of
pers..and thing).
^^ aor. a. To void excrement is^\ plur. of
—Li coram, gend.. Arms, weapons*
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
.)-.
L
( 71 )
jr-* aor. o. To Jlvj, pluck ofT, v.'it!ulr:i\v (with aoc.
and ^?rt). ^^'i VII. To pa:3 away, pac3 by
(wicli ,.-0.
JuIjJ Saliabecl, naiiio of a fountain in PaniJiic.
JLIJ To join chaimcise one ihhig to another,
ILJ^ Plur. J^-)L} (Ond declension) A clip.ia.
liJlaor.a. 71? hcJi'y.rd, ^^^^^ comm. gcnd. Power,
authority, demonstration, argument, conviric-
ing proof; X^llL CO v. 29 for J>^ " My
power;" the final > is called s-^-'p! "^^^ ^"^^
which z^(^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 450.— l2J II. To
give power or authority^ to make victorious
(with ace. and . jji).
cJLrf aor. o. To harroK, fo pass or be pact, to go
or happen previously ; \^JL^ U <UJ 2 v. 270,
"Then shall that which ia past be (forgiven)
to him," or no account sliall be required of
him. L-JiL* n.a. A precedent. — \>.JLJ\ IV.
properh, to poy for goods hcforeland, but in
the Koran it must be understood of the actions
done in thia life, which are, as it were, sent
before us.
Ji-i aor. i. To thro7v on the back, throw dorvn hack-
Tvards, to abuse (with ace, and ^->).
CSL: aor. 0. To cause to go or walk, as ICJ LliilJ
X-Li \^^ 20 V. 55, "And has made you to walk
in it by paths;" to cause to enter (with ace.
jof pers, or thing, and ^ of place, or with
doable ace.) ; IlliC 26 v. 200, " We have
caused it to enter;" both here and at 15 v.
12 the wordjl^l "unbelief" must be under-
stood ; clii-» also means simply to walk (with
ace. of place), thus Isr'^v V^ ^-^ lill3 71
V. 19, "That ye may walk in its spacious
paths."
j4-» aor. a. 7b id safe and sound. pLT Peace.
aUj comm. g:;.J. Obedience to the doclrincj of
Kl Isl;\m. A.\^ A treaty of- peace or submis-
sion, a captive. , IJC part, act. Ono wlio is
eafe. /•!-*• Pence, stifoty, a greeting of peace,
security; ^IJI One of the naaies of God;
^Ulj^j Paradise, tbj abode of p::,oe; at 21
V. CO it ma}- bo interpreted " a mcrms of
security;" the fire into which Abnibrm had
been thrown by Nin^irod not only having left
the former uninjured, but also destroyed his
enemies. Jwj comm. gend. A ladder. >-i^
Perfect, sincere. ,.,l«-La (2nd declension)
Solomon.— JL II. To preserve, give salvation,
deliver, hand over (vrith aoc. and J or ^\ of
pers.); to submit to a juJ^:iien(, salute (v.dtli
Jl)) '^LJi! Jl \S^ 24 y. Gl, " Salute
the people of the Ilouse" (as being of your
owm people), litcralhj, " Salute yourselves."
>-L*J n.a. A salutation, submission, rosigna-
tion. <uL.^« fern. part. pass. Handed over,
sound. — Jll IV. To submit, commit (with
ace. and ^Jp; to resign one's self (with J) ;
to profess El Islam. SLS n.a. The act of
resignation to God ; ^iSi \ El Islam, the only
true Religion which according io rslohammaci
was professed by all the Prophets from Adam
downwards ; from the words of the Koran 40
V. 14 it would appear to be rather the pro-
fession of faitfi than the faith itself; the latter,
which is from the heart, is • called X^^ iT*
upon this point however there are differences
of opinion among the Moslems, J^^.^ part,
act. Onewhoresignshimself toGod, aMoslem,
one who professes the faith of El Islam. —
JJlLa^ part. act. X. f. One who submits to
judgment.
Digitized by
Google
IL
( 7" )
ILj 2or, 0. jf'j iu' ca;i.-'. :3 aloiil a iJuiyj. ij:^ (:>■'
^^ oor. 0. To j^ohon, j:./.^t:\:tc, IJ n.a. A Lole;
y^,^\ *-: The eye of a lu.'cJlc; this iianic is
given in tl;e Er.^t to tlic S!n:»ll doo/v.ay for
foot pp-35:r:gors r,t tLo si Ic of a 1. ;-_jo ^r.'c'.viiy ;
see S. iir.ttjicw cliap. xix. v. 24. ^t^-j fern.
g:nG:ic noun, Z''^ *?-',: t; . 7.' j; a pcdtilcntial
Ecorcliing winJ, '.vlilcli it is s:\iJ sliall penetrate
into the bc.'i:j oi' l-\.'u.aiiu<;i] ; it waj from the
firo oi t!*:3 -,. *:iJ tli^t tLe Jinii or dxmons vrere
crcaL'J, h^2 \o v. 27.
Jl^ To-sfa::.! In c3!o?:'sh/r:rJ, to i'J\\ 3^/.^- p:^i'L
act. One \vlio pr,3::s liis ti:ne iti Vauitiei.
aor. 0. Jo 2^JS3 Ire ^ j ^t hi co.'i-.'srcUiun.
j^}li pr.it. act. On 3 \v!io converics by ni;^*lit.
fcjr^^^^l or .c^^Lj The Saranritan, a name
given to an individual who is said to have made
the Golden Calf for the Children of KTael.
a>r. a; To hear (with ace.); hear of (with c-j);
to hearken, disten, hearken to (with J);
^f^^J^ for ^J.li^Lj 36 V. 24, "Then hear
rae;" D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 450. Ll.In.a. The
act of hearing, hearing, ^t^ 0^<^ ^^^^
hears. qu-> One who ia in the habit of
hearkening, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322.—^] IV.
To make to hear (with double ace.); at 19 v.
39 lij f-^J 13 by some understood as a verb
of admiration, "How sharp shall be their
hearing," yIz. that of the Infidels ; D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 583 ; according to another interpreta-
tion j-^» 13 here the imperative of the iv. f.
" Do thou cause them to hear ; " tlie same
remark applies to 18 v. 25, where however the
expression, if understood in the imperative,
must be taken as ironical^ " Do thou cause
(God) to h:\r.*' w;.lf j^art. act. One who
inal-:3 to \\::s. \1\S^^ i art, \ js. One v;]io i3
made to lioar; -t-f-J,* ^s. •wwjU 4 v. 4>,
"And hear witliout Icir.g D'i:.Jo to (!i:::ror)
undo'-rland;" out of nun:oroi:3 e:^-^ ;r.-itio:i3
of tills paj.'a^u:^ none seem /^;;*ite satisfactory;
pos-^ib!y the words b^n^^ used by Jews to
annoy ilohammad conreyed a doy.blc c:itcrJre,
-.1115 or ^^\ V. To listen to (vafh J\),
D. S. Or. T. 1, p.\^£0.-i:ill'^ VIII. To hear,
listen, hearken to (with J or ^\) ; to over-
hear; n^^L^^t part. act. Oao who hears or
liotons.
■ul To rc^:^ en lugh. CS^ A roof, or the
highest pait of the interior of a building.
^^ aor. a. To Ic fat.
,.M..v-j Pliir. ...U-j Fat.—
cr
J\ IV. To fatten.
iJLi aor. 0. To be loft;/. ^U-» comra. gend., Plur.
(3j\y^^ Ileaven, of which the Koriln says there
are seven, vide 2 v. 27.
l^\ Plur. 3ilill A
name; when following another word w[ is
always written with the L^j thus 1-j1 ; In the
formula ^1 ^, when commencing a
sentence, and not following a verb, the \ is
omitted on account of its frequent U5e, ra fill
other instances it is retained ; thus when at
11 V. 43 we find j,^ in the middle of a
sentence, we know that there is an ellipse of
the word ^^^^ij^i; see De Sacy's Anthologie
Gramraaticale Arabe, p. 112. ,-^ A name-
sake. — ^^j^S II. To name, call by name.
"' *"" n.a. The act of naming, an appellation.
^Jil^ for ^^^4al^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, part,
pass. Named, fixed, determined.
^ aor. 0. To form. ^^ fern. A tooth. i-> some-
times spelt wLl!^, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 276, 7?^/^;
Digitized by VjOOQIC
CT'
( 73 )
J'
riur.
A kw, crJl!i:J^^^ lino of cou.lL^ct,
n^cJo of lir:, p;i:ii.: iin:at. • ^,;:s^< i^^-i*'- p--^'
FornieJ, nr.yJo into ^'.--pc.
*lU riur. JflLi^ (2nd doclcnifion) An car of corn.
IlU noun of imi!/, One car of com; this
word is by some derived from J-w^..
ii^ Di-ow3ine:s, rt. ^^ q.v.
jU aor. 0. To Jean upon,—'i\:>>.j^ part. pass. II. f.
Propped \ip.
^xJ a word of Persian origin, meaning Fine
■ .tilt-
/ / * ^ • ^ '^ -^
^ 7o i^ /^^/ of ycirz.'-^iSS V. To be musty,
mouldy through ?ge.
lUi.rior. 0. To rcatcr the grouvA Kith a Pershoi
TchceL to shine. ILj for c^ D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. lOG, Splendour.
Plur.
i^r^
or
Oblique ^-^ A year, a barren year, barren-
ness, dearth ; for the use of the masculine
form of plur. with certain feminine nouns see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 3o3 ; this word is by some
derived from %1; in either case the last
radical is dropped, and the J taken in ita
place, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. GoS and 317.*
j^ aor. a. To be rcatclifuL ij^C The face of the
Earth, or according to another interpretation,
the place of the last Judgment ; it is also one
of the names of Hell.
J^J To be smooth, !a'el. jy^ plur. of J-^ A
plain.
1^ aor. a. To be lean.-^'lSCa III. To cast lotB.
\^ aor. 0. To forget, neglect. jU for J^l--> D- S.
Or. T. 1, p. 330, part. act. Neglecting, negli-
gent (with ^?;^).
• At page 358 in the second edition, § 838, tbere is a misprint in
the Rccond line of tkc paragraph, where I should be read for >.
-L, n.:r. 0. To do c:'I, I: ctU wretclicJ or ;^i!jvo;i3;
very r:-j.ii:.:itly usod witli the are. as l'_^..i ^U
" It is an evil wi^y," IMcraUj, " It h evil rs
to its way;" to grieve, afui'-t (v/Ilh ace), c.s
i^^^ ^^ 1^ ^- 7, "Tovexyou/7V;;-cz/^.
"your faces;" Tho langip.ge is hero more
tlian usually obscure; accjrJing to the com- -
monfators the sense of the. pasi":-»ge is some-
what as foIIo->vs, '** And wh.'U there came t!ic
punishment with which ye were tlircateiieJ for
your latter o:Tence (we sent a^^.inst you certain
foes) to vex you," cic, Tiicre are nunieroTis
reatlings and interpretations of Cio al-'Ove, irou\
all which- it appears tliat while iIolj.e.m:n:iJ
himself was not very strong on anciLut history,
his commentators have only ''made that .darker
which was dark enouujh before ;" Pass. *^^ or
*^ for ^^ To be made sad, to be ver.ed for
(with c-j). ' ^j^ n.a. and >\-) Evil. ^*^ Bad,
wicked, evil, used both as substantive and
adjective. «u.>^< Evil, a sin, evil action, i^j^
Plur. d^l^ Shame, secret parts. ^1 comp.
form. Worse, worst.— ^IJ IV. To do evil.
^^S^
part. act. An evil doer.
i^C A courtyard open to the sky, no verbal root.
jC aor. 0. To be Lord; and Jj-» To be bL:c/c.
juJi Plur. J jlJ A Lord, a person of distinction .
iZJl Plur. jJ Black; Words expressive of
colour although in the comparative fortn are
generally used with a positive meaning, D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 324.— jp^ IX. To become black.
jlL^ part. act. Become black.
jUi aor. 0. To mount a wall, jy^ A wall, ijy^
Plur. Jp A degree oj tank, a sign, a chapter
of the Koran, ^y^ A bracelet; Plur. IjyA and
10
Digitized by
Google
( 7' )
...Li ("Piid (JoclcTnion).
V. Todi;nl;o-.vr
(v,ith ac3.)-; c..,»! -31 l.u^; CS V. J:\),
"They clirribed over .the \^•llll of tlio pri\;lc
1?Lj aor, 0. 7b maujlc. Vj-j n.a. A inixtnr?; n
Ecourco ; '"-t S9 V. 12 tbe wordf, c^^ aj: L't^'mny
be ron(lorcJ''A inixdiro of yr*viou3 puaisli-
r^onts resembling a scourgo."
^L» aor. 0. To let {^LimcU) run free, il\l An hour,
time; ^IJl The hour of rvOourrocMun, the
Init Diiy; IsX^adeerluiU^f By asincrlo hour.
c^^» SoovwV, name of rm itlcl £aiJ to have been
v.ci\';iip[)-:d by tlie Antolllrivlana, and njain
after the Flood by certain tribes of Arabs.
i^Jj aor. 0. 7b/)Vi cjMh/ ojid p^^ctsantl^ clo7V7i the
throat, iJLi part. act. That which passes
pleasantly down the tliroafc, agreeable to drink..
— iCi IV. To cause to pass easily down the -
throat.
«.«JC aor. 0. To try hy smcUbiy, cJ^i a particle
prefixed to the Indicative and Energetic Moods
of the Aorist tense In order to give them a
future signification, occasionally joined to other
prefixes as «^j-JJ, and sometimes contracted
into {jlt q.v.
^C aor. 0. To drive ; Pass. J^i (with ace. and
^p, jC fcm., Plur. j^ A leg, stalk.
^\yJ\ plur. of fjy^ coram, gend. A market-
place, f^jd part. act. A driver; Ju^-^t? cii^
50 V.20, "A driver and a witness," Two Angels
who shall attend every man at the last day.
Jll* n.a. The act of driving.
JC for jU aor. a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 236. To ask,
— J^ n. To contrive, suggest, prepare (with
ace. and J of pers.).
'^C 4ior. 0. To go to pasture, afflict, impose a hard
{'x:\ 0." puni^Iir/.ciit Gpon (.vlth d.-bb ace).
U-^ A si-n, n\?.v\i (Ci-l d.clra Icn) D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. '100. Xo(c. Some s::;;po::c this word
to be derived fr.jin w» q.v. — a^^^^ pnrt. act.
II. f. 0]:o wlio mal-es a mr.rk of distinrtion, a
per :on of mark or distinction ; at 3 v. 121 the
word 13 sometimes read ^j^y^^ part. pr.-:s.
"(Angclg) di--Mnjuishedby tlieinr^pcarancc;"
. at 3 V. 12 it mcnns "marked witli a <LL-» or
brand."— ^Cl IV. To turn out to graze (with
c»-j aor. a. To intend, lS^ .Enr.nl, middle,
^^t^ UlCt 20 V. CO, "In an cqr.d place, or
in a place in tb(3 midot," i.e. lialf vray betwe.a
you and us. iXote. In Flue^'ol's Kor^in, edition
• of 1834, there is a misprint in this place, U'X,C
forUlL-* . >Tj-i Equal, the same, even, equality,
correctness, rectitude, the middle, the midst;
Jj^l ^Tj-» The right vray ; ^^^ulj ••TjJ 41
V. 9, "Correctly (fixing the time) for those
who inquire abont it." ^^ Even, right,
sound in mind and body ; \jJli 19 v. 1 1, " Being
in sound health," i.e. although not being dumb.
r-ijj^ II. To proportion, fashion, perfect,
make level or equal (with *^) ; U^lli 91 v.
14, "And (God) sent an equal destruction
upon them all;" the word l^jJiS is here
understood. — ^jjC III. To make level (with
J^).— tjji-o< VIII. To be equal, to ascend,
intead, set one's -self to do a thing (with ^\);
to sit firm and square upon (with ^^); to
attain maturity as at 28 v. 13 ; At 53 v. C
^^Li is by some rendered " And he (the
Angel Gabriel) stood erect in his proper form,"
in which he had appeared to none of the
Prophets before Mohammad.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
U..U
>r.
caincl coiiccvuli^^ \vl:icli tl.o Piv/^n Ara^^ lieM
ccrtn*:\ ^^ui^:ro(Ition3, a iicn;; Oilics the ri^lit
of fro cp."^ Hare.
"C aor. i. Tofoiv ever tic groicul^rvatcr) ; to run
backwards and for^v.M'ds (v;itb ^). ""A^ One
wlio vranilers about in the cause of relijion,
anJ especially one v/bo flists, hence, clovout.
jC nor.i. To £;o, travel, jouniey (with ^;). j^n,?..
The act of going, a journey. Ij^ State, con-
dition, ij^ A company of travellers.—
\ IL To make to go, cause to pass away.
VL aor. i. To flov:. ^ n.a. A brcok, torrent.
^^;:f Ji:Jniv.]^,Thcinund:U:onofE! 'Ai • n,
Wq 'X—JU IV. To cause to ilo v (^^ith a:c.
and J of pt-r.^.).
or AL^ (2nd declension) Mount Sinai.
^^ A synonym of Sinai (2nd dcolensiou, on
account of its feminine gendei' and foreign
origin); ^U^j;!^, ^L.-, ^y^, and ^^-^^^ j^
are all dllTereut names of the mountain which
stands in the territory of Smai; some have
supposed these words to be derived from \L»
Splendour, or ^b^ An eminence; for tbo
termination j^*> see (jwU:^
\\i aor. a. To bo tinludy, sinister. *i^l^« Tlie
left hand; ^11^^ L-;Ur^\ o6 v. 9, The
companions of the left band," i.e. The damned ;
either because the Books containing their
actions in life will be given into their left hands,
or because they will be companions in mis-
fortune,— >Jl-Lt.
j3» aor. a. To know, care for. ^^U A matter,
business, thing.
lJsJL:. see cJj .
5li A likeness, The verb is not used in the primi-
tive form.— "4£ II. To liken ; Pass. lli. To
be made like; l^J ^ 4 v. 156, "A likeness
or similitude (of Christ) was made for them ; "
it being believed by the Mohammedans that
Judas or some other person was substituted
for our Blessed Lord, and crucified in his
stead.— ^lii VI. To have a mutual resem-
blance to each other, used with ^^ of pers.,
thus at 2 V. C5, ^ V^^j^O "Verily
the cows appear -to us to have a reseniblanc-3
one to another;*' to be figurative or allego-
rical, tlili part. act. Mutually rosembUng
one another; J^iJ^ "C/^ V^: 39 v. 24, " A
Book conformable to itself in (or as to its)
repeated portions," or '' twofold qualities,"
viz. those mentioned at 3 v. 5, where Li.;LjliL«
may be rendered open to conjecture, meta-
phorical or ambiguous, sec c:.:Uksr^, ri. A^^
-IXLi part. act. VIII. f. That which is
similar.
^U, aor. i. To separate. J^ n.a. Plur. lLQ,T-
Separato; \JlL*,1 99 v. 6, "Divided into
classes." ^ indeclinable, sing, and plur.
Separate, divided; in an adverbial form.
Separately ; It is said by Beidiwce to be a
plur. of wi---s--».
ILI aor. 0. To winter. ^H^* Winter.
j^ To avert, to be a matter of controversy (with
'^). ^-^ generic noun, A plant having a
Digitized by
Google
( 7G )
J/^
truirlc or stern, a lioc», troo3; ^ry /-^ J-''^
IjU'^Uv^rSGv. SO, "lie -iv.tli jou
fire out of ti.r; green Irco;" Fire is obtained
5 u X
by nilbinj togotlior tlio v/ood of tlic ^^^ nnd
jlli, evca ^vlicn green. Syy^ noun of unity,
A tree, a plant.
-g-^aor. 0. and i. 7b 5j ai-aridous, ^ Avarice.
«Ls-') plui. of ^^w5-.-^ Avaricious, covetous.
Issr^ Dor.a. 7b ^/rj a;?y one /at to cat, ^y^^
plur. of ^M^^ Fat.
J^4r» aor. a. 7(; filL ^^^^^ P^'- 1. pass. Filled,
loaded (a ship).
^^^ aor. a. To be raised up^ to bo fi.^cd (th^ cyea)
in horror, ij^"^ P^i't^ f^ct. That which is
fixed in hor.or, a3 the siglit of the eyes.
jlJi aor. 0, To run, establish, bind firmly, strengthen
(with ace. and c-?); ^^.-^ ,^ JJlwIj 10 v.
88, " Harden their hearts." Sjji Plur. jlli
and ni^^ (2nd declension) Vehement, strong,
Tiolent, severe, grievous. Note, Adjectives of
the forma JLti and JUi are used indifferently
for both masc. and fern., thus at 12 v-. 43. be-
fore the words J^Jci. *^ we must understand
the fern. plur. ^y--» ; so also at 72 v. 12. where
cr->lj^ is the word to be supplied. Jul! for
Jjjlil comp. form, more or most strong, etc.,
as ifj*J Jell 2 V. 69, lit. More strong in
hardness," for -3] Harder, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
• ft
p. 325. Jbll The age of full strength, viz.
from 18 to 30.— jll^ VIII. To act with violence
against (with c^).
^ aor. 0. and i. To do evil. -1 Plur. .1-11 Evil,
bad, wicked. ^^ collective noun, Sparks of
fire.
^ aor. a. To drink (with ace. or with c.^).
Jj'lj n.a. A porticii or'.;a^r, »"'i:cordnnI;irj.
cl/Jjii n.a. A drin^cir.^j. tlsli pirt. act. One
wlio drin':s. cl^!-l D;inlc, abevc: •}, potion.
lIjj^ a drliikin^^ phice ; it i^ al.^o a l *'m of
action, nicunii:^ simply the act of drinliinj,
or drill':; Plur. (^.ll.* (Cud declension).—
cl^i IV. To give to drink, make to drink;
S^l..SiJ,^:^ 2 V. 87, "An! they
were made to drill!: the culf into their hearts;"
for the construction sec D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp.
124 and 453.
L^jt aor. a. To open, enlarge, expand (with ace.
and J or c_j). .
w^l aor. 0. To Icccmo a /uf/idve.—Jj^ IL To dis-
perse (with c->).
I^j^ A small band of men; possibly derived
from iJ-1 for jJ-1.
1?^ aor. 0. and i. To impose a condition, h\Ji\
plur. of £;-l A sign.
c^ aor. a. To lay down a law, appoint a religion
for any one (with ace. and J of pers.). c^ •
plur.'of c.Ll part. act. Holding up (their
heads), or appearing manifestly, both of which
meanings belong to the verb ; for the story
alluded to at 7 v. 1C3 see i
a^
ir^
and
i^ijJ^ A law or institution prescribed by God,
the right way or mode of action ; cSc^j^ ^
^llf^ ^^ ^ 45 V. 17, "Then we put
you in the right way concerning the matter
(of faith)."
j^ aor. 0. To split, rise jias (he sun). ^jJ^ Of
or pertaining to the East, Eastern. J/^
The place of sunrise, the East, ^y^'
oblique dual, Literallf/, The two Easts, or the
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
dr"
( 77 )
t.vo pL'.c^M vihccQ tlio sun ri:03 in v.'inter ami
summer ; r.t 43 v. 37 the worJa ,.^JJL^) a^j
arc by some interpreted to moan the distp-rice
from Ea3t to AVest; Plur. Jjl.^ (2nJ declen-
Bion) The Eastern paiis, the dilTerent points of
Bunriso.— j^l IV. To shine, riic (tlie.sun).
jO,l n.a. The sunrise. J^^ part. act. One
on whom the sua has risen, or who does any-
thing at sunrise.
CJy^ aor. a. To be a cor.ipamon or sharer. CJJ^
A share, participation ; at 31 v. 12 it means
polytheism or idolatry ; /»-^^-4^ c,v!/- - *^'-^ ^'
15, "They will disclaim your having associated
them with God." CSij^ An associate, partner,
sharer; Plur.^^Ts^ (2nd declension) ^2 ^J^
All those i(^ whom the idolaters rendered a
share of Divine honours, such as Angels, Genii,
Devils, idols, etc., it is to these that allusion
is made at 6 v. 137 and elsewhere. Note.
Nouns of the second declension when followed
by the affixed pronouns talco the three in-
flexions; thus !^jli^-l, ^jlS^, and ♦Jb^lJ^.
— cl£;U. III. To share with (with ace. of pers.
and ^). — CSjJ^\ IV. To maiie a sharer or
associate (with ace. of pers. and ^-> or ^J) ; to
give companions— to God— (with ace. of pers.
and c->) ; to be a polytheist or idolater;
^^JiS 14 V. 27, "Ye associated me," D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 459. (jX-Li part. act. One who
gives associates to God, an idolater.— Op-1^
part. act. VIII. f. One who partake* or shares
(with J^.
kJj^ aor. i. To huy^ sell, barter (with ace. of thing
sold or bartered and t-^ of thing taken in
exchange).^^^^ VIII. To buy, barter, take
in e.ichan^jo (with ace. andc-)); it is g1:o
found at 2 v. 81 with the sense of to soil or
give in c.iclian2;e (v/itli ace. and c-j) ; at 2
v.. 15 and elsewhere the wcrd \*j^\ is v/rittcn
with a Damma inntoad of Jczm over the ^ on
account of the V.^C;la which follows it; D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. G9.
L£ aor. 0. and i. To 1-3 far oJT, ^llt> An extrava-
gant lie. — kil IV. To act unjustly.
vli£ aor. a. To ',xalk on th^ haiik of a nccr. ^t^Jt^
The stalk of a plant. , ^!^U> Bank of a river
or valley.
^fili aor. 0. To part in trco. jH n.a. A- aiJo.
^^^ In the direction of.
^\ cor. 0. 2'o be olstbin'c, perverse. ^U-tJ*^
Plur. ^J?l^ (2nd declension) Satan, a Djvil.
Lls^-i To collect. t-jj.O plur. of ^^L^xli n.r.. A
large tribe, a nation. ^1^^ plur. of i^-Ll A
forked branch, l.;--::^ Sho'aib, name of a
•prophet sent to the Midianites.
£ aor. 0. To know, perceive, understand, to make
verses, jfl^ n.a. Poetry, the art of Poetrj.
yL£ Plur.Jli-Lt Uair. ^li Plur. A^'J^ (2nd
declension) part. act. A Poet. ^^^ Siriua,
the Dog-star, which was worshipped by the
Arabs in Pagan times. ^Ui» (2nd declen-
sion) plur. of JjU^ A sign, rite, ceromony
performed by the pilgrims at Mecca, one of
which was the offering of victims ; hence some
understand the words fJj rjj^Ui, llljj 22 v.
33* " Holds in honour the offerings made to
God," viz. by choosing for slaughter victims
of great value. ^*-tu« A place appointed for
sacred rites; ^^j^ 1 ^;x-l^\ A mountain called
Kuzah in the neighbourhood of Mecca.
^pLl! IV. To make any one understand (with
Digitized by
Google
J '
( V3 )
J-
Lt.
fiec. of i'O^^^.nnJ ^t) ; to nir.l:^ l:r:y./.ato(v,-ith
c-j cf per3; 0/ t'lln;^ m:^/]o k:iO'..ii, p.n«l ace. of
poi'j. to ^Y!:onl tlic di3covo:y ia n. . le).
JX*. y'j /.y/a' a /rt\— J^i^ VIII. Jb ij Ujltcd,
to bocoaic shilling.
d^ fior. a. To afTcct in tho heart's core, inrpire
Kith violent love.
JJJj nor, a.- To employ, ocoiipr. jw<Ll plur. of
J."J:» n.a. V.'ork, occup^.'ion, eiiipioyineiit.
•t-^ nor. ft. Ta viaU Cdjn inat 7vJdch was cdd, to
intercede, be an intcrc::3or (with Jc^ of pers.
to whom, and J of pers. for whom intcrc.v'sioD
is in^. le). j-iii n.n. A pnir, doable; j-.ll; ij
jf\] 80 V. 2, " By the double and tlic shi^-le; "
numerous interpretations are given ; according
to one of the most plausible it may mean, All
created things, — v/hich are said to have been
mado in pairs, — and The Creator,, who is One
and Single. -tJll part. act. One who inter-
cedes. ^>g.t» Plur. ^Ui-^ (2nd declension) An
intercessor. «LsU-i» Intercession.
^JIi» To fear, fif^j, fjJJ^ Redness of the sky after
flunset. — ^Jiil IV. To be afraid (with ^^ or
with ^ of verb). j;j-l^ part. act. One who
13 afraid or ia terror.
^_1 % aor. a. To strike any one on the Up. ill» for
i^i-a (see i«-i, rt. \L»), A lip ; Dual j^ulii and
Oblique ^j^i^sJ^ The two lips.
ill aor. 0. To be near setting {the sun) ; and ^^^
aor. i. To heal, cure, lli A brink, ^ll^
Medicine, remedy, means of cure.
A£ aor. o. To split, cleave, place under a difficulty,
or impose a hard condition (with ^^). ^l^
n.a. The act of splitting, a fissure, difficulty,
labour^ trouble. ^ Difficulty, trouble.
.V*. A di.:!:.ncr, a tr.j:t, ft lor>g ^'ny. ^\
coir.p. form (CnJ dcclor.ricn for ^;^^) }dore
Ironblc^oin'^, n^.ore dilacult to bo borne.—
J'Jj III. To contend vrith, op^o.ve, roslit,
separate onc's-^elf from (with ncc.) ; ^-^J^i
^.-J .,JL1j ^z^ IC V. Qd, "Conccinincr whom
ye used to contend (with . t!ie believers)."
J'l^ n.a. The a:l of sopar;. %:ig one's-2cIf,
schism, heresy, di3icnt,coutentiou; ^'wLii II
V. 91, '* Your contending with me."— jH^ or
JllJ V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 2C0, To be split
open, cleft asunder (with t^O ; at ?o v. 27
JjJJ is for J!il^ D. S. Gr.^T. 1, p. 221, and
tlie meaning of the pascnge is that the Heavens
shall be cloven asunder by the clouds on which
the Angels shall descend.— Jij]^ VII. To be
cloven asunder; j^\ J^\j 54 v. 1, "And
the moon hath been (or shall be) cloven
asunder;'* the former meaning having refer-
ence to a miracle said to have been wrought
by ilohammad, and the latter fo one of the
signs of the last day. Jl^Ail n.a. The act of
cleaving asunder.
U-i aor. 0. To mahe miserable ; and -Lii
To be miserable, wretched, unhappy
Miserable; at 19 vv. 4 and 49 it may be
rendered" disappointed." j^^^lil comp. form,
Most wretched ; l^'ii* 91 v. 12, " The greatest
wretch among them,** whose name was .^jj
W-4L. ^, see 54 y. 29. iyJ^ Misery,
wretchedness.
i:Sl To doubt. lJi£ A doubt.
JJU aor. 0. To give thanks, to be grateful (with J) ;
fu-li3 JLij UjLi 27 V. 40, "He is only grateful
to the benefit of his own soul ; " to thank, sliow
or feel gratitude for (with ace.) ; j^\ ^\
Digitized by CjOOQ IC
aor. a.
5 _"
/-
( TO )
CJ^'^ 27 V. 19,- "T:ir.t I xv-^y tLow niy
pratitK'lc Pjr \\\v f.v.-our." 'ii, Plr.r. ' -^-i n.a.
The givinr^- tlum'.^, g-til-1}, tl^uilc^. J^^
],art. act. Oncv.!io give;? tLr.iJ.s c* is [;riUeful;
God 15 said to be grpJ.cail in the ^oir^o of giving
rewards to mca for their obedience. jSJa
' Thnnkfiil; a diitinc'ion.is mride l)et\voen tliis
word and ^^li» ; t])e former 13 ?r.id to denote a
person ^vho is tliankful for little or fo'r nothing,
the laiter grateful for. largo favours; in tlie
Koran v;e find both epithets applied to God.
jSJ^ part. pass. Gratefully accepted, accept-
able.
^JSJ^ To be cross- (/rahicd and ill-tempered (a man).
— ^^[^^ part. act. VI. f. Quarrelling, or at
variance with each other.
jLl aor. 0. To shachle^ fasten by a tether. jLl
A similitude, likeness. ii^\l» Likeness, mode ;
f^\l ^ 17 V. 80, "According to his own
way."
lL£ aor. 0. To utter a compiaint (with ace. and
j^p ; at 12 V. 86 we find an all/ of precaution
added to the word J2*, see D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 109. JU-l^ A niche in a wall. — ^J^^
VIII. To make a complaint (with ^\).
Li-viJi aor. a . To rejoice at the misfortunes of others.
— e:-v4j;»i IV. To cause to rejoice over another's
misfortunes (with ace. and c-? of pers.).
^*^ To he lofty and long. '^\JU part. act. That
which is lofty.
'^ To be seized with horror.'-)lil\ IV. f. of
jU-i» a quadriliteral verb not found in the Ist
form, To creep or contract with horror.
-^ • -»
U--^ aor. i. and 0. To be briyht with sunshine.
(j*'^^ fem. The Sun.
J^ nor. 0. To comprehend, contain. JU4f ^^"^*
«Xj..rfM)
JjUl (?ad iV-:l^u^ion) The La hand; Lc rn
explanation of t^G v. 40 ."oe "/li.— J.>ri^ VIIL
To conti^'n, conceive (with ace. and ,J-=')i -^
^^:\ ^U^l f.^ <z^^^z.l\ U^Ov. 14t/'0r
that vrdiicli thowcmbs of the two females liavo
conceived."
cor. a. To hate. ^L£ for ^\ bir n.a. Katrcd.
^}1 for 1;L£, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97, part. act.
One v.'lio hates.
Jti aor, a. To lam, -scorch. ^^^-^ Plnr.
c-^^-1 A flamjng firo.
mr. a. To le present :i, in, or with (with n\- j.) ;
to bear witness, that (witli ^\ or ^y), r^; .In 5I
(with ^), or of (with t-^) ; to o-}^v t ^Sw.nouy
to a fact (with .J); as .u^l J*^J l1X5' ^\^JU
C3 V. l,."V»^e bear testimony to the fact that
thou art indeed the apostle of God; to be?r
witness by an oath (with ace. and <--^), 213
^bi^ljCi, t^)^ V^" u^ 24 V. 8, '/That
she make four asseverations by GoJ;" It is
also found with the simple ace, as ^^^j:^ ^
j^pV2o V. 72, '*Thcy bear no false witness,"
and a^ain at 22 v. 29 j^J ^lli 'jl^i3, *' That
they may witness the benefits accruing" to
them." jL^li» Plur. j^-i and jL^T part. act.
One who is present, or who bears witness, a
witness; at 11 v. 20 the word is generally
supposed to' mean the Koran ; J^JIXJ oc^li,!
85 V. 3, " By a witness and a thing witnessed ; "
a vague and indefinite expression, of which a
great number of explanations have been sxio-
gested by the commentators; accordihg to one
it means the Creator and Creation, or vice
versd ; several others are given in Sale's
Kordn; \j^ ^j 74 v. 13, •'And sons re-
maining in his presence (at Mecca)." S^J.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
kXt <<k^
( :^ )
Vl^v. ^IIk/. (2nd (I^^l--ic:l) A v.;t:r3;
5 Ij JlTj^ oO V. C1, vU: jll- ; Ono \. lio b .-.:3
v.Ifnc'-' to tbo tru*Ji by suLjrir.j l::.;lj i";:>rn,
n iir ;^;r, nvr.t 4 v. 71 Q'kI CO v. CX Jj'/,.\
n.."..- of Jc^-.*. To tcr'ify, t!:o act of hrT::r^ v.it-
ii.:j,ev:]onco, r. tL:.;ngofeviJ:nce,t:::i?:iony;
JU'l; c:j^j^ ^] C4 V. C, ''EvkL:;co given
b-r 5-,vc:-In- foii-r tlinca bv GcJ ;" i^'ririlli
jSI^^ 9 V. 9 J, '' Ho who I:a3',vJtIi d ^t m Lio!i
yol:-t'c;^ iccrct, a::l tl^at r/iii:!! ye inr!:o!;iio\vn/'
iw^JL^ Time or placo of Leinj prosor.t, or of
giving or ]i raring eviucnce; tliG worJ oocurs
at 19 V. C3, r.i;d is snscepiillo of any of the
above meowing?. j..l.,« p^.rt. p: :3. T'j:.:-
^/nicb 13 /.-it.iezsoJ; j/-Li l^ 11 v. 105, "A
dav oa v.-bich evidence sliall bo privon/'crit
may be " a day vi-bich sball be witnessed by
a!]," or " of which tc:tin:ony has been given ; "
\^^yl^ J, ^ \ ^\j ^^ 17 V. SO. \ erily
the prayer (or reading) at daybreak is borne
witness to" (by the guardian angels).—
jL^i IV. To tahe as witness, call to witness
(with ace. and ^^) ; to call upon any one to
be present at or to witness (with ace. of pers.
and thing) ; to cause evidence to be taken of
or against (witli ^^Jui).— x^-li-*^ X, To call as
witness (with ace. and ^^)>
1^ aor. a. To publish abroad, ^^ Plur.^J-l and
•^ A month ; originally A moon, either new,
or according to others, a full moon;^Jl] ^\
cLUy^2 V. 193, "The (time for the)pilgrim-
age is (the) known months," viz. Shawil, Dhu'l
Ka'da, and partof Dhu'l Hajja; The word jcjj
must here be understood; ZiV." The pilgrimage
(its time) is," etc., ^\ being what the grara-
n.::;i:::^:ivo c } r.i h-Avj an inch:. .live; S'.i
i .ti aor. a. a. /J i. To t.V.:^- in the lrc?th, in .'jlv.r\
^.1 pror:i']y, Tl.c dr^ivlrj in of t.'j ^v.-^i
o/ a.: a:s in Iray'inj, A sigli, ^eo^.J^;; :.t C7
V. 7 il is ap.jlied to the ro.uing of ir.ll-lire.
L--L aor. 0. To dj:irc, long for. ly^J:* n.a. Prjr.
cL*Ci, Lust, deoiro.— ^Xl^ VIII. srr.e as
V
^\L aor. 0. To minjle. lLj^Z^ n.a. A in:: '/ire;
^•^^-AjN. ^^ bp.IG7v.CJ, ** A mixture orboilinj
v<ater and oti.er delicricies," v<ith v.in'ch ev;!-
dDers are lo bo allowed io \::i\\ down tlio fruit
of the infjrnal tr:3 •E/.-Zi^'ckoorn.
JjU aor. 0. To gather honcg froni the con:b. ^.w
(2nd declension) A consultation; .c,»Ja >^riC
^i-j 42 V. 33, "And their business is (a matter
oO consultation among them."— -^^'J, III. To
consult.— jlil IV. To make siirns (v/ith Jl of
pers.).— jijUJ n.a. VI. f. Consultation with
one another.
S^^j-!» Flame without smoke; no verbal root.
cliU» aor. 0. To prick. ii,J^ A single thorn,
weapons, arms.
^J-i aor. Li>^ a doubly imperfect verb. To roast,
scald. i^yL plur. of l\^ The scalp.
*Ll for Ui» or ^<--l, aor. *L1j To will, be willing,
wish (with ace. or J\ of verb). ^ ^£ n.a. Plur.
3f"Ql (2nd declension, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
364, note) A thing,' matter, affair; Ull adter-
lially. In any way, at all.
IJJU aor. i. To be hoary {the head). lIJ1£ and
^u--:» ns.a. Hoarmess. c--^ plur. of u*-i--i
Hoary, grey-headed ; thU^word may be re-
Digitized by VjCOQI
1 . : , ; . •-
l:c-L 1:1 V.
jw ::.-, u I) ^-
cf :1 :!r
i rL'.r. 0. To
t
r--r-% .<
T.43,
po.r.
. i-i n : : 1
-•^ -•'%
■F:
S
to
.ru x:
s:: c:
wLo th'-rr^t tl :-:•:! 7ci fsTs-ers of t!:e
pl^ and 1,0 T-e mom:-- 111^ Plar.
.^.^vj'.^:^ (2nd declenilcn) A kmp. — ^IL? II. To
come to or come upoa in the morcin^r. —
,^w! rv. To be, b^ome, happen, or do any-
thing in tr.emommj; This word 13 one of the
^^ tzj'^1 or fiiiters of ^'j, which govern
their attriLutoa in the ace, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
W; -^:-«* may freqaently be rendered simply
fie wa3, or became," and sometimes he
^'^^r a3 ,jii;Xu 13 T. 40, "And he
t^gtin to turn down." Is^ part. act. One
r^o d>i3 -"7:.:rr in, cr e-:::i ;
mzr:iir'_".
a:r. L 7i cf. .:^ t3 le p^li^t cr c::
e~ !ure p:.::^n:"!y cr le criri't ::-.
a::, or v,::a ^). -^ n,:i. ?::::£ n::. .♦ L?
par!, act. Cue -bo i? r:'::r.t :r ci-it-r.t, p-:-r-
£^:7-r:nz. j^ Very pi:;-:, emit-:.—
l''J III. To eicel in r^:i:n:?.— 11-^ IV. To
sc-:t m:5::rtane; ,'^ ^^ *-:^— ?' '^ 2 t-.
170, "Ho77 great wiH ce tL^ir suTirin-s in
tie Fire." For the ccn5:ra:::cn of yerc-5 cf
admiration see D. 5. Gr. T. 3, p. 21S.
J^^; nil. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 2Ce, To be
patient or constant (with J or SI),
aor. a. To point tlcf-rga^ at any one. ^\S^
(2nd declension) comra. gend. plar. of ^Jl^^ A
finger.
aor. a. 0. and i. To dye, 4 „r Sauce. TV' ^
Baptism; ^Tj:iL» 2 v. 132, an elliptical
expression meaning "God has baptizcti us with
bis baptism," or "his religion;" the visible
signs of which appear in the believer, as ^ater
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
(c^?)
•\
ii scon on ti:c p^ . • a of cue b:ipi:z':J ; t!ie v,'orJ
Ir^ 13 £11! ] ^0 bo put ill tlio acc. r»3 l:iu^ tlio
corroborative, j^j-'Klfof lliT V. ICO, aiiJ tlio
8ab::ltute or equivalent; JxiT^of ^^.V^l X.'U
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. SCO, sec also p. 8a of the
sanio volutuc.
Co aor, 0. To bo puerile, to kA a youthful pro-
pensity towarJs (witli . J[). ^^J^ A male
chilJ, a boy.- •
c-^^s-^ ^^y?i^7 c^;i animal; and t,-^^ aor. a. 7cj i«; a
copipanlon to ar.y one, Vi^^^Lj Plu^..eI-.^.fr^,
Plur. of Plur. cLL^-1 D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 370,
A companion, associate ; it frequently moana
Lord of, or the posics:or of any quality or
thing*; one in intimate relation ^vith anything:,
as tiJ^l S--^^^ Jonah ; as it were, "He of
the fish or the man of the fish ; " J^ViljSs^l
"The men, or companions of the fire,— the
5Q w. 8 and 9, "The companions of the Eight
and Left hands," viz. The Righteous and the
Wicked, so called because they shall receive the
Books containing a register of their actions, the
former in their right Lands, and the latter in
their left; ^^^X ^^^\^ l^ 12 v. 39 oblique
dual, D, S. Gr. T. 1, p. 415, " 0 my two feUow
pridonersl": as- in the case of jj, the proper
rendering of this word may best be gathered
from the context, thus at 51 y, 59, where
wU?*l refers to "Those who resembled them
J^^-l plur. of i"l'" A d: Ji. ,JJJ plur. of
JlL. ^^ A Lv.f or ]}:'^:i of a beck, a book; iL^
\jiL^ 74 V. 52, " Open Cooks" from Heaven,
in which should bo written each man's name,
with an. order to follow Mohamru:'d.-
*^ aor. 0. To ^tri/co anything solid. 1>^L9 A
deafenincT noise.
5V ^
generic noun, Ptocks.
rock; no verbal root.
noun of unity, A
in former days." ^U A consort, wife.—
t^^U III. To bear company with (with
acc.).— L-^^3tr^l IV. To preserve, hinder, keep
from (with ^).
rf^ To dig nith an instmrnent called Iksy^^.
*Xo aor. 0. To turn aray the face (with ^ ; tura
avray, divert, hinder (with acc. and ^%^); aor.
0. and 1. To cry aloud (with ^y of object), as
at 43 V. 57; the words in the t::;t refer to a.
passage at 21 v. 03, where judgment is de-
nounced against all objects of idolatrous wor-
ship; but the Meccans contending that Jesus
must be included with the rest, the blunder
was corrected by the 101st verse. U n.a. The
act of hindering, diverting, or turning away
from. JjJu? n.a. The act of turning away the
face. Jo ju:> Boiling (water), the serum in a
wound, purulent matter, see C^^.
J Ju» aor. 0. and i. To return from watering, to pro-
ceed, go forward, ^jj n.a. Plur.J^U comm.
gendi The bosom, breast.— -JjJil IV. To bring
back, as ^I^JlTjju^' J^ 23 v. 23, "TiU the
shepherds have brought away (their flocks)."
ftjc^ aor. a. To split, expound, profess openly (with
c-j). ^Ju> A fissure.— ftJii II. Pass, cl^ To
oppress with, or suffer from headache.—
£1^^ for ^115 V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To
be split up or divided in two. c jL^c^ part,
act. That which is cloven or splits itself in two.
(-Jltf aor. i. To turn aside (with J^). uJJ^ The
fiteep Bide of a mountain,
aor. 0. To be truthful, true or sincere, to speak
Digitized by VjOOQIC
J^'^
( S3)
ujy.
tlic tiuth, to CoLX'iJi or conHrm ti.e (rntli of
what .'-.notliLT lias s?.iJ, tu verify (witli double
ace), 23 bj)V ;i..l; ilr JU 43 v. S?, "God
hath confiraicd for his Apostle tlie truth of tlic
vision;" to keep faith (with ace); ob:3crve a
promise faithfully (with doubl-e.acc). jJu?
Truth, veracity, sincerity, Eoundncss, excel-
lence in a- variety of diilerent objects ; thus
jjw? Ill* 10 V. 03, " A salubrious and agree-
able d^-ellins ;" JA^ J^l* 17 V. 82, "With
a favourable entrance (iuto the gmve) ;" UuJ
6^ jl^ 19 V. 51, IJtcrally, "A lofty tongue
of veracity ;" meaning that they should receive
the highest praise; a similar phrase occurs at
26 V. 84. JjU part. act. One -who, or That
which is true, sincere, one who speaks the
truth. ijsS Whatever is given and sanctified
to God's service, as alms or tithes, etc. «iJiju?
A dowry given by the husband to his wife.
/ 1) Ju? comm. jxend . A sincere friend, cj^ (2nd
declension) comp. form, ^lore true. J-;,^^
Very truthful, a man of veracity.— -J,X5 II.
To be very sincere and truthful, to verify, to
prove the truth of, as ^Ja (j*^:\ (^,ir^ (J^^^ '^'^
v. 19, " Ibices proved the truth of his opinion
of them;" to give -credit to, or believe in the
truth of (with ^->). (Ji^ n.a. A verification.
jjuLt part. act. One who verifies, confirms, or
bears witness to the truth.— jfjujj or J^^^ V.
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To give alms (with
^ of pers.) ; fj jl^ ^ 5 v. 49, " And
whosoever remits it (the penalty, or the re-
taliation) as alms;" the word is also found
with this signification at 2 v. 280 and 4 v. 94.
jjt^ and Jj^ part. act. One who gives
alms.
if
\U aor. 0. To dp the L'lids.'-^j.} "^i n.n. IT. f.
A clapping of han^ls.— ^c!v.^" V. To roccivo
with honour; at SO v. 0 thU word is put for
^IX-D. S. Gr.T. l,p.221.
% aor. 0. To tic tip a purse; aor. i. To ay aloud.
3*5 Excessive cold that scorches plant?. J^ A
loud cvy.'-p] IV. To be obstinate, poroist
obstinately (with ,^).
[S To mal:e manifest. V^ n.a. A palace, a high
tower, or other lofty structure.
^"J To cry aloud. 2r^ One who brings help.-^-
^^^' part. act. IV. f. same as ^-^; ^'\ t^
^^^ 14v.27,-''Neiiher can ye h.lp me/'
for ^--4yi-^ oblique plural with personal pro-
iioun J, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. ^50.-^^^^ VIII.
for ^^1^ n. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 223, To cry aloud.
^^J^\ X. To implore assistance of any one
(with ace. of pers.).
jl^ quadrilitcral verb, derived from jS q.v. To.
make a chattcrbif/ noise (as a green ivoaJpccLcr).
^!^ A loud roaring and furious. wind, or
according to another interpretation, a blast of
cold wind.
l^G comm. gcnd. A way, and especially an open
way; the name of a bridge over Hell; no
verbal root.
'^ aor. a. To prostrate.^ ^J^ plur. of j-^^
Lying prostrate.
cJO^ aor. 1. To turn, turn away, divert, avert (with
ace. and ^) ; to turn towards (with ace. and
Jl); In^r^-r^^v. 146/' ne put you to
flight before them." vJ^ n.a. The act of
averting. uJ^ A place to turn to, a refuge.
uJ^ part. 'pass. Averted.— cJ^ JI. To
explain, give an explanation of (with ^); at
Digitized by
Google
( SI )
cr^'
'23 V. 52 tLj v.'oiJj li^4-; -'^>^ ^^^^'-y citlior
refer to tlio v.T.tcr, r.ii.l iniut tlicn Ic rcii'.!-..il
"Wc Ciiu:o.it to ilov; cinoi-^ot IIi'MU (by
dilforont clir.unols)/' or it inc.y 1)2 transl.itLil
"Wc Lave cx}^lainod tlio un-.tter to tli-.'ii (in
the Koran)." ^^j^ ^-^^ Cb.inge (of ^viiid).
^'1 YII. To turn a:i-lc.
(*>
/^ aor. i. To cut o?"— .I.Ucs (from a trc:)
part. act. Ono v,'Iio cuts or g.itliers fruit. 1?^-^
A gnrJen wlioio fruit has all be-.n gatliorcd-;
alio a dark ni^l.t, as thoii^li it v/ere burnt up
and black; both in-:an:;.!.-3 hr.veboen a?ii;;:ncd
at 03 V. 20.
5^ o X. • • /•
'2^ see .l:u^.
jt;^ aor. a. To mount (a laldor); aicend (with
\J])» J^^^ A severe torment. Ju.w Earth,
eand, or dust. J^%^ A calamity, torment,
Dame of a mountain of fire, in Hell ; ^l^jil
\j^i^ 74 V. 17, "I will aClict him with tor-
ment," or *' I will compel him to climb a
peak of fire;" the word^ may be taken in
either sense.^S-T^l IV. To mount up. — Iwl
for jii;. V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. SCO, To cUmb
Tip (with ^).
Jjyf To ha^d the face dUiortctL'-jJ^ II. To make a
wry face at (with ace. and J of pers.).
^sLa aor. a. To strihe 7i'ith Ihjhtnlng ; and ,\x!a To
swoon, expire. ^^i^u^One in a swoon. ^C
Plur. ^j^}y^ (2nd declension) A stunning noise
as of a thunderbolt, a punishment from Heaven,
a thunderbolt.— ^J*il IV. To cause to swoon.
yja aor. 0. To he younger than another ; andjli
To he small, ^U part. act. One who is small.
Tile, contemptible, j^ Small. jLa\ (2nd
declension) comp. form. Smaller. j\k^ Vile-
ness, contempt.
Iw LOT, 0. r.:i(l i. To •'/:. ■!',.:, s\;cr\'Q; and /.•- r.or. a.
Toincllac tov.T.;.l.?(v.::h , JO.
^i^ aor. 0. To set, arrcrjc i.i a row or rank, to
Cd'U.i.l the h'lr.js vifjlrg. do A ro ,7, rank;
IL> In order, in lino of b;.tlle ; llo wvl' 2Tj
37 V. 1, "By (the xVn^el 3)' standing in rank."
ujU part. act.. Extending its wings. uJl^
for i^^jo (2nd declension) plur. ofLiUfor
iiliiU A camel stnndii^g' with its fore-feet in
line, or with three feet on tke ground and one
fore-foot tied up. v^^aJ-^-* part, '"^s. Arranged
in order.
^ < ^
^ aor. a. To tv.rn orieS'Self aivagfror.i, repel;
to pardon, forgive (with ^) ; at C4 v. 14 tliis
word iS found in combination with Hi and Iz,
the meaning of all three is nearly identical,
but a sliglit distinction may bo made by con-
sulting the primary signification of each word;
a somewhat similar passage occurs in the 51st
Psalm, "Turn thy hdQ from my sins, and
put out all my misdeeds." ^r^-' n.a. Pardon,
the act of repelling a suitor; with the latter
meaning it is found at 43 v. 4.
Ju^ aor. i To bind. ou-?i Fetters, plur. of ji^
A present, and hence an ohllgaiion.
JJ^ aor. i. To rchutle. AjJ^ (2nd declension) fern.
o{y^\ Yellow; Pliu*. ^^ comm. gend.—
XLJ part. IX. f. That which is or becomes
yellow.
o quadriliteral. To pass alone ever a level plain.
-r^v '
i-f.?,g.i? A level plain.
^^ aor. i. To stand on three feet— as a horse—
* with the toe of one of the hind feet just touch-
ing the ground, cjQ\J^\ fern. plur. part,
act. Horses standing as above; at 38 v. 30
Digitized by VjOOQIC
^^
( Sj )
1^
tliO worJ Jv'^V'i: to bo uuflorjt'. ju, D. 3. Gr.
T. 2, r?- -^2 r-nd 207.
0^ nor. 0. re? ij clc^r. ll^Jf A'nmc of a niounjrin
near Mecca. j!»ri^^ A harJ eIoiic— ^^^
port. ra:3. II. f. Chririod.-^t;! IV. To c^ioose
in preforenco to, or gro.nt to ancllier a prefer-
ence in the choice of auyaiin^- (^..ith ace. of
pers. and c^ of thin-).-^illir VIH. for
J^l D. S^ Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To choose,
select; to choose in preferenceto (wUh^acc.
and J^); at 37 v. 153 ^Te find ^J:2:\ for
i!irn "Hath ho chosan?" D. S. Gr. T. 1,
■p. 71. Jii^'^ part. pp^3. Choson.
CX^ To rl'-'i^ro violently.
lII^ aor. i. To crucify. JJ-^' The bn.ck-bonc or
loins ; Plur. cl;£.l- JX II. To cause to be
crucified.
^ aor. a. To be right, good, honest, upright.
^J-J Peace, reconciliation ; • ik^ Peaceably.
^U part. act. One who or that which is good,
sound, free from blemish, perfect, upright,
righteous, a man of integrity ; also a proper
name, Sileh, a prophet said to have been sent
to the tribe of Thamood; <I^l^^l2r Good
works.— ^* IV. To make whole and sound,
amend, reconcile ; to make a reconciliation or
peace (with ^) ; to dispose aright (with ace.
and J of pers.) ; to render fit, as at 21 v. 90,
j>.j/3ll^lj "And we rendered his wife
fit (for child-bearing) ;" instances occur, as at
27 V. 49, where the meaning seems to approach
yery closely to that of the primitive form, to
be upright, or act with integrity ; at 46 v. 14
it means to show kindness (with J of pers.
and ^^ of thing). ^C^^ n.a. Uprightness,
r;^htcc:i:no:3, r^.o^alhtion, -^^loirJi.^C: ■, V,-
foriiuitlon. ^■^-•' v?xL act. Oao who h iip-
ri-lit, li-liLcviS a pjraOii of integrity, a
rofornun-; at 23 v. IS it m-.y-le trr.n3!atcd
" Peacemaker."
aL^ aor. i. To l^ lard.. aL^ Hard.
J:io To so::nd. Jl^J Dry cby. DerlvcJ
from JJ' aor. i. To sound.
ii aor. 0. To hurt hi il:c small of theha'di; aud
"Jj forU aor. a. To Icxo tl: ccnirc of tl ^
bach bent in,c3 a maro bc/brc foalhy. JJ^
pronoar.Jed, aud somC'IniOj written Jl'^ D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. Ca; Plur. i^.^2S A pr:.rer;
1,J^ ".^ cl:\2J 2v. 1^2, "iIorcic3 frointL:L*
fix ^"
Lord ; " at 22 v. 41 it means " Synn-ogues."-
^ II. To pray, properly, by bendiiig tlio
knees and whole body in a.loroticn, orgjue-
rally, to olTer prayer to God (with J); vri:a
^Jx it means to pray for, also to bless, a3 in tLe
formula Xj ^ lilf ^ *' God bless a:id
keep him" Jll^ for ^JH^ part. act. One
who prays. ^^J^^ A pbce of prayer.
IJ aor. i. To roast; and ^ aor. a. To under -o
roasting in the fire (with ace. of fire) ; Instead
of lij another reading of several passages is
1!^ etc. in the Pass, or ,J>-1> in the ii. f.
and they must then be translated "He shall
■be burnt" or "roasted." Jli part. act. One
who suffers the pain of being roasted ; jUl \ l^U
for jTJU as antecedent to the complementjuJ 1
38 V. 39, LiteraUy, " Sufferers of the roasting
of the fire," or "entering Hell-fire to be roasted
therein." ^^ n.a. Roasting.— ,JJ II. To
cause to be burnt, submit to the action of fire
(with ace. of pers- and of the fire), thus
Digitized by VjOOQ IC .
u
Lr
( .^0 )•
.1.
i-'^
-1 -^ .'
lo l';r:;t in I
,.M ^.} u^ /. cJ,. Tacn c
Li
;i 17.
1;' \ to
Tj ■t^\n\:l 1:0 tno Crc to lo ln:nt
■ l:l^i (lonllc n:o.).-Jl:^^ (or J^J VIII.
D. ri. Gc. T. 1, p. I22-3, To bo v;x:mcA at tbo
Cre.
^ Tb Cjr/: a hottl: i r.or. a. To Ijoocmo dc^.f. a-^
Deaf, pliir. of '^'^1 (^lul (Icclcus'cii).-.^] IV.
To nirJio d>\'\fi
part. act. Ono
Li^f-^ r.or. 0. 71 bc.sikjit. c:-
who liolJs his peace.
jLv^ r.or. 0. 7b ;;tv/i to approach c.ij one, 1^-^^ A
LorJjOne lo v.aoTar:^.-:': nee i:: ina'tO in rnaltcri
of inipor! nee; r.3 an aujocti;o it moans sub-
lime, e7crl;.oun^.
*^.j> aor. a. 7b i-Jtz^ /rzV/i a cvjjcl
j:
(2nd
declension) plur. of ^t.^ A inon:::-LCTV.
j-:-o aor. a. To make, do; cliielly used in tilings
wbore art is employed; to nourish or bring
mightest be brought up under my eye;" a
similar meaning also pertains to the IV. f.
^-v^ n.a. An act> that which is done: For the
elliptical expression, auli -tj-^ at 27 v. 90 ^ee
i-^j ; see also a similar ellipse at 4 v. 121.
ijc^ An art. «jLI^ (2nd declension) plur.
of ^..^.^2^ A cistern, also a palace, citadelor
l!i:ifor
^.\ VIII.
other fine building.
D. S. Gr. T; 1, p. 222, To appoint as agent
(with ace. and J).
Ix-^ To be foul (a smelt). ^lU plur. of m:^ An
idol.
y^ OT^ A palm or other, tree springing from the
Bame root as others ; Plur. ^y^ \ no verbal
root.
y^ aor. a. To injure hy Us heat (Jhe sun), to dis-
Bolve. J^ Relationship by marriage.
Tiv?X \:\\\:h h ri^at. LLJl^ A ra'ri-clouJ.—
^\-A IV. To ovo:'ako, happen io, b^rill, Wl
upon (wifa v.cc) ; To vrill, as at CS v. G.>; to
h?.pp:n, k)! V. r.2; To rJToc' i:ijur:c aTiy, a3 at
3 V. 113 cu^- *^::^Lpij ''It st:I!:C'S (or i:i-
jiK-?3) tho corn;" To meet v/ilh, as at 3 v.
159 CSL/^J\ i3, "Yehadalroaaymctwith
two pioccj of good fortune Cf]:!va.]ent to it,"
viz. at I)cJr,v;horctheforCL'3 imd:riIonaramad
had not only. slain seventy of the Koreisii, but
liad a''<o ickon an c-paal number prisoners; of
tiiis they are reminded when murmuring at
the loss thay suELiincd at Ohod ; To send
down, pour dci/n neon, rallict or puiinh (with
ace. and t^O, as *Lj Ji^j \L^l!l^\ 7 v. OS, "We
could punish them for their sins;" {_^r A
^lij ^ \:,^^j: 12 V. oG, "We pour down
our mercy upon whom we please." lLvw^«
part. act. That vrhich happens. ^u--jr.« An
accident, misfortune, calamity.
CL>Us aor. 0. and a. To anit a sound, lij^ n.a.
A sound, voice; Plur. lLMI^I.
JU aor. 0. To incline or turn— a thing— towards
(with ^\^ ; To divide, dissect, jys A trumpet.
Ijj^ Plur. J^ A form.--]J^ II, To form,
. fashion (with ace. and ^^). Jy^ part. act.
One who forms. Jy^X The Fashioner, a
name of God.
^U aor. 0. To measure with a cU containrntf about
four phits. tl^ A drinking cup.
uJU aor. 0, To bear wool. cJl^l plur. of uJ^
Wool, a fleece.
I%U aor. o. To fast ; aXJ^I 2 v. 181, " Let him
fast (during) it," for ^, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
389. y^S and AL^ ns.a. A fast, the act of
fasting. J U part. act. One who fasts.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
,.l.
( n )
r^-
llJ nor. I j'o
ft terrible ci: I ini^'Iity no:r:o, r^ ::o r. pun!^>li:nt;:it
from ITc.'^.vcin
tlio plac3 to v;hica any ;io g'Oi.^s, cr r.' wli- 'i
ono nrrlvc^. ; nt 2J v. IG it uuiy bo re:', lerjl
"arctrop.t."
* ^ ^vj). ^j^v.-^ for ^V^ p.ur. of ^^^i:^ cr -Vf-~*
A cattle, or dcfonslvc v/ork.
iU aor. i. 7b pass the s\>.n:ncr. \^^ n.n. Tiio
summer.
VIIL D. S. Cr. T. 1, p. !2-2'3, To huuU
JlJaor. i. 7b L'jcc. 'c; to i;o, tend tov/r.\l3 (^;Uh
Jp. ^.--r^* n.a. Tu? r.ot of go^-^ a journey,
dcpart'jrc; a!:o C3 a noua of time and place,
LP
J>\^ Plur. j^ilj Sheep ;. no vortiil root.
^-w n.Q.
I^ aor. a. To hrcatJ.c hard in ru7i7':h^>j.
The act of panting*.
nj^ aor. a. To lie on the side. ^t-5^Li^ (2nd
declension) plur. of j-^* A sleeping place,
resting place; at 3 v. 14S it alludes to the
sleep of death.
CJ^ aor. a. To laugh, langh at, ridicule (with
^). l1%-U part. act. Laughing, ono who
laughs.
l^ aor. 0. To appear cojispicudusly ; and J^js-^
aor. a. To sufTer from the heat of the sun.
\js^ or ^ir^ comm. gend. said by some to be
the plur. of Sls^r^ Those hours of the morning
winch follow shortly after sunrise; at 91 v. 1
and 79 y. 29 it means the full brightness of
the sun.
xi aor. 0. To gain a lawsuit. jlJ Contrary, an
adversary.
jo aor. 0. To hurt, harm, injure, jo n.a. Harm,
hurt, injury, affliction. jJ Hann, affliction,
evil, adversity, famine, as at 12 v. 8S. J;^
Hurt, inconvenience. JlJ part. act. One who
hurts. Ayi fom. (2nd docleiuion) D. S. Gr.
T. Ij p. 402, Adversity, loss, tribulation. —
jLi III. To hurt, annoy; to put to incon.-
venicnco on account of (with ace. of pcrs. and
c-^). Note. In Surd verbs of this form thero
is no difference betv/ccn the act. and pass! in .
the Aorist tense, jj^ n.a. Injury; U^^ By
violence. jLi« part. act. Injuring.— JiUl for
^}1\ VIII. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To compel ;
to drive forcibly (with ace. and ^\^ ; Pass.
Ji2j\ To be driven by necessity (with ^ or
^\). JliX« part. act. or pass. Ono ccmpelle J
by necessity; ^llX] 21 v. 03, " ffim who is
compelled by his necessities" (to ask relief of
God).
1/^ aor. i. To beat, strike (with ace. and c—^) ;
This is the primary meaning, but the Terb
. admits of a great variety of interpretations,
thus ^# '^XilJj^ 14 V. 29, " God propounda
as an example," or^puts forth a parable" (with
J); thusalsoat43v.l6^^^^yliJjcl^
" That which they pass off upon the Merciful
as being his similitude," viz. female children •
in allusion to tho angels, who were coasid-
Digitized by
Google
^,y.
( 0.^- )
\i
■c/.-l tob..- ::.-J,-.!y;;.:-nofGoa; ^'y:^^ J U''J
3 V. l.:0, "Th:y trav:!:.! in t^: r-vlh;" lioro
VTC may snppo::. r.a e' .p3C oi >.l->-jb c? :oinc
eimilar v;o;'J ; so li!;ewlie in the c::pr::.:ioi:
ajjTju^ L^ y^P' ^^'1 ^^^-^3, ''\V::n ye c:j
on the Ti:a;cli in tliecau'3 cfCoJ':: ro"!:;;Ioa;"
'ISJi^h S<S ^':^ L: '0 V. o3, ''Tliey Lave
only £ jt this que. tion Ljforo tlioe for t'le sake
of disputation : ,.k.ji-j>- . 1;: ,.j>..->J^^ ^.j-^«
24 v; Gl, ''And lot the:n draw t-.oir veHs orer
their bocom3;''^-\!f I£LI- J^JIi] 43 v. 4,
■ *' Shall we then tura array from yon our
''AnJ a separation shall bo ma:leb:-tv;oon tlieni
by a wdl;" ij^V:r^'.5:i lLJJ; 2 V. 53,
*' And vilcnes3 was staiiipod upon them."
c-^ n.a. The act of striking, a blow, a goinj
- from place to "place; at 47 v. 4 there is an
ellipse of a verb, see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 4C0.
c -i aor. a. To be hu-mble. ^^j^ A plant growing
in Hell, said to be more bitter than aloes, more
fetid than a putrid corpse, and more buraing
than fire.— ftyJJ and ^^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
222, V. To humble one's-sclf, submit oneVself
humbly to God. c-dJ n.a. Iluraility.
and«.-i*J aor. 0. To be weak, uixiand
c^juJ ns.a. Weakness, infirmity. l«a*J Plur.
uJlxol Like, an equal portion, a portion equal
. to another, or as much again, double ; 1 jl
ci^U^l »— ^j ly:^^ i-c*J cilijjjj 17. V.
77, " Then we should verily have caused thee
to taste an equal share (of the punishment) of
this life, and an equal share (of the punish-
ment) of death," x,e. a double punishment, the
word c->l jyi being in both cases understood ;
1). S. Gr. T. 2, p. ^70'; Dual ^C-J, Obli-o
^^>Iij Two C'paal port:o:i3, tv/ofjld. lJ'.^
p! \ofwJ«--j co;nm. r^-:iul. V/c.k. <wL'J
rii:r. >Tlw (Olid (led. .^ion) Trcik, ir.ru-in.
w:.!^! (2nd doclciision) Cuinp, {k:)V \ AVcakcr.
— lJ^U III. To double, glvo cI:;ihlo (with
ace. an! J); i^^\JL^ part. pajs. Doubled,
— <^t^« part. act.. IV. f. One who make 3
double.— c^ltJ^iLt X. To think, repiiio, or
esteom weak, v,vA henco to ill-treat a person
as if he ^rore weak, to take aJvantacro of hia
wcakn :s, tlius iit 7 v. 1-iOi i^r^ — ^ part,
pass. One.who i? found or l.jkl to be weak.
iJLJ-J> aor. a. To repeat hi a covjvz:! cr.djv.mhki
r.\anv.ei\ <l^r^: A ha: 'Ifrjl of green and dry
gra33 or other herbs; Tlur. cL?l^i Things
confusedly mixed together ,v ^lr>.l cl;lL:l 12
V. 44, " Confused dreams."
^^^ aor. a. To dhllke. ^^\ plnr. of ^,jtJ Ill-
feeling, hatred.
cSli A frog; Plur. ^c>lli (2nd declension); The
grammatical root is c^jJ-i To contain frojs
(?i'atcr).
JJ aor. i. To err (with c-j); to wander away, go
astray from (with ace. or with ^) ; to err
against (with ^^) ; to go from the thoughts
or be forgotten, as at 17 v. 69 ; to leave in the
lurch (with ^) ; to lie hidden (with ^), as
at 32 v; 9. jli part. act. One who errs or
goes astray. Jli and JliJ Error, mistake.
Jil (2nd. declension) comp. form. One who
goes more astray ; For the Rules of Syntax
affecting the comparative and superlative forms
see t). S. Gr. T. 2, p. 301.— JJJj n.a. II. f.
Error.— Jil IV. To cause to err, seduce, lead
astray from (with double ace. or ace. and
Digitized by
Google
cM
(S'J )
o>
^■), r.3 1...!:TU/Jj C.3 V. C7, "And tlicy
have sr:In::il ua from tlio rigat i\.iU ;" Tiie I
is here Cilled to J::--JI to a.:3i;jt tlio rlijmo;
D. S. Gt. T. 2, p. ay ; "^lU^i JjI 47 v. 1,
"He ha3 made tlio*.- (2;ood) works to be of
nono V r.cct;" to ceduco tliroiigli or by mCvans
of (with lJ). JLr-« part. act. Oue wlio
seduces.
^ aor. 0. To draw clocc, to hug (witli ace. and -Jl ) ;
d^ll;^ Jl^d/i^jlirrj 20 V. 23, "D.aw
tiiino Lrii;d clo^e nnder thine arm."
ICi nor. 0. To be s^c/idcr, j.^\J part. act. That
which is slender, or taclied up in the belly. .
^jj aor. a. and i. 2o l: tenacious or grp.cplwj.
^^«^ Greedy, avaricious, gnid^ang ; ^ Uj
. ^^^r^ ^r-^"^^ \J^ SI ^* 24, "And he docs
not act grudgin^^ly ia the communication of
■ the secrets;" some copies have ^^-ilfj, "He
had no suspicion of the secrets,"
cixLp To he narrow. lIIoU n.a. comm. gend.
Narrow, wretched.
^0o To be rvithout breasts and barren {a rvoman),
and therefore like a man. — ^li III. for \^LJ
(the piiniltivo form \^J> is not foiin :>, To
rc£omhIe, D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 2:JG. Ko!c. T!.?
^Y0^d ^,^\^> 9 V. GO is also spelt ^j^'-4i, arid
^,^Li? witiiout the ham 7.?..
'U aor. 0. To shine. iZ^ Light.— '"Dl IV. To
enlighten, illuminate.
j\j> aor, i. To irji/re. ^Z^ n.a. ILirm, injury.
jU aor. i. To d'fra'cd. i^Vf ^^^ u/'-r^ D« S« G^-
T. 1, p. 112 (2nd declension), An unfair
apportionment.
cU aor. i. To peris/i.^V^] IV. To suffer to peris!>,
neglect, be unmindful of.
c^U aor. 1. JO occoinc a ffueot, «— £^ n.a. siiig.
and plur. A guest, guc£ts.— -^ jlj II. To enter-
tain a guest.
jlJ aor. i. To bo narrow, Sinvtencd; UjJ ^.j j\ i,
11 V. 79, "And he vras powciless to (protect)
them;" J,yi\*^jl cUli 9 v. 119, "The
earth became straitened for them." JuJ n.a.
Trouble, grief. J4^ Strait, narrow. J^Li
part. act. That which becomes narrov/' or
straitened.— ^4^ IL To reduce to straits (with
^JLi of pers.).
c:>jHl? (2nd declension) Saul, king of Israel.
^^ aor. a. To seal, seal up (with ,^).
(i^ aor. i. To cover. ^jX. A state, condition.
jli plur. of Z^ The order of the Heavens,
one above another; laUt In order one above
another.
J^ 3rd pers. fem. plur. of cSlS^ for iS^ q.v.
^ aor. a. D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 250, To expand,
spread out.
1^ aor. a. To cast forth (with double ace), as
L2;1 Sf-^Jf] 12 V. 9, "Cast him forth into a
(distant or unknown part of the) earth."
jX aor. 0. To drive away ; the word ^jj^ is put
in the subjunctive at 6 v. 52 as being what the
grammarians call ^^^ ] <^^yr l ^^^ ^^^ tiso
of the subjunctive after <^ see D. S. Or. T. 2,
p. 20, where the above-named passage is quoted.
ij^io part. act. One who drives away.
12
Digitized by
Google
->
( 90)
J^
4.J^ aor. i. To avert. ^^ n.a. An eye, a «^liince,
eight of tlio eyc3. tJ^ Plur. cJ|/^1 Th*^
exti'omity, extreme part or verge, borJer;
^C^rji^U V.116, "The two extremities
of the (lAy," morning and evening.
j^ aor. 0. To come hj nvjlt. ^j^ part. act.
That which appcarj by night, fji): comm.
genJ. A wty, a road. Ihjo Plur. J^jT^^ (2nd
declension) A path, line of coiuluct,be]iaviour;
illj^ l^^^l 20 V. 104, "Those moit eminent
for their good conduct;" J^y^'t^ 23 v. 17,
".Seven fracts," meaning the seven Ileavena;
iL^ is also used with a plur. signification for
. Chiefs, PrI:ioo3 ; thus at 20 v. CO.
^ aor, 0; To cotacfroLi (Jar ; and ^jj^i aor. a. To
he recent. ^)a Fresh.
iJ2o Initial letters of the 27th chapter, pronounced
Ti' Seen, see pT.
1J£ Initial letters of the 2Gth and 23th chapters,
see ^;Jt.
IaLt aor. a. To eat, taste ; ^j^;!^ UJ -lis*- ^J*^ 5
V. 94, "There is no sin in that they have
tasted" (that which had not at that time been
'forbidden them), ^l!? part. act. One who
eats. Ji n.a. Taste,, and >*U!^ n.a. Food, the
act creating, as at 5 v. 97.— j^l IV. To feed,
give food to (with double ace.) ; ^ ^-^I
^ 106 y. 3, "Who hath provided them with
food against hunger." /♦ULl n.a. The act of
• feeding; At 2 v. 180 and 5 v. 96 ^li!^ also
appears to bear this meaning, and may then
be considered as another noun of action of the
IV. l-^^J^\ X. To ask for food (with double
ace).
^^ aor. a. and o. To pierce with a spear , to
spc.ik ill of (with ^^ of pera.).
..fO n.a. Evil
oo. ij^y^ Excess
J If 91 V. 11,
spealiing.
U!^ aor. 0. -and j^I^ or ^^^ aor. a. To transgrccs,
exceed all bounds (in wickedness); to wanJcr
from its orbit, applied at 53 v. 17 to the eye-
sight ; to ovcrilow, as at GO v. 11. ^\^ n.a.
Transgression, the being e:;ceedingly wicked,
dlL for Jj4^ P^^^' ^^^' 0^^ ^^'^^^ ^^ excessively
impious, a transgressor, i-ill? A storm of
thunder and lightning of extreme severity,
j^xtl cpnip. form for ^Jiis \ (2nd declension)
ilost extravagant in wickedncs
of impiety, as W^caj j^
"The tribe of Thamood accused (Saleh) of
falsehood by reason of their extreme wicked-
S ' 11''
feminine. czJ^lt Ttighoot, a word which
with the sing, form has sometimes a plur.
signification, and then means Idols, daemons,
or whatever is worshipped besides God, and
particularly the two Idols worshipped by the
people of Mecca; at 4 v. 63 it is used in the
sing., and is there said to refer to a certain
Jew named uJ^^l ^ S-^> either from his
exceeding wickedness, or because a judgment
given by him would be prompted by the Devil.
— ^Jt!^\ IV. To cause to transgress, to make
one a transgressor.
^^ To be ncar.^-i^M^ n.a. II. f. The giving
short measure.
part. act. One who
gives short measure.
^^ aor. a. To be extinguished. --Xi^ IV. To
extinguish (with ace. and c-j).
^J^ aor. a. To begin.
Jii^ To be of a tender age. J^ sing, and plur.,
though wo also find the plur. Jlll^T Very
young children, infants.
• Digitized by VjOOQ IC
J^
(91 )
,11^
j!^ To inolsf-cn tJte ground (Jtw). JlL* Dow.
cUi nor. 0, 7b sec/:; at 7 v. 52 it nioi^ns to follow
up. «*-P^ i^'tt. The act of scp.rcliinjj for.
^Jl!? part. act. A petHiouer. lLj^^ part.
pr\s3. Petitioned.
,^ aor. a. To h weary, ^i^^ n.a. A Plantain or
Banana tree, according to some the Acacia or
Egyptian thorn.
«Ji? aor. a. and o. To ascend, rise— the sun,— (with
^^). jj]? The spathe or sheath in which
the flowers of the date-palm arc enclosed, also
the fruit when it first appears, or simply fruit,
asat37v. 63. cil?n.a. The rising. ^JlL^n.a.
The time of rising (of the dawn). \^^ n.a.
Place of the sun's risin]?. — ^'!^i IV. To make
manifest to any one, cause one to understand
(with ace. of pers. and ^^^ofthing).—*^-!!^! for
^^\ VIII. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To mount
up (with jjp; to penetrate (with ace.) as at
19 V. 81, wkere we have ^Ji^I " lias he pene-
trated?" for ^li^lJ, the I of union being
omitted after the interrogative 1 D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 7 1 ;• At 37 V. 52 is a passage which is read and
interpreted in various wavs, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 185, but adopting the reading given by Fliigel
^^^\S ^r,^4^ ^ ' <3^' ^^ meaning will be
" Will ye look down (upon the inhabitants of
Hell)?— and he shall look down/' (pret. for
fut.) ; in this sense the verb governs its com-
plement with ^J^ ; 80 likewise when it means
to mount above, come upon, or meet with.
jJix« part. act. One who looks down upon.
^^ aor. o. To he divorced. jUa n.a. Divorce.—
jyi? II. To divorce. <uik^ fem. part. pass. A
woman who is divorced.— JllSt^ VII. To de*
part, go one's way, to be free or loose, as at
26 V. 12.
Jf fior. 0. nnd i. To be irr.icJu XI^l^ A ca'^r.inity ;
JJ^Th^Vl^:^ V. 34, "The very great
cnlp.mity," viz. The last Judgment.
tj-^ aor. 0. and i. To deflower a viv^an.
^^^12j aor. 0. and i. To oL'iterp- e, put out (the eyes),
c 3 at 54 V. 37 ; At 4 v. 50 it means to deface
the features ; to destroy utterly (v.ith ^^).
^^ aor. a. To desire (with ^1). L^ n.a. Desire,
a hoping or longing for; at 13 v, 13 l<^
means "causing you to be full of hope (for
rain)."
l^j^ Quid; whence comes ^Ul? (quridrillforal) To
rest, — ^U!r^ IV. To be quiet, rest securely in,
or satisfied with (with l^); ^1*1?! \3\i 4 v.
104, "And when ye are secure (from dan^.r); "
2 pers. plur. pret. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 231.
\-^«i:^ part. act. One who rests securely, or
enjoys peace and quiet.
i£ Initial letters and name of the .20th chapter,
pronounced Ta' Ha', see ^ i .
^}b To remove; aor. o. To be pure, free from her
courses (a woman). Jj^i^ n.a. Pure. ^^^\
(2nd declension) corap. form, More pure, see
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 304.— ^i^ II. To purify,
cleanse. -JaJ n.a. Purification. Sla^ part,
act. One who frees from impurity, j^^^i^
part. pass. Purified, freed from impurity, clean,
pure.-^ii' orJ!^(^ V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,
To purify one's-self, keep one's-self pure ;
I^^CiSv. 9, imperat. "Then purify your-
selves" (by washing the entire body). J'^^
or Jix^part. act. Those who purify themselves,
or are clean, pure.
jl]^ aor. 0. To he fxm and immoveable. J^ A
mountain.
jUi aor. 0. To approach j^ A mountain ; j^
Digitized by VjOOQIC
,^
( 03)
(—>
IL
:j;?.t
Jtount Sinai; it is also cr.lloJ
jy2 K j\^\ plur. of j^ A condition or state;
\j\p ^^iili 71 y. 13, " He created you after
a variety of states or sti^^oa of existence;"
beginning v.Itli tlic formation of Adam,
^ aor. 0. and a. To be obcdicnt ; to hearken to
(intercession), as at 40 v. 1.9. %J^ Obedient;
G4I? With willinGT obedience. JulL? Obedience.
j4^ P^rt. act. Ono who is obedient, obedient.
^ ^ ^
— ft.J^ II. To permit, consent to (with ace.
and J of pcrs.).— ^11^ IV. To obey. ^l!ii
part. pass. Ob:iyed.— cjjJ V. To give one's-self
obediently or willingly to perform (a good
work). J^.' part. act. D. S. Gr. T;^ 1, p. 327,
One who gives himself willingly to perform (a
good. or charitable action). — ^cIlLjI and ^ULj^
X., — though some have considered the latter to
be a variation of the IV. f., D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
224, — To be able, have power, bo capable of
(with ace. or ace. and ^11), as ijl n^^ T 2 U
1^ 18 V. 81, " That which thou wast not able
to bear patiently;" It is also used with ^1 or
with ace. and J ; instances of both occur at
18 V. 96 ; or with ace. and ^Jj^ as at 3 v. 91 ;
At several places in the 18th chapter it is
found with w-» of pers. and ace. of thing ; thus
in the 66th verse \^ Jx^ ^.^;t1S ^ " Thou
wilt not be able to have patience with me;"
In translating such sentences as the above it is
frequently necessary to supply a verb according
to the context, thus SLJ ^yfJplj h 17 v. 51,
" But they were not able (to find) a ground of
reproach (against thee)." A note explanatory
of some of the above modes of construction:
will be found in De Sacy's Grammar, T. 2,
p. 170. *
yi^ aor. 0. To go round about, encompass (wi'U
^^); to go about, circulate (with ^.J).
uJ^'^1:? part. act. One who goes round about or
cncomj :..-303; at C3 v. 19 it means a common
destruction surro.;::Jing all; see also uJ'I? for
*uj IL? A part, some, a party, a people,
a company or band of men from 2 to ICOO,
according to diir;-'r.-at autlioritios.' i^^J^ The
Deluge, a common destruction or calamity
which embraces all. i^\^ One who goes
about (to serve another).— lJ^I V. D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 220, To go round about (with t->).
^la aor. 0. To be able. I3\]^ Power, strength.—
.1I9 II. To twist a collar; u \^L:kr l^ .^JV-J
3v. 176, "They shall have that which they have
covetously withheld twisted as a collar about
their necks," lit. 'Uhey shall be bound with it
for a collar."— J\!^ IV. To be able (to do a
thing, with ace).
Jll? aor. 0. To be long, to last long, or be pro-
longed (with ^Jl of pers.). J^ Plenty of
wealth, a sufficiency of means, Power, as at
40 V. 3. J^ n.a. Height, jj^ Long.—
JjlLi; VI. To be prolonged (with ^^^ of pers.).
^J'j^ aor. i. To roll up. ^ n.a. The act of rolling
up. ^Ja Toowa, name of a valley near Mount
Sinai. ijr*!a.« part. pass. Rolled up.
lI^U? aor. i. To be good, pleasing (with J) ; ^^
CJS il^ ^^ ^^ I*^ Jr^ 4 v. 3, "And if they
kindly give you up any portion of it of their
own free will," lit. " if they are good to you
' concerning any portion," etc. i<^^ (2nd
declension) Good fortune, happiness, c-*-?^
Good, agreeable, sweet and clean, happy,
favourable.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
.u.
( 93 )
j'<'
J-^
nor. L To fly. ^ gciiCih nonn, Binb. Ko!t\
Verbs li.'win^ for subject a noun of thi3 descrip-
tion may Lc put in tho fern. D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 233 ; According to some there are tvro words
of this form, one in the Eing. meaning a bird,
as at 3 V. 43, nnd the other an irregular plur.
of^U?, meaning Birds. ^U^ part. act. A
one.~^- or >^ V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,
To augur evil, draw au cv-il augury from (with
^^).--!i?lL^ part. act. X. f. That wliich
spreads itself ^^r and wide.
<^IL^ aor. i, Tv appear (a spectre). c-iJlL? park,
act. A spectral appearance of the Devil, vni
instigation of tho Devil ; see t-Jl!^ for t^jb.
flying thing, an omen, and especially an evil i^ll^ aor. \ To plaster rclth clay. ^ Clay.
^- n.a. Mi;:cration.
""il? A nail or
J-
j^<<lj To 7vjgrate, ^j^cs
il? aor. i. To claw nlth the na'ls,
claw ; ji!^ ,^j 6 v. 147 is translated by Sale
"having an undivided hoof," but it may be
doubted whether the words will bear this in-
terpretation ; a better translation would seem
to be "having claws or nails," as wild beasts
or camels.-—^! IV. To give the victory to
(with ace. of pers. and ^S^).
^ aor. a. ; 2nd pers. sing. pret. cz-Ib or vLJi> for
viJUl^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 228, To continue all
day, become (with aor. of verb following).
Jl^ Shade, ijia Plur. JS^ A covering, roof.
Jib sing, and plur. Shadows, shady groves.
J-il^ Shady.— Jji^ IL To overshadow — with
clouds— (with ace. of thing and ^^ of pers.).
Jij aor. i. To wrong, injure; to be unjust, oppres-
sive, or tyrannical towards any one (with
ace. also with c-^, or with ace. of pers. and
S-?); to be guilty of injustice, to act
wickedly; to be wanting in, or fail, as JjjJ jj
A}ib Very unjust. JUj part. act. One who
treats unjustly (\7itQ J). Jljl (2nd declcn-
sion) comp. form. More unjust. /•^-^ part.
pass. Unjustly treated.— Ill3l IV. To injure ;
to be dark (with , IS). lllLi part. act. One
who is in the dark.
^). jillL* part.
a. Thirst. ^,1^3
:»^ 18 V. 31, ''Nor did they fail in any
of it." jJt Injustice, tyranny, obscurity.
A^ Plur. c£jUIS^ Darkness, ^jlb Unjust.
^j^ aor. a. To thirst. Ul^ n
(2nd declension) D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 403, Very
thirsty.
^ aor. 0. To think, be of opinion, imngine (with
ace. or. c-^, or with ^)\ for the construction
u^lrr rJ ^ 'y^ 41 ^- 4S, "They shall
perceive that there is no way of escape for
them," see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 297. ^ Plur.
^yl^ Opinion. J^lk part. act. One wbp forms
an opinion.
Z^ aor. a. and i. To appear, be manifest (with ^) ;
to help, mount, ascend (with ace. or ^1) ; to
get the better of, know, distinguish (with ^^^).
y^ Plur. J^Jll The back. ^UJ part. act. One
who is manifest, that which is apparent, out-
ward (speech), as at 13 v. 33; clear, con-
spicuous, Tictorious; i^^ ^j 34 v. 17,
" Conspicuous cities,
or ''cities connected
Digitized by
Google
-rv'-
(04)
-r-
ono vatli another by a track co.lkJ^^lir;
ij^}^ OutwarJIy, ^^J> A helper, ij-^
Mid-day heat, G 1^2^ Thrown beuhid tho bade,
with neglect.--^\l> III. To Qisidt (with ace.
and ^Xi) ; to divorce a wife, with tlio words
J^j:^ US ^l see 53 V, 2.^^^^] 17. To
mak3 one r.c|uair:ted with (witli ace. of p:r3.
and Ic- of tl.in^;) ; to cause to appear (with
^J), aa at 40 v. 27 ; to enter on tho period of
noon,, aa at 30 v. 17 ; to render supeiior (wita
ace. and lz).--^l!lj VI. To assist oixe another
again
:t (with ^ ands-^).
Us aor. a. To mix scents; to be solicitous about
(with (^\
kL^S aor. a. To amuse one's-self. C-^ • n.a.
Sport, jest.
Sic aor. 0. To adore, worship, juc Plur.juw^ A
servant; and Plur. JU^ Servants, especially
of God. jjlS part. act. A worshipper, ijlls
Service, worship.— jl^ II. To enslave.
Jlslior. 0. To pass over; to interpret (with J),
i^ An instructive warning. ^^Ufor^^J^U
oblique, plur. of ^ll part. act. One who passes
over.--^Ii^^ VIII. To take warning.
^J^ aor. i. To be austere, to frown, (j^^ Austere,
dismal.
y^ To glitter like the mirage. ^^/^ sing, and
plur. A. kind of rich carpet.
clcLc aor. 0. and i; To he angry. — t-^oL^t part. pass.
ly. f. Eeceived into favour. — ^^^.zx^^ X. To
beg for favour, receive into favour, invite any
one to make himself acceptable.
ccl To he prepared. Jui.l Scady.— Jo^l IV. To
prepare (with ace. of pers. and J).
(^ aor. 0. To he old. Jf-si Ancient.
Jift aor. i. and o. To drag violently (with ace. and
\}\)* J^ Violent, cruel.
lli aor. 0. To be proud, insolent, to oiTer an insolent
opposition, to exceed all bounds— in impiety —
(with^). Jis n.a. Insolence, priJc. •cf^li
for y^)^t Fern. iJU part. act. Exceeding,
violent. ^^ A decrepit old man, an obstinate
rebel.
^ aor. 0. To stumble; to- perceive (with jJl^). —
^\ IV. To make one acquainted with a thing,
or cause one to understand (with ^Ju: of pers.).
iLs aor. a. i. and o. To do evil (with >).
cl^ aor. a. To wonder (with ^, or with ^1 of
following verb), v.^^^, ^-*^» a^d ul-^..^^
Wonderful.— Ll^-^! IV. To delight, please."
j^ aor. i. To he iveak. j^sf An old woman,
jl^i Roots of palm-trees.— j:>-Cl« part. act.
III. f. One who baffles, or makes of none effect.
— jif 1 IV. To weaken, to be unable, to frus-
trate, find one to be weak ; ^^J^ J ly I 8
V. 61, "Verily they shall not find'(God) to be
weak," or "frustrate (his decree);" for the
ellipse of the complement see D. S. Or. T. 2,
^ pp. 121 and 454; it is also found with the
ace. and ^^. sjyf^ for ^J-sf^ oblique plur.
of jjsV part. act. One who weakens or frus-
trates.
Digitized bv VjOOQ IC
( 95 )
c-yju*
v^l^ aor. i. end o. To emaciate, i— ^Ur^ plur. of
■ j^U5:r fern, of «^7-ri (2nd declension) Loan;
at 12 V. 43 the \Yord ogrcca with cl?1^o undcr-
fltood.
JLssf aor. a. To hasten, accelerate (with ace, or with
^0 ; to be hasty or act hastily (with ^Js) \
to hurry over (with Cjj), as aj Jlsf*^ 75 v. 16,
" That thou mayest hurry over it," viz. the
receiving of the Koran from the Angel Gabriel.
^-^Precipitation, jjsr A calf, Js^l^ p^^^*
act. That which hastens away, transitory.
Jji:r Hasty. — ^^ II. To cause to hasten,
give beforehand (with ace. and J).--ji^! IV.
To cause to hastea (with ace. of pcrs. and J]jl).
—S^ V. To be in a hurry.— ji^] X. To
seek or desii*e to hasten (with J of pers. and c-^
of thing), as j^l^ Jf*^" % 46 v. 34, " Is'either
desire to. hastea (their punishment) for them;'*
the first complement c-?1jjJb being imderr
stood; D. S. Gr, T. 2, p. 454; to urge one to
make haste in doing anything (with ace. of
pera. and c-^ of thing). J^*7^^ n.a. The
desire of hastening; IyJIst^t^I 10 v. 12,
. "According to their desire of hastening;"
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 503.
^ aor. 0. To tryhy biting. ^\ (2nd declension)
A barbarian, a foreigner, one who speaks Arabic
imperfectly. ^^^\ Barbarous, foreign.
*xc aor. 0. To number, reckon, reckon up (with ace.
and J of pers.). jls n.a. A number, computa-
tion, determined number. J la A number.
ifcXc A number, prescribed term, ijk^ A pro-
s
vision. Jlfi .part. act. One who keeps an
account, jjjuc^ part. pass. Determined, com-
puted.—jjl^ II. To prepare, or lay up any-
thing agiinst the future.— jtS^ IV. To prepart?,
arrange (with ace. and J) ; 1^ j^^ \ 8 v. C2,
"Prepare ye!" for ^^ JjlsI imperat. sec D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 230.— Js^^ Yl'll. To reckon or
fulfil a term.
{j^i^ss. aor. 1. To minister, ^x:- generic noun.
Lentils.
J jl^ aor. i. To deal justly (with l^ or ^) ; to
establish justice (with J^.J), as at 42 y. 14 ;
to swerve from justice, as at 4 v. 134; to
hold as equal (with ace. and u-»), as at 6 v. 1,
where the first complement "other Deities**
is understood; to pay as an equivalent, as at
6 V. 69; to dispose aright, as at 82 v. 7.
Jj^ n.a. Justice, recompense, ransom, equiva-
lent, compensation; <JJ3 J Jjl^ 5 v. 06, " la-
stead thereof."
^jj: aor. i. and o. To abide co?istc::t!y. ^jlc n.a.
A perpetual abode, Eden, Par:iJisc.
IjLs aor. 0. To pass by; to transgreis (with ^) ; to
turn aside (with ace. and ^^). jJl:: n.a.
Malice, wickedness. jU for jjU part. act. A
transgressor, ci^b JU Swif: mares. ij\j^
Enmity. Jjlc The side of a valley. ^'Jj^
Injustice, hostility. |j^ Plur. ^Jj^i An
enemy; The sing, jjls is so^ietimes put for
the plur., thus at 18 v. 48 jjS jlL) ^J "And
• they are your enemies."— j^j'-j III. To be at
enmity with. — j^jjo V. To transgress. —
i^Slc^ VIII. To be wicked, to transgress
(with ace. or ^ or with ^^ of pers.). JcJU
part. act. Wicked, a transgressor.
iljil aor. i. To hinder, c-^j^ n.a. Fresh, sweet.
* ^^ ' ^ ^ ^
<— ^Ijl^ Punishment, torment.- c^j^ II. To
punish (with ace. of pers. and c-j of instru-
ment, as also of crime, or with ^) ; it is
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
( 90)
^/*
Bomc!imc3- found with tl:o double ace. tlius
ijil '^'lab' Cil^ 'Z'^\ 5 V. 115, "I T.m
punidh liim ^vitU a piinir.huieut^.vath which I
will puninli no oao (else) ; " to nfilict, as at 20
V. 49. cl>*\*.« part, act.- Ono who punialica.
c^jj^ part. pa33. Doomed to punishment.
^ji^ aor. 1. JO excuse, j-vs n.a. An excu30. ijXf^
An excuse, j,^^^ (2nd declension) plur. of
j!3^ Excuses.— J juv« part. act. II. f. Uttering
excuscs.—Jjo^^ VIIL To excuse one's-self
(with ^\ of pers.).
yfi aor. i. To be scabby^ iy^-t A crime.--^« part,
act. VIIL f. Ono who does not beg, though
poor.
c-j^ tiOf.i.Toeat: and tl^ To be pure Arabic
and free from faults (a speech), c-^ Be-
loTcd wives,- plur. of ^^. ^f- Arabic,
an Arabian. t->|^l plur. no sing. The Arabs
of the desert.
-yc aor. 0. To mount, ascend (with ^J\^ or ^).
^^ (2nd declension) Lame from birth. ^jS^
(2nd declension) plur. of Jj%^ A ladder, place
of ascending, stairs;
^^y^ To stamp cloth n\th thefgure of date-stalks,
y^f^j^ A dry date-st^lk.
^^ aor; i. and o. To construct, build houses.
^^ n.a. A throno; Plur. ^^f- Foundations,
props, supports. \^3j^ part. pass. Supported
on trellis-work.
'%^^ aor. i. To happen^ come against; to propose,
set before (with ace. and J or ^^)> ^jo^ n.a.
Breadth, extent; l^ In an* extended manner.
^jC Temporal goods or advantage, this
world's gear.. Xi^ 2 v. 224, Object, butt, or
impediment, according to different renderings.
^^^ Much, many, ^joj^ A cloud travor.^ing
the sky.— j^^o^ 11. To ma^:e an ofTcr (with c-j).
— ^Jiy^ IV. To turn aside, decline to do a
thing, loavc it undone (with ^). u^^j^\ n.a.
A turning away, aversion, i^j^^ P'^rt. act.
One who turns away from, averse.
i^^ aor. i. To know, discern (with ace. and c_: or
^^); The difforcnco between uJ^ and lie
is that the former refers to distinct and specific
knowledge, while the latter is more general ;
hence the opposite to uJ^ i3jL>lTodeny,andto
Jl^, J^.^ To be ignorant. cJ^- A/i{?iT«, just,
a benefit; l5^ 77 v. 1, " In a continual series,"
or according to another reading, "Conferring
benefits;" Plur. with the article t^\jzi\
The walls which divide Paradise from Hell.
ci?li^ Name of a mountain near Mecca, said
to be so named because of the recognition
which there took place between Adam and
Eve, after a separation of 200 years, i-jj*-*
part. pass. Known, recognized, honourable,
good, befitting, a kindness; the opposite to
^^ti-«.— uJ^ 11. To acquaint, make known
(with ace. of thing and J of pers.).— 4^lxJ VI.
To know one another (with d'^)-— «-{j^[ VIIL
To confess, acknowledge (with c-^).
/^js. aor. 0. To strip meat from off a bone. ^jS-
plur. no sing. Mounds or dams for ba7iking in
a body of water; ^jfi\ Name of an inunda-
tion which destroyed the city of Sab&'.
\^ aor. 0. To come upon, i^ A handle. — iJ/^\
VIIL To come down upon, afflict (with ace.
of pers. and c-^),
1^1 aor. i. To come upon; and ,^Ji aor. a. To be
naked. *T^ A bare place.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
>
(97 )
^ aor. i. To be raroi precious ; to get the better of
(with ace. of pcra. and ^). jz n.a. Power,
glory. i\-^ Power, honour, pride. ';y^ Plur.
ipi ) Mighty, excellent, trouVtCsoruo ; grievous,
a3 at 9 V. 129 (with Jl). p^] (Ond declen-
sion) More excelleat, mightier, Avc'Iiier, most
powerful; Fern. ,^^ (2nd declension); jjf^l
El 'Dzza, name of an idol of the Pagan Arabs.
—yj^ 11. To give additional power,, to corro-
borate (with t-^).— p:l IV. To render powerful.
cl^ aor. 0. and i. To be away from, be hidden
(with ^).
jjz aor. i. To reprehend, y^ Ezra.— ^^ II. To
assist, honour.
J^ aor. i. To remove from a place or office, set
aside. J^vi A place separate from the rest.
uHj^ part. pass. Removed.— ^^JjXil VIII. To
separate one's-self from, remove one'a-self from
(with ace. of pers.).
j^ aor. 1. To determine,, resolve, purpose; to be
determined on or decreed, aa at- 47 v. 23.
1^ n.a. Fixed determination; j^jffljc
"God's fixed resolve concerning human affairs."
Ifc aor. 0. To bring one back, ^jz oblique plur.
of ijc A crowd, company, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
858.
aor. i. and o. To demand tvith harshness the
repayment of a loan, to be difficult. ^ n.a.
Difficulty, j^ Difficult, unlucky, grievous.
ij**^ Difficulty, distress ; |^ji 2 v. 230,
" One who finds a difficulty in paying a debt."
j;^**!^ Difficult, dire, grievous. ^^Ls- (2nd
declension) Wretchednes3.--^lli5 VI. To be
difficult; to be in a difficulty; IfJJUi; ^\^ 65
▼. 6, " If ye find yourselves in a difficulty; "
the particle ^ givei tlie preterite a futnro
eigniCcatioii ; D, S. Gr. T. 1, p. 181.
^j^ll To come on by ni^-ht (as a wolf) ; quad-
riliteral verb derived from ^^^ To go round
hj night to hccp uatclu
^ preceded by ^ Initial letters at the com-
mencement of the 42nd chnj'ter, see ^jT.
JLji aor. i. and o. To mix food Kith honeg. J--*ii
comm. gend. Honey.
^JlS It may be, perhaps (with ^)), a verb of prox-
imity used only in the preterite; D. S. Or.
T. 2, p. 213; ''f:^ Jb 2 v. 247, "Will it
come to pass that yo?^' "Would it have
happened that ye?" 47 v. 24.
yUc aor. 0. To take awag a tenth part ; "aor. i. To
make ten bg adding one to nine. JL^. n.a.
s s ^
and As fem. ; iA^ and Jyl^ masc. Ten, a
decade. Note. From three to ten inclusive
the termination if, which is generally the sign
of the feminine, marlcs the masculine; These
numerals usually agree -in gender with the
noun of which they express the number, but
instances occur where this does not appear to
be the case ; thus at 6 v. 161 <^Lldlj 'T>- "^
L^ ^\jL1 iH "Whoever shall bring a good
action shall have ten (good actions) equiva-
lents of that which he has wrought;" Here,
although the noun JllXi is masc.^^^ is fem.
because it really refers to lzjU-Io- understood ;
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 329; so also at 2 v. 234, where
\JL1 agrees.in gender with ^^U understood.
^r,4^ Twenty. ^^ P^^- ^^ ^L/^ (2nd
declension) Camels ten months gone with
young. jJlp A companion. i^-A^ Kindred-
^ X o X
on the father's side. jt*jL^ A company.
jliJU The tenth part.— jiU III. To live with,
associate with (with ace. of pers. and c^).
Digitized by
Google
UL--
( 03)
U_r.
llr aor. 0. To Ic piirUiiid ; to witliJra'.v from (with
. ^). i'lJl.i Comineac:iiie::t of darkncc3,
evening. iV^ Evciiln j. llJLz An evening.
c-^--::j: aor. i. To zurround. . h^s. A body of nica
from lull to fuily. ^Jl-^^ Gi'ovous, liciivy..
j^::^. aor. i. To press (grapci). jjlz n.a. A jo, timj,
aflcrnoon.— jLli^ n.a. IV. f. A whirlwind.
cijI ^-^^ part. act. foin. plur. (Clouds) emhtiii^
or prcs^in^ on' ruin.
wi-is aor. L To How violcntb/. ^^S.^ n.a. Leaves
and stalks of corn, of which the grain has
been enfcn by -cattle; U^ In violent gnats.
^.-L^'jipart. act; Storniy,.at' tipoatuotis wind.
<^X^U A violent wind.
1^ aor. i. To male a j^^'oft; to preserve, save
harmless (with ace. and ^j.^. l-.a:: plur. of
Ju^ Defence, guardianship. a-^Is part. act.
Defender.— I>^,s< VIILTo*talve hold on, cleave
. firmly to (with c-^).— liiL»^ X. To preserve
cne's-self from sin. '
Lis aor. 0. To strike one rvith a stick, \Zls. fern.
ioT y^t ^ and \yll A staiT, rod. Note,^ at
the end of a word, when preceded immediately
by fatha, does not take a vowel, but becomes
quiescent, and is changed into \ in words of
three letters, and into ,^ in words of four;
where there is a tanvveen it is given to the
preceding fatha, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 105;
^VAs plur. of La5.
^Ja£. aor. i. To rebel, disobey (with ace. and J or
ace. and ^). ^^az Eebellioua. ^^U^ Re-
bellion, ^u^ff^ Disobedience.
^^ aor. a. To bite (with ^ 25 v. 29, or ace. and
juift aor. 0. To strike any one on the arm.
An arm, a helper.
Ji cor. a. 0. and i. To hinder a woman from
. morryinc; (with ^\j,
iz aor. 0. To dlc^Jc Uaibfrcni Uidb, ^^J:: cbli'juo
plur. of i^ A separah part.. Note. Xouns
from a defec'ive root occasionally lo£C their
last radical letter, which is tlica replaced by
J; thus ySz bocoaics tlz] on p.issing into
the plur. they regain the macc. form, thus
^2,^ is the plural of li^; D- S. Gr. T. 1,
pp. 317 and Si9.
ji^ aor. i. To i.icUne to/vards, le rvell dbposcd
■ tcn-ards. \^Jlzz A side.
Jiii To be hare q/crnamcnts{a wotnaii). — Jl^j: II.
To deprive of ornament, leave without crt-e.
j1l^« part. pass. Neglected.
UL:. aor. 0. To take avjtlar.g in the lend. ^lll:r A
gift.-r-^Jb^l IV. To give (with double ace);
to be docile, as at 92 V. S.—Jl^Uf VI. To
nndertahe, or take (a swprd) in the hand, 54
V. 29.
^ To gire a dog a hone; and 2hl To he great,
f^ n.a. A bone ; Plur. ^^. aJ^ Great,
heavy. >li£l (2nd declension) Greater, su-
perior, highest in rank.— lliLs II. To make
great, honour.— ^Jicl IV. To- increase (with
ace. and J of pers.).
ii aor. i. To abstain from that which is unla?vful
or irnproper.'-^JjiM n.a. V. f. Modesty.—
i_"*" ^^ A. same as (.ju.
y^ aor. i. To roll {one) in the dust. vL*j^ A
da3mon, an 'Efreet.
Ufi aor. 0. To obliterate all traces (as the rvbid);
to pardon (with ^ or J); to abound, as at
7 V. 93 ; to pass over, pass by (with ^), as
at 5 y. 18 ; to remit, as at 2 v. 238. Aote.
\yuu is found in some copies for yju 3rd pers.
Digitized by
^oo
Uc
( 00)
(^
£!J^^ nor, ; llila \ is calleJ .^fli^ 1 ^^1 or nlif H^ cor. o, Tb ^6' larrcn (a nwvian). 1/il Barron,
of prccn-ition, D. S.Gr.T. 1, p. 100. ySn,:i. cliildlcsT (mancx vrom^.u) ; fiTicvoiu (clay), na
Ovcrp]ii:.,sur:...;ulLv,?v.Gir; parJon. .^^'Jl at 20 v. C4 ; do:troyin- bliu:ing(wiad), r.3 at
oblique plur. ofcJU for "lili part. r.ct. For- *^ ^'
gIvin^^ yj: Very forgivinrj.
J^ To strike on the heel; aor. o. To succeed.
dJS. Success; 01^ 18 v. 4?, LU. "Tlio
^ beat aa to success." vJl^ji corr.ra. gond. -4
>?cr/, posterity; Plur. c-^'iil Ileels; iZsl
Ilia two heels, c- ;ll^ Punishment: c— ?^JLr.
for ^li^ 13 V. G2, etc. "My punishment."
il^ A phco hard of ascent. ,^^5-^^ (2nd
declension) End, success, reward, as ,<-r-^
.IjjfThe reward of Paradise. IjU End,
issue, (fortunate) result; j\S!^\ ^\S same as
jljJl ^^^-i^. — Ju^-u^ II. To retrace one's steps.
part. act. One who puts ofF or reverses ;
ci?ulv« Angels (of the night and day) "who
succeed each other.— lIJIs III. To punish
(with c^-j) ; to succeed in turn, as at 60 v. 11 ;
Pass. L--^»^ To be punished or injured, as. at
16 V. 127.— tl^i IV. To cause to succeed or
follow (with ace. and , J).
*>ii To tie in a knotf strike a bargain, mahe a com-
pact, enter into an obligation. >xi^ Plur.
4)^ A compact, ifju:: Plur. aL; Aknot, tie,
obligation; ^Vj^ cilJll^jfllS v. 4, "The
women who blow on knots," witches.
f^ aor. i. To wound, hamstring. J\£. Barren
(woman).
O^ aor. i. To keep back (a camel, by tying up
the foreleg) \ aor. i. and 0. To understand, to
be ingenious, prudent, sagacious ; c^y^ a^
^u/$*i 22. V. 45, "They have hearU to
understand with."
\^JLz aor. i, and 0. To kc ^p back, detain (with ^z) ;
to give one's-self up to (with ^^). ^^}S.
part. act. One who rem:?:n3 constantly in any
place, an inhabitant, as at 22 v. 25 ; assidu-
ously devoting onc's-self to, as at 20 v. 97.
\JiiX^ part. pass. Detained.
j^ aor. 0. To cut off thee top leaves of a tree,
adhere to, hang from. ^jLz Clotted blood.
Z^ A lump of .clotted blood,— ^v« part,
pass. II. f. One in suspense.
llj: aor. i. and 0. To mar/c, sign ; and IL^ aor. a.
To know (with. ace. and ^, also with ^1) ; to
distinguish (with ace. and ^^) ; to be learned
or knowing; For the diiTerence between ILT
and cJ^ see uJ^. U^ n.a. Science, know-
ledge, learning, art ; IzCli IL 43 v. 61, " A
sign or means of knowing the last hour."
lift A sign; Plur. ^iu! Long mountains.
JU part. act. One who knows, or is wise.
i<3b A sign, mark. ^J^^ oblique plur. of
J L^ A world ; The worlds spoken of in the
Koran are taken to mean tlie three species of
rational creatures, viz. men, genii, and angels.
jJlz Learned, knowing, wise; Plur. ^UL (2na
declension). Alt Very learned, wise or know-
ing. J^T (2nd declension) comp. form. More
or most wise or knowing (with c-^). ^/*^
part. pass. Known, predetermined. — 'ZS II. To
teach (with l^, or with double ace, or with
acc. and ^^ or c_;). JLi^ part. pass. Taught,
instructed.— lirl IV. To make known.— j3JiJ
V. To learn (with acc. or with J^).
Digitized by VjOOQ IC .
^
( 100 )
v>
^^ aor. i. and o. To be r::ar.'/aL ^^3lb In public,
openly.— '^^1 IV. To n^^.kc mnnifoot, publish
(with 1^1 or with qcc. and J).
ic aof. a. and o. To bo liigli, loHy, exalted, elated,
proud (with ^ OFjJ^i); to le.upon, to be
over, P.3 Ijj^ U 17 v. 7, " That over which they
Lad gained the upper hand; " \j^ Ky^ cr-^j
17 V. 4, "And yo will YC;'iy be elafod with
great in:olcn':e;" ^^nJ is hero put for ^.jLrJ,
the rf.dicalj beinj supproscjd because of the
quiescent^ contained -in tho teshdeed ; it
bcinj contr.»iy to tlie rule to have two- quies-
cent letters together after tho same vowel;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 94 and. 252. jli n.a.
Exaltation, insolence, pride; 1^ ULs 17 v.
45; lj!u is said by Beidawee to stand in this
place for UJUJ ; the literal meaning will there-
fore be "May ho be exalted far above that
"which they utter by a great exaltation." j^'^lc
oblique plur. of Jli for Jli part. act. That
which is high or haughty; Fem. ^U Lofty,
Bee D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 330; <^\1» Qli U v.
84, " Upside down ;" ^^ c-IjQ l^ILr. 76
V. 21, " Having garments of silk a3 a cover-
ing ; " The accus. of the part, or verbal adjec-
tive is here put for the verb, and the words
have the same meaning as if they had been
c->C f^/*d ®^C' " There were upon them gar-
ments," etc.; for the grammatical construc-
tion see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 270 and 271 ; there
are various readings of this passage. — ^^1x5
VI. properly, "He was exalted" (with ,Xc);
also "He came" (with ^\ or with aor. con-
ditional); In an optative sense this word is
frequently put after the name of God, and it
then fiignific.3"Be lie exalted," or with ^t^j?
"Bo He raised far above," as \jS ^Ks6
^,^^ 16 V. 3, " Be He exalted far above that
which they a:^.>ociate (with him)," see C>;W.
^Ix^ "Come then!" fem. plur. imporat.
Jliliri3 V. 10 for ^Ulifon account of
the pause, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 496, part. act.
The exalted, the High.-.^J3iC^ X. To 7;iount,
get the upper hand.
^ aor.i. To vioimt vp. ^^ preposition, Above,
upon, over, in addition to, before, tovrards,
against, opposite, alongside, to, according to,
of, for, on nccount of, in, from, by ; /JL& He
owes, it behoves him ; ^ ^^ In order that,
on condition that, seeing that, although V^J^
l£JlLi 6 V. 135, "According to your power;"
l^ .Ij j! ^ 4 V. 50, " As— or like— the hinder
parts thereof;" lJJ^ ^22y. 11, "After
a way," or " upon the verge— as it were— (of
religion) ; " The various meanings of ^^ seem
all to be more or less connected with the
primary idea of something, upon or over
another. ^Sl\ (2nd declension) comp. form,
Higher, highest, more or most exalted ; Fern.
\21 (2nd declension) for ,^^^ in accordance
with the rule that final 4^ when preceded by
Jr is changed into short \; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
Ill ; Plur. masc. ^jl\ for ^^\ according
to the rule of permutation, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. .
354 ; Fem. Plur. ^ for ^ and with the
article ,^^T! J^ High, sublime, eminent;
name of Mohammad's son-in-law. fj^^
properly, High places, a name of the upper
part of the Heavens, where the register of
men's good actions is preserved, or according
to some, the register itself; Learned Moslims
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
J-
( 101 )
difTor greatly about this word and its meaning ;
it. is found in Hebrew.
^ - aor. 0. 7'o be common, l^ Plur. VS^ An uncle
on the father's side, l^ An aunt on the
father's side.
lU non i. To ajllct. SXi plur. of 5l^ coram,
gend. A column, a lofty structure, a tent pole.
— S^ V. To propose. \j^^ On purpose.
^ aor. 0. To cultivato, make habitable, perform
the sacred visU'^.tion— to ilccca— (with ace).
^ Life ; C/JXJ a form of oath, " VerUy by
thv life." lyote. When not used in this manner
the word is written. and pronounced ^^. j^
Life, age, and especially long life, old-age.
iCi^ The sr.cred visitation to Mecca. JjUs
n.a. Eeligious cult, culture. J^^^ (2nd
declension) ; Two persons are called by this
name in the Koran, viz. the father of the Virgin
Mary, and the father of Moses and Aaron.
j^ part. pass. Visited, etc.-;^ II. To cause
to live, grant a long life to. yJ^« part. pass.
One whose life is prolonged.—;^^ VIIL To
visit, pass one's time in visitmg.— y4x;->| A.
To settle any one as an inhabitant (with ace.
and ^).
ja^ aor. 0. To be deep. J^ Deep, distant, far off.
JaS aor. a. To be active (a camel) ; to do, make,
act, work, operate ; a^li. ^ J^ J^ 17
v. 86, see %i», see also 6 v. 135 ; at 34 v. 12
before \^\ we must understand the words
1!^ Jj^ " It was said to them," viz. the house
of David ; so also at the 10th verse the word
ilT^I "We commanded him," is to be under-
stood before S^Tjs, see ^] . J^l^ part. act.
One who does, etc., an operator, worker, toiler.
^ Plur. Jl^l Work, act, deed, labour, toll,
action.
li^ aor. a. To wander distractedly to and fro (with
^) ; to be struck with amazement.
^J^ aor. i. Tofow ; and ^^ aor. a. To be blind,
'dark, obscure; A^W^^^ ^^^'^ 23 v. CG,
" And the account eliall be {was) obscure unto
them." ^JS n.a» Blindness (of heart). ^
Plur. ^y^ Ace. ^^ Blind, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 354. ^J^\ (2nd declension) ; Plur. ^
and^!,C:^' Blind, dark.—JU II. To blind,
hide, conceal from (with ^ of pers.), as
Xi^ cL^I^ 11 V. 30, " And it is hidden from
you."— ^1 IV. To make blind.
\I Off, from, from off, away from, out of, in spite
of, concerning; The primary signification of
^ conveys the idea of removal from of or
away from a thing, and from this the other
significations may be derived, see D. S. Gr.
T. l,p.483; L^,^ ^u^ ^Jr^ ^ ^ v.
45, " One soul shall not at all make satisfaction
for another," i.e. so that the punishment should
be transferred from one to another ;
^'?y
L5^
\
. J;-^l3r^ 3 V. 92, Lit. " God is rich away
from his creatures," Le. rich enough to dis-
pense with them.
Ls generic noun, Plur. iljQA A grape, grapes,
A vine ; no verbal root.
xc aor. a. To be corrupt, fall into misfortune,
perish, to commit a cnme ; ^;::^ U y^Jj o v.
' 114, ''They desire your ruin;" U with the
verb following is here considered as equivalent
to the noun of action Itlx^, and is hence called
tjsi: U D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 541 ; "^ 49 v.
7," Ye would certainly be guilty of a crime."
Digitized by
Google
( 102)
u^
2 V. 219, " lie will- surely distress or destroy
you;" Tho preterite bcinr; put for tbo aorist
to give groator.en':^r£'y to tlie expression, D. S.
Gr. T, 1, p. loS, •
aor, 0. 7b go out of th ric-:^ rcay. ocji At,,
with, near, about, in ; Thi3 particle is properly
a noun in the accusative caje, meaning a side,
part or quarter; after the preposition ^^ it is
written jL, a3 »ujrjcl:i ,!^^« "From God;" also
when foUov.ed by (^, a3 yj^^ (It is) in my
power; (there is) with me, or I have, Lat.
mlhi est; ^jL ^' jlsU 12 v. 60, "There
will be no measuring (of corn) for you on my
part;" D. S. Gr. T.'l, p. 49S. JuJ Cour
tumacious, stabborn, refra.^tory. .
To hide the head and neck in its form (a hare)..
^ comm. gend. Plur. Jll^l A neck.
CD^Aift comm. gend. A spider; yerbal^ root
doubtful.
lie aor. 0. To distress, to be humble (with J) ;
J^^fv^J 20 T- 110, " And their faces shall
be humbled."
i^ aor. a. To enjoin, command, stipulate, cove-
nant (with ^\ of pers. and ^, or with SLe. of
pers.). Jkyft A covenant, promise ; also time,
as at 20 v. 89.— i^lc HI. To make a covenant
with (with ace. of pers. and ^^ of matter).
^^ aor. 0. To wither. ^^ Particoloured wool.
lie aor. 0. To stand still, recede; and ^^ To be
bent, distorted. ^^ Crookedness, curvature,
distortion, obliquity; «U 'Lyz > 20 v. 107,
''There is no obliquity in him," or "no re-
ceding." Note, i when used to deny the exist-
ence of a thing generally governs the accus.
without tanwecn; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 63.
n.a.Sin.— (Xoil IV. Todor>troy; 1121 J [jli aor. o. To return, turn (v/ith J or ,^), fre-
quently used with an ellipse of tho comple-
ment; 1/i Q j;,;J^^ Ji 53 V. 4, "Then thoy
would revert to or repair whrt they have said ; "
this passage admits of a vari ^iy of explanations,
jli 'Ad, an ancient and porrerful tribe of Arabs
of prodigious stature, descended from 'Ad, the
great-grandson of Shem. jo U part. act. One
who returns. 5L^« A place whither one re-
turns, a name of Mecca.— jlSl IV. To cause to
return, restore (with ace. of pers. and ^^, or
with double ace).
j\l aor. 0. To he next the bone (fesh); to take or
seek refuge, especially with God (with ^J of
perSi and ^j^) ; also used with ^^T meaning
lest, as at 2 v. 63, and again at 44 v. 19.
jCU A refuge; /JjfJlJU 12 v. 23, "God for-
bid!" lit. "(I seek) refuge with God," for
tiljU sjib j^l.— jUl IV. To recommend to
the protection— of God— (with ace. of pers. and
c-j). — jUL»[ X. To take refuge (with c-> of
pers. and -l^); 3jc1lS imperat. 7 v. 199,
" Then fly for protection."
Jlc aor. a. and o. To be or to make one-eyed, i^
Pudenduni, nakedness, a place lying naked
and exposed to the enemy, as at 33 v. 13 ;
"^ ^"(j^ S^ 24 V. 57, Lit. "There are
three (times) of nakedness for you."
^U aor. 0. To keep bach. — ^^j^ 1 oblique plur.
part. act. II. f. Those who hinder.
Jlc aor. 0. To swerve, turn aside (from the right
way).
lU aor. 0. To switn. ^l^ A year; j^l^l^ 31 v. 13
oblique dual, Two years.
^U aor. 0. To be middle-aged (a woman).
Digitized by VjOOQIC
u^
( 103)
^-/^
Mi(ldle-a-. (1.— J,U1 IV. To r.^^^:3tC. ith ncc.pnJ
JloTL^) ; J>,^^^}^ IS V. 91, "Then cr-iit
me." — J*;'^-^ VI. To help one another (with
^^).— J,l-j-)^ X. To ask assi^fnncc (with ace.
of pera. or with c— ^). J^L^::.***^ part. pass. One
whose aid is to he implored.
^ aor. i. To hesitate; and ^^^ aor. a. To be
hindered so as to bo unable to complete a thinj
(with (-j) ; ^yu ^40 v. 32 aor. cond. "He was
Dot unable to complete;" .IwjI 50 v. 14,
"Were we then unable to finish?" The verb
^ being at the same time srjrd, concave, and
defpctive, presents several apparent anomalie3;
these may, however, all be explained bj the
rules which afTect such verbs.
t->U aor. i. To he faulty ; to render faulty or un-
flcrviceable.
jli aor. 1. To visit. jLr A fc:^.st, festival.
j^ aor. i. To go hachvanh and fonvcrJs.
fem. A caravan. . . ^
^**^ (2nd declension) Jc^us, Our Saviour. •
j^Uaor. i. To pass one s .life ^ live, il^ n.a.
Life. iP^ WhatoTer is nocc^jsry to sup-
port li:e. iL^y* Plur. \J^^^^ (2nd .d':olGn-
sion) Esiitence, manner of living, victuals,
necessaries of life.
ju aor. i. To twist- the body about in a conceited
manner rchcn rcalhlny^ to be poor. Jj. li part,
act. Poor. iL-^ Poverty.
J^ aor. i. To Jlow. ^^ fem. Plur. ^•-jr A
fountain, spring of water; Plur. ^^1 An eye.
^(oT^ D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 112, § 227, fem.
plur. of J^\ (2nd declension) Ilaving large
eyes, ^^^jy Clear-flowing, a fountain.
Jji^li see ur^.
aor. 0. To delay. J^ Dust. ^\1 part. act.
One who stays behind, lags behind.
^^ aor. i.. To deceive.— -^^^^ n.a. VI. f. Mutual
deceit.
^ aor. 0. To be covered with foam and dead leaves ^
etc. (a river). i\tl Scum and refuse, light
straw, stubble.
jSz aor. 1. and o. To remain behind.— ^j\l III. To
leave out.
JA£ aor. a. To be full of rvater {a spring). j*Xc
Copious, abundant.
\s£, aor. 0. To come or go early in the morning
(with ^ or ^Jlc). %1 forjic The morrow;
\sk To-morrow. ^jJ An early meal, dinner.
f # ' • , . , , f, -'^
•Jls The mormng, early mornmg. i\^ same
asjA£.
j& aor. 0. To deceive with vain hopes (with ace. and
^S) ; when used with ace. and l^ it means to
seduce from, as. at 82 v. 6, and 57 v. 13.
j^ A deceiver, the Devil, j^ A vain hope ;
\j^jZ Deceitfully.
cl^ aor. 0. To go away, set, as the sun (with J).
c-i]^ A raven, t-jr^ Sunset. ^^ Fem.
\1 (2nd declension)
The West.
plur. of L-.^y5 A kind of black grapes.
cS/U The West, setting of the sun ; Plur.
(IjJm (2nd declension) The western parts of
Digitized by VjOOQIC
c->
'j^
( 104 )
j^-
■ the.cailh; Dual ^j^ly-'. 55 v. IV, Tuo t'.YO
points in. the IIcavcn3, where the sun seta in
einnmor rj.J winter.
uJ^ r*or. i. and o. To drar) tvatcr for drhuurj.
i^ji A (irnu[jht of water tr>''on u:> in the hand ;
the Eovcnth Heaven, 2o v. 7o. t-ir^- -^d
CL^U^ plurals of iU^ Lofty apartments. —
uJ^[ VIII, To drink out of the hand (with
ace. and c-j).
^jL To he submerged, jji n.a. A draught, li^
At a sin^^lo draught; and hence, suddenly,
violently. J^ The act of drcvninj.— ^,-i^l
IV. To drown (with ncc. and . ^ or o).
\^/^ part. pas3. Drowned.
ji^ aor. a. To be in debt, ^Jl part. act. One in
debt. A\ji A continuous torment. VX< A
debt that must be paid, a forced lean, 9 v. 99.
— (Iff-^ part. pass. IV. f. One who is involved
in debt, or laid under an obligation.
1^ aor. 0. To glue.—^^ IV. To excite, incite
against (with ace. and c-^) ; to cause enmity
(with ^^).
J^ aor. i. To zpin. Jjz n.a. A spinning, that
which is spun.
Jil aor. 0. To rvill, seek, make an hostile excursion
against, ij^ for ^jje^ plur.' ofjli for ^j^ll A
combatant.
^.T,R aor. i. To be very dark {the nighO. ^jlln.tx.
The" commencement of night. ^jJS The
moon, also the commencement of darkness.
jllc Corruption which flows from the bodies
of the damned.
^mS aor. i. To wash, yj^^ Same as jL-l q.v.
— J-lii^ VIII. To wash oneVself. Jllli A
place for washing.
j^-2 tor. ft. To cover over, coi'-'.e upon, a3 at 29 v.
5J, c^^Jc-Ji A^w":i /♦;J '' On a certain -ly their
punislii.ient shall come ui\on them;" j»-^''-^
. is here put for ILIV D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. IIS ;
^Jj: l^~^ I >~'3. Lit. It 13 covered overuj^oa
him," a p!ira3e moaning "he faints," 33 v. 19.
L-lll The day of judgment. [J^^ P^^r. of.
£Lllz A covering. Jjlli A covering, veil.
S^^JU part. pass. One in a swoon.— ^^^ II.
To cover, to cauie to cover (with double ace).
— ^^J^\ IV. To cover, cause to cover or be
^ ^^
covered (with double ace). — ^JLJC V. To
have carnal connexion with.--^yL^:;-»l X. To
cover one's-sclf with— a garment— (with ace.
• of garment).
^^ aor. a. To be annoyed by ss:;ict/u?ig sticking in
the throat, JL^i Something which sticks in
the throat, so as to cause pain.
kI.'^:- aor. i. To carry off violently. \JU. By
force.
^jc^ aor. 0. To cast down— the eyes, to lower— the
voice (with ^j.^).
lI^.^?.^ aor. a. To be angry (with ^JS, of pers.
against whom), i^^^}. n.a. Anger, indigna-
tion, ij^r^ adj. (2nd declension) Angry.
L^yM^ part. pass. Incensed. — t^^^u^ part,
act. IIL f. Being angry.
(j£!a^ aor. i. To be dark.^fj^\ IV. To make
dark.
Uai aor. 0. To be dark. ^Iki A veil, covering.
jkl aor. i. To cover, pardon (with J of pers. and
ace. of thing) ; to forgive (with ^^1). j}l
part. act. One who forgives, jjil and ^u^
Very forgiving, y^j^ Pardon ; iL/J clio]^
2 y. 285, "(We implore) thy pardon, 0 our
Lord;" There is Lere an ellipse of clJli.f or
. Digitized by VjOOQIC
J^
(10;^ )
.some sin liar word ; sec D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 82.
r -U Tardon.--^^^^ X. To ask pardon for
(with J); to ask pardon of (with f.cc. ofpera.
and J). j^-^\ ^-a. The Jict of r. •■dnj foF-
givencss. ^*iHt part. act. One v.ho asks
for^avencs3.
Jliaor. 0. To neglect, bo negligent (with ^^).
Ji'i part. act. One who i3 negligent or care-
less. £jS Negligence, carelcssnecs.— JJ-^! IV.
To cause to bo negligent (with ace. and ^).
,]i aor. 0. To insert, defraud, bind— as t!ae hand to
the neck. Ji Ilidden enmity, grudge. JJ^
riur. Jli! A collar, yoke. ^^A* V^^^' P^-^-
Bound, tied up ; cl^ J\ ^^^ ^H 0^"^%
17 V. 31, " Kor let thy hand be tied up to thy
neck," i.e. Be not niggardly.
clii aor. i. To prevail (with ^is) ; overcome,
* s ^ ^ **
conquer. iJJii- n. a. Victory, conquest; ^
!L-iI jjo 30 V. 2, " After their conquest, or
defeat;" the word is here used in a passive
sense. \L^}1 part. act. One who*overconies,
victorious, all powerful. vJJl£ plur. of cl^l
Thick necked, lofty. <lL jf\l^ 80 v. 30,
"Gardens (planted) \hick (with trees)."
c-;yjU part. pass. Overcome.
tic aor. i. and liii aor. o. To be thick, rough, severe
(with ^ of pers.). iLlI Plur. llli Kough,
severe, strong, firm ; c-Jl3 ) 1^4^ Hard-
hearted, d^ Severity.— iailL*^ X. To be
thick, strong.
lJU To put a bottle into its case; and uJL^ To be
uncircumcised. i^JLz\ Plur. t^iix Uncircum-
ciBed.
Jll aor. i. To shut (a door).^j^ II. Same as jli.
lU aor. a. To be lustful. ^1^ Plur. ^^\^ A boy,
a youth, frequently used in the Koran for a son.
£i aor. 0. To be dear, excessive; to exceed what is
just and proper (with ^^).
^Jl aor. i. To boil. QI n.a. The act of boiling.
lor. 0. 2o cover, li n.a. Anguish, aflliction.
ili In the dark. /^Ui plur. of i^Ui Clouds
covering: the heavens.
aJ^ aor. a, 7!;; abound {in ivatcr). *^ Plur.c-:]^
A flood of water, a confused ma53 of anything;
sometimes used metaphori'^nily, ascj]^*^
tijyj\ The pangs of death.
yS aor. i. To point, or 7unk at any onc—j-*^^ VI.
To wink at one another.
J^^ aor. 0. To be low and level {the ground). —
^j^\ IV. To connive at the payrnenC of less
. than the full value (with ^).
Iji To get as booty,. acquire, gain- without trouble.
lli n.a. Sheep, lil*^ (2nd declension) plur.
of >:ji.« Plunder, spoils,
aor. a. To be rich ; to dwell (with Ji). ^^
Plur. ^X^ (2nd declension) Rich, self-suiH-
cient, able to do without others (with ^). —
^] IV. To enrich (with ace. and ^); to
avail or be profitable to, satisfy,- sufEce for,
fill the place of another for or against ; used
with ^ of pei-s. for whom, and ^ of pera.
against whom, as at 12 y. 67 ; or with ^ of
pers. and ace. «\3 at 19 y. 43, see ,^ ; another
construction is found at 53 v. 29, ^ ^jJu 1
UI£ J^lflt profiteth nothing against the
trith,-" c^Tlf^ J^J 77 V. 31, " It shall
not avail against the flame;*' It is also em-
ployed with the ace. alone, as at 80 v. 37.
^jU part. act. One who suffices or stands in
the place of mother. ^^jJc^*^ X. To become
rich, desire riches, to be able to do without, to
be self-sufficient.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
c^U
( 100 )
iLAz aor. 0. To aj^i ,t, relieve (with ^J).— cjU1!1^
X, To implore assistance (with ace. ariJ ^^)>
j\z aor. 0. To come into a hollow pLicc. Jl A
cavern, j^i n.a. (Water) runnin^.f/.vay under
ground, jjlr.'i A cave.— -;^V^3.i fern. plor.
part. act. IV. f. Horses making an hostile
excursion.
Ji\l aor. 0. To dive (with J at 21 v. 82). ^^\^
A diver.
1?U aor. 0. To plunge i7ito. l^U u4 JioUo.c place,
a privy, easing one's-self.
Jli aor. 0. To seize. J^ Inebriation.*
4^^ aor. i. To wander, go astray. J^i n.a. Error,.
destruction. -^S One who is in the wrong.
^U part. act. Plur. j^.^;'^, Oblique Plur. ^-Jjli
One who goes astray; expressions denoting
Devils, or those who listen to them.— ^jil IV.
, To lead astray.
4— ;U aor. i. To be absent, e.,^ n.a. Plur. c^*-^
. - * j^
'A secret, mystery, whatever is absent or hidden.
iXJlIi for iXl, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 276, note,
The bottom (of a well, etc.). l--J li part. act.
lie or that which is absent or hidden.
.Uil
h h ^9
VIII. To tiaduce the rXsent, as
V. 12, ''Neither traduce one another;" aor.
eonditional.
C-?U aor. i. To water by means of rain. C-^
Eain.
Jli aor. i. To provide for.- j^ A difference, an
other; This word, which sometimes docs duty
as on adverb, is then indeclinable, as ^ Not,
besides, unless ; when used as a proposition,
and meaning Without or Except, it becomes
declinable, see Jv^o. Note. Much controversy
exists as to the grammatical construction of
this and similar words, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 153,
note.-y^ II. To alter, change
act. One who chan^^^es.-
j^%^ part.
« see jU for
J^-
'-jM V, To bo changed.
^U aor. i. To diminish, abate, be wanting, as
'^\^yiV,j^ U 13 V. 9, "What the wombs
want (of their due time)."
^\i aor. i. To incense, irritate (with ace. and i^).
la-x n.a. Anger, fury. laJ Is part, act. One who
is angry.— £uiJ n.a. V. f. A raging furiously."
J A prefixed conjunction having less conjunctive
power than J, and hence principally employed
. in connecting sentences ; the following is from
Johnson's Pers. Arab. and English Dictionary;
cJ is a prefixed particle of inference and
sequence, signifying And, then, for, therefore,
BO that, in order that, in that case, in con-
sequence, afterwards, at least, lest, for fear
that, truly ; all or most of these significations
may be found in the Koran, but this particlo
occurs so frequently in almost every page
that the choice must be left to the reader's
judgment, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 549 et seq,,
also T. 2, p. 396 ; It is constantly to be found
prefixed to other particles, as UlJ, ^\i, ^U,
^b etc. etc.
^LarVi An opening or commencement, rt. ^ q.v.
J]i>-\i"Then protect him;" imperat. iv. f. of
jU. q.v.
Digitized by
Google
^li
( 107)
jli aor. ft. To hurt any one in the heart, jy Plur.
ixSi Tlio heart.
^Jj see Jj.
J^ ''Tho:i bIiow me;" impcrat. iv. f. of ^
q.v. with L-i prefixed'.
Vl for CU or J/vi aor. o. and i. To split (the head)
Tvith a STVord. Li A band or party of men,
army.
\^ see 'U for iJ.
^jus^^ see (^>*^j»
bi aor. a. To break, cer.se, deaist, aa j:i>J aJ-'-J
cJJ;i j^iJ 12 V. 85, " By God ! thou wilt (not)
cease to remember Joseph;" for this ellipse
of the negative see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 473;
jS is here put for ^Q5, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97.
JS aor. a. To open (with ace. or with. ace. of thing
and 11 of pers.) ; to explain or reveal (with
t^ of thing and ^J^ of pers.); To grant— a
mercy or a victory — (with ace. and J of pers.),
as at 43 V. 1 ; to adjudicate in a cause (with
^) ; ^^Uj ^f^k ^-^^ '^1 J^ 21 V. 96,
" Until Gog and Magog shall have had a way
opened for them," alluding to the rampart
mentioned at 18 v. 93, which being broken
down, an irruption of those barbarous tribes
is to take place shortly before the last day ;
the verb is here put in the feminine as having
for subject the collective nouns ^^^ and
^^U, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 233. ^3 Victory, a
decision or judgment, the taking of a town,
and especially of Mecca, which is sometimes
called l^Tpar excellence, as for example in
the 48th chapter, which takes its name from
that victory ; N.B. The victory foretold at the
close of the 27th verse is believed to be the
taking of Khaibar. ^li part. act. One who
opens, one who gives juJ^-inont; iar'JJ \ Namo
of the opening chapter of the Koran. — 'c-iH
Tho Judge, an epithet of God. ^iJ^^ (2ua
declensioa) plur. of ''jX^ or ^liiuU A key. —
lu II. To open (with J of pers.). lU^ part,
pass. Opened.— -1.^1^^ X. To ask assistance —
of God,— against (with ^Ji!/.) ; to ask for a
judgment or decision— in a suit, — as at 3 v. 19. •
^ aor. 0. and i. To he fjidet; to feel weak or faint,
to desist, ijj A cessation, or interval of timo
between two prophets.—^ II. To weaken,
diminish— a punishment— (with ^).
Jzj To split, cleave asunder.
J^ aor. i. To twist (a rope). J-J A small skin in
the cleft of a dite-stone, hence a thing of no
value.
^ aor. i. To try, or prove— as gold in the fire —
(with ace. and c-? or^) ; to afflict, persecute
(by burning), which seems to be the meaning
at 85 V. 10; to lead into temptation; to make
an attempt upon, as at 4 v. 102; to seduce
(with ;^); iP^.J^\'Jl 51 V. 13, "They
shall be proved, punished, or burnt in the fire.**
^•i] n.a. A trial, ^^li part. act. One who
leads into temptation, ^cc3 A temptation,
trial, punishment, misfortune, discord, sedition
or civil wai*, as at 8 v. 40 ; At 2 v, 187 it may
be rendered "seduction from the truth," so
also at 3 V. 5; ^llsficj 29 v. 9, "A trial or
calamity proceeding from men ; " At 8 v. 25 it
is explained as meaning any crime common
to the people at large ; it has been translated
" sedition," but the commentators are at a loss
to fix the exact meaning; iSi \2a^^ 10 v.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
cr'
( 103)
cyy
^ 85 and GO V, 5, " Do not ri^:iko us (tlic suljoct
oO punislirncnt;" Eoi'iriweo says iUiJ '^y*\
a siniilar ellipse occurs at 17 v. C2, abo at 37
V. 61 and at 74 v. 31, wLcro it ii\::,xi^ ''txcai^cc
of contention; " At 33 v. 14 it mr.y bo rendered
"desertion," and at C v. 23 it u said to uiean
"an exciiso or answer," and only to .bo called
<cji because tliat excuse u a lio forged by
tlie Idolatora. \^f^^ part. pa33. Distracted/
demented.
ll* aor. 0. To be superior to anoihcr in geixcrovAy.
jXi'A young man, man-servant ; Dual jmCIj ;
Plur. tu:J of few, and ^^Lii of many. Sllj Plur.
c^Gi Young women, maid-serrants.— ,^1
IV. To advise, give an opinion cr instruction
in a matter of law or judgment (with ace. of
pers. and ^^).— ,^y^^ X. To consult, ask
opinion or advice, chiefly in legal matters
(with ace. of pcra. and ^^ also with \ interro-
gative); \s^ ^* j^-J ^^J:^^- :i; 18 v. 22,
" Neither ask the opinion of any of them (the
Jews or Christians) concerning them;" some
of their views on the important matter in
question are given in the preceding verse.
^ aor. 0. To straddle. Vn.a. Plur. -U^ Abroad
way, especially between two mountains.
ys! aor. 0. To cause water to pour forth (with ace.
and^^; to go aside from the right way, to
act wickedly, jsf n.a. The dawn, day-break.
^\j part. act. Wicked; Plur. J^ and jU^.
j^ n.a. Wickedness.-ys? II. To cause to flow
(with ace. and ^^ or with double ace);
t^^ jli-jf 1 J^ 82 v.* 3, " And when the seas
shall be made to* flow (together)," so as to
form but one sea. j^ n.a. The act of
causing (water) to flow.--^^^ V. To flow
(with ^?r:.).-^^^ VII. To flow. (with ^.);
at 2 V. 57 the verb is put in the fern., being
(as ICC should say) govc.i.ed by the nominative
llli J^ili l^'\, "Twelve fountains," and the
word J^ being of the fern, gender ; for the
construction of t'le numerals see D. S. Gr. T.
1, p. 420, and T. 2, p. 318,
\^ aor. 0. To open (a door). Sjj^ A clear open
space, as between the sides of a cave.
^ilj^ To be zhameful or injamouz: *\L1? (2nJ
declension) Filthy, shameful, or dishonourable
conduct, especially stinginess in the paymoat
of tithes or other religious dues, iljw'j
Filthine5s,uncleannes3, a filthy report, a crime,
fornication or adultery; Plur. (jS^US (2nd
declension) Abominable crimes.
^^ aor. a. To boast, j^ Vain-glorious, a boaster.
jls:? Earthenware.--^ Uj n.a. VI. f. Mutual
boasting.
v^jj aor. i. To ransom (with ace. and c— ^). ^jJ
n.a. A ransom. .ojJ A ransom, that which
is paid as ransom .or to redeem a fault.—
j^jlJ III. To ransom, redeem.— ^Sls^ VIII.
To ransom or redeem one's-self with (with (-->),
or from (with ^^) ; thus at 5 v. 40, ^ li \^^^,
Cj^lj^^To redeem themselves with it from
the punishment," etc.
«o jj see ^J^ .
n^j^ see^ jj .
^ aor. i. To flee, flee to (with ^Jp ; fly from (with
jt^). j^Ji n.a. Flight, the act of fleeing away.
jX^ A place of refuge.
^J aor. 0. To be imcked. tuly Sweet (water).
Digitized by _ _ _ __
c^
( 100 )
jy
Cjy nor. i. anl o. To Id out the coiUcnls—o/ a
^y aor. i. To split,, clcr.vc asunder. ^JJ, Plur.
iij^ An iatCi-ctice, break, flaw, private par{3;
[^Jr^di:^^]j:^Tj2lY.9h "AndE]iGv.'ho
preserved lier clia^tity," viz. The Virgin Mary.
I. J aor. a. To bo gbd, rejoico (with l^). ^ i Joy-
ful ; at 2S v. 76 it means one who exults (in
riches).
«5j aor. 0. To be separated, alone. J^, Plur.
i^jLj (2nd declension) Alone, without com-
panions, or a3 at 21 v. 83, witliout olT-pring.
^3^ To spread on the ground, {j^j^^^ comm.
gend. Paradise; the original meaning of the
word is a park or garden planted with fruit-
trees ; it is from the Plnr. ij*^'i\^ that we
have the Greek word napdSeicro^.
yLj aor. 0. To spread as a carpet on the ground.
^"^ n.a. Animals fit for slaughter.
if^ n.a. Plur. ^J^j
U1/
generic noun, Moths. (^]^
A carpet need as a bed, a mattress, and meta-
phorically a wife; thus at 5Q v. 33, (A^
icji*^ "And damsels raised on lofty couches."
^^ aor. i. To T^oich, ratify, appoint, fix (a time) ;
to ordain, command an observance of, or
obedience to (with ace. of thing and ^^Jic of
pers.); to sanction; to assign (with J of pera.);
To be eyed (a cert), whence comes ^jSkn old
cow. i4i^ An ordinance (especially of God),
a settled portion, dower or jointure; AJb^
see i-^. <j^5/^ part. pass. Appointed, deter-
minate.
^ aor. 0. To precede, to be extravagantly reproach-
ful or insolent (with ^). £/ In advance of;
iLy 'ij^\ ^,ljj 13 v. 27, "And his affair is in
advance of (t!- truth)," uc. "lie co^ts the
truth b?!:ind hio back;" tli") worJ'in itj mo.it
0. Jiuary acceptation is appli^^d to a horic-v, !io
outstrips his competitors; it likcvase ir.c.ins
in.ioleat or extra vngant, ri:i iniquity, that which
. goes beyond all bounds.—!^ II. To bo negli-
gent, omit, act negligently (with ^^. — !^t
part. pass. IV. f. Made to h'^sten.
fty aor. a. To mount up, cy A branch or top of
a tree.
i^y^ji (2nd declension) Pharaoh.-
ij3 aor. a. and q. To chiptu, finish; .^^-^y li'J 01
V. 7, ''And when thou hast finislicd (tliy
preaching);" to bring a matter to an end,
settle an account with any one (v.ith J of
pers.). 9;li part. act. Empty, void.— iyi IV.
To pour out (with ace. and ^^^).
^j aor. 0. To split, divide, make a distinction (with
^); to send down from Heaven (as the
Koran) ; thus at 44 v. 3, where it may also bo
rendered "is distinctly decreed;" as on tho
night there alluded to are settled all the affaira
of this world for the ensuing year ; j^i aor. a.
To be afraid. ^ n.a. The act of distinguish-
ing or separating; ly cpl^l^Ui 77 v. 4,
"And by the Angels who separate (truth from
falsehood) by a discrimination;" there are-
also other interpretations of the passage.
Jj^ A separate part, heap, hillock. ^^ A
band of men. jf^y A part, portion, some, a
party or band of men. ^15^ A distinction ;
The Law of Moses and the Kor&h are so called
as distinguishing between truth and falsehood,
see 2nd Epistle to Tunothy ch. ii. v. 15;
ci>^ V^ 8 V. 42, " On the day of distinction
(of the true believers from the infidels)/' viz.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
jy
( 110 )
J^'^
Tin Battlo of ]3c.lf ; so also r.t S v. 2d, v,\ore
it 13 interpreted by £ome to mean a victory
over the unbolicvcra.— jji II. To mu!:o a
•division or diclinctlon (with ,.mj) : to mnko a
Echisr.i in (v^-ith r.cc), (jlj^ n.a. Division,
di£ Tens ion .—j^^li III. To quit, pr.rt from (with
ace), jV^ n.a. The act of quittin^% a scv^ltcl-
tion ; at 18 v. 77 /jl j is antcccJent to , ^^-j ;
it must be borne in mind that ...-j althouorh
gcnerfilly rendered !'beuveen"i3 in reality a
substantive meaning interval, or, as in this
passage, a connexion ; at 7o v. 23 jl^ means
a depi\rture from this life. — j^iJ V, To be
divided among thcmselvea (with ^^) ; ^ii
''^^^y. 154, "For fear Ic^t ye bo ecatte.vd
away from" (with ^^), D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 245 ;
to be separated one from another, jj^ part,
act. Divers, different.
xi Td he brisk, Sj\3 part. act. One who is clever,
insolent or petulant.
ij^ aor. i. To cuL ^j New, strange, wonderful.
— jj^l^VIII.To feign, forge, invent a lie (with
ace. and ^^y^ of pers.) ; ^j jjI ^ ^J^^ cJ^'^
^;.y1>^|; 60 y. 19, Literally, "A calumny
which they have forged between their hands
.and their feet ; " tliis passage has by some been
interpreted as referring to the illegitimate
children which the women attempted to father
upon their husbands. jJ^ for ^^^l part,
act. A forger. ^j/J!^ for ,^fj:s^ part. pass.
Feigned, pretended^ forged.
ji aor. i.^ Tojlow as hhodfrom a nound.—j^ X.
To remove, expel (with ace. and ^)\ to
deceive, lead to destruction (with ace. of pers.
and <— ^).
^^ ror. a. To be t:rriacd, smitten with fear (with
^). c^ n.a. Terror.-— c^ II. wlicn used
with ^ mcr.ns To free fro:a fear, as c :i 1 jl
j:.j^' "^1 Z 1 V. J:3, '' (Until) their her.rt3 shall
have been freed f.om fear."
^^ aor. a. To le sj)c:cious, to mahc room for a
person (with J of pero.). — ^^^***^ V. To make
room (with ^J of place).
\Ls^^ see ^^s-*.
JwJ aor. 0. To.be cornipt. olli n.a. The acting
corruptly, corruption, violence ; j^ ^^^j^
jlli 5 V. 35, " Without (that soul having slain
another) soul or(commit[od) violence."— Ju2m
IV. To act corruptly, do violence (vrith ^);
to corrupt, despoil (with ace). Jujj^ part,
act. One who acta corruptly or commits
violence, a spoiler.
j^ aor. i. and o. To discover. ^j^^ n.a. II. f. An
explanation or interpretation.
jLwJ. aor. i. and o. To emerge /ram its husk (a date)]
to withdraw from the right way, disobey the
commandment of God (with ^) ; to be im-
pious, act wickedly. j;-yJ:and fj^^ ns.a.
Transgression, impiety, wickedness, ^li
part. act. A transgressor, one who is wicked.
J-li aor. a. To be weak, faint-hearted.
^ aor. 0. To show itself Wie dawn); and ,^
To be eloquent, speak withjluenq/ and correct-
ness. f^» (2nd declension) comp. form,
. More eloquent.
^^ "Then draw them (towards thee)," im-
perat. of Jl^ for J^ q.v.
jLoi aor. i. To dissect, depart ; to make a distinc-
tion or division, or judge between (with ^ of
pers. and ^^ of thing). JU3 n.a. A distinc-
Digitized by VjOOQIC
( 111 )
iL^
tion, sj'i-.aratlon, a mov.ns of di:tuistH-:liinS
good from evil, r.3 at 80 v. 13; (^^^\ 3^
S3 V. 19, SCO vll-^^>. L^^ P^rfc. act. One
who juJo^s betvreeii truth and fabchood.
Jlli Weaninn;. Arf^ ^ family, relations.—
<^
III II. To c:;i)laia distinctly (with ace. and
J of pera.). Jr^^ ^*^' ^ ^^^^^ explanation,
exposition. J^ part, pass. Clearly ex-
plained, distinct.
i22.ovri. To break. J'^^\xi.^.'f II. f. The act
of being brolien; Cj jiLlbT/S v. 257, "It
has no i]a\y or break in it."
J^ aor. 0. To break asunder. ^ Silver.— ^^^
VII. To be broken up, dispersed, separated
^^ (with ^0. . .^ ^^^ ^^
>^ aor. a. To expose to shame ; ^^y^:-^ B.IS v.
63, "And do not expose me to disgrace (by
ai-troatiug my guests)."
J^ aor. 0. To remain over and above. j2i Excel-
lence, merit, favour, a free gift, bounty, grace,
munificence, indulgence.— J-^ II. To prefer,
favour, cause to excel, grant favours to one
person in preference to another (with ace. and
SS, and with c-^ of thing). J^-f^ n.a.
Excellence, preference.— J-2s; V. To make
one's-self superior (with ^^^).
UJ aor. 0. To he roomy. -'J^\ IV. To go in unto,
as a husband to a wife (with ^\^.
J^ aor. 0. and i. To split, create. ^\j part. act.
A Creator. <i/)^ for "i^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
276, note, A creation ; the word is found at
80 V-. 29, and may there be taken to mean
Religion, or a religious frame of mind inspired
by God; it is put in the ace. after ,^1 (I
mean) understood; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 94.
jjli A rent, (law, or fi33ure.~^lJ V. To bo
rent asunder.— ^!l^\ VII. To bo cloven asniulor.
^lliij\ n.a. The beinii^ cloven asunder. "iiA:-*
part. act. Cloven or rent asunder.
l-i To force natcr out of an aiiimats stomach.
&J Ilarsh, severe.
Jii aor. a. To do, make, act, perform, accomplish.
Jij An action, a doing, io A deed. Jbli
part. act. One who does, etc. Jlii adjective
of intensity, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. S02, Doing or
eflecting much; used substantively it means
a great or able worker, {^f^ F^^t« P^^^*
Done, made,- eiTectcd, performed, fulfilled; at
8 vv. 43 and 4G the past part, f^-ll^ [Ji is put
<^Cf ot
in prophetic langiir.ge for the future J.vb ^1 ,
a similar instance occurs at 73 v. 18.
li* aor. \..To seek for that which is lost, to lose.—
i^ V. To make an inquisition into; at 27 v.
20 it may be rendered " He reviewed."
15 aor. 6. and i. To dig, break the vcrtcbrccj and
j^ To be poor, yj n.a. Poverty. i3,^3 A
calamity, properly that which breaks the
yertebrse. ^ Plur. ^TjH (2nd declension)
Poor, needy; when used with J as at 23 v. 24
%^ ... ^l^\ «Xipl UJ, it may be rendered
" In want of ... . whatever thou mayesl send
down unto me;" a similar use of tho word
when employed with ^\ may be observed at
85 V. 16.
^ aor. a. and o. To be of a pure yellow colour.
Lili part. act. comm. gend. Very yellow or
red ; according to some this word is applied
to any pure colour.
Qj " Then deliver us," see ^j .
ijj To be superior in wisdom; and ^ aor. a. To
be wise, understand, to be skilled or have
Digitized by
Google
<U)
( 112)
unJcrsl'inding in m:.fter3 pcrlaining to Lav/
and Divinity. — :XJ V. To be nssiduous in
instructing one's-: :lf (v.'ith ^).
« ^ • f ^
l1x3 aor. o. To break, tlJCi n.r\. The r.ct of freeing
(captives).— LL^-« part. VII. f. DUhcated,
ono who yaciHatca (in his l^vlth), us at 03 v. 1.
jii 7b ihink.'^p II. To meJitr/:; at 74 v. 18 it
means to medif Ue bip.splicpjies against the
Korin.--^Si; V, To consider, meditate (with
^i3 To be zcrj rxrry. ^Xi A jester, one who makes
game of others. iS\^ part. act. One who is
very joyful, rejoices greatly (^dth l-^ or ^J).
t<S^ Plur. >^9 ^^^^ declension) Fruit.—
2i; V. To wonder.
Ji A certain perso7i. jii Such an one, a certain
person,
^ To spliL"-^] IV. To prosper, b.e happy, attain
one's desires. ^^ part. act. One who is
prosperous or happy^
^jii aor. i. To split, cause to come forth. ^ A
Jissure, Day-break, breaking forth (of the
dawn) ; it is held by some to mean Creation
in general, and especially of those things which
are produced from others, as Fountains, plants,
children, etc. jJlJ part. act. One who causes
to put forth or break forth.— jliJ^ VII. To
be split open, divided.
CSJj To be round (a breast). CJ^ comm. gend.
and number. Ships, a ship, shipping, The Ark.
CJSj The orbit of a celestial body.
rj'
^A^jW see Au> for ^ya.
^ for U J^, see U.
^ To drive camek. ^Gl plur. of ^ A branch.
or of ^ A species ; if tho latter meaning
bo adopted we must understand the words
jl^^T^ " 0/ trees" at 55 v. 43, where it
occurs.
IJ To (Iote,^1\S II. To make a dotard of, regard
as a do* -ird.
^Jj aor. i. To vanish, ^^li for ^}1 part. act.
Perishable, L'able to decay.
1^ To understand,— ^^ II. To cause to understand
• (with double ace.)..
d^lS aor. 0. To pass away from, slip (an opportunity) ;
escape (with occ). ci^ji n.a. EsL'ape.— cin'^
n.a. VI. f. A disparity, or want of proportion.
^li aor. 0. To dltju^e a fragrant odour. ^ J A
troop or company; Plur. -.yl.
ji aor. 0. To boil, boil up or boil over ; jy^\j^
11 V. 42, "The oven boiled over;" this oven
is said to have originally belonged to Eve, and
poured- forth boiling water as- a sign of the
Deluge, the waters of which, according to
Jewish fable, were boiling hot; see also 23
v. 27. j^ n.a. Haste; 1:^J^ ^ 3 v. 121,
" Immediately on their arrival, or before they
had rested," see D. S. Qr. T. 1, p. 526.
jli aor. 0. To get possession of, gain, receive salva-
tion, obtain one's desires, jy n.a. Victory,
felicity, safety, salvation. jS^lT part. act. One
who enjoys felicity or receives salvation. j(L»
A place of safety or felicity. ijlX* An escape,
place of refuge.
Jsy Not used in the primitive form. To submit a
thing to the judgment of another (with ace.
and Ji\ of pers.).
jlJ aor. 0. To be superior in rank or excellence.
jy n.a. is properly a noun expressive of
fluperiority, which wheiy^used as an adverb is
Jigitized'by VjOOQIC
J^
(113)
Jr5
indeclinable; in the Koran it always app^'ira
US a prepcsition meaning over or above, and
is then used in the accuj; jy as Ss^^ "Over
you," or in the genitive after a preposition, as
• u^J^^ jy (j;^ 14 V. 31, "From above (or from
the surface of) the earth;" D. S. Gr. T. 1,
pp. 494 and 510 ; see also Jl-J. ^\y A delay,
properly the space of time between tvro milk-
ings, or of the opening and closing of the
hand in milking*.— Jlil IV. To como to one's-
self, recover (after a s;vcon or illness),
^y generic noun. Garlic; no verbal root.
Jli aor. 0. To pronounce aivord, ^ or ^ or with
a complement y, Gen. ^^, Ace. li ; Plur.'
dO] A mouth ; The word IJ is formed from
the regular noun sy by cutting off the two
last radical letters, and substituting ^; see
D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 378 and 417; it is found
in the Koran only in the ace. sing, and in the
plural.
^^ a preposition meaning In, into, among, in cora-
s t
pany vath, as cr^Jc^ Jo >^1 ^ \^d\ 7 v.
SG, " Enter yc in company with the nations
which have alroa<ly pair^cd away;" It may
sometimes be rendered -On, of, to, with, 51
V. £9; for, 2 v. 173; by, rgainot, concerning,
according to, or in comparison with; an
instance of the last meaning occurs at 13
V.2G; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 437.
^llaor. i. To return, go back (withal); to go
from a vow, as at 2 v. 2i2G.— ^lil IV. To bring
under the power or authority of any one (with
ace. and ^Jl of pers.).— uij V. To turn itself
about (as a shadow- cast by tlie sun).
^'i aor. i. To he copious; to overflow (with ^).
— ^\j1 IV. To pour water over any one (with
ace. and Is) ; to rush impetuously (with ^)t
as the pilgrims down Mount *Arafi\t ; to bo
diffuse; to dilate or amplify in speaking (with
^J);.to be. immersed in any business (with
jU aor. i. To be neak-Tninded. JJ An elephant.
J Name and initial letter of the 50th chapter, see
0f!^ To abhor; and ^ Ta be ugly^ loathsome.
-^^ part. pass. Abhorred or rendered loath-
Bome ; at 23 v. 42 it may be taken in either
sense.
j^ aor. 0. and i. To bxiry. j3 n.a. Plur. j^ A
grave, j^ (2nd declension) plur. of Vj^
A cemetery .-^1 IV. To cause to be buried.
^j^ aor. i. To get a light from aiiother. ^j^
Lighted fuel.—^^^ VIII. To take a light
from another (with J^).
Ja^ aor. i. To contract, take, seize, draw in (its
wings in flying), as a bird; thus at 67 v. 19,
where we may understand the word ^j*^^*
^Je^ n.a. A contraction. iJ-S A handful.
iJ>yX^ part. pass. Taken.
Jlo aorji. To accept (with ace. and ^ or ^) ;
to admit (with ace. and J of pers.) JjIj part,
act. One who accepts. JIj properly, a noun
meaning the forepart; but in the Koran used
cither as an adverb, and without a comple-
ment, in which case it is indeclinable, as
S^ ^ Before, formerly, or aa a preposition
Digitized by Vji_Ifi__
( 114)
H
in the ace. a3 \1^ JJ Deforc fiia; Trhcn pre-
ceded by t-19 propu3ition ^,.5 it is put in tlo
genitive, as ^^1 JIj ^ Before that; it corro-
Bponds in itj ccnsiaiction vntli ^x) q.v. ; see
also D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 15?. Jli Tho forc-
p:\rt; OCr. Ill, " Bcforo. their eyes," or
" In Loits," with whicli mc.inir^g JJj may be
regarded as the plur. of J-u^ q.v. JlJ Power,
a side or part; Jl5 -Towards, in tho direction
of, 03 j/^r Jle 2 V. 1 72, '' Tovrards the East;"
ijj JJj JI5 i 27 V. 37, "Against whom they
will have no po^er;" illS *',^ 57 v. 13,
"Alongsido it." iCi properly, Av.yihing
opposite ; a Kibla, or th^i point in the direc-
tion of which, prayer must be mado to be
efficacious; see Daniel chap. vi. v. 10; Thu3
the Kibla of the Mohammedans is the Ka'ba
at Mecca; at 10 v. 87 the word has been
interpreted "A place of worship;" The Jews
in the days of Moses are supposed by the
Comment--.*.or3 to have prayed towards the
Ka ba, it having been rebuilt by Abraham and
Ishmael in place of the original house destroyed
by the Flood. J^ A favourable reception.
^^ A surety, -bail, sponsor; at 7 v. 26 it
means a host (the ministers of Satan). Ji tj
(2nd declension) plur. of ivLJ An Arab tribe.
— ,^» IV. To come, draw near, approach
(with ^ in the sense of with), thus at 12 v.
82 and 51 y. 29 ; to turn towards (with Al
of pera.) ; to rush upon (with Jp.— Jt^^j V.
To accept (with ace. and ^^ or ^ of pers.);
This verb is sometimes used with an ellipse of
the immediate complement, or as we should
call it, the accusative; thus at 3 v. 31 ,j^ J-iii
"Then accept from me (that which I have
vowed"— aj^jj U) ; a similar pa::njo ia found
at 2 V. 121, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454.— Jol^.
part. ect. VI. f. Oppsc-ito to, or facing one
another.— jLlL-^« part. act. X. f. ProcccdiD^-
towards (with ace).
j^ aor. 0. and i. To be niggardly. ^ and j^
Black dust, blackness.. JyJ Niggar.lly.—
jJ.^ part. act. IV, f. To be in reduced cir*
cumstanccs.
Ji5 aor. 0. To kill, slay; lllSl I^Lj 2 v. 51,
"Then slayyourselvcs;" either figuratively,
by mor'tifying your corrupt desires, or "od2
another;" the latter interpretation is in ac-
cordance with the account given in E:todu3
chap, xxxii. V. 27 ; In the Passive J^ is some-
times used as an imprecation, thus at 74 vv.
19 and 20, "May he be accursed;" th^ pre-
terite being used for the optative ; D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 169; similar instances occur at 51 v.
10, 80 V. 16, and 85 v. 4. J^' n.a. The act
of putting to death, slaughter. ^^^ (2nJ
declension) for ^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 110
and 402, plur. of J-^ One who is slain.—
j5 II. To slay, or cause to be slain. jLiiJ
n.a* The act of slaughtering.— jili III. To
- fight against (with ace. of pers.); m\ ^JJli 9
V. 30, "May God curse them," see Jcj; At
3 V. 140 there seems to be an ellipse after
Jjlf of the objective or immediate comple-
ment, IJl1;\ or some similar word being under-
stood, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454. Jl^ n.a. The
act of fighting, war.— JsS^ VIII. To contend
among themselves.
^LiJ generic noun. Cucumbers; no verbal root.
li^aor.o. ToTUsh /<^a(//(?;i^.—j^l^ VIII. To under-
take an enterprise in a headlong or impetuous
Digitized by _ _ _ __
r^
( 115 )
.Ai
nir.nncr. *^-i« part, act. One v7lio ru:ii::3 or
leaps hen llo' J, found rt 33 v. 59, v/licro it
means " ruiohinj licaJlciig (i!ito Ilell)."
jj A particle frequeutly prefixed to tlio preterite to
give it a past signification; >Ylicre among
several verbs in the preterite one hns.the
• particle ji prefixed, such verb is to bo taken
in the Pluperfect ten^^o ; so aho among several
Pluperfects the one which follovr's jj will have
a signification anterior to the others; in all
the above cases it may generally be rondored
already, and may frequently be nndcrotood to
imply that tlie matter in question, although
past, is of recent date, or that it was not un-
expected; thus, J^^^j^- U JJ J-^ jjj 6
T. 119, " For he hath even now explained to
you what he hath forbidden you;" another
use of jj is to add energy to an affirmation,
and it may then be rendered truly, of a
certainty, or verily; thus, /Jx l::ji U ILJ ji
24 y. 64, " He knows of a surety what ye are
about ;" so also at 91 v. 9, Ul!j ^ ^] ji
"Verily he who hath purified it is happy;"
Lastly, jj may sometimes be rendered fre-
quently, as at 2 v. 139, u^v^j *^r^ ^} -^
" We have frequently observed the turning of
thy face;" It is found in combination with
other particles as jij, Juf , Ia5 etc. D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 533.
*x5 aor. o. To rend. jjJ plur. of JjJ A party of
men at variance among themselves; J5TJ1^ iSs
IjIs 72 r. 11, " We are (followers of) different
ways."
^ aor. a. To strike fre. * ji n.a. The act of
striking fire.
jSi aor. 0. and i. To be able, to be able to do, have
power over, prevail against (with ^) ; to
measure to an exact nicely (with ace. of thing
rnd ^^ of pers.), as at 89 v. 10 ; bo a' jo in
the Pass, at Co v. 7; to estimate the value of
(with double ace), thus y^jj j^ <uS\ Vj^jj U
6 V. 91, "They have not made ti just ciLimato
of God;" to bo sparing (with J) ; to deter-
mine, with which meaning it is found in the
Pass, at 54 v. 12. Jji n.a. That which is
determined or predestined of God, me?: tre,
value, power; ^JJll iU 97 v. 1, The night of
El Kadr, on which the Kordn was sent down
from Ileaven ; it may be rendered either " the
night of Power," or " the night of the pre-
determined decree," from a Mohammedan
fable, that on this night are issued tlie Diviua
decrees on all the aCairs of the ensuing year ;
it is generally supposed to fall on tho night
preceding the 24th of Kamadin. JjJ n.a. The
Divine decree, that which is predestined, a
definite quantity, a determined measure; ^J^
Zj^ Mj^ ' 2 V. 237, " Upon him who is in
easy circumstances (shall be set) an amount
according to his ability ; " it is also read *; li.
JjjJ plur. of jjJ comm. gend. A cauldron.
jj\5 part. act. One who is able or has power
over, one who determines beforehand. ^jJ
Able, potent. j^J^ part. pass. Determined,
j^ jJ^ A definite quantity, or determined mea-
Bure, a space.-^j^ II. To make possible, dis-
pose, prepare, to plan, devise, decree, deter-
mine, define; at 74 w. 18, 19, and 20, it
means to lay plans or plots against the Koran;
at 34 y. 17 it may be translated " We have
facilitated;" <jissG U^ji 76 v. 16, "They
shall determine the measure thereof (accord-
ing to their desire)." jj^ n.a. The act of
Digitized by
Google
J^
(116)
y
measuring or Jcicrmining, a DivL^o decree. —
jjit^ p:\rt. n:'. YIII. f. Powerful, able to pre-
vail (vath ^),
(jwJJ To he pure. {JL^ Purity, Er.nctity. ^^j
(jwwvill The Holy Spirit, by which name the
jrolianunedana dcoicrni^te the Ani^el Gabriel.
^j ju! 1 The Holy One, an epithet of God.—
^^ jJ II. To sanctify, blc33 (vrith J), ^^jcL*
part. pass. Sacred, holy..
jijj aor. 0. To precede; and ^w\i aor. a. To b:tr,^:o
oneVeelf, como to (v.'itli ^p. ^^ Merit ;
vrhen of the fein. gen J. it means A foot ; Plur.
^ISjI, >ja5 Old, aii^icnt. ^^.^^jJl Forefathers.
— .•jJ II. To brin^- :. i (vrith ace. and J of
pers.) ; to do a thing before, prepare before-
hand, send before (with J aid with or with-
out ace), as good works, which a man is said
to send before to bear witness for him at the
last day ; see 1st Epistle of S, Paul to Tlir othy
chap. V, V. 24; to put forward (a threat),
threaten beforehand, as Ju^jlb SJ\ c.:,^ji3 jjj
50 r. 27, "Since we have already threatened you
beforehand ;" at 49 v. 1 there is an ellipse of the
accus., the words l^juJ 3 may probably mean
** Do not pnt yourselves forward,"* or "do not
obtrude your opinions;" there are other read-
ings, but this s^eems best to accord with the
context, which contains several hints on good
breeding and etiquette. — !♦ j^ V. To go before;
at 74 v. 40 it means to go forward in the right
way. — IjikLiI X. To desire to advance, wish
to anticipate. /»j».ftr....^^ part. act. One who
goes forward, or desires to advance.
IjJ aor. o. To be agreeable in taste and smell (food).
— i^joi^ VIII. To imitate, copy (with lJ).
i^t imperat. for jcjI with the addition of if
^:^^'^J
callod\_ii9 1 i\> D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 2u5. o^,
fo;' L^Jcl* p.-;t. net. One who iraitn'. 3 (v.itli
uJii aor. i. To pelt, cast (with ace. and ^ or c— ?) ;
Jj^'C'uJi-j 34 V; 47, "He casts his truth
(over his servants);" at 20 v. 90 we must
understand the words ^u! 1 j<! ; ta asperse,
pelt with abuse (with ace. and c^).
y aor. i. and a. To stand/a.H ; rea^ain quiet (with
^), as at 33 v. 33, where ^ is for t^yjj\ 2nd
pers. fcm. plur. of the imperative, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 229. Note. This word is frequently
spelt ^y5, and is then to be derived in the
usual way from the assimilated verb^^ q.v. ;
to be cool, applied to the eyes, thus at 20 v. 41
l^i-iyftj /^ literally f "So that her eye might
be cool," f.£?." That she might rejoice;" so also
at 19 V.26 1:-*^ ^j^j "-iViiJ cuul (or refresh) thy-
self," literally g " Be cool as to t/une eye." j\^
n.a. Stability, a fixed or secure place, reposi-
tory, place of abode. ij3 Coolness ; ^^ ijj
" Delight,— /zV^ra/Zy, coolness— of the eye."
jlj\ys (2nd declension) plur. of f^lj A glass
bottle ; " at 27 v. 44 it must be translated
"Slabs of glass;" i^^^^)jy 76 v. 16,
"Glass bottles resembling silver," or it may
be " Silver bottles resembling glass."— ^1 IV.
To confirm, to cause to rest or remain (with
iA)'—y^^ X. To remain firm (with ace. of
place). ^;$=-wy^ part. act. That which remains
firmly fixed or confirmed, abiding, lasting,
"s-v^ part. pass. Firmly fixed or established ;
as a noun of place it means a fixed abode; and
at 6 V. 66 "a fixed time;" at 6 v. 98 there is
an ellipse, to complete the sense we must read
Digitized by _ _ _ __
y
( 117 )
^?
'i^\ "^(ii ; tlie words may refer either to tbo
loina of the Father, or a mansion upon earth,
y nor, a. and o. To read, rehearse to (with ace.
and J^ of pcr3.>. i]/ Period of a woman's
monthly courses. J<j The Koran, properly
pronounced Kor-un.— pi IV. To cause to read
or rehearse,
CJ/ To make a nigU joi(.mcy ; and tly aor. a. To
approach, draw near to ; iSyJl" i» 2 v. 183,
"And do not go near (to transgress) them."
£^' Proximity ; at 9 v. 100 it may be rendered
"A means of drawing nigh." i^ Plur.
dj(ij Pious worlds which draw men nigh unto
God. \L^) comm. gend. Ni:^h, near, near
at hand, cither in placo or time ; u--i^ ^
Shortly after ; Cy as an adverb. Lately.
■J(} f^^ ^} (Snd^declension) D. S. Gr. T.
1, pp. 110 and 402, Affinity, relationship ;
J{^'\J^ A relation. ^C/ n.a, A sacrifice,
or gift offered to God; see S. Mark chap. vii.
V. 11 ; a familiar acquaintance, the Entourage
of a prince; at 46 v. 27 it may perhaps be
best translated " as a means of access to God ; "
the false Deities there mentioned being sup-
posed to be on familiar terms with God, and
therefore likely to act as intercessors with bim.
tl/jl (2nd declension) comp. form. Closer,
closest, nearer, nearest, more probable ; at 16 v.
79 it means *' In a shorter time," or " quicker."
J,jP^jT Kinsfolk, kindred, those most nearly
related. ^]^ Relationship.— cl^ II. To set
before (with ace. and jp ; to cause to draw
nigh (with ace. and II^ or Jp ; to offer (a
sacrifice): cl»%' part. pass. One who is made
or permitted to approach, uonourea.— <-r^i
VIIL To draw near.
-y aor. a. To rcoiind. -y n.a. A wound.
y^ aor. i. To coUcct. s3ji plur. of J/* An ape.
^^ aor. i. and o. lb act of. (jC/ Name of a
noble Arab tribe descended from Ishmael, of
which Mohammad's grandfather was Prince.
Jiy aor. i. To cut; to turn away from (with ace.
of pers. or thing). . ^^ n.a. A loan, especially
one which is payable at the option of the
borrower, and hence called ^^^m-^ ^jS ; accord-
ing to some, however, the meaning of this
expression- is "a loan at good interest."—
J^^] IV. To lend (with double ace).
jXj quadriliteral, 7b hit the viark. ^^J. Plii^-
^Jj^^y (2nd declension) Paper.
cjf aor. 0. To get the better ojavothcr in drarv'wg
lots, to strihe. tkp Adversity, that which
strikes ; a name of the Day of Judgment.
uJy aor. i. To pceL^-J^fil VIII. To acquire, gain,
tJlii part. act. One who gains-.
^.? for ^\ fem. plur. imperat. oij q.T.
^ J aor. i. To join one thing to another. ^/ n.a. A
hom, a generation; Dual ^^Uj, oblique ^^;^,
as w^iiUJ He of the two horns, Alexander
the Great, see jj; Plur. ^^y. ji^ Plur.
^TTj (2nd declension) An intimate companion.
^1^ Korah, a proper name of foreign origin,
and therefore of the 2nd declension, D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 404.— j!,^' part. pass. II. f. Bound
together.— ^Xi part. act. IV. f. One who is
able to do a thing (with J of thing).— ^^^^ia^
part. act. VIII. f. One who is associated with
another, or follows in procession.
Jj aor, i. To entertain a guest. £>/ A city, town,
village; Dual ^^1=$^ I The two cities Mecca
and Et-Ta-if; Plur. J).
Digitized by
Google
t^
( 113)
. J^
(^ 7o thlnl: eviL u^^^t^ ^ Christian Priest.
^^ To compel any one to do a t/unj against his
tvilL s^*^i Powa-f id, fx lion.
iLi aor. i. 2b srccnc from justice ; abo cor. i. and
0. To he just. L*i n.a. Ju.ticc, cipity; at
21 Y. 43 wo have an instance of tlio noun of
action used as an adjective, and remaining in
tho singular, although qualifying a noun in
the plural ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 230, L,1j part.
act. One who acta unjustly or unrighteously.
lLlj|.(2nd declension) comp. forna, More just.
—'13] IV. To be just (with Ji or jp. LX^
part. act. One who obicrves justice.
(jwlklj A balance; thia word is sr.id to be of Greek
lis aor. i. To divide into parts; to portion out
(with ace. and ^,-j). >^ An oath. <UuJ A
partition, a dividing, an apportionment.
j^y^J^ part. pass. Divided, distinct.— ^^**X^
part. act. II. f. One who apportions. — ^15
III. To Bwear unto (with ace. of pera.).—
1^\ IV. To-swear (with ace. of oath and c-;,
or with a verb preceded by J) ; at 7 v. 47 and
elsewhere the substance of the oath imme-
diately follows the verb, without the inter-
vention of any particle, thus C$ ^yi^ '>^
IjLj 30 V. 54, "The wicked will swear (that)
they have not tarried;'* at 75 v. 1 the words
lJj\ i are generally rendered " Verily I swear,"
] being held to be intensive; so also at 56 v.
74 and other passages; according to some
however the words may mean ''I will not
swear;** the matter being too palpable to re-
quire the confirmation of an oath, see 1—
IJIa5 VI. To swear one to another (with c->).
— ^*---ii.* part. act. VIII. f. One who diviJca.—
^M.;"...»^ X. To draw lots or divine by mcana of
headless arro;v8.
Cj aor. 0. To be 1 ard. 5j^ n.a. ITr.rdnesa. (j^Ij
for ^\j D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 330, part. act. Hard;
for the construction of the phrase ^Jy^ ^"^
89 V. 23 see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 197 and 273 ;
at the commencement of this verso there is a
remarkable hir.tus ; Beiddwee contents himself
by saying uJ.a^ cT^^T^ "The predicate of
^ is suppressed," but the sense may be
gathered from the concluding portion ; it may
be supplied somewhat aa foUovra : " Shall he
then whose brc:i3t God hath opened, etc. (be
like unto one whose heart is hardened?); Woe
then unto those who are hard of heart;" D. S.
Gr. T. 2, p. 475.
jftlj A cticumber. J^\ IV. f. quadriliteral. To
become rough or creep with terror— the skin—
(with ^^).
Jiai aor. 0. To cut, top, to follow, declare; to narrate
or relate, to make mention of (with ace. and
^^ of pers.). j^^aIj n.a. A narrative, story,
history, the act of following ; ll^ 18 v. 63,
** Following their footsteps." JoU^S Retalia-
tion.
jua5 aor. i. To intend, to be moderate, steer a middle
course. juaS The right way, the middle path,
"Le juste milieu." ju^li part. act. Easy or
moderate (journey).— Juaii^ part. act. VIII. f.
One who keeps to the right path, a man of
good intentions ; also one who halts between
. two opinions.
^ To be short; aor. o. To diminish, cat short, as
prayers (with ^). yoj n.a. Plur. jya3 A
^<.
s ,<:
palace, castle. j^\j parL^ict. One who keeps
Digitized by
^oo
^
( 119)
Juo
in restramt, jy^^ part. pass. Confined, kept
at home (a v.oman).— -.a^ p:irt. act.IL f.
Ono wlio cuts sliort (bis hair).-y^l IV. To
desist.
t_l^f aor. i. To dash in pieces (a slap). j^jI^Ij A
heavy gale of wind.
11j aor, i. To break in pieces, demolish utterly.
Lai aor. 0. To be distant. ^^ Distant. ^j^\
for^l D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 105, Yem.J^
(2nd declension) comp. form. More remote,
further; ^'ifl^l 17 v. 1, "The further
mosque," the Holy Ilouse at Jerusalem, on the
site of v/hich now stands the mosque of EI
J^ aor. 0. lb iorc.'^fj^\^ VII. To threaten to fall
down.
iS^ aor. i. To cut off. u^.^ n.a. Trefoil or
clover.
^J^ aor. i. To decree, create, accomplish, bring to
an end, complete; to fulfil (as a term or vow);
to determine (with ace. and ^ of pers.) ; to
pass a sentence (with ace. and ^^^ of pers.);
ill ^ 28 Y. 14, *' He slew him," or "made
an end of him ;" to command (with ^t^O; to
make known or reveal (with ace. and ^\ of
pers.) ; to judge (with lJ) ; to judge between
(with \^ of persons and l^ or J). ^\5 part,
act. One who decrees, determines, judges, etc.;
^lisTs-^l^ Ci^ C 69 v. 27, " Oh I would to
God that it (death) had made an end of me."
^^^ part. pass. Decreed, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 330.
toi aor. 0. To cut. t5 A judge's sentence.
Jtti aor. 0. To drop. Ja5 Molten brass. iUsjI plur.
of Jhi A side, a tract of earth or heaven.
^jp Liquid pitch.
xl^ aor, a. To cut asunder, cut dovm (a tree), cut
off; to pass or traverse as at 9 v. 122 ; ^xy"^^
Jj-Ijr29 V. 28, "Ye infest the highway," or
"commit highway robbery ;" at 22 v. 15 it is
understood by. some to mean " Let him hang
himself," or " let him hang himself, and thon
cut (the rope) ;" the passage is rather obscure,
but the idea seems to be, Let him resort to
any means however extravagant. j-LJ A
part; according to some the first vrxitch of the
night. jiaS A part of the night, the darkness
of the night towards morning; also plur. of
ixlsj A part or portion. j-LlS part. act. One
who decides, as at 27 v. 32. fj!=^« part. p.".-»3.
Cut oflf.— ^b5 II. Ta cut off, cut in pieces,
divide, disperse separately ; JL^U^V \f^^^ 47
V. 24, " And would ye sever the ties of relation- .
Bhip?"tocutout(clothe3),a3at22v.20.-'L!^
V. To be cut up into pieces, divided asunder ;
J^illj j-klf 6 V. 94, "A schism has been made
between you," or " ye have been cut off from
one another ; " For the impersonal use of verba
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 245.
aor. i. To gather the vintage. i-JuliS plur. of
cJ^i A bunch of grapes.
*^- The thin skin which envelops a date-stone.
juu aor. 0. To sit, sit upon, sit still, remain quiet
at home ; it is sometimes used in a manner
similar to those verbs which are styled by-
grammarians j^lS cul^l and may then be
rendered to become ; instances occur at 17 vv,
23 and 31 ; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 121, note; to
beset (with uj), as at 7 v. 84 ; to set snares
for(withJ);thu8at7v.l5,Ll^\^P^I«Y
LixlCsT "Verily I will set snares— or lie in
Digitized by VjOOQIC
JUJ
( 120 )
j^
ambuali— for tlicm(ia) thy s^ .i^Iitway;" the
word CSiff\j^ is here put in the r cu3. as hcin j
a cJp? or adverbial expression embodying the
iJe.i of place ; it stands for ^ or l1>'j:|^ ^^
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 393, note; a similar passage
is found at 9 v. 5. o^^ n.a. The act of sitting
still, SCO »xcl5. JujJ comm. gend. and number,
Sitting. Oili Plur. Jj.o part, act. One who
sits -still or remains at home; Fern. Plur.
J^ly (2nd dccleiision) Foundations, women
who are past child-boaring. Juu^ n.a. Plur.
fcXjll* (2nd declenilon) The act of siiLing still
or remiuning at home, a seat or place of sitting
down, a station, encampment, as at 3 v. 117.
yi aor. a. To descend.^jCiL^ part. act. VII. f.
That which is torn up by the roots.
jjli aor. i. and o. To return from ajourne;/. JUJJI
plur. of Jo A lock.
^: .
u5 aor. o. To follow.—^ II. To cause to follow
or succeed (with t-^ of pers. and ^Xi),
^ aor. i. To he few, to I : little.' jJj Few, little,
small. Jit (2nd declension) comp. form.
Fewer, poorer.— JJi II. To make few, cause
to appear few, as at 8 v. 46.— Ji! IV. To bear,
carry.
aor. i. To turn, return (with ^t ). ^Xs n.a.
Plur. c-j^yJ A heart.— iJJj II. To cause to
toro, turn upside down, upset; i^ <^r^ ^^
V. 40, " He turned bis hands upside down," or
with the backs to his belly, a sign of grief; to
turn about ; j^T^ jSlfijJ fjjii 24 v. 44,
" God maketh the night and the day to take
turns, or succeed each other in turns."—
clJifiJ Vr To be turned about, changed. JLjJ;
n.a. The act of turning about, a yicissitude of
forttine, whether good or bad; at 16 y. 48 it
means employment in busino:?, and at 26 v.
219 it may cither be trans! itcd beliavioar or
going to aiid fro, or it may refer to the varioiu
postures a.^sumed by the Moslems when at
prayers, i^-^^iii^ Time or place where any
one is busily employed, as in journeying to
and fro, etc.— cJlJ^^^ VII. To be turned about,
troubled, to turn onc's-sclf or return back
(with or without ^Jp ; to be overthrown or
turned back, as at 3 v, 122 ; to be turned from
the true faith, in which sense it may be takea
at 2 V. 133, as well as in other places, where
the v: .I'ds a;--^>-i ^Js, c--^^ occur ; l-^~x« ^^-I
^^^tlJ 26 V. 223, ''What turn their affairs
shall take," meaning "what shall be their
future state;" Litcralbj, " By what kind of a
return they shall return (to God)." 1^4^'
part. act. One who returns. c^Xe;^ part.
pass. That which is exchanged; at 26 v. 223
it must be considered as a noun of time and
place, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 805.
jjj aor. i. To collect (?vatcr, etc.). JoU (2nd
declension) plur. of JjIIJ An ornament of the
neck, wreath or garland. jJll^ (2nd declen-
aion) plur. of SiX^ A key.
HI aor. a. To remove, exiract.'-^Sj] IV. To desist.
^ aor. i. To pare (the nails, etc.). Jj Plur. ^^i
A pen ; a headless arrow used in casting lots.
^aor. i. To fry; to hate. Jl^ part. act. One
who abhors (with J).
^ To raise the hea4 and refuse to drink (a camel).
— ^^"^ part. pass. IV. f. One whose head is
forced up so that he cannot see.
j^ aor. 0. and i. To game tvith dice; and^^J aor. a.
To be white. J^ n.a. The moon (especially
fromthe3rdtotheJ6tl(^Ogl^
u^
( 121 )
.U
j^o aor. i. r.nd o. To carder cr Icu^d. ^/^^ A
shirt; Fr. Chcm'isc.
Xif qiiatlriHteral, To tie up the ncch of a leather
bottle, y^^f^ Calamitous (day).
iJij aor. a. To goad (an elephant) on the hcuL
j^u.< (2nd dccIcn;3ion) plur, of .Iv^.^^ A maco.
J^ To be lonsy. J^ generic noun, Lico^
LZ-ciaor. 0. To be Jovout, obedient to God (with J),
ci^li part. £ict. One who 13 obedient to God,
devout, constant in prayer.
ISj To hinder; and kJ aor. a. .To despair (with
^). t*J n.a. Despair. Lli part. act. One
who despairs. • "
JkJ quadriliteral, To leave the country and inhabit
a town. jUaJ Plur.^lli' (2nd declension) A
talent, 1200 ounces of gold. Jr.1^ part. pass.
Counted by talents; the expressioa -iQTj
}}3Li^ I 3* V. 12 is equivalent to " Heaps of
talents."
j-J aor. a. To beg. ; and ^^ aor. a. To be content,
^yi part. act. One who asks humbly, also one
who is content.— ^^ part. act. IV. f. One
who lifts up the head.
U aor. 0. To get, acquire. * ^^jli plur. of li A
cluster of dates.
^ aor. i. To acquire.— ^\ IV. To cause to
acquire, to make contented.
j^ aor. a. Jo overcome, oppress. j^\ The Omni-
potent, the Victorious God. nIj part. act.
One who subdues (used with jy) ; ^iSfThe
Conqueror, a name of God.
ly plur. imperat. of ^^J q.v.
c->U aor. 0. To dig. cLlj A space, distance.
c^lJ aor. 0. To nourish. L)\y\ plur. of J^y
Nourishment.—vl-^' part. act. IV. f. Watch-
folf a guardian. .
(jw'J aor. 0. To compare by r^iraourc...cnt.
oblique dual of ^^ i comm. *-q\\^. A l>\v.
£li aor. 0. To cc:cr {a/c/.ia^e); tli rinr. ILj A
level plain.
JU aoi'. 0. To say, speak (vrith J); instances net
unrrequently occur where this word is alto j..'tlier
omitted; for. example at 39 v. 4, where \S3
is understood before the wonls -^-^-V^" ^^ I ^^^
again at the commencement of the Ijth ver52
. of the 2oth chapter, whero we must under- '
stand j^^ J'Jb ; this ellipse is generally in-
dicated by the conjunction ^!, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p.5G3,andT.2, p.4C3; see also ^l JjJn.a.
A saying, speech, that which is pronounced,
a sentence, a word; Plur. J^Jl, Plur. of
Plur. Jbj'Ji (2nd declension). JJ A word,
saying, pronouncing, speech, discourse, con-
Tersation ; at 43 v. 88 if we read dlj^ " And"
the saying' (of the prophet)," it must be con-
sidered as the complement to the antecedent
Jx in the 85th verse. " JiU part. act. A
speaker, see also Jli for JrJ^.— JyJ V. To
fabricate falsely, counterfeit (with ace. and
^^JLc of pers.).
jil3 aor. 0. To stand, stand fast or firm, stand still,
stand up— to prayer (with ^^ and ^^, or ^^Ji^
of place) ; to come (with ^ of place) ; 1^
c-;UlJ \ ^^ 14 V. 42, " On the day when their
account shall stand good, or when the reckon-
ing shall come;" to stand before (with J) ;
kl3l? (jJllll^ >1^%J 57 V. 25, ''That men should
be righteous in their dealings," used also with
J of pers., as at 4 v. 126. /»jj n.a. A people.
^ or ^ Right, true; at 98 v. 4 we may
understand the word ^1^\ Religion, before
filS I. J li part. act. Standing, firm, upright.
Digitized by V^OCJv IC
( v?/^ )
cc:::un to come, nsat 18 v. 34. A^y T'^lit,
cr|nity. j*Cj plur. of *j J StiiiUiing .upri^^lit,
erect; ^Lj is nlro a noua of rction, lit 4 v. 4
it }:*?.y bo ronJcTod ft mcr.n^ of snpport, and
ftt 5 V. OS an asylum, ^ly One who has a
high starifling, superior to, firm, upright, -as
Jj ^Tl'i, kl:^'I^.;^.io 1 Ji4vJ34/'Ob3crve
strict integrity wnc-n boo ring v.*itnc33 before
God." ^p:T Tiio Self-salsisting (God).
JUQji The Eesurrection. ^y] (2nd declen-
sion) comp. form, More or most right; at 17
V. 9 there is an ellipse, the sentence if com-
pleted would stand tlius ^jO! ^ij^ iJ-^J,
^j
11 \ CS\ ^ ; for the syntax of adjectives of
this form see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p; COl et scq.;
XJ >*jjjl Lit. "ilore correct in pronu:. :! ^.tion,"
or "more suitable for distinct pronunciation."
aII* Time or place of standing, stationary
abode ; state or dignity, in which sense it may
be applied at 55 v. 46, and elsewhere; it may
alsa mean God's tribunal ; U^u^ 5 v. 106,
"In their place." — ^yiJ n.a. II. f. Symmetry.
— Il5l IV. To cause to stand upright; to
observe or continue in (with ace), as jy-2 1 ^GT
2 V. 172, "He is constant at prayer;" To set
straight, institute or appoint (with ace. and J) ;
tJJ^ i^QlSri^ 1^ ^ ij 18 V. 105, "And we
will allow them (their works) no weight on the
day of resurrection." 4jJ Jjl^JLjrijIjlJ 65
T, 2, "And ofier straightforward evidence be-
fx
fore God." y.\ for l^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
294, n.a. The act of being constant (in prayer);
Y^>*'^^^ (Vi? ^^ ^' ^^' *' On the day of your
halting, or pitching your tents." ^ll« and
i«li* Time or place of abode, station ; j\j
i^llifaS V. 32, "The ma- ion of etornd
abode." -^J^ p-rt. act. One who observes
religious rites, constant, lasting, permanent;
. ^JL'9 J:-M^ LjU 15 V, 7G, "And verily they
serve to- confirm men in the right way ;" the
construction of the passage is rather involved,
but the meaning seems pretty clear; ^JL%l\
\y^-\ "Those who are coD?tant in pr.^yer;"
for tlie construction see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 1S3.
—Y^\ X. To act uprightly (with ^\ of
pers.) ; walk uprightly in the paths of religion
(with^^^). 1-iL^ part. act. Right, righteous,
upright, well constituted.
jjy To excel in strength ; and ^jry aor. a. To U
strong, iy Plur. ^3 Pov.'er, strength, vigour,
resolution, firmness, force, determination to
St Of
observe a law. c^y Strong, powerful.— ^f
for o^ part. act. IV. f. One who inhabits a
desert.
^jil5 aor. i. To break the shell (a chickerO.-^J^
II. To prepare or destine for any one (with
ace. and J of pers.).
JIj aor. i. To take a siesta at noon. JsU part.
act. One who sleeps at mid-day. J-i^ Place
of repose at noon.
ti)
c!J^Fem. LI/ affixed pronoun of the second person
eingular, meaning thee when affixed to verbs
and prepositions, and thy when affixed lo
nouns.— Lli' is also a particle prefixed io
Digitized by VjOOQIC
cJ
( 1C3 )
nouns, end lo other particles, and meaning
as, like; it 13 considered as a preposition, and
governs nouns in the genitive ; wlien prefixed
to the noun J£< tho latter is redunclp.nt;
Example, iLi- jLii 2 v. 2G3, "Like tho
resemblance of a grain," D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 473.
^j^lS fem. A cup ; no verbal root.
^^IS How many (with ^); this word is re-
garded by grammarians as an indeclinable
noun; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 4J4.
cl^ aor. 0. To invert, throw face downwards (with
^).— lI^« part. act. IV. f. Grovelling (with
Q1 of face).
\zJi^ aor. i. To throw prostrate, expose to ignominy.
juJ aor. i. and 0. To injure c>vj one in the liver,
jLo Trouble, misery.
jS aor. 0. To be older than another ; j^ aor. a. To
he aged; and^ aor. 0. To be great ; to be a
weighty or grievous matter (with ^L: or Jc^^
of pers.); iS^J^ 40 v. 37, " It is grievously
odious ; " the subject of the rerh is here said
to be uilJji^ meaning JlSJftlilli JL^ ;
iiiS CL?^ 18 V. 4, "How odious a word;"
ti^ is here used as a verb of blame, D. S.*
Gc. T. 2, p. 225, note; j^^.j jJ ^ jP^ ll? iSX
17 V. 53, "Created matter of that kind which
in your opinions it is most hard (to raise to
life);" To attain majority. ^ Greatness,
pride ; J^ Jy c^^J^Tj ^4 y. 11, " He who
hath taken in hand to magnify it." ^ n.a.
of^ Old age. ^ Plur. ^^ (2nd declen-
fiion) Great, grand, large, aged, grievous;
Jl5J-^ 2^ 20 V. 74, "Verily be is your chief,
or your master;" l^^/'The biggest or the
eldest of them." ^U (2nd declension) plur.
of J^S A grievous sin. jUS Of grefit \\\:/^\\\'
tude. j^\ Plur.^Ui (2nd declension) comp.
form, Gre?ior, more grievous, etc., giv.Uost;
Fem. ^jS (2nd declension), Fem. Plur.^ ;
^r.^AiS Cj^ 74 v. S3, "Verily it is ono^of
the greatest (calamities);" blJ^ plur. of *'Jj
being understood. ^^/f^ (2nJ declension)'
Greatness, glory.—^ II. To magniry (God)
by.saying JISi IjJl. ^j^^ n.a. The act of
magnifying God by saying^.Isl *CJi.--^l IV.
Toextol— J!$J V. To act insolently (with ^
of place). "Iil< part. act. One who is hr^^iglity
and arrogant. ^;l^n Tho Self-exalting, a
name of God.--^I^l X. To' be puaed up with
pride, to behave with insolence (with ^ of
place); at 33 v. 76 cly^l ia for ^^JX^X
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 71 ; *^ rpjoct with insolence
(with 11). jCLul^ n.a. Arrogance, j^^^
part. act. One who is proud and haughty.
w^^Xi To throw down headlong (with ^^), rt. \1^
q.v.
is aor. o. To write, write down, transcribe; to
prescribe, command, ordain or decree in writ-
ing (with ace. and J or ^^ of pera. and also
with ^1); Ex. ^ l^ ]^-J^ ll^ 5 v. 49,
"And we wrote for them therein a command
that, etc. ;" to inscribe (with ace. and ^ ; at
52 V. 41, and 63 v. 47 the sense requires that
we understand the words "from the preserved
table of God's decrees." lLjI^ part. act. A
writer or scribe. i^J^ n.a. Plur. «w^ A
book, writing, Scripture, written revelation,
decree, letter; at 2 v. 236 it may be translated
" the prescribed period ;" ^^^^ C'^ ^^ ^ name
given to the preserved tablet of God's decrees,
Digitized by VjOOQIC
(lLi>
^/
from wlikii thd KoiAa ii r.^.id to lu^ve boon
copied ; these wonls are goncnilly found Nvith-
out the Jofmito article, in or«.ler to cnV.r.nce by
a certain vagaenesa our idc. 5 of its uu^ghii-
cenC'^— *' Oranc ignctuni pro inngniGco I "
tSjc^] The Holy Scriptures, the Koran, also
tho book in- which a record is kept of all men's
actions, and an extract from which, each one
shall have placed in his hand at the last day,
17v. 14; t--;'l>:rjil The Jews and Christians.
^Lj^ci for , c^^y see .uyUM^. l^c:^^ part,
pass. Wri.tten do.Yn.—ul-fL^ III. To give a
slave a contr.ict of freedom on payment of a
certain sum (with ace). — ^-^^^ YIII. To
cause to be v.ritten.
1^ aor. 0. To conceal,, hide (with double ace.) ; to
keep back (evidence).
ulii aor. 0. and i. To collect into one place.
i^.,^.? A heap of sand.
Vl^ To be superior to in point of numbers; andjl?
aor, 0, To be much, manjr, numerous. J^
Multitude, abundance. JS Abundance, and
especially of good things ; name of a river in
Paradise; this word is variously expounded.
\jtS Much, many, numerons. ^1 (2nd
declension) comp. form, More, most, more
abundant, the greater number.--^ II. To
iniiltiply.--^l IV, To nmltiply, as tl^li
lllljc^ 11 V. 34, "And thou hast multiplied
dispu'tes with us."— ^liJ n.a. VI. f. The act
of multiplying.—^l^^ X. To wish for much,
make great use of (with ^ of thing).
^Ij aor. a. To study or labour after anything.
* is n.a. The act of labouring aflier anything.
* 4>lf part. act. One who labours after (with
jSs ao.-. 0. To be r..-Ady.~j'£!>\ YII. To. shoot
(lov.awarJs (tho stars).
C\S nor. D. (:'.ppr.ieiitly for iSJ) To ha hard; ond
^jo cor. i. To be n!jjardl>f.—^i^\ IV. To ba
}'^ aor. i. To lie, lie io, fi^lscly invent (v;ith ace);
to tell lies about or a;; ilust (with ,^).- ^^'^
pa^a. "Tlicy were the victims of folicliood."
cl^ii n.a. A lie; used also as an adjective,
lying, false, as ^'J> |Il 12 v. 18, "With
fabe blood," D. S. Gr. T^2, p. 2S0. tLi'i
part. act. Lying, a liar ; at oG v. 2a{^'S agrees
with ^J^ nnder^tood. cL^ja One given to
lying, a great liar. LjV^^ n.a. A falsehood.
cJjj^ part. pass. Belied; i^^'^t j^ In-
fallible.—(l^ii II. To accuse of falsehood or
imposture, falsely deny (with ace. or with t^);
frequently used without any object being ex-
pressed; thus at 6 V, 149 where we may
understand jlfjiras the complement of the
verb, D, S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454 ; ^y'j^ l^ for
^ J j^ 23 T. 26, " In respect of their having
accused me of falsehood," D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
497; At chapter 55 the word Jj^'' Do ye
both falsely deny," which occurs so frequently,
is addressed to men and genii, the two species
of rational beings who are mentioned in the
13th and 14th verses. «4^3^ n.a. Tho act
of imputing falsehood. <^k\(^ part. act. One
who falsely denies, or accuses of falsehood or
imposture.
Jj? aor. a. To return, i^ A return, a turn of luck ;
J^^ 67 V. 4, Two other times, twice again.
f^ To tfvist a rope, griete. w/ n-^. Grief,
distress. ,
• Digitized by VnOOQ IC
t/^
4
( 125 )
v^^
J^S A 5- "/ or stahle for goa's;'x[0 verl?.l root.
^"^ A throne.
yi aor. 0. 7b be si^jjcr'or to anotlicr in gcncrc'A>j.
I^S Plur. ^ij^ Ilonou.uble, do^jIj, gencrons,
kind, beneficent, gracious, mu.iinccnt, agree-
able, as Jit 5C) V. 43 ; Ulj^ ?J v. 72, " Cour-
teously." /^l (2nd declension) comp. form,
Most benefcent, raost honourable.— Vi II. To
honour, /ylf part. pass. Ilononred. — ^1 IV.
To honour, md:e honourable. iK;! n.a.
Honour, /tj^^ part. net. One who honours.
^^ part. pa=3. Honoured.
^mJ aor. a. To detect, dislike, be averse from (with
ace). 5)S auJi^ ns.a. Eopu^cnce, a trouble,
eomethinj disagreeable;- G^ Against one's
will; ^J 4G Y. 14, "With pain and grief."
Sj\S part. act. One who dislikes or is averse
from anything. s.jJ^ part. pass. Abominated,
hateful.— jj-^ II. To render hateful (with ace.
and ^\ of pers.).— j^l IV. To compel one to
do a thing against his will (with ace. of pers.
and ^Lc of thing, also with ace. of pers. and
^^^). i\^\ n.a. Comjjulsion.
aor. i.* To gain, acquire, seek after, gather
(riches) ; in- the Koran it is frequently used in
reference to the provision, which a man has
laid up against a future life, be it good or bad ;
in. this sense it may often be translated to do
or commit; \^,^ u: »>»^ ^ U 2 v. 225, Lit.
"What your hearts have gained," meaning
"what your hearts have assented to." —
klJlA^ VIII. To seek after, seek to gain;
there seems to be but little difference in the
Kor&n between the 1st and the 8th forms; the
latter like k^^ may occasionally require to
be rendered to deserve ; \^^l^X\J^JJo 33 v.
63, "Without tlioir having bc:u guilty of any-
thing to deserve such treatmciu."
Jlm-S aor. 0. ToJallinfrAr.^gc.'ittrmers. • oUi n.a.
A want of purchasers ; the act of rcmaliar.g
unsold.
w-il5 aor. i. To cut up {doth),- ^.jL-^ A segment,
a piece cut off. j^-S^ plur. of »llw^ A piece or
segment; iXIi- adverbially. In pieces.
JLS aor. a. To be lazy. ^\ls plur. of ^l2.S Lo-^y,
sluggish.
Us aor. 0. To clothe (with double ace), ill^
Clothing.
his To remove, take off— a- cover.
aor. i. To uncover, lay bare, remove, take off
(with ace. and ^r^) ; iC ^ f^JlSj |i^ GS v.
42, "On a certain day a leg shall be made
bare;" a phrase expressive of very great
calamity ; it is left vague and indeterminate
to increase the feeling of awe; the idea is
taken from a woman who tucks up her gar-
ments in flight. ^JlS n.a.-The act of remov-
ing, etc. i^-iilS part. act. One who removes,
takes off, or reveals; at 53 v. 53 Xi-^lS agrees
with J!S>, and t£^lll'i at 30 v. 39 with !liL^
understood.
JlS aor. i. To abstain from che7mng the cud {a
camel). >^IS part. act. One who restrains,
obstructs or chokes. ^J^ Grieving inwardly
and in silence. ^^^^ part. pass. Oppressed
with silent sorrow.
sL^ aor. 0. and i. To have sweUiyig breasts {a ffirl).
^^CiC \ dual of c-JiS The ankle-joint. S^ A
die, a building in form of a Cube, and hence
the Ka'ba or square temple at Mecca. d^ljS
(2nd declension) plur. of l-^IS part. act. A
damsel with swelling breasts ; D. S. Qr. T, 1,
p. 343, note.
Digitized by
Google
^
< 120)
^
c^iS aor.o. To hem a garincnt, \,o \. 'l^iliolJ, restrain,
keep back (wiih ace. ami ^i). lJS n.a. fern.
A hw^nd. ili'i The ^vliolo; ii'5 AUo_jother,
TvLolly, entirely, univer£?.lly ; ^•-iyull ijiJli
Ju'i 9 V. 30, " War with iho idolaters tlirough-
out the whole of thorn."
uS aor, a. To turn bac^: (tr:insitivc). ^yS Like,
equal.
L^-Jf aor. i. To gathr iojeth:r. ijJ^jS A place
where things are gatliorcd togctlior.
yi aor. i. To cover ; aor. o. To deny— the Grace or
the existence of God,— to be iin_,Tateful, im-
pious or an unbeliever, to di.-^believe (with c^),
^ andjJs ns.a. Infidelity, disbelief, ingi-ati-
tude. ^jSi n.a. Denial, jji part. act. One
who denies or is ungrateful for benefits received,
an unbeliever, infidel; Plurals ,...i^i luS and
ijS] at 57 V. 19 J^Ll\ may be translated
" Husbandmen," as those who cover over the
• seed; Fem. Plur.J^ljS (2nd declension).
jyS An ungrateful, disbelieving person. jlS
Very • ungrateful or unbelieving, l^^ An
atonement, an expiation, or that which is given
as an expiation. jylS Camphor.--^ II. To
cover over, expiate (with ace. of crime, and
^^of pers.).--^! IV. To make one an un-
believer,
J!fiS aor. 0. To nourish, take care of, bring up for
another, (with ace. and J). Ju^ A portion,
a like part; jS^l .i Dhul-kefl, a name
assigned by commentators to a variety of
individuala, aa Elijah, Joshua, Zachariah, etc.
According to some the name was given to
Elijah on account of his long-continued fast-
ing, that being one of the meanings of the verb
J^ ; or because he is said to have maintained
a nun.lor of his councryiiija vrho f.od (o him
for protection; a tnnl'^wn probably founded
upon the story of Olr.liah in the Old Testa-
ment. JJS A sponsor, surety, bail.— Jwo II.
same as ^y:^,-'^^\ IV. To "mf^lie one answer-
able, ns C^yi 33 V. 2-3, "ilake mo respon-
sible for her, or commit her into my care."
^JS aor. i. To bo enough, to suiTice; as ^'j JS
tl^^ 13 V. 43, *' God is sufScient as a wit-
ness," see t^ ; for the substitnt^'on of the pre-
position and genitive for the nominative case,
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 55 ; ^^ is also used with
a double accusative, as ^^.-^^v^Il tUll ^^
Jliil 1 33 V. 25, "And God v.'li3 a sufficient (pro-
tector) to the true believers in buttle;" similar
instances are found at 2 v. 131 and 15 v. 95;
another usage is with c-; and.^^i, thus ^^^iio Jjl
<)Ji \LSsJ J 41 V. 53, " Is it not enough that thy
Lord is, etc.;" or with ace. and ^, as ^\
^] lil^ij 3 V. 120, " Is it not enough for you
that, etc." t-Jli for ^^\i part. act. One who
is sufficient for; s^^ uJ'Jo ^OJI (jujJl 39 v. 37,
"Is not God a sufficient (protector of) his
servant?" for the construction see D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 182.
JS aor. i. To be weary, .JS n.a. A heavy burthen,
also a domestic servant who is maintained by
his master, fj By no means; known by
grammarians as a particle of reprimand or
. repulsion, in tlie latter sense it may be rendered
" Out upon him or them," and although by
some it has been interpreted occasionally to
, mean certainly or assuredly, others have in
these instances supposed an ellipse ; D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 634, note. JS a noun substantive
meaning totality or universality; it is always
Digitfzedby VjOOQIC •
^•
( 1^7)
^^i
used with a complcnKjt citli.r e.-rpro'^cd or
uivlcritood, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 14.3, and h tlion
to be t:\Mi Jatod All,, the wliole, cacli^ every
one; \vlie:i the complement is understood it
i:i]i(i3> tlio tanween nnd governs alike the 3in;^\
and plun, thus . ^^^^^ Jb--' ^^-^/ JS 13 v. 2,
"Eac]i('one)nini5 to an appointed goal;" again
^^:'i ly-'i J; for "^U 8 v. i>G, "And they
^vere all (of them) unrighteous." * uli As
often as, how often soever; for its employ-
ment with the Preterite see D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. ]S5, and with the Aorist T. 2, p. 33. %
masc. and blS' fern. Both, each of the two ;
these words are never used \.'itaout a deterr
minate complement, as l^^|' 17 v. 2-1, "Both
of them;" and J:^X^^ 18 v. 31, "Each
of the two gardenfi," D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp; 155
and 243. iJ'Ji Kindred/ a distant relative.
SS aor. a. To keep safe.
\US aor. 0. To sew a leathern thong into a hag ;
and aor. i. To imitate the barking of dogs.
v^^ A dog.— t-^Jl^ One who trains dogs or
other animals to hunt. N.B. The verb is not
found in the ii. f.
^J^ aor. a. To put on a sour or austere look. ^IS
part. act. One who grins and shows his teetli.
1^-4^ aor. a. To bee7igrossed by an object. — tJ2S II.
To compel a person to do anything difficult,
or above his strength (with double ace.) ; In
the Koran we invariably find this verb used
with i and ?1 ; at 4 v. 86, if we read ^sJ S
we must understand ^jusj as the nominative,
" No soul shall be compelled (to fight) except
thine own soul," but there are other readings.
— ^-flCl^ part. act. V. f. A troublesome meddler,
or a specious pretender.
"^ aor. i. To 'ice/nJ. V< A v.ord; ^/-ij 7 v.
141, " By my ST>:ahing to tlieo." l^^i Plur.
cl:*w*-^i and liS A wed, adocicj; c^lliT^l^J^
S9 V. 20, "The s:utonce of pnni.^hment;" at
3 V. 57 the vrords ^T«J l^i , Jl may be trans-
lated "To a like or et]!ial determination;"
The Word of God, Jesus Christ, who is said
by the ^loslems to be so named, becri'j-:o lio
w^as conceived from the v.'ord of God alo::e
without Futaer; at 35 v. 11 and elcewh?re ^
is U::od in the sinG:- as thou2:h it v.\*;e a colle:-
tive noun, thus Jj;:l;ri!iiUv.i^ "To
him ascends the good worJ." — Js II. To spc:.!:
to or with (v.iLh rec). ^J^p n.a. The :.:t of
sp.ealdng to.— llO V. To utter a word, spea':
of (with c^).
^ imperat. fern, of jsl q.v.
L5^
mS interrogative conjunctive particle. How much,
how many, followed by ^^.y with the genitive ;
How long a time, followed by the verb,- or the
verb and the ace. as ^^^^ jjS .... ^-..^.J J
23 V. 114, "What number of years have ye
remained?"
jS affixed masc. pronoun of the 2nd pers. plur. You,
your; Dual US. A'ote. Each of the Arab-
pronouns is considered an indeclinable noun ;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 455. .
J aor. 0. To cover. ^I2l plur. of I^ The sheath
or spathe in which the flowers of the Date-
Palm are enveloped, a bud.
J^ aor. 0. To, be tv holey perfect. J^lS part. act.
Whole, complete.— J2! IV. To perfect (with
ace. of thing and J of pers.) ; to • fulfil,
complete.
^ aor. a. To be blind from birth. JuSl (2nd
declension) D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 403, Blind from
birth. .
Digitized by
Google
J
( K3 )
-'A
^ To cov:r. ^S\ end hS\ plurs. of ^ A cover
ing of any kin J, a-j a veil, slicltcr, etc
in^," or " be can hirJly articalnt^ c\: :ly;"
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 210.
is al30 the pkr. of ^^^ I !:in. ^.J-lt pirt. ' j'i nor. o. To ' :Utv^) a ti^rh '.n.-/,^- 1^- '^"^ ^^''-^o
pass. Covered over, JMicn, close ^cpt.— ^Sl
IV. To hiJo (v.itli ncc. and ^j).
Sis To ci.t, to be vnjratc/uL Jyi n.a. comm
gender, Un^T;.'efu].
ys aor. i. To l^ir.y {a ircc.^Krc) bc:icath C: earth; \
to treasure up (with aco. aad J). j:S n.a.
PJur. ;*ui A treasure.
(^^illS aor. i. 7b He in a coccrt (a t/cvr). {j^:}^ fart,
act. 77^t:^ ?v/.lch h'J.cz itself; Tlur. ^^Iji A
to iutj.\..i:ie, or in?.l:e one thii:j l.p over an-
other (v.'Ith aoc. and ^^)\ this sr::n3 to be
tbc literal Lvranin*; of the v.ord at CO v. 7; at
81 V. 1 it may be tran:l:;ted " It u> folded" up/'
as a garment tlirit is laid av;ay; a piirrdlel
pn3^a;^'o n found in St. Paul's F/m.i!o io the
Ilebrevrs ch. 1 v. 12, where the Apo3tlo in
translating the 102nd Psalm uses tr.e vrord
€%'^-e?, "Thou slmlt roll or fold them up."
,. 1 X .T . 1 .n 1 ' J Jo n.a. The act of folding up.
name applied to the £:a:d, and C3pecia[ly to ' ^ ^;f;<' ^ ^ ^^•
•1 1 1 i-'i r *i • • •. i \1^S To s'ane briUianth Qron). v.^»S Plur.
tho-3 planets v.hich, from their proximity to i^^^ , .- J ^ ' . r
the cun, oecaclonally bido themselves in his ^ ^ ^9' (-"^ declension) A star.
rays.. ^IS aor. 0. To be, become, happen, erviit; for its
influence on the formation of varioui; tenses
see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. ICO et seq. J,lS*govem3
its attribute in the ace, Ex. L^\ (j^UI ^IS
if jl>.1j 2 V. 209, " Mankind were one people
or Beet;" with the preposition J it signifies
to have, viihi est, possess ; LT Jj JjlS jJ 3 v.
11, "Ye have already bad a miracle ;" to have
in one's power, as lijLv. Jo ^ l^J ^\S U 2 v.
108, "They cannot enter them ;" also to be
fit and proper, as ^j^, ^IS U 3 v. 73, " It
is not fitting for a man that;" ,jS. 3rd pers.
plur. fern. pret. for ^ ; CJ\, CJS, ilio, and
CSj, for ^^ etc. aorist conditional ; iJjiJJ 12
V. 32 for J>^^ energetic form of aorist, "And
verily he shall bo." ^JSJ^ A place; lUlL^ 10
V. 29, "(Remain in) your places;" BeidAwee
explains the ace. in this place by an ellipse of
the verb Vv^l " Remain in," which governs
the ace. ; another explanation is given by De
Sacy, Gr. T. 1, p. 502. i'lL^ A place, pur-
Digitized by VjOOQIC
i^w^ A cave, cavern; no verbal root.
Jui To be of mature age ^ from 30 to 50. J^i One
of full age, from 30 to oO years old.
^^ aor. a. and o. To prophesy, io be a soothsayer,
^^IS part. act. A soothsayer.
rf--^ see 'b for U^.
jjIjCL^ Initial letters of the 19th chapter, see "2^,
c-^l^ plur. of c-^o, see ij^.
tl>lS aor. 0. To drink out of a <-juS. tL/ Plur.
t-^l^i A goblet without spout or handle, a cup.
•Sis for 3i aor. a ; cl) j^ or cl? j^ 2nd pers. sing,
pret. for (i^!>/; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 242, To
impede; to be just on the point of, to want
but little of, as ^jl^} u-il^ar Jpr^l^ 2 v.
19, " The lightning all but took away their
Bight;" when used with a negative, the nega-
tion applies to the verb which follows jlS, thus
^^^ I^jIS Uj2 v.66, "And they wanted but
litUe of not doing it;" ^!;J JliJ ^ 43 v. 52,
Lit. "And he wants but little of not articulat-
^^'
( leo )
■J
l>^:o, iuLn'.icn; */.plC< ^ : C v. ISj, "Ac-
corJinj to your ability." — ^^'-^'--^1 ^« To
liiiini- * itc orie's-.^clf; ly 'JcJi^i i) v. l-IO io tliou^Iit
'by some to ha tlie viii. f. of ^^S^ q.v. and
Viltli tliC Lbovc mcaniii^^ the ! bcit:^ duo to a
poetic license kuu.vn as f^^' or Saturation;
D. S. Gr. T, 2, p. 497.
^6 nor. i. To cauterrzo.
^ So that. £s Lest. £lJ So that not; particlca
governing the subjunctive, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 202.
j'inor. i. To coutrivo a strafagem for (with J of
pcrs.) ; to plot against (with ace. of pera. or
with J); ^,;'^for ^;.^.U 7v. 101, "Dr/i^o
a plot a^rainst me," D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 407.
For l1?jj 17 V. 70 and 37 v. J I s:o SS for
JjS. juS n.a. A plot, stiata^oia, fi?.iul, trick,
cunning, coutrivanco. SX* part, pa.is. Plotted
a^-ainst. .
«^'^ cor. i. To cut. uXS Eow? in what way? D.
S. Gr, T. 1, pp. ISo and 20 J, and T. 2, p. 33.
JlS aor. i. To measure, measure out to any one
(with ace. of pers.). J-S n.a. A mcr.snring
out, a measure or quantity ; j^jJ J^ 12 v. Co,
" A camel's load." J^« Tlie ve3:el in which
things arc measured. — Jl:xS! VIII. Toreceiva
by measure from (with ^Iz of pers.).
J
J a prefixed affirmative particle, Verily, surely,
certainly; when prefixed to the article J! the
latter loses its I, thus j^ ^\^ for J:i'"*5^ 2
V. 144, ''Verily it is the truth." For the
divers applications of J and the names it
bears in consequence see^D. S. Gr. T, 1, p.
504, see also J. .
J a prefixed preposition which denotes both the
genitive and dative cases, meaning To, for,
unto, on account of, in order to, belonging to,
see ^\S ; As ^^^ expresses the condition of a
debtor, so does J that of a creditor, thus ^^
fjU He owes me; thus also f^JLa [^ dlj 2 v.
276, "What is past shall be credited to him,"
i.€. he shall be pardoned ; il JSj, see 8. v. 39 ;
when prefixed to the aorist conditional it gives
it the force of an Imperative, as JS^Lii juli^
J,^^ri2 V. 67, " And on him let those who
trust repose their confidence." ^'o(e.\fhen
immediately following j and uJ J is generally
written with a jezm J, and with a fatha J
when preceding any of the affixed pronouns,
as i^JJ, liJ, ^, etc., the affix of the first person
singular is an exception to this rule, ^ being
written with a kesra ; Like J when preceding
the article J^ it causes the latter to drop its 1,
as cl/jJ for (I/!3"1 "To the Lord ;" It is fre-
quently used as a conjunction with an ellipse
of ^1 and then means so that, in order that;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 477.
Not, no; when followed by the aorist con-
ditional it serves as a negative Imperative,
thus l;lf\p' / 2 V. 286, " Do not punish us; "
When used to deny the existence of a thing
(equivalent to J2^) it generally governs the
accus. which then loses its tanween, as in the
Digitized by
Go6gIe
s
( IGO ) •
W'onb 'My^J\J''Ti^Q^o 13 no Doity but
Cod;" for t;io e:;rrption.^ to lliH rulo ceo D. S.
Gr.T.2,p.C3t\^. 'j.;;Ji3rometiHi03redambnt
or pleonr.itic; see 35 v. 20; so a!iO whca
coinmc.^-'incjaformofo^ith; Exi;nii>le3 of this
• . occur at io v. 74 and at lo vv. 1 mJ 2, ^vlicre
tl:o ^Yor(]s iJl fmu^^tbe translated "I swear;"
on the otlKl^r hand an ellipse of tlie no^ativc is
. to bo observed at 12 t. So, see bi and Jl for
■ p\i D.S.Gr.T.l,i,>.lG7r.nd510,alsoT.2,
pp. 413,. 432, 490, and :;G3. 1j Neither, nor.
^licx^ij see L::>^}r..
Ciil 7b said; this verb is not found in the primi-
tive form. lLSX^ spelt also lIH^, Plur. " <; li
An an^^cl, see also uJ^-^.
V/ 7t? ^/i/v'i^r, shine. Jjj generic noun, Tearls,
large pearls.
tU aor. 0. To remain in a place.
cli The heart, understanding, intellect.
iSJ aor. a. To delay, tarry, sojourn (with ^ or
with ^^ of following verb), tJ^^J part. act.
One who tarries.— dlSj V, To tarry, remain
in a place (with c-)).
Xj aor. 0. To remain in a place. SJ Much (wealth).
juJ plur. of SjuJ That rvhich,is close packed
like a lion's mane, and hence A dense crowd.
jIj aor. i. To cover, cloak, obscure (with ace. and
lJ) ; to mystify (with double ace.) ; to render
a thing obscure and confused to another (with
ace. of thing and ^^ of pers.) ; this appears
to be the true meaning of the word at 6 v. 9,
^^ Jj U L^ \\!'u^)j "And we would certainly'
have obscured for them that which they them-
selves rendered obscure or confused," viz. The
cl»U 1 plur. of
Angelic Glory, or tlie Heavenly ^H.'sion.
•, Li n.a. Confii-^lon. ili aor. a. To wear, |
put on, be clothed ia. ^Q A ganncnt.
clotuihg; c/^it^C!lCv.ll3,''Tlieextremc ^
of hunger;." a hunger which closes them in.
on every side like a vesture. ^jIlJ A coat of '
mail.
^JI aor. i. and o. To eat muck ; and ^.i To abound
in milk. ^J n.a. ililk.
''^ aor. a. and i. To be obstiiiatchj Utlfwus, to per-
■sist obstinately (with J). 14 A great body
of water. '^ Vast and deep (sea),
l^ aor. a. To fee to. 12-^ n.a. A place of refn^^e.
i^ aor. a. To hia/:e a rcccptacle/or a corpse in the
side of a tomb.-^l^^^ IV. To deviate from
that which is lawful and right, to put to a
perverted use, act profanely towards (with
^) ; at 16 V. 105 it may be rendered "They
wickedly incline' towards" (with Jp, oU[
n.a. Profanity.— li^Li noun of place VIII. f.
A place of refuge; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 305.
1^ aor. a. To cover 7vith a cloak.^i^\^\ n.a.
IV. f. Importunity,
jj aor. a. To overtake, reach, attain nnto (with
(_,).— ^5t IV. To join to or unite with an-
other (with ace. and c-; of pers.).
jUl aor. 0. To establish Jinnlj/ ; and^aor. a. To fed
withfcsh. pi n.a. Plur. ^^' Flesh.
^ aor. a. To incline tonards any one. ^ n.a.
A vicious pronunciation.
^ aor. a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 250, To bark a tree.
dls? The beard.
Sj aor. 0. To hold an altercation rcith any one.
il plur. of 21 for jSJI (2nd declension) Very
contentious, fond of quarrelling.
Digitized by
Google
u^
(131 )
cu^
^^i 7b be soft and tender, ^^jj altliongli properly
a noun, is alvi-ays cmployeJ as a propo:3ition,
At, nrar, witli; ^jj ^ From . before, from
tlic proccace of, from; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 154.
j^-jj and IjJ Prepositions saiJ by De Sacy to be
only (lilTeroiit forms of ^jJ q.v. ; tlieir mean-
ing is the earno, but wbercas ^jJ iu the Koran
is al^'ays found preceded by ^y, with IjJ and
,^jj this is not the case.
*^
jj aor. a. To find a;rrccable, taico pleasure in.
ijj Plca.^ure, delight. . *
cSj aor. 0. To stick clozchj, l^jI part. act.
Adhesive.
I J aor. a. To he a<3iduous. siich-closo to, — *^ J n.a.
III. f. Death, the day of Judgment, as ensuing
of necessity; at 20 v. 129, and at 25 v. 77,
we have instances of the noun of action used
adjectively iTljJ for LCj5, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
2S0; It may also be translated an abiding
punishment.— >*j!3l IV. To affix firmly (with
double ace.) ; to compel one to do a thing, as
L^.iL#Ujl 11 V. 30, " Do we compel you to
(accept) it?" ^.
^ aor. 0. To seize one hj the tongue. ^^UJ comm.
gend. Plur. iL*Jl A tongue, language, speech ;
• Q^ J^ vI^Q 19 V. 51, Ut. " A lofty tongue
of truth," Le. "High and truthful praise;" a
similar expression is found at 26 v. 84.
«— aU aor. 0. To draw near ; and t^JlaJ aor. o. To
be thin, fine, cgj^.1 Gracious, kind, sharp-
flighted, acute, one who understands mysteries;
c-LkJlfA name of God.— i^Jyj V. To act
with courtesy and gentleness; at 18 v. 18 it
would seem to mean With cleverness, see
^ aor. a. To blaze. ^ fem. (2nd declension)
Holl-firc; This word appe.-.rj tobcof thesccoiiJ
declension as being a proper name and of the
feminine gender, otherwi.e the i^^being ratlical
it would have been written ^Jii!, indeed tlic
. noun of action of the verb is so wriltcn, sec D.
• S. Gr. T. 1, p. 404 ; or it may be, tliat coming
at the end of a verse at 70 v. 15 it is put by
poetic license for ^^—^^ V. To blazo
fiercely,
w--^*! aor. a. To slaccr, as a?: Infant; and »^-^;- r.or. a.
• To play, sport, tride (with ^). cl-O n.a.
Playing, play, sport. k.^^z] part. act. Sport-
ing, one who jests.
JaJ Perhaps, one of those particles which are saiJ
•1 "*•
by grammarians to resemble- verbs ; like ^1 it
governs the noun following in the accus. ; it is
frequently used with the affixed pronouns, as
^LJ, lIXLJ Perhaps I, perhaps thou, t\.(^.
lif see il.
^^ aor. a. To drive a^va^j, curse; ^^jO n.a. and
Zlti A curse. ^^ part. act. One who curses.
^f^ piirt. pass. Accursed,
mp:ji^ see c:^
U3
j^ aor. a. and o. To be greathj fatigued.
n.a. Weariness.
Ul aor. 0. To speak; and J^aor. a. To use vain
words. ^ n.a. Vain discourse, a trifling word
or inconsiderate language. isSi Vain or obscene
(discourse).
u-iJ aor. 0. To be thick and entangled (trees).
(^iSl Trees thickly planted and with inter-
lacing boughs. c-CjiJ A mingled crowd. —
i^j2\ VIII. To be joined— one thing to an-
other (with L-)).
aor. i. To bend, turn aside (with ace. and
^).--JJIj^ VIII. To turn or look (back).
Digitized by
Google
^
( 1C3 )
^ aor. a. To burn, ncoic'i.
^0 aor. i. Tocastforth, utter.
lU To dhiibik/i.—^ IV. To find.
e!^Plur. 4^l£il A nickname; no verbal root in
tbc primitivo form.
^^•J' To impregnate {the fc^rnlc Palm-tree), 'j^y^
(Snd declension) pliir. of ^f part. act. That
•which renders pr.gnant or fecundates; an
epithet applied to the winds, as by their in-
strumentality the clouds arcsaidto be rendered
pregnant with rain, -and the female Palm-tree
is jmpregnatcd with pollen from the male.
Shalcspeare puts the- ijlea in a somewhat dif-
ferent form,
" AVhon wc have laughed to see the sails coiic<'ive,
And grow big-btUicd with the wanton wind."
• Midmmmer Night' 9 Dream,
La To gather.^\^\ VIIL To happen on, light
upon, also to pick up.
yjl}^ aor* a. To catch up hurrledbj; in the Koran
it may be translated to swallow up quickly.
la aor. .0. To obstruct (a path). ^Ua (2nd declen-
eion) Lokman, an Arab sage, to whom the
origin of jEsop's fables is ascribed.— ^\^ VIIL
To swallow a mouthful.
-JJ aor. a. To meet, meet with, see; to suffer
from, experience (with ace. and ^^. ^uJ n.a.
see iii. f. j^ for ^1 part. act. One who
meets with. ^Ub n.a. A meeting; ^UJJ To-
wards ; ^^^ «T2j '^ 10 y. 16, " Of my own
accord."— ^^ II. To cast upon, shed over (with
double ace); ^\^/\^ 27 v. 6, ''VerUy
thou art gifted with the Koran," or " it is shed
upon thee from above;" D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
124; a somewhat similar rendering is required
at 25 V. 75 and in other places; Ul^ UJ 41
c^
V. 85, "And no one shall L- granted it," viz.
such a dicposition; B.idAwcc supplies the
ellipse by the words ^-y^^ ^:>^'"~^jr'' ^^*^
To meet wilh. >'UJ n.a. of both 1st and 3rd
forms, A meeting, an occurring; the worJi
^:UJ ^ 32 V. 23 are variously understood; ,
they may refer to the giving of the Law to
Mo:?e3, the-giving the Koran to Mohammad, or
to the meeting between }.Ioses and Mohammad,
fabled to have taken place on the occasion of
the famous nig'it journey to the 6th Heaven.
j5U for ^li part. act. One who meets;
^33 t/i^' pi 2 v. 43, '' That they are about
to' meet their Lord;" lyli is here put for
^, Ji^ as being the antecedent to ^Jj D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 416.-^t IV. To throw, cast,
throw down, send down, shed (with ace. and
y , l^^, J^, or Ji, or with ace. and J\ of
pars.); to cast forth, utter, throw out a. sug-
gestion, as at 22 v. 51 ; to offer, make an offer,
as }ihrfS\ Jl :r^. 4 V.9G, "To him who
offers you the salutation ;" used abo with J\
of pers. and ^ of thing, as at 60 v. 1 ; ^^ 1 j^
^fSO V. 36, "Or who gives ^ear;" ^ili
27 V. 23, ''And throw it," for ^^JU D. S. Gr.
_ T. 1, p. 460; The dual Cijl at 50 v. 23 is
probably addressed to "the driver and^^the
witness" spoken of at v. 20 ; ^^i^ '^" h
iSS^X J\ 2 V. 191, " Neither make your own
hands accessory to your destruction ; f^^H\
in the passage has the meaning of ^iuliJl, the
<_, is superfluous ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 55,
3^ for l^ part. act. One who throws or
spends down.- JiJ V. To meet; to receive or
learn (with ace. and^); |fej\ 'dj'y^ ^\
Digitized by
Google
^
( 1C;3 )
r^
for ^J»J:J 24 v. 14, "When ye receive it with
your toii2uc3 (one from another)" by n^lunj
qiieatioii3 about it; there are a variety of
• diiFcrCiit readings; ^jLiil^I \ ^^^^^ j\ SO v. 16,
Lie, "When the two learners learn;" the
meaning is sciid to be. When t! ■^ two guardian
angels note down a man's >Yords or tlioughts,
I(God) am aware of them beforehand:. ^IJ^LLt
dual. part. act. v. suprd.—^^j for ^IJ n.a. VI.
f. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, A meeting one with
another; at 4Q v. 15 jillf ^t[ "The day of
Judgment," is for ^^^ \ z*^., the final ^, not
being pronounced before the dij at the end
of the verse, is omitted ; D. S. Or. T. 2, p. 490.
— . JSl Tin. To meet, meet one anotlier,
Ifl aor. a. To speak had Arabic. ^ and ^il
But, still, nevertheless. ^^ in. the same way
as ^ and ^i takes the affixed pronouns after
it, as ^jSl rflp But I> but he, etc. ; in like
manner also it governs the accus. of the noun
following ; for the exceptions to this rule see
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 02.
^.-j^jlj see 4^^jl, rt. Cj>\\ fortl^jl.
J Not, and Uj Not yet, when prefixed to the aorist,
govern it in the conditional, and generally
give it a past signification ; De Sacy says they
give to the aorist the same value in point of
time, as the preterite would have had if the
proposition had been affirmative; 1*3 Not yet
seems to be frequently used indifferently for
P ; it is evidently composed of J and U, the
latter being redundant; For 1^3 ^ JJjI, Cjy,
etc. see \\ for UJ When v. J.
J aor. 0. To assemble^ collect, to be near. U3 an
adverb meaning W^hen or after that, would
appear to be the noun of action J in an adverbial
form, it is used when speaking; of p.of cvciit.^;
according to some commcnt-'ors it is occa-
sionally found- in the- sense oVl\ l!::cept, un-
^ I ^*''' ^ I ■3''
lc35, tLus Siil^ i:;^ OJ ^ JS Js^ 80 V. 4,
where if J^^ is held to be for ^\ r.iid the U
of UJ to be- redundant, the sense v.ill be
" Verily every soul has of a surety a Gurirdiau
over it;" with this reading uJ would iipiionr
to stand for U J or rather l^ ^^', according
to others, as above mentioned, the construction
is the same as if the words were ^ij Jo ^J
^l^ Oj; 'j^, the particle ^^^ having here a
negative meaning, see ^,t ; in the above and
in several other instances, such rs 11 v. IIG,
36 V. 3*2, rmd 43 v. 34, it is undecided whefncr
U) should bo spelt with or without the teih-
deed, see U; it is frequently followed by ^\.
UJ Altogether, entirely. 12 n.a. That which
is near; hence Small faults, as being those
which are near being sins, without being quite
so ; the word in this sense may be regarded vls
a generic noun.
^ aor. a. To gi'ce a glance with the eye. ^ n.a.
The twinkling of an eye.
yi^ aor. o. and i. To nink, defame, jjj A slanderer.
^^^ aor. 0. and i. To feel with the hand, pry into
the secrets of.— (^>1^^ III. To touch, have in-
tercourse with, as at 4 V. 46.-^^^,1^!^ VIII. To
seek for.
^ Not, by no means, governs the aorist in the
subjunctive and with a future signification.
\1^ aor. a. To blaze, e-^^ Flaming fire. Jt
1^,^ Aboo Lahab, an uncle of Mohammad.
^1^ aor. a. To hang out the tongue (a dog).
Ij aor. a. To gulp down food.— ^^\ IV. To inspire
one with (with double ace).
Digitized by
Google
V
( l^A )
J
l^iGor.o. Topluy. ^J n.a.Aplay*JiiL^%toy, sport,
iij^ ^'ory/' 2.^. ft ccrdy.n nmir-in^ stor/, or tlic
nriiuJ])*^^ story (•..'itLwIiioli thou ii:'t:'C'|i:::iiit 'J).
^'j lor ^^vj D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 330, part. act.
One wiio sports or jests; (^-'y^ ^^^ 21 v. o,
*' Jesting' In their liecirts;" for the construction
s:e D. S. Gr. T.'S, pp. 79, 197, and 270.—
^^1^ IV. To. occupy, amu-o; to divert from
(v/ith ace. rnd J^).— <I^^ii V. To be un:r::nJful
of, or carelei3 of (with ^r^).
Jj If; for the diaoronce Let-.veen J and ^,1^ S3e ^^^^;
"V^'hea in.moJia^'ly follov/ed hy a. noun the
particle,^) is intorposcd as at 7 v. 94, D. S.
Gr. T. 1, pp. 101 and 501; Vrithtj at the
head of a sontcuco we have sometimes an
ellipse of the correlative proposition called by
grammarians ^J^l S-^l^i ^^ instance occurs
at 21 y. 40, where the sense may be well
rendered, in English by a similar ellipse, " If
they did but know the time," etc. Jj Although,
jy Unless, as CJ^Sl^J ui^llijjp 11 v. 93,
" Had it not (been for) thy family surely we
had stoned thee;" in thia as in numerous
other instances the "predicate is understood,
indeed this ellipse is customary in all cases
• where no confusion is likely to arise in cou-,
sequence ; sometimes also there is an ellipse
of the correlative proposition, as for example
at 24 V. 10, where we may understand the word
JJ^ "Verily he would have exposed your
wickedness ; " another instance may be found
at 48 V. 25, see ^^J.
i^ is also used as a particle of instiga-
tion or reprimand, heing followed in the for-
mer case hy a verb in the aorist, and in the
l:-ttcr by tlic prcf./ite; in thij scn.i3 it is
ti'u?.!!y t:. :'. -lal-J \\'ill yo not? or liave ihey
not: cio. i.x. ^*^^J ^»^< ^ ^ c'ir-*""^^ V
£7 V. 47, "V.'ill ye nut a?k pardon of- God,
perhaps ye might bo graciously accepted."
This and many similar p:'?sage3 could Lo
eniily ex]^ained by an ellipse/ sail retaining
for 'i J it? orlj^inal mer.:ii:ic!: of unlcjs; but the
grammarians aud commentators prefer the
• analysis above given, D. S. Gr.T. 1, p. 5C9.
\1A aor. 0. To give a rep'U ?cMch.:tas not caHcd
for. . ilJl It is not ; grammarians are not
agreed on tlie subject of this word, according
to some it is-an indeclinable verb, whilst others
consider it as a kind of feminine form of the
. adverb /; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 202.— XtLm (2iid
declension) Allat, a female Idol of the Pagan
Arabs.
L^l aor. 0. To appear (a star) ; to cause one to
change colour. ^^ Plur. J\j I n.a. A broad table
or plank. -^^ verbal adjective of intensity,
b. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322, Darkening the colour
(with J of pers.).
is aor. 0. To seek the protection of. j|^ n.a. The
act of flying for shelter.
1^1 aor. 0. and i. To he fxed in the ajfcctlons. tjl
Lot; proper name.
jjjj A pearl, see i j .
\^ aor. o. To. hlame a person for anything (with
ace. of pers. and ^ of thing). h%j Blame,
reproof. J^ part. act. One who finds fault.
jjj adjective of intensity, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
822, One who is constantly blaming others,
or accusing himself; the words ^•l^Jj I ^j^ \
at 75 V. 2 are among other interpretations re-
ferred to the Boul of Adam. ^jL« D. S. Or.
Digitized by VjjOOQIC
( 135 )
u
T. ], p. ceo, pr.rL pr .J. Llanicd, repro!ic:i^iulo.
— 1*L« part. net. IV. f. Dc.-ervin^ of bliunc. —
i?Jj VI. To WiV'v:? one anotliei.
^.'j riur. j^'j-^i Colour, external foriii, spociLM; no
verbr.l root; Lp' lill^i IG v. 13, ''Of dif-
ferent colours;" D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 7D, P7,
and 270.
o"-^ aor. i. To twist, pervert, 'turn Lack (with ace.
and ^ OTjl)] c-^'v^ V J^,^^ Uh 3 v. 72,
*' They pervert the Scripture with their
tonguca;'* this word is by some spelt j^ij^ or
il??^' l/ ^•^' '^^^ ^^*' ^^ t^i^^ir^ J or pervert-
ing.— ^y II. To turn aside,
(lA aor. i. 7o h'vJcr, — l"^ or d-J b ia called by
grammarfins a particle of desire, and may be
rendered I wish, would that, or would to God!
it is one of those particles which, like ^\, re-
quire the noun following to be in the accus.;
it takes the afBxed pronouns as ^^jzJ eic;
it seems probable that this word is of Hebrew
origin ; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. i;3G, note.
fj-'^ for ^lIJ It v.a? not, is not; a nc^-''/ivo ve.b
used only in the prc!:.-ite, D. S. Or. T. 1, p.
203; jjlj \i one of tlro:c veil'3 kaov.n a3
j^lS d^lj^^ or sijtors of. ^IS, which gn'ora
the attribute in the accusative; 1), S. Gr. T.
2, p. CO.
JJ comm. gend. generic noun. Night, al:o the
civil day from sunset to sunset; Plur. nom.
and gen. jQ for 'jD and .^4^ aoc. "jCi
By night; D. S. Gr. T.^1, pp. 402. and 410;
see also ^lL«, rt. ^. i3j noun of unity, A
night. .
il! Lost, for 5 ^* J ; at .57 v. 29 the 5 of^^ 13
said to be redundant, Jjo Hi mu:t therelore bo
translated "That they may know;" D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 490, note.
^S aor. i. To be or become soft ; to be ralld towards
(with J). JuJ A kind of Palm-tree. ^J
Soft, gentle.— ^f! IV. To soften (with J) ;
l!i! for 1^1 34 V- 10, "We rendered soft."
>• for U q.y.
U conjunctive pronoun, That which, which, that,
what, whatsoever, as, in such a manner as, as
much as, as far as; l:^-v^j U 5 y. 117, "As
long as I remained;" U li^ 2 v. 24, "A
parable. of any kind whatsoever;" U does
Dot as a rule refer to reasonable beings, but
instances to the contrary sometimes occur,
thus "fSl 4^lli U \^L} 4 V..3, "Then marry
such (women) as may be agreeable to you;"
i* is used in the formula of admiration, Ui
li^! 2 y. 170, " How great will be their
Bufferings ; " it is one of those particles which
in conditional propositions govern the verb ia
the conditional mood ; when affixed to ^1, ^\^,
and such like particles, it destroys the effect
which they have of putting the noun following
them in the accusative; it is frequently a
mere expletive, see U3, when placed between
a preposition and its complement it is in-
variably 80, Ex. i^T^ t^j lli 3 V. 153,
"For by the mercy of God;" When used
Digitized by
Google
u
( ISO )
»>•
intcno^Mlively after a p:;ri^wcd prcpc-lLion tlio
< is gOii:rally omitted, tiiua *i for Un ^ iov
U ^, I^ or U.J for U ^* etc.; For an
instance of what ia knowa as ♦^^J^-^ >-« -"^-c
uLdl; For ito inducMCO on tlie toiuponil value,
of verbs see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. ISO ct seq., see
also p. 507 ei scq.
U 13 also a nc-'ative aJvorb, Not ; in general i
it donica a circumstance' cither ii?e:ont, or if
past, but little remote from the presont ; like
3 it governs the attribute in the accus. thus
\yij V^i U 12 V. 31; "This is not a man;"
for the exceptions to the above rule see D. S.
Gr. T. 2, p. 413.
JU see iU for 5^«.
c-jU see lJ\\ forc-j-jl.
^•rtU (2nd declension) ilairocr.' a tribe of bar-
banana from the borders of the Caspian Sea ;
see Eev, ch. xx. v. 8.
• cl;jLi see tl^U
djyj^ (2nd declension) Miroot, name of a re-
bellious angel, who for his disobedience is said
to be suspended by the heels at Babel.
^^U see ^jK^.
i^X^ see oy.
s/ f» f^ *i
^U aor. a. To extend. lOU or lOU for ^^^ A
hundred.
K-^atu seejb- forj^r
L^jx^ see <— y .
Ijlll^ part. act. yi. f. of Ij* q.v.
^X« aor. a. To be advanced {the day). clLt House-
hold stuff, utensils, goods, chattels, provision,
convenience ; Plur. Xj^Xu— ^^ II. To suffer
to live; to permit one to enjoy (with ace. of
, pers. and t-^); to bestow freely (with double
?c.c,).'-^':l^%3 V. To enjoy, doll-ht o:./.3-:vjlf,
p:;:a one's time a jrccaUy (with c^ or ^l) ;
yUlb \X^ ^,,«i2v. 19'3,"AmlhGv.]iopn.^>30i
his time in tlic doli^^lits of visiting the temple
of Mi.'cca."— 'L-ill:!^ X. To enjoy, derive pi ;-
sure or advantage from (with «-.-:).
\iS^ see 6j.
^^ see >j.
^J» To be strong, rohii$t. ^^ Strong, powerful.
b^ aor. 0. To :r.oce quickly, ^j:^ interrc^'ative
particle, TVhcn?
M^c^'* see ^•— •••
^<i^'* SCO ^.
JLC aor. 0. 7b S^ lihc. Ji^ Similitude, likeness,
lik'e, similar, equnl, as much as, the same as;
tl<Ji Ji-;? In lil^Q manner; l^^-r^i-* 3 v. 11,
ZzV. "Two equivalents of them;" the meaning
is that the Idolaters thought the number of
their enemies to be twofold that of their own
men ; so also at v. 159, where Cj^ refers to
the advantage obtained by the true believers
at Bedr being equal to double their, loss at
Ohod. JL* Plur. Jli^'itl Like, a likeness,
equivalent, similitude, comparison, parable,
figure of speech ; an example as at 43 v. 56 ;
J2i\^\'^] 30 V. 2G, ''And His is the
most exalted similitude," i.e. He is above all
comparison; U £L^ 2 v. 24, "Any kind of
parable ;" D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 539. Jl'il Fern.
iLI (2nd declension) Most distinguished,
thus JliSriLij^ 20 ^.m, " Your most dis-
tinguished nobility," see ^J^» <^« A punish-
ment to be taken as an example. JL^J^ (2nd
declension) plur. of J^^ An image, statue.—
jLij V. To seem like to any one (with ace.
and J of pers.).
Digitized by
Google
J-.
( 137 )
■^■r'
^i
V.t.^ fcr .v.r-* I^- S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118, see ^yi
Irr* aor. 0. To .excel in glory, ix-y* Glorious,
glorifieJ.
\Jm^^ (t?n J declension) collective iionn of Persian
. ori^^in, ^.Ta^ji or fire-wor:liipper3,
^^^ aor. a. To run sni/'dy (a deer), — ^^^li* II.
To prove, try.
J^ aor. a. To destroy utterly, deprive of blessing,
as at 2 V. 277.
JL^ ,To ir/or/'i arjalnst any one before the King,
Jl^*^ n.a. Fraud, power.
\J^ for ^^tW* -^'' J>-*
j^^^aor. a. 7b 5/r/Zv\— ^.i^ VIII. To try; to
dispose (with ace. and J). ^l^« p^^rt. pass.
One who is tried or examined.
\s^ aor. 0. and a. To obliterate, blot out, totally
abolish.
\^ see ^j>-.
^j'^^t^ see ,joV>- for ^ja^,
Jlis:* see J'oL for JL>-.
jsr^ aor. a. 7b plough the waves, j^^^ (2nd
declension) plur. of i/^-U fern. part. act. That
which ploughs tlie waves with a dashing noise.
ijls:^ aor. a. i. and o. To chum. ^Isr* collective
noun. The pains of child-birth,
*^ aor. 0. To stretch forth, extend, stretch, draw
out (with ace. or l-> and J of pers. or ^\ of
place); to cause to increase or abound (with
ace. of pera. and ^), as at 2 v. 14. jJ^ n.a.
The act of extending, etc. ; ^'-♦^i ^ ox*Ji
li^ 19 V. 76, "To him let the Merciful grant
an extension (of days)." jXC An additional
help, auxiliary. jIX^ Ink. ij^ A space of
time, an allotted period. j^jJL^ part. pass.
Kxtendcd, extensive.— jS^« part, p js. II. f.
Widely extended.— j^«l IV. To bcitow, a^rJ >t,
cause to abound (with ace. of pers. and e-^ or
.r«). Sa,< part. act. One who assists.
^j^seeyj.
^jtC To remain in a place.
; jJi riur. ^!;5T1^
jj^ Fern.
(2nd declension) A city, iledina. ^^.
ilSs^ Of.or belonging to iledina, revealed at
Medina. ^i!x^ (2nd declension) Midian,
name of a city and tribe of Ilejib.
aI^Ju^ part. XI. f. of^J q.v.
,.*.• j^ see - Jj for ,,jj.
^» aor. 0. To pass by (with ^Js. or c-;); j.r.ss on,
go (with lJ). y% n.a. The act of passing away.
i^ One time, turn; \j^ J^l At first, the first
time ; }/• j^ ^. 8 v. 53, " On every occa-
I ; njt adverbially. Once ; ^j^ or ^j^
;ce, as ^l5^ ^'i^\ 2 v. 229,'" Divorce (is
Ij^ Gall^ undcr-
^\ (2nd declension)
sion
Twice, as ^^^ j
permitted you) twice."
standing, as at 53 v. 6.
comp. form. More bitter.— y^::^^ part. act.
X. f. That which is transient, also powerful ;
either interpretation may be employed at 54
V. 2 ; at V. 19 it is by some rendered bitter,
by others grave or heavy (misfortune).
Xjt aor. a. To he wholesome {food). K^ n.a. A
man. <jf^ Easy of digestion, wholesome,
salutary ; \i^, iL^, or l?^ With easy diges-
tion. /j^\ Gen. cl^[, Ace. \'K^[t D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 398, A man. i]^!^ A woman, a wife;
both this and the preceding word are written
with Wcsla when not commencing a sentence.
i^J^j^ see i^\j for t-^j.
IS^ aor. 0. To send (cattle) to pasture, to let loose.
Digitized by
18
Google
c^"
( l: S )
-.jU Fire frco from smoke. If,/^ GonfuscJ.
j^l>y< Small pc'-irls; or it may bo coral.
L.yt aor. a. To be joyful, cl;iteJ. 1.^^ Insolence;
l>-^ In a saucy, .in.^olont maiiucr,
J^ aor. 0. To moisten (bread) in order to soften
it; to be obstinate (with ,J^). OjU part, act;
One who is obstinately rebellious, ^^j^
Obstinate in rebollian.--j.^* part. pas?. II. f.
Eendcred smooth.
^J% To be ill. j^i^ n.a. Illness, sielwicss, dis-
ease, infirmity. \j^,.j^ Plur. ^j-^ Sick, ill.
jyt generic noun, FUnt-stones. Jj^-^1 El Marwa,
name of a mountain near Mecca.
^jj^ aor. i. To press' the teats in vilVdng, ij^
A doubt.— <^^U III. To dispute with one con-
cerning a thing (with ace. of pcrs. and ^^
or ^^ of thing), ^tj^ n.a. The act of disput-
ing, a disputation.— ^^Uj VI. To doubt con-
cerning a thing (with c->).— ^jT^^l VIII. To
^ X c /
doubt of (with ^^ or c-> of thing). j:„^^ for
^j^^ part. act. One who doubts.
Mj^ (2nd declension) Mary.
^y* aor. a. To mix. ^\j^ That which is mixed
with wine.
2fV>y« see \^j.
^jj^ part. pass. viii. f. of J:^J q.v.
jj^ aor. i. To tear. — ^j^ II. To scatter, disperse,
tear in pieces, ^y^ Time or place of scat-
tering, etc.
j;^8eej^j.
^^ 7(? go in the same direction as another. ^
Clond.
^j»^ aor. a. and o. To touch, befall. ^^«^ n.a. A
touch. — j^ll< n.a. III. f. Jlutual coritact;
^C^ ^ 20 V. 97, •' Toiicli mc not," D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. Co.— ,J!,Uj VI. To- touch one another.
j.^^-. ^ part. act. z. f. of jlL? for^^.
cjji-u^ part. pass. x. f. of vJ^ q.v.
^* aor. a. To wipe, pa -s the hand over anything
in order to wipe it (with (^ of thin^); to
s ^ ^ ^
• smite Tvith a S7vord. ^'* n.a. The act of
smiting with a sword. ^*^aJ^i The ilessiab,
Lit. The Anointed.
i^* aor. a. To change, transform; ^^^ ^Jbllsr^
^^^IS% 3G V. 67, "Verily we could have trans-
formed them in their places;" so that they
should have remained without powerof motion.
jl**,^ aor. 0. To t^uist (a rope) sLronjhj. ju^t
Twisted fibres of the Palm-tree, coir.
(.1X1^ To take hold of. lIJL^j comm. gend.
Musk.— LlJ^C II. To hold fast (with c->).-
C^\ IV. To hold, take, catch hold ofi'holJ
fast, withhold, keep back, hold up, retain.
CiU^l n.a. The act of retaining, etc. uliL^t
• part. act. One who withholds, etc.— (.Iwi^^
X. To take hold on, hold fast (with ^)*
klX*«^c--*^ part. act. One who holds fast.
iLt aor. 0. To mpe out the uterus of a camel, to
come in the evening. ---^J^ IV. To be or do
«-w.^4j ..H^^- 30 V.
anything in the evening, as ^
16, "At eventide." Note. ll« or ^jJ^ is
one
of those verbs known as ^ cl^I^I, D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 60.
■hjoM^ see .b.*).
^^ To mingle. Zl^V plur. of -^vA^ Mingled.
i\LL^ see lL:i.
^^J^ aor. i. To walk, go, proceed (with ^ or Ji
Digitized by
Google
Li^-^
( 139 )
U
of place). ^V^* ^^*^' The act dfv.a'klii^^ walk.
5LL< One who {^-oes about with lyinij slandors.
IC nor. 0. 7o mllh jcUh the tips of the faijcrs,
Jk.^ (1st and 2nfl cleclen^ion) comm. gciiJ. A
large city, Egypt, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 405.
t .for
*C - ' r.- ""'*""
« seo^rv.
jLi.« plur. of J;L1^, rt.^ q.v.
j^^ aor. a. and o. To chew. iLs^ A morsel of
flesU.
^^^J^ aor. i. To pass by, pass a\Yay, go away.
• ^.« n.a. The act of going av;ay.
Jj^ aor. 0. To rain upon, j^^ n.a. Eain.— -^ti
IV. To cause to rain; \jl^ j^^\jJ2^\j 7 v.
82, " And we rained down upon them a shower
(of stones);" sec also 11 v. 84. J^^^^ part,
act. That which causes or brings rain.
^^^ see ^Ui?, rt. ^.
lla^ aor. 0. To travel at a quick pace.-^^J^^ V. To
walk in a haughty, conceited manner.
CjLs.« see <^ for ^Ja.
wi properly an indeclinable noun used as a pre-
position, With, together or in company with.
j'jc« sec jl^ for j^.
Ai^^.see ijLi:.
jiJt^ and Jfy^^i see -£.
Jjc^ aor. 0. To separate the goats from the sheep.
yt^ generic noun. Goats.
^v< aor. a. To travel fast and far. i^>y^^ House-
hold stufl', whatever is of common and neces-
sary use, also alms.
^f^ comm. gend. Plur. ^IxJil Intestines ; no
verbal root.
^jt^^ see j^U for ^^-r.
^^lr?5^ see jU for j^r.
plur. of ^f SCO ^
^yys^ see ^Xi.
uL« To hate. civL* n.a. Ilatrod, anger; at 4 v.
2G it moans au odious and aboiuinr.ljlo thing.
y^ lor u-^»^«, see ^/o.
L:-^t SCO vJLJb for tijy.
(jj^^ To suck dry, iL* (i?ud declension) ^lecca.
J^ Fem. ilS^ Of or belonging to 'Mecca,
revealed at Mecca.
cLJU aor. 0. To delay, tniTy, aliJe, remain (with
• ^). *J-X« n.a. The act of tarrying, etc. ;
^* Jl^ 17 V. 107, '' Slowly and dt-libo-
ratcly." ij^l« part. act. One who tarri:.? or
remains.
JLC aor. 0. To contrive a plot; to plot r;;ain.^t
(with c-^) ; to act deceitfully. "X* A plot, a
deceitful trick, contrivance. ^U part. act.
One who lays plots.
,^jL« To hold high rank or authority. ^JL^ see
^o. ^j^^^ Firmly fixed, one whose rank is.
firmly established.—^* II. To establish
firmly, strengthen, give authority to any one
(with ace. or J of pers. and ^^ of place, or
with ace. of thing and J of pers.); at 18
V. 94 ^^ is for ^^^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
458, note.—^J^ IV. To give power, as ^J>^^
lILt 8 V. 72, "And he hath given thee power
over them;" D. S.Gr. T. 2, p. 454.
IlC aor. 0. To whistle. ^^ n.a. Whistling.
Ju^ To baste a garment, convert, il^ A religion,
form of worship.— J.Cl IV. To dictate.
luaor. a. To fill, asl^C^^ly. 17, " VerUy I will fill"
(with ace. and ^). ^J^forL,D.S.Gr.T.l,
p. 62, A quantity that fills anything, as ^^J^
J>j^TS v. 85, " The Earth full." ^^ A band,
. Digitized by VjOOQ IC
( 140 )
(iT
company, a^ morally ; also chief mcn^ princcd,
the nobility; J^^ifpl 33 v. C9, "The ex-
alted Chicfj," i.e. the Angels; for the changes
which this v.'orJ unl.Tgooa \Yhcu follo'.veJ by
an fxiTvjLcd pronoun sec D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 9^
. and 117. ^^lU for JU D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97,
part. act. One who fills.— lC#[ VIII. to bo full.
jl^ part. act. iii^ f. of J^ q.y.
A^XC SCO ^Y\ for Cjl.
I^ aor. a. and i. To salt, ^l fern. Salt.
J£f To Tvipe (?e^/.— jl^l^ n.a. IV. f. Poverty, v;ant.
(JjCL* aor. i. To pos.^Co^, hnve power or dominion
over; to be capable of, able to obtain (with
ace. of thing and J of pers.), as tl^wlj ^Jii
l!ll i^T^^ ^^43V. 1 1, "For who hath any
power to prevail for you with God?" (J^«
n.a. That which is in any one's power; ll^^j
20 V.90, "As far as lay in our pcwer." LlJli
Dominion, power, kingdom. (jjX^ sing, and
plur. An angel, angels; see also clilll for
lU^. uJl^Onewhopossesses, aking; Plur.
CJy^. (jJ3 U part. act. One who is lord over,
a possessor; Mi\lec, name of the angel who
has charge over Hell. ti^^C Dominion,
kingdom. CX^ A monarch. cS^X^ part,
pass. Possessed, owned.
3U aor. o. To run violently. CLi For a considerable
time.— j^JL^l IV. To prolong one's life, grant
. a respite (with J of pers.); at 47 v. 27 the
word may be rendered "he has continued to
buoy them up with false hopes ; " to dictate
(with ace. of thing and ^ of pers.).
^ andUj forU^^.
iz^\^ see izA^.
see ^--'*.
^,/^^ Oblique plur. part. act. viii. f. of o>^ q.v.
X^^ SCO *x«.
cr^* tor ^ ^.
^^ an indeclinable conjunctive pronoun meaning
lie she or they who, one who, some \.*lio,
whosoever; also interrogatively Who? In
conditional propositions if governs the aorist
in the conditional mood, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 32;-
for ito influence on the temporal value of verba
see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 1S5, ct seq.; although
generally used to designate reasonable beings,
instances may occasionally be noted to tlie
contrary, as for example at 24 v. 44, but in
these cases the irrational creatures are to some
extent, by a figure of speech, assimilated to
reasonable beings ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 556.
^j^\ and jj^ for ^ m and ^^ ^j^.
^« a preposition signifying origin, com-
position, explanation, commencement, or sepa-
ration ; in its ordinary acceptation it is equi-.
valent to of, from, or out of; or, when following
a comparative, than ; but it may occasionally
be rendered on, by, by reason of, some or a
portion of, of the same kind as, after the
_ manner of, etc. It is frequently employed in
negative propositions with the sense of any, as
ijjTf^ il\ j^ tij 3 V. 55, "Nor is there any
. Deity but God," or it may be regarded as an
expletive, " There is no Deity," D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 490; l^lj 23 v. 5, "At their hands," i.e.
"At tlie hands of the Children of Israel;"
la;}^ ^ 3 y. 121, "Of a sudden," or "on
their arrival," see j^ ; «-Jl>- ^j-y 5 v. 37,
"On opposite Bides;" (^^j ^ 65 v. 6,
"According to your means;" It is found
Digitized by
Google
(141 )
ck-
occasiori..;iy v.IlIi tlic nicaning'of ^^^ thii3 ut
9 V. S3, £^"5"^;^ Cjjjf J^4^ b j^j] ''Arc
yecoutent with this proocnt life in preferonce
to tliit wliicli 13 to come?" ^^jj'-L/^
^is^ ^ 3 V, 27, "He has nothing to look to
from (the friendship oO GoJ;" D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 492, 7wte.
^ HOT, 0. To fatlgiLc; to bo gracious towards
(with ^^ of per3.); to rjeproach (with ,^ of
pers.), as at 49 v. 17; to be liberal, a.i^j
jSz^^ ^j.:^ 74 V. 6, And be not liberal in
the hope of receiving more ; " at 20 v. 21 it is
used transitively, to bestow— a favour— on any
one (with ace. of thing and ^J^ of pers.).
5;'« n.a. The ?\ct of reproaching, and especially
by reminding any one of benefits conferred;
also liberality, as at 47 v. 5, j^xj IL« U'J
Jljj Ulj "And either (show) liberality after-
wards, or (exact) a ransom." ^\ Manna,
^^ Time ; ^y^\ \S^j 52 v. 30, "Adverse
fortune," by some interpreted to mean Death.
^y>^^ part. pass. Diminished, broken off; js^]
^^Ji^jll 41 T. 7, " An*unintcrrupted reward."
jjfiu^ see jjou tor ^joy,
^Lyj^ sec Ubj.
CL^Ll:^ see Uj.
j-i^ aor. a. To refuse ; to prohibit, hinder, forbid,
prevent (with ace. and ^ or i ^1 followed by
a verb); to defend as at 21 v. 44 and at 4 v.
140 (with ^); J^ril^ y 12 V. 63, "The
measurement (of any com) is forbidden ns."
j4^ part. act. That which defends, cy^ One
who holds back (hi? hand), niggardly. cL^
One who bin Jcri or obstructs ; ^-1:^. i\^/^ 50
T. 24, "One who hinders men from follovving
the right path." cylXt part. pass. FcrbidJ n\.
,,Ss:..^ see tlio.
^L:^ see ^c^.
^^ aor. i. To try. s^Lt (2nd declension) Manat,
an idol worshipped by the Pagan Arabs.
^^ Sperma genitale.
(2nd declension) A wish, dcsii'e;
J-
«uv«l Plnr. ^U\
^3Ul \\ CJ^^\2 v. '73, "They know not the
Scripture, but according to their own vain
imaginations or desires ;" see next ven^e, alio
verse 105.— ^j:.* II. To create dcsirO'3 in any
one (with ace. of pers.), thus at 4 v. 118,
l^jw^^'ij And verily I will excite in them
vain desires."— ^1 IV. To emit (seed).—
^j^ V. To desire, read; at 22 v. 51 a passage
occurs where this word is by some rendered
according to the former of these meanings,
while others have followed tlie latter; see
Sale's Koran, vol. 2, p. ICS, note; to long for,
covet ; at 3 v. 137 ^"J-ij is for ^^•^ D. S.
't-^.-r
Gr. T. 1, p. 221.
jl^ aor. a. To spre*^.d open a bed ; J,j jJ^ l^-^'i*
30 V. 43, " Verily they shall spread for them-
selves a couch (in Paradise)." x^ n.a. A
bed, cradle. J^U part. act. One who spreads
a couch, oly^ A couch, a place of wide
extent. — x^ II. To make (things) smooth
and agreeable. Ju^ °'^' The act of making
smooth.
J^ To do a thing quietly and gently. ^^ Fused
brass, the dregs of oil. — J^ II. To grant a
delay, bear with for a time.— J^l IV. To act
quietly and gently towards,
(jjl^ see tl^Jjb.
Digitized by
Google
r
l:..^,^ Y/hal^oevcr or v.l.enso.vor, s.*a D. S. Cr.
T. l,p. 194.
^^^ aor. a. and o. 7b scree; end J^^^t To be de-
spicable. ^(^ Dcspicablo, coii'emptiblo; it
may also bo derived from ^Ib for ^
^|^« plur. of »^l«, rt.J!=:» q.v
( l!? )
J
I.
^ ^ ^
.y ^ SCO ^T£j.
slj.« plur. of l2jU^, see li^j.
^^Jj^ ace. plur. of ^^^, rt. ^Jlj q.v.
s ^ *^ ^ ^
O^.y see ^li^y
t2jU fot CL?j.t aor. o. To die ; this is the ii^ual
form, but others are mentioned by lexico-
graphers, as Li^yt or v^-wi aor. a. and ^X^IC
aor. i. ; instances of the preterite with the first
letter kesrated are found in most copies of the
Korin, as )iL 23 v. 37, and llL* 23 v. 84 ; so
also we have ^z.^ in the 19th and t::,^ in the
Slat chapter; see D. 3. Gr. T. 1, pp. 114 and
242. CJ'^C and tl^lv^ Death. lL^ Plur.
cLjIj^I Dead, c:-^ Plurs. J,j^ and ^y^
Dead, mortal, about to die. 73'S% noun of
unity. One single death. <^-.« A dead body,
that which is dead or dies of itself. — tijUl IV.
To cause to die; ^^\'Q^\ 40 v. 11, ''Thou
hast caused us to die twice," in allusion to the
second death wliich the body is said to undergo
after its examination in the sepulchre by the
two angels Munkar and Nakeer.
• ilSspy see tlxJl.
t# aor. 0. To be agitated rcith waves {the sea) ;
to press tumultuously like waves (with ^).
^y n.a. A wave, the surge ; used also as a
collective noun, JCJ LS ' ^ ^ 11 v. 44,
" On waves like mountains."
aor. 0. To bo moved to and fro. jy^ n.a.
Agitation, fluctuation.
^y^ (2nd declension) 2Ios"3.
iX^y^ sec Ji^l.
f^^fyt see I
sj^y see jij.
C
jU aor. 0. To be rich, e^pccialbj in cat tie. jU
Plur. iy^^y*\ Riches, wealfh, substance, posses-
sions, and especially flocks and herds ; <uU
69 V. 23, for^iU "My wealth;", the J is
aiSxed because follo^ved by a pause, and is
hence named ^^r^f^T^ D. S. ^t. T. 1, p. 450.
^.^^^see^l.
iU aor. a. o. and i. To be full of water (a rvelt).
^U for j^i Water, liquor. Note, The hamza
when followed by an affixed pronoun and
moveable by Damma is changed into j, as
IsjlC for J^^Il^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118.
« wSj^ see Jlj.
j^y see ^Jlj.
J Vj see Jly
jLi aor. i. To be moved ; lij jl^J ^T 16 v. 15,
"Lest it should move with you;" for. the
ellipse of the negative see ^^1. if Jo U A table,
properly, when set out with food.
jU aor. i. To provide food for.
jU aor. i. To separate, discriminate, distinguish
(with ace. and ^).— Jj^ V. To burst, as
^T^jlJjlL-67 V. 8, "It will almost
burst with fury" (for jlii').-.jl^'i VIII. To
be separated ; Vjli^TJ 36 v. 59, " And be ye
separated" (from the righteous).
Digitized by^
Google
U":
( H.T )
t^
^^^■« SCO
jU-.^ ECO *Xij.
J.L.5 (2u(l declension) Sricliacl the Aroliangel.
jU aor. i. Ta incline,, turn away from, turn aside
from tho riglit way (with n.a. in ace); to-
turn against (with ^). Jl^ n.a. The act of
turning a^ide. /llC noun of unity, A single
act of turning, ai il>-|^ »3li 4 v. 103, "At
once," unci vice.
a
^ Initial letter of the GSth chapter, see 31.
U an indeclinable affiled pronoun meaning Our
when following nouns, and Us when fjllowing
verba or preposition-j; when affixed to the
particles ,,^ or ".J and written U1 or \lj\, U!
or lljl, although representing an accusative,
it must bo rendered We, as huL Ju-l 1^
f^yt^Z^ 5 V. Ill, "And bear thou witness that
we are Moslems," or "resigned unto thee."
cl;jIj 3rd pers. sing. fern, of ^-j15 iii. f. of IjJ
q.v.
ciU aor. a. To retire, as /Jl4\ fJ^^ 17 v. 85, "And
he goes aside;" to go far away (with ^).
U aor. a. To be exalted^ i& announce, p Plur.
iU;! News, an announcement, message, account
or story, a prophecy, as at 6 v. C6. ^^-J A
prophet, Plurs. j^wTand ^lljl (2nd declen-
sion). iV>j Prophecy.— lJ II. To announce,
to maltO. acquainted with, declare or relate a!
circumstance to another (with o of thing, or 1
with ace. of pers. and c^, ^, or ^, also J^
(with c->). vtjCj n.a. The germinating or
springing up of plants; when used collectively.
Plants, that which is prodneo J from the ground;
at 3 V. 32 it is figuratively applied to the
"fruit of the womb."— l:^1 IV. To produce,
put forth, to cause to grow or spring up (with
ace. and ^, <^, ^^^< or ^).
' aor. i. To throw (with ace. and u-> or ^ of
place); to reject; C^ili 20 v. OG, "And I
threw it (into the mouth of the calf)," which
thereupon became alive ; The handful of dust
to which this miraculous power is attributed
was supposed to have been taken from the
footsteps of the horse ridden by the angel
Gabriel ; at 8 v. CO after 1. J^ JuJUi we must
understand the accus. ^^S-, "Then throw
back to them their covenant;" fc? the ellipse
of the accusative or immediate objective com-
plement sec D. S.Gr. T. 2, p.454.— jl^^ VIII,
To go aside (with ^).
aor. i. To dejame.-^y^ VI. To call one another
names (with c->).
with ace. of pers. and ^w.— V ' I^* To make ^ ^^^^
one acquainted with, to inform (with double V aor. i. and 0. To gmh out.-A^\ X. To elicit
ace. or with ace. and U).^X^\ X. To seek ^ or discover (the truth) in inatjers of difficulty^
information from (with ace. of pers. andl). ^^aor.a.i.ando. Togushfortk. J^^J Plur. ^^117
^ aor. 0. To germinate, to produce— as a tree— (2nd declension) A fountain, springs of water.
Digitized by
Google
c^
( 14{ )
J5j uor. 0. To sliako.
^ aor. 0/ and i. To dlrpcrse. j^^:^ pcirt. pass.
Scatterea.-^AL't VIII. To bo sctUtcicd.
J^ aor. 0. 7b occrcomc. Jjrc^ n.a. An open hi^^li-
way; at 90 v. 10 it is to bcuuderstood of tho
tvro Iii^Iiways of good and evil.
^j»i^^ aor. a. To be dlrOj and i/r.^ure. ^/-^ n.a.
Filth, unclcanness.
Jir aor. i. To throw, J^^s^^iJ \ (common gender)
The Gospel, from the Greek eva^/r/eXioi^,
Is:* aor. o. To appear. 1^ Plur. ^cLr A star, or
collectively, Star3, as at IG v. IC and 53 v. 1 ;
a plant growing close to the earth with little
or no stalk, as grass.
li* aor. c. To escape, go free (with ^^f), ^iJ part.
act. One who c-cai'.:. Jbc^ n.a. Salvation.
J-sT A secret; UsT Privately. lS^ n.a-
(2nd declension) for j^ D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp.
• 105 and 402, A private conference, clandestine
discourse ; at 17 v. 50 it appears to be used
adverbially c^>s^>^ '^'^j ''And when they
confer in private;" but Beidawec inclines to
the opinion that thia word both here and at
58 V. 8 is a plural of J^^r with the sense of
j^^li^, Tiz. "Those who confer privately
together."— ^^^isT II. To deliver, set free (with
ace. and ^, ^j!^, or c-;) ; to raise up, as at 10
V. 92. J^ for ^j^ Plur.^^^s:!^ for ^^.^rri^,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 113, part. act.. One who
delivers.— ,^l5 III. To hold a discourse with
any one in private (with ace. of pers.).—
yj^ IV. To deliver (with ace. and ^);
/-^ p 70 V. 14, " Then (he wishes that this)
"Tills random" bcinj understood.— ^'^-lI; VI.
To hold a private discourse one with another
(with L-j of matter).
sT aor. 0. To vorv. e--o6^ n.a. A vow, as ^jJ^
'C^ G3 V. 23, " He has fulfilled his vow" by
ofToring up his life for the Faith.
siT aor. i. and o. To scrape, carve, prepare by
scraping (with double acc.or with ace. and ^).
jsc^ aor. a. To injure the jugular vc'i?i, to sacrifice
by cutting- the jugular vein.
y ^ >• ^ ^
^j^^o'c. a. To tcx ; and \j^'s:r To he urdachj,
iJJs:r Bad luck, ^j**^ Unlucky., ^^^l^
Smoke without flame, also molten brass, both
of which moanini^s have been assi;3:ned at 55
V. 35.
^\ijir aor. a. To riane one a present; and J^ aor. a.
To be thin, J^* -comm. gend. generic noun,
Bees. -Joi^ A free gift, especially one given
as dowry.
j^^ personal pronoun of comm. gender used both
in the dual and plur. We.
j:kf aor. a. To be nomfull of holes, jsf Fbr/a,
rotten (a bone).
JLs:* To sift. JLi:^ comm. gend. Plur. J-4r generic
noun, A date-palm; or collectively, Palm-
trees. dS^ noun of unity, A (single) Palm-
tree.
jj aor. i. To fee, run away, jj Plur. j1 SSI Like,
equal, a match, an image or idol.
ajJ aor. a. To be repentant, repent. ajU part.
act. One who repents, a penitent, i^l jj n.a.
Repentance.
IjJ aor. 0. To call. oU for ^^jU A council. ^Sj
A council. — e^J^* III. To call to, call upon,
invoke, cry aloud ; to make a proclamation
might deliver him;" the nominaUve ^^joSsT (with ^); to call, or invite (with J\ or J),
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
IjJ
( 145)
JJ^
as JjLalf^^ IsijU U^^ 5 V. C3, "And when
^ ye call to prayer;" (also with ^t;.^), as c^u^IIj
c^y ^iLi ^!^ ^jlliTsO V. 40, " The crier
shall call from a near place;" eaiJ to be
from Mount Jlori^.h at Jerusalem, whence the
angel Gabriel is to make a procl.iination to all
flesh to come to judgment ; the meaning is
that it. shall be a proclamation to be heard by
all ; see also 41 v. 44, where the words i^^^lL
ju^ u^ cT? are interpreted "They shall be
(like) those who are called to from afar," i.e.
They shall not hear. ^Tju for ^^\jo n.a. A
cry, act of calling. ^\I^ for ^^jll^ part. act.
One who makes a proclamation, a crier, a
preacher. — ^^juf VI. To call one to another.
^iL- for ^j\l; for ^J0, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill,
n.a. The act of calling one to another; j'JLJl
40 V. 34 is for ^^jILJI the ^^ being omitted
by poetic license at the end of the verse to
preserve the rhyme.
J jj aor. 0. and i. To vow, devote (with ace. and J).
jjj Plur. jjjj n.a. A vow, j^ or ^jj A
menacing, or warning j jJJ is also plur. of
^ jj A warner or preacher.— ^jjI IV. To warn,
admonish, preach to (with ace. of pers. and c->,
or with 1 ^1) ; to threaten with, give warning
of (with double ace). jX^ part. act. A
preacher, One who warns, admonishes, or
threatens, ^ic^ part, pass. Warned.
Ci\^ 1st pers. plur. aor. viii. f. of jtj for ij q.v.
fp aor. i. To pluck out, bring out, snatch away,
extract, withdraw, or draw out somewhat
sharply (with ace. and ^) ; to strip off (with
ace. and ^^). cjU part. act. One who plucks
out, as l^^ c^UjI!jT^ 79 v. 1, " By (the
angels) who tear out (the soub of the v.IokcJ)
with violence." ft\jJ a*ljectivo of intensity,
Plucking forcibly or continuously, D.?. Gr.
T. 1, p. aOS.—^Jl; III. To dioputc with any
one (with ace.).— tjlljf VI. To dispute one with
another (with.^ of matter, or with ace. and
^) ; at 52 v. 23 it is used with ace. of tiling
and ^J of place, 'and is there to bo iuterpro(od
"They shall present to one another."
i^ aor, a. To slander, sow disocnsions (with ^»t^);
to incite to evil, as at 7 v. 109. ?p n.a. An
evil siigQ^estion, incitement to evil.
(^y' aor. i. To exhaust {a rvclD ; in the Pass, it
means to be exhausted or inebrir.tod from drink
(with ^).
Jj} aor. i. To descend (with c-^ into, or ^« from,
a place), ^y That which is prepared for a
guest, entertainment, an abode, a gift. <u^
noun of unity. Literally, One' descent ; fjjT
Once, as ij^ iTp iTj 53 v. 13,." He saw him
once again." jj^ (2nd declension) plur. of
Jji^ A mansion, station, as of the moon at
10 V. 5 and 3G v. 39.— J;J II. To cause to
descend, send down, especially from Heavea
(with ace. ejid ^, JS^, ^^, and c-?). JjJS
n.a. A sending down (from Heaven), a divine
revelation, aname given to the Koran as having
been sent down from Heaven. JJ-^^ part,
act. One who sends down, ijy^ P^^^* P^ss.
Sent down.— Jpl IV. To cause to descend,
send down, make to come down (with ace. and
dr?' L5^' Jl' J' ^^^ L5i^- 4^ P^^- ^^'•
One who causes to descend, a receiver of
guests, one who provides hospitality. Jp^
part. pass. Sent down ; At 23 v. 30 ijj^ may
Id.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
J>
( no )
j^
bo considered n the noun of 1". :0 or plnco of
coming down ; it is vUo written 'J "Li v. syprd;
in the former case it mry ho rendered " Caii.30
my de:ccut to bo blessed;" la tlic latter,
"Mahe d^o to inlmbit a ble^^cd alcilo."—
jl:J Y. To descend, gently cud gradually
(with Jl). .
Uj aor. a.' To chide {cameh). ^^^ The putting
off a Eacrcd month till a l^^te^ month. illL^
A stair.
c^^ aor. 0. and i. To viahe mention of any one's
lincar/c. l.1--uJ Plur. <.^llj| n.a. Consan-
guinity; at 25 V. 50 the words 1^^-^j ul3 must
be taken adverbially as tliough tlic phrase were
J^J^ t^,,^ U "Capable of consanguinity and
affinity;" meaning pei'ir^ps male and female.
:^ aor. a. To abolish, destroy, abrogate, nullify;
to transcribe or copy. Is^ A copy or exemplar
(of a book).— ;>*'^^^^ X. To transcribe or copy
out.
yiS aor. 0. and i. To remove^ tear with the leak,
jjj n.a. An eagle or vulture; Nasr, name of
an idol worshipped by the Pagans both before
and after the Flood.
w-iwuj aor. i. To destroy from the foundations, np-
root, reduce to powder and scatter abroad, to
winnow as chaff. <^. ■> n.a. The act of re-
ducing to powder and winnowing, etc.
jJXJ aor. 0. To lead a religious life, to sacrifice.
ulXuJ n.a. Religious service, a victim for
sacrifice. cJjCU part. act. One who is devoted
to religious observances. cLC.-^ A cere-
monial. «»IXjII^ (2nd declension) plur. of
dXuI^ Places for sacrifice, rites and cere-
monies.
jm aor. 0. To beget or bring forth (,an animal) ;
f.or. i. and o. To h'aslcri (\itli. .^.p. JLJ n.a.
Progeny, etoc'': ; at 2 v. COl it v/ould seem to
be understood of tlio young of ilock3 r.nd otlicr
dome:>tic animals. .
^jj) aor. a. To for-'et, neglect. ^^^ A foi^ ettcn
thin;::, ^^ Forc^clfrd. l*^ and i'UJVomcn;
The sing, of these words is wanting, but in-
etcad of it the word l\j^\ h employed, see ]^«.
^^-Jl^ part. pass. Forgotten, nc;^^]ected, D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 103.-^1 IV. To cause to for-
get (with double ace.) ; at 2 v. 100 CJj may
be taken to signify "Y^e craiso it to bo for-
gotten;" there are also other renJings.
\Lj aor. a. To gropj, increase, to be raised up.
LJ^\j The first hour or early poi tloa of the day
or night; various interpretations are given of
73 V. 6 where this word occurs ; according to
one it is the part. act. and agrees with iLo
understood, "The person who rises by night
(to prayer) ;" others hold it to be a form of
the noun of action, and translate it " To rise
by night." ifUJ Production.— UJ II. To
bring np, educate (with ace. and ^). — liJi
IV. To produce, raise, create (with ace. and
cT^ or ^). ^IIj^ n.a. Production, creation;
i\^j\ ^IjlDl t\ 56 Y. 34,. "Verily we have
created them by a (novel or peculiar) creation."
^^^4*11^ part. act. One who produces. ilL^
Plur. cl>l£I^ for (1j\ l£JU Having lofly sails,
or it may be the part. pass. Raised on high
(by the waves).
JiJ aor. 0. To nnfold, spread abroad (with ace. and
J). JU n.a. A spreading abroad. jyLj n.a.
A bringing to life, resurrection, resuscitation
(from sleep), as at 25 v. 49. "l^lJ part. act.
One who spreads abroad ; the words t^jy^'^ ' J
Digitized by
Google
J'-
( 1 i7 )
KJ^ 77 V. 3 lii-.y rofjr d-::/ to tl;3 Anjoh
T.-Lo sprcal abroiil CoJ*3 d^CiOC.^, or to tlo
T-in'la vhicli spror^l niiii ovlt tli ern-h ; ^0:112
. r^-ain hf\vo uncIcraLCoJ tlic i\ii::.-*o to refer to
t!ie vor:e3 oft!:: Korii?, etc. j;^* part. pass.
Spre:.J open.— ^^i^t po,rt. pa33. II, f. Unfolded,
expandcd.-yljl IV. To rcsui:cit:ite (with qcc.
and c-^) ; to roiso the dead, 'liJL* part. pass.
Eaised frora the dcnJ.--^5| VIII. To be
spread abroad, disperse them--elvc3 (with ^X'
f^*:-:^ p-rt. act. That which sprc.-.is itself
abroad.
yili nor. 0. and i. To rise up, to hcr.avc Hl-^a rjoman
to/vards her hushcuid, or a hv.shand -torvards
lis Kife. Jyu n.a. lU-condnct or perverse-
nes3 on the part of a husband or wife towards
one another.-yljl IV; To raise.
kij aor. i. To go out from a place, dram up a
bucket at anepulL LU n.a. The act of draw-
ing up quickly and ca.iily. L^lJ part. act. One
who draws up easily ; the words ci^'^ul Ij
IkLj which occur at 79 r. 2 are by some
referred to the Angels who draw forth the
souls of the blessed in^a smooth and gentle
manner; but as with the comniencemcnt of
the 77th chapter, the expl^^nations of the whole
passage vary greatly, see^lJ.
a3 aor. 0. To place, fix, erect, effect; and
aor. a. To use diligence, as at 94 v. 7, IJU
^^M-r'^Li t:..^£^ And when thou hast finished
(thy relaxation), be instant (in prayer, or in
thanks to God)." \1^ n.a. Calamity.
\^^f<u n.a. Labour, fatigue, y-^r'^ Plur.
cLljy 1 A standard, as at 70 r. 43 ; a stone used
by the Pagan Arabs on which they made
sacrifices, as at 5 v. 4; an idol, image, or statue.
as ct 5 V. 02. ^:-^ A pra-I, pori! -u
iJ^U part. act. Lnboarin j, weary,
."^raor. i. To Ic Siltr.t.—JiJ2] IV. IJcm.
aor. a. To admonish, conn£el, give good r -.vire,
^ c /
be sincere and faitliful (with J of pv/s.). >^^
n.a. Counsel, advice. .r-'U p.u't. ccc. One who
couuaels or advises, one who acts as a siuccro
friend to (witli J). --^' True and sincere
(repentance).
aor.o.Toaid, n-sict, su-'ooar, proljot; to ujliver
(with ace. r/id ^0 ; ^^.^^ ^t ^d ^j-^; ^2
T. 41, ''And verily God will succour thoce
who aid him," i.e. his rcli-ion; to grant a
victory to (with aoc. and ,J^), thus at 9 v. 14,
^Jji (Sy^^ And ho u 111 give you C:o victory
over them." -jJ n.a. Aid, assistance, victory.
j^^j part.act. Plurs. ,^.^ye^ and jl^-l One who
aids, etc., a protector, j^ Plur. jlk*! A
helper, defender, protector; the namojLi; jJ
*'Tho helpers or allies," was given as an
honorary distinction to those of the iahahitants
of Medina who were the first to take part with
Mohammad. ^^j\^ (2nd declension) plur. of
^]/^ A Christian, so called from ^\/^ Xaza-
reth. LfiV^ Christian, j^^s^^ part pa^^*
Aided, assisted .--^uJ VI. To aid one another;
at 37 f. 25 ^^^ is for {^^^^ D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 221.-^1^ VIII. To avenge one's-
self, take vengeance (with ^^ of pers.) ; to
defend one's-self, deliver one's-solf. j-^^>^^
part. act. One who is able to defend himself.
--^.^siiLil X. To ask assistance of any one (with
ace. of pers.).
aor. o. To reach the middle, or take half of
S V
anything. ujj-a3 The half.
Digitized by
Google
( 113 )
ur.
L^Jcor. 0. To sdzo hj the fordocl:, l.^^\i PI
^^y (2n(i declension) A for:''ock.
^^ r.or. a. To he rh^, done enoujli in cooking.
i^' aor. a. To sprint':: mth 7vatcr. ^L.-J Poiinas
forth oopiously and continuously.
jS5 nor. i. To s^rrecd {carpets) -cr.c over anotlcr.
ju^ Piled ono over anotLor. J^i:^ part.
■s
pass. Spread over one another, piled up in
•order; ^^« ^j 5G v. 23, " And the acacia
overspread v/ith piles of uovi'ers."
Z aor. 0. To endow 7vUIi hrilllancy and beauty , to
^liine. ijJJ Brijhtncrs, refulgence. yJXJ
part. act. Shining.
aor. a. To butt at ivith the horns, 2J^ That
which is gored to death. Note. The s is com-
monly added to adjectives vrhen changed into
nouns substantive by what is called jljJl
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 279, note.
%_}^\ aor. 0. and i. To drop. 2s!aj Sperma genitale.
/pu aor. i. To speak articulately and clearly, to
speak (with ^Jx^ and l^), as J^ b >SJji j^^
45 y. 23, ''It speaks concerning you with
truth ; " Jy^yJ' J^ ^^ ^^ ^- ^* " Neither
dotli ho speak of his own will." ^^>^ n.a.
Speech, language, ^ ^\ j!^ l^^ 27 T.
16, ''We have been taught the language of
birds."— ^^ty* IV. To cause to utter articulate
sounds.
y:j aor. 0. To look, behold (with ^\ or ^); to
look on, look at (with ace.) ; to look for, expect
(with ace. or with ^ ), as at 2 v. 206, 38 v. 14,
etc.; to see, consider (sometimes with ^\, also
with Jjb,^^ orui-S); ^2/^ S^b^^ l5^
83 V. 23, " Seated upon couches they shall
contemplate (objects of delight);" to wait for
(;.il!i r j\), r.3 at 57 v. IT ; to re-i^rJ, f\ Ji <l]
;^^ 2 V. 157, " TLoy f lall not bo re^ar Jo J,"
or it mry bo "Kd'licr thall they be vra:':d
for," ix, time shr.U not be given them for
repentance. Jl^ n.a. A look. '%\j part. act.
Ono v;ho looks at, beholds, observes, or waits
for, a spectator. 5^ A sinjlo glance. IJ^
A re3pitc.--^riV. To grant one a respite;
to put off, as (^^jJi lU Poctico for ^^^^^
7 V. 194, "And do not put me off (by any
delay)." ^^I^part. pass. Eespitcd.--^ii^
VIII. To expect, wait, av/ait. j^^ p^^rt. act.
One who waits or expects.
^ aor. a. and o. To go qukhbj {a camel) ; aor. o.
To be very white. Is^ Plur. ^Uj, An ewe
sheep.
jjUiJ aor. a. To be nxah, somnolent. (jwUi n.a.
Drowsiness, sleepiness.
jM aor. a. and i. To 6all aloud to (with ^); pro- •
perly, To call sheep, croak as a raven.
Jj6 aor. a. To give shoes to any one. Jo fem. A
shoe.
'Iju aor. a. o. and i. To enjoy the comforts and con-
veniences of life, to bejoy/icl. ^ Tea; For
the difference between ^aj and ^ see ^.
Ijiy an irregular verb found in the Koran only
In the masc. 3rd pers. sing., it is called by
grammarians ^J^rjii or verb of praise, its
meaning is To be excellent, thus ^^^1 /^ 8
V. 41, " He is an excellent master ; " it may
generally be rendered How excellent! as
cL^^llfjX: 18 V. 30, "How excellent a re-
ward I " It is used alike with both sing, and
plur., thus ^ jlfeUiTliil 61 v. 48, Lit. " How
excellent (are we) who spread it out; jijU>
J,^l^r37 v. 73, "Verily how excellent-
Digitized by
Google
r
( 149 )
cv g'rr.cio;' -,— wore til .0 wlio zn-.v;c-rci," ie.
"V/e returned a prracic-js answer." U.-J for
''Hq'7 excellent is tlic admonition >Ylnch he
give- you.;" it is also written UvO. ^O Plur.
^IrjS Cattle. fjilJ part. act. Rejoicing, joy-
ful, i^xi Comfort and convenience of life.
iv-J Plur. l«j| Grace, kindness, favour, bene-
ficcnce; this Virord is sometimes spelt cu^*.tj,
see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 27G, note. Laj Happi-
ness, delight, pleasure, ^tiij (2nd declension)
Grace, favour.— -.-O II. To provide good things
for biiy one (v/ith ace. of pers.).— ^^1 IV. To
be gracious towards Ovith ^Li of pers.) ;' to
confer (beneGts) upon (with ace. and ^^ of
pcrs.).
^J^ aor. 0. and i. To shake— the head, — Jlj^ IV,
To wag the head at any one (with ace. of
^\j and ^\ of pers.). .
«J-^ aor. i. and o. To blow. C;Uj One who blows,
as ^Xji tLjlJlUlflia T. 4, "The women
who blow on knots," a kind of incantation.
^ aor. a. To diffuse an odour ^ to blow (the rcind),
is^ One single breath. *
^ ^^ ■
^ aor. 0. To blow with the mouth, breathe (with
^). Is?^ A single blast.
skj aor. a. To vanish, fail, to be exhausted. ou3
n.a. A failure, failing.
ji3 aor. 0. To penetrate (as an arrow), to pass be-
yond or out of (with ^).
Jj aor. 0. and i. To run away through/right, to go
forth to any business, as to war, at 9 t. 123
(with ^^. Jtj People, a company of men
not exceeding ten nor less than three, jyj
n.a. The act of running away, or being a
fugitive; in the Koran it means the act of
flying from the tiath.JJ^^jJ A compr.nr or
number of mon taking p.;.i: with any on:, as
in v/r.r. — "f::^.^ p:vt. act. X'. f. One who I:.>.e3
to flight, fugitive.
\jiJ} To irgure bg casting an evil eye upon any cnc.^
^j^ fern. Plur. ^^1 and (jlv^ A soii:, a
living soul or pj}rson ; as in Arabic there are
no reflcctiTC personal pronouns, their pb:2 is
partly supplied by the words ^j^sj, ^^, etc.,
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 25G, et seq.; in \:^.s
sense 1-^, ly-lS' a^<l the rest must be trr.3-
lated himself, itself, themselves, etc.; ^j»sj jJ^j
5 V. 35, "Without (his having slain) a s.nil/'—
unless in case of retaliation or as a punishment
for murder; L^O when used adverbially, as
at 4 V. 3, means willingly,, see ^J^, rt. c— >uj for
vl^; ^^^^^ i\Sb ^ 10 V. 16, "Of my c vn
accord, at my own pleasure."— ^«*iiJ V. To
shine (the dawn) ; JjHj !j^ JJi i^ 81 v. IS,
" By the dawn when it clears away the diz^-
aess by its breath."— j^'cJ VI. To long for,
aspire after. {j**iS^ part. act. One who IcLgs
or aspires after.
{jJ^ aor. 0. To pick or tease wool; to stray for feed
by night (with ^). ^y^^^ part. pass. Teas 3d,
carded.
LjS aor. a. To be useful to, to profit; to avail (with
ixc). ^ n.a. Use, utility, usefulness, prc£t.
Ll^ (2nd declension) plur. of ijul^ An
advantage, that which is useful or profitable.
^ To be saleable ; aor. a. and o. To come out of
its hole (a jerboa). jIT n.a. A hole, property,
in a place from whence there is another exit ;
the word occurs at 6 v. 35, and the meaning
of the passage is as follows, " If thou art able
to seek out for thyself a hole, so that thoa
Digitized by
Google
O"
( 150)
e
mayeat cnt:v into tho bowels of tlio earth,
etc., and bring them a sig^i {then do so)\" the
correlative proposition known r.3 the ^-'^^
}^y^\ or answer to the condition beincj un<ler-
Btood ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. Gil. hj3 Expendi-
ture, that which any one expenJs.— jjU III.
To etiter into its hole, to which there are gene-
rally ten or a dozen entrances (a Jerboa), and
hence, as it is said, to be a hypocrite in reli-
gion, professing to believe firct one thing and
then another, jllj n,a. Hypocrisy. (Ji^^
part. act. One who is a hypocrite in religion.—
fjs6\iy. To spend, expend ones substance
(with ace. and ^i or ^j^, also with ^ of
pers.); this word is frequently used in tie
Koran to* signify to expend one's substance in
alms or other good works, and in this sense
the accus, is occasionally understood, as at 2
V. 2. fjk^ part. act. One who expends his
substance in almsf^ivinj:^ and other ffood works.
jUj\ n.a. The act of spending.
Ja; To give booty. Jlj Plur. JtSl Booty, spoils.
J3j15 a gift, a work of supererogation, as
prayers over and above what are commanded,
or a gift over and above what is asked.
llj aor. 0. To remove, expel (with ^^).
kL^ aor. 0. To dig through (a ivalt). c--^ n.a.
The act of digging through, «^^^ A captain
or leader. — l-^ II. To pass or wander through,
to search out (with ^).
i2j To liberate.SSj\ ly. To set free, deliver (mth
ace, and ^), 3mz1\ X. To seek to deliver
(with ace. and ^).
JaJ aor. o. To strike; Pass.JiJ To be blown (a
\ trumpet), j^ The groove in a date-stone ;
» \jJ0 In the smallest matter. JylJ A trumpet.
^^;Jj aor. 0. To Ic drf. . nt, to dimiiii:ij, lc:3en; to
cau30 a lo.7s or dofioicncy ni. at 50 v. -*, U
M^z.^ ^J^jli\ ^^^:lL3 What pnrt of them the
earth consumes," viz. their bodies ; to full
short, fail or be wanting in anything (with
double ace), as at 9 v. 4. ^J^ n.a. Lo^a,
diminution, {^y^^ P^rt. pr.ss. Diminiihed. •
^J^ aor. 0. and i. To viahc a crashing noise, to
break or violate (a troaty),. to untwist, as at
16 V. 94. ^J^ n.a. The act of violating (a
covenant). — ^j^ IV. To wring, as a load
from getti-ng loose on the back,
^ii aor. a. To soak, raise a sound, j-ft) n.p.. Dust
rising and floating in the air.
1r3 To decoiir; aor. i. To dislike, disapprove;
• iJJ V ^llil y h \Ji3S Uj 9 V. 75, ''And their
only reason for disliking (the plot to destroy
Mohammad) was that God had enriched them,
etc.;" to reject, take vengeance on (with ^^
of pers.),— pL^^ VIII. To take vengeance on
(with ^j^ of pers.). /•l%3\ n.a. Vengeance.
^"'L^ part. act. One who takes vengeance, an
avenger.
ul^ aor. 0. To turn aside (with ^). v-^--^
part. act. One who turns aside. c-*-^l^ (2ad
declension) plur. of c---^^ A shoulder ^ a tract
~of country.
J2j 1st pers. plur. aor. cond. viii. f. of jlS for
JIS q.v.
aor. 0. and i. To untwist (a rope), break (a
covenant), violate an oath; used both with
and without an accusative. fSJj Plur. ilMj\
The untwisted strands of a rope.
^ aor. a. audi. To perforate ; to marry a husband
or wife. ^ItJ n.a. Marriage.—^ \ IV. To
give in marriage (with ace. of pers. given, as
Digitized by
Google
^
( 151 )
Gt i?l V. 32, also of per3. to wliom i,iven, as
at 2 V. 220).—^^^ X. To wish to marry.
joJ aor. 0. To croak with all' his jnigkt {a rave?i);
and jXj aor. a. To be rtrciched and miserable
{life), ^j Nig-^arJly.
Jj aor. a. To be ignorant of^ to ignore^ disavo?v,
to feel a repugnance towards. ^S and^'
Iniquitous, liorrible, unknown, unheard of, aa
at 18 V. 86. j^ Denial, reprobation, change ;
j^ ^If lM 22 V. 43,. "How great was the
change which I made in their condition;"
j^ is here put Poetice for ^j^jJS D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. 497. ^1 (2nd declension) comp.
form, Most disagreeable.—-^ II. To trans-
form (a thing) bo that it cannot bo recognized
(with ace. and J of pera.).--^! IV. To be
ignorant of, deny. J^ part. act. One who
knows not, disavows, or denies. ^^CU part,
pass. Unknown, disallowed, unwarrantable,^
unlawful, the opposite to i^^yi^, see 3 v. 100;
denial, as at 22 v. 71.
fJSj aor. 0. To turn down or upside down, as |^***i3
(^^j!; J^ 21 V. 66, Lit. "They were turned
upside down upon their heads," meaning that
they relapsed into idolatry, ^jm^ part. act.
One who bends down.— ^^^ IL To cause one
to bend or bow down.
{^ aor. i. To fall back, retreat, as /-Ia^ ^^ ^Ji^
8 V. 50, Lit. "He retreated upon his two
heels."
**-20 aor. 0. To endure a shorter of rain to the end,
to rtipe tears from off the face. — i^JLc^l X.
To disdain (with ^ or ^).
JiJ aor. 0. and i. To retire; and Jp To take
example. J2; Plur. jlS 1 A fetter, jl^ An
example, a punishment. — J-^ n.a. II. f. The
act of punishing or making an example.
J aor. 0. and 1. To spread caluhinics, ^^aj
Calumny, slander.
fjjj^ (2nd declens'.-a) plur. of j;^ A cu^liion,
prop, a pad placed upon a saddle; no verbal
root.
Ji aor. 0. To malign. Jlij generic noun, Ant3.
iU} noun of unity, A single ant. J^C I (2nd
declension) plur. of aUjI The tips of the
fingers.
^ ^ f
^ aor. a. 7b point out the rcag. -^^^ A clear
and open way.
j^ aor. a. To cause (a sirea?n) to Jloro, to rcpul:o,
reproach. J^\ plur. of JJj A river. J^ A
river. JC^ A day from dawn or from sunrise
till sunset as opposed to night.
J^ aor. a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 250, To forbid, inter-
dict, prohibit, hinder (with ace. or with ace.
and^); also J^ aor. o. To be intelligent;
\ji^ \ ^ 79 V. 40, " He restrained his soul;"
^^ IS also used with ^1, as x^\ ^1 l:u^ ^\
6 Y. 56, " I am forbidden to worship," (see \ji).
^^ Understanding. ^ for ^iJ part. act. One
who forbids. — ^li? VI. To forbid one another
(with ^\--y^^\ VIII. To refrain one's-self,
to abstain, desist (used occasionally with J)^).
^ji^ noun of time or place, A fixed term, a
terminus or limit; ^-^^^^l ij^ 53 v. 14,
" The Lote-tree beyond which there is no pass-
ing," see rjju». atii^ for ^^^ part. act.
One who desists; Plur. ^^^-v^ ^^^ w^i'^^
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 113.
'U aor. 0. To rise mth difficulty ; to weigh down —
a load (with l^ of pers.).
^ly plur. of ij^U, rt. Ua3 q.v.
Digitized by
Google
^
( 1:^2)
cl'U nor; 0. To znpply tl.3 2^!ace of ano*JA.r.^i^\j\
IV. To repent and turn to God (witli ^p.
. v^.^j;^ part, act. One v/iio turns v»ith repent-
ance to God. '
lU aor. 0. To /amcnt. «.y proper name, Noah.
Ijjy Crd pera. p]ur. pret. pr,33. of oj'Jiii. f. of
IjJ q.v.
j\j aor. 0. To shine. Jj fera. Fire. i J Liglit.—
8 9 "^ •
^;-^t part. act. IV, f. Ee or that vrliich gives
light, enlightening.
yJ^J aor. 0. To he shaken to and fro ianyth'\ng
hanging). . ^^U for (j^lll Men, people ; a
collective noun regarded as thaplar. of ^Iwl
A man, human bertng, rt. ^] q.y. It is said
to embrace also the Genii and evil spiriU, but
I can recall no pr^.iage in the Korun where it
is 80 employed.
^\j aor. 0. To take, scize.--^^^ n.a. VI. f. The
act of taking or receiving, reception; Jlj
. • ^^^\L^j!r?^jlI^rjl^J34y.51,''Andhow
should they reqeive (the faith) from a far dis-
tant place?" i.e. beyond the grave.
^U aor. 0. To retreat, reinain behind, Jig. ^j^
Time or place of retreat.
JlJ aor. 0. To clean the fczh frci fat. h\j A
slic-carnel.
JlJ aor. 0. To Icstorj ; and nor. a. for J^ D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 212, to grant (v/ith ace. of ::c:3.
and c-^ of thing), see J'J for J^J.
>*lJ aor. 0. To whi a sleeping rncdch. ^J n.a. Sleep:
J^^ part. act. One v/ho deeps. jilLi Time or
place of sleeping, a drccim.
^y Tlie letter ^, a foh ; ^^Jlji The Lord of the
Fifh, name of the Prophet Jonah.
^y aor. i. To intend, yjy Intention, a d.ate-?*.one.
JU aor. i. and a. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 243, To obtain,
got (with ^j^); to attain, reach, bo acceptable
to (with ace. of pors.), as at 22 v. 38 ; it may
occasionally bo rendered, by the Pa:3ive It
IS given, as ^^^Ji ^ ^c^^' (^(^^! ' ^' So,
" Their portion (of the good things of this life)
shall be given them from (that v^hich is written
in) the Book of God's decrees." J-J n.a. That
which any one gets or receives; at 9 v. 121,
the only place where it occurs, it must be
taken in a bad sense, meaning death, imprison-
ment, or other injury.
jr and when preceded by kesra or by ^^ either
quiescent after kesra or jazmated after fatha,
jr, an indeclinable affixed personal or possessive
pronoun of 3rd pers. sing. masc. ; when affixed
to a verb or preposition as a personal pronoun
^ it means him or it, and when to a noun as a
possessive, his or its ; This particle must not
be confounded with i, which is occasionally
found at the end of words in case of pause,
and hence called wiS^lf^^^ or ti^Xjr^I^;
see in^ances in the 69th chapter, at the 1 9th
and some following verses,
li indeclinable affixed personal or possessive pro-
noun of 3rd pers. sing. fem. Her, it, its, see j.
U is likewise an interjection, Lo I behold!;
it is occasionally prefixed to other words, as
lI&U written also \1^ Here, IjIa or more
commonly 1 jji This, and other words, without
Digitized by
Google
( 1J3)
t^
appr.rent!y ci'.Ulnj m.iJ: to their *:,.■! -r^.tloa ;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 411 nnJ SCO. }\1^ Take
yd for ^b, tlieC/bcin^clinTi;;;:Jinto iir.mza;
U when tlius follo'.vcd by the aHixod pronoun
^ Of
CS hn I the sense of io- Tr.!:c ! tlio y;oi\\ occurj
at C9 T. 19; see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 579.
U;b Brin^I produce f Some doubt exists as to
the derivation of this word ; according to
De Sacy it st.tnda for the Plur. Imperat. of
the ill. f. of ^1 To coine, but it boiiri amcau-
ing more in conformity with the iv. f. of that
verb q.v. See also D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 25G.
^'^ oblique fern, dual o[.\xb q.v.
c-%^»l$ (2nd declension) EAroot, name of a re-
bellions angel, see ci-^j^U.
^^bseeu>.
hl:^ aor. i. and o. To fall down, descend, come down
(with ^) ; to go down into (with ace), as at
2T.58/
lib aor. 0. To be raised so as to Jloat in the air
idusl). ^U^ Dust floating in the air.
Jls^ To sleep, ?va(c/i.^j^ V. To watch (with lJ),
^ Aor. 0. To separate one's-self from, break off
an acquaintance with, leave off, abstain from,
quit, leave alone; to rave deliriously, to talk
nonsense. Le^ n.a. The act of separating
oneVself from another, jy^^ part. pass.
Spoken in a wild and delirious manner. —
J^^ III. To migrate (with ^^, also with ^)\
to fly one's country, emigrate, become a refugee
(with ^^), as ^r^ tjy^li ^o^r 16 v. 43,
i.tf. Uir^J^^" Those who have fled their
country in pursuance of their duty to God, or
for his sake," so also ^fj-^J ^Jpr^:! "^
4 y. 101, " He who flies his country (walking)
in til : path of C .-I's religion." *--^'^' P^-'^-
act. One who flic3 from his country, a rcfu^oe ;
.?,/r-L'liTThojo who f!:d from :.Icc?a to r.volJ
persecution on account of their roli^'ion. .
'%Js^ aor. a. To sleep.
jui aor. 0. To break , dcmollzlu I-b n.a. Domoli-
tion; ISjb In utter ruin.
IjLft aor. i. To overt7irn.—*l::> II. To demolish.
jjbjS To coo (as a dove). J^ibjjb A IIoopoo.
4^jub aor. i. To load in the right way, direct arji:at
(with double ace. or with ace. and J or . ;1 ) ;
to follow a right course; ^^^jo 6 v. SO, "He
has directed me," for ^J\m!, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 118, and T. 2, p. 497. c^j^ n.a. A victim
for sacrifice, an offering, ^s^ n.a. comin.
gend. A direction, that which indicates the
• right way. i^Ji^ A gift, offering, jl^ part.
act. One who directs, a director, guide. ,^-j^l
(2nd declension) comp, form. One who is a
better guide, or who follows a better direction.
— j^jc^V VIII. To be directed aright (with J
or ^\ ). Jcj-^ part. act. having like the verb
a pass, signification. Guided aright, led into
the right way.
ljc^or\*\iFem.jfiI; Dual ^j^j^j^ Fern, ^^Ui and
oblique Fem. ^^^ or^li; Plur. «lf^This,
these; a compound word consisting of the
particle b Lo ! behold ! and the demonstrative
pronoun 1 J. Note. According io the system
of the Arab grammarians all the above words
are considered indeclinable nouns, and totally
independent of each other, see U.
CJjn aor. 0. Tofiy, run away, t-^ n.a. Flight.
c^ To n:alk with quick and trembling gait. —
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
V
( 1^1 )
(^
>] IV. To mr!;c to go bas'lly (v.itli ^^^ or
..,* -^ (Cad declension) Aaron.
^ ;ior. 0. To 7:iovc, slirJccCwitli ^1 of pera. anJc— >,
a3 at 19 V. 2o).— Ji^^ VIII. To stirpneVsolf,
to be stirred or set in inoiion.
•Ijjbaor. a. 7b hrcrk; and j_o> r;or. a. 7b r^z^cZ',
ridicule, jjj> n.a. A mockery, dorision, ridi-
cule, jest, lan^jhinj-stock. — y^^^ X. To mock,
scoflT, ridicule, laugh any one to scorn (\Yitli
t-^). ^yz>^^ part. act. One who scoITj.
Jpb aor. 0. To he illn; and J^ aor. a. To jolce,
^^ n.a. A joke.
ji^ aor. i. 7b squeeze TvUh the hand, to put to
flight. >»jj-^^ part, pas3. Routed, put to flight.
{J^ aor. 0. and i. To beat down leaves from a tree,
83 ,<^ ^S^ t^J C^ ^^ ^' ^^' " ^7 means
of it I beat down the leaves (as ibod) for my
• cattle."
11^ aor. i. 7b breah, especially anything dry or
. hollow, l>.'tJ» Dry sticks or stubble.
1^ aor. i. 7b break, injure^ tvithhold that nhich is
due; and j^ aor. a. 7b be thin and graccficL
>^ n.a. The withholding of that which is
due. ^^^ Thin and smooth, as the spathe
of the Pal 01 when distended witn flowers.
^Ja^ aor. a. 7b run forward mth the eyes fxed in
horror. '-'^Is^^ part, act. IV. f. One who
hastens with fixed gaze or extended neck.
V^iSs Thus, a word. compounded of the particles
U Behold, c3 As, and \ j This.
Ji particle of interrogation, Whether? Is there?
, Does he? etc.
J> To appear. ZIm plur. of J]L A new moon,
or according to some the moon during the first
and Ir.jt tv/o or ILroo iiighf:. ; at Oi'.cr tines
the moon is called ^5.— JnI IV. To invoke
the name of God upon an animal in :-MJghier-
ing it, 1.3 K}:LXp-\ij J->^ ^'•j 2 v. 1G3, Lit.
" That on v,hic!i invocation has been made to
any other than God;" since the only flesh
that can be la^Y^ully used for food is t'lat on
which at the time of slaucrhter the words
^1 wb have bc^m pronounced.
'Lb) 7b be very impatient, cyj> Very impatient.
vlxLb aor. a. and i. To perish, die, fall; it is some- .
times found with ,.^s, P3 tlXl^ ,.^ lL^J
^cT^ 8 V. 44, ''That he who pcris'ies may
perish in spite of clear evidence;" ^J^ lIxJj^
SjUiJ 69 T. 29, " ily power has Allien away
from me." ciXil^ part. act. One who perishes,
ixi^ Perdition. <jJl\'< Time or place of
destruction.— tjj^l IV. To destroy, waste,
cause to perish (with ace. and c-;). tlJl'^
part. act. One who destroys. lIXL^ part,
pass. Destroyed.
11^ Come! bring! an anomalous verb, D. S. Or.
T. 1, p. 546 ; it is found in the Korin only
in the above form, as iLJl Jjb 33 v. 18,
" Come to us ; " j^S^Tl^i, ^^ 6 v. 151, " Bring
forward your witnesses."
^ or after kesra, etc. lb, see 5, an indeclinable pro-
noun of 3rd pers. masc. plur. ; Fem. ^ or
^ They ; Dual Cijb or lo They two ; when
used as an aflSx after a verb or preposition
MSb etc. must be rendered Them, and when
after a nonn. Their. All the above words are
, properly speaking distinct and indeclinable;
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 455.
^ aor. 0. To ponder anything in the mind, to
meditate, think about, design, to be anxious
Digitized by
Google
r*
< 153 )
Aa
about (sYith J\, c.Vo with c-j) ; to plot :^ jainst,
as /^;}y-^ ^«i cP ^-^^'^^^ •iO V. 5, And eyery
nation ha^ laid plots against their propliet." —
r"
A IV. To make anx
10U3,
Ui or to, see o.
oo aor. 0. 7b be extbigii'J.id, lifeless. ^*\k part.
act. Barren and lifeless.
ja:^ aor. i. and 0. To br.pelt Tpour forth.— jC^^ pr.rt.
act. VII. f. Pouri.-.g forth.
y^ aor. i. and 0. To squeeze in the hand, to bite,
5j^ comra. gend. A back-bitcr. j'uj^ A
slanderer. c£^|^ Evil.fluggestions of the
Devil,
(^^o To break, march all night rvithout halting,
(ju^4J^ n.a. A fihiiilling sound, properly, of
camels* feet.
X ^ ^
^jAJb no primitive form, To put ariything in the
girdle called ^\^^. <^^^ (2nd declension)
proper name, Haman.
^ or ^Tbey, them, their; an indeclitfable pro-
noun of the 3rd pers. fem. plur., see ^.
\ji> aor. a. 0. and i. To anoint a camel with pitch,
to be wholesome, l^ May it be wholesome
or profitable, much good> may it do you ; the
accusative or adverbial form of *jj^ Whole-
some, digestible, as l^ C^ J^jii 4 v. 3,
Literally, "Then eat it with easy digestion
and wholesomeness," a figurative expression
meaning ''Take it and make use of it to your
profit and advantage."
tl^lljb There, in that place, composed of lI^Here,
with the affix cliJ, in the same way as from
the pronoun \i is formed the word uiJ j or
d^ji, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 513.
llyji for IIaU Here, composed of U Behold! and
lib Here, in this place.
^ Ho, it, an inJiolinablo pordomil pronoun of tho
third pers, sing. masc.
jU aor. 0. To return to one's duty (with ^Jp ; to
become a Jew. Jj^ Hood, name of a pi '>;'1iet
said to have been sent to tke tribe of *AJ ; tho
Jews, generic noun, same l3 j^^j^ q.v.
JU aor. 0. To fall to ruin, IJL5 V^eak, infirm,
tottering.-r-^ly I VII. To faM in ruin, tumble
to pieces (with lSj. \
*ll^ These; an indeclinable pronoun used as' the
plural of 1a^, and composed of li and «*iy q.v.
J^ aor. 0. To be light, vile, despicable, quiet,
f^ya n.a. Meekness, quietncis, modesty, ^ji^
n.a. Contempt, ignominy. • Jl^ Light, ensy.
^^Jb] (2nd declension) comp. form. More or
most easy. — ^^iSl IV. To despise, render con-
temptible. ^^^ part. act. That which renders
contemptible, ignominious, shameful. (jL^
part. pass. Despised, rendered contemptible.
^^ aor. L To fall, to stoop as a bird to its prey,
also to rise; i^S aor. a. To love, desire;
^Jyb ]j] j,s3j \j 00 V. 1, by some mterpreted
" By the stars when they set," and by others
it ^ 1 • ft l^l'T^'^ ^y^Cl O'^0«0'>
when thev nse; (jwull ^^ ssJ] Ja^Lj
1^1 ^i^J 14 y. 40, " Make the hearts of
some men to be well inclined towards them;"
to blow away as the wind (with 4--;), see 22
V. 32, iJ^ Plur. ^T^I Desire, will, lust,
inclination, ^yb Void. i^U The lowest pit
of Hell.— c^J^ IV. To overthrow.— ^C^! X.
To infatuate.
^ She, it, an indeclinable personal pronoun of tho
3rd pers. fem. sing.
*U aor. a. and i. To be prepared, Ll^ Form,
figure.— life II. To dispose, aright (with ace,
and J of pers.).
Digitized by
Google
( lOG )
y^
an anomalous verb used v/itb tLc propo3ition
J, aa LlilJ J:4^ 19 v. 23, "Como!" It is
spelt in a wnriety of wriys, as ll^^, ^-^:5>
ki^, etc., D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. C46.
^b aor. i. 7b be n l^ed or c Sited, as dust, anger,
etc., to v.ither.
Jli aor. i. To pour out. JL^ Poured out.
I*b aor. i. To be captivated by love, to vrcindcr
abroad like one distracted (witb ^). >-^
plur, of ^ulb A female camel raging with
thirst from diocase. •
^Jflj> q:i.'.Jrilitcral verb, To cvj /i;;::;*/ to I:ccp
anything safe, ^^-^t^^ V^^'^* act.. That v;hicli
prvierves anything ^^-^^ (with ^^^), as li-^-*
^5^ 5 V. 52, " Trcrerving it (the Scripture)
safe from change or corruption;" ^j^^^'>i\
The Guardian, a name of God.
d^^Ijb an anomalu;i3 verb u:ed like d-^ with tlie
prej;03ition J, as ^)^y W ^k':^^ 23 t. 33,
"Away with that which ye are threatened
with;" it is equivalent to a<^, the Preterite
being used for the OptaUve, D. 3. Gr. T. 1, p.
545, but there are sundry ways of spelling it.
J an inseparable prefixed conjunction, And, also,
but, whilst; when meaning together with it
is said to govern the accus., thus it is that
. Bome at 2 v. 33 read :ZA \ lS:>-jj^ i^-O] ^J^\
"Do thou inhabit the garden together with
thy wife;" however the nominative vInp-^JJ
both here and in similar passages would seem
to be preferred ; j is also used in forms of
oaths, and then governs the genitive, as cl/Jy
J^yiTj ilillTsi V. 23, "Then by the Lord
of heaven and earth." For the difference be-
tween J and t^ see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 555.
J\^ aor. Ju^ To bury alive. if^Jiy fem. part. pass.
. (A damsel) buried alive.
^ aor. i, Tofiyfor refuge. ^^^ A refuge.
J!j^ aor. i. 7b ztand still; andy^ To have much hair
cr nooL j\jJ\ plur. of ^j Soft camel's-hair
or felt.
Oi3 aor, Jnj; and ^^ aor. j;^jj To perish, ^y
A place of destruction. — fj}j\ IV. To destroy,
cause to perish.
JjJ aor. J-j To pursue eagerly, pour forth rain in
large drops ; and Jbj aor. o. To be heavy and
umvholesome, as air, food, etc. Jblj A heavy
shower of rain. JIjj Gravity, grievousness,
heinousness. J-Jj A heavy blow,, chastise-
ment.
jjj aor, Jcj To drive in a stake. jl5)] plur. of JJ^
A stake; SS^vC^i ^yij 38 v. 11, "Pharaoh
lord of the stakes," either because bis king-
dom was firmly established, as a tent wiien
secured by stakes and pegs, or because he was
in the habit of fastening the hands and feet of
his victims to pickets driven into the ground.
y^ aor. JJ To hate, defraud any one of a thing
(with double ace). jJj n.a. Single ; for the
meaning of the wordsyjJT} ^&^ \j 89 v. 2,
see ^i:».
Digitized by_
, ' . -^ ^
Google
e/^
(157 )
L5^^
^Pj cor. ^^SJ To injure any one in the ^j or aorta,
the large artery- whicli rises from the upper
part of the heart.
jj^ aor. ^^ To cortfidc or tntst i7i any one, jbj
A bond, that with whicli anything is tied or
bound. ,^J fern, of jifjl comp. form, Very
firm. ^4*^* -A. compact, bond, o^^ A
covenant, treaty.— ^LjIJ III. To enter into a
compact or treaty with any one (with ace. of
pers. and <-^).--Jj^l IV. To bind, draw tight.
^Jj Plur. jT,^l An idol; the verbal root is not
found in the primitive form.
elo-j aor. L-^^^sr To be necessary, to fall down
dead, as CSJ^ ^l^]\l\i 22 v. 37, "And
when they— i/^ their sides— have fallen dead."
Jl>-j aor. ji^ To find, perceive. Jc>j n.a. Com-
petence, means, as ^^^ ^ oo v. o. Ac-
cording to your means."
^^^j To entertain fear.^^J^}\ IV. To conceive
in the mind (with ace. and ^^), as ^/-^jij
iL>^ *^!^ 11 v. 73, " And he conceived a fear
of them."
4^jJ^j aor. c^gjtT To he ayiiatecL i— c^^^j part. act.
Palpitating.— uJ:>-j1 IV. To make a. horse or
camel move bristly with a bounding pace.
J>-J aor. J:>ji To fear. Jj^j Afraid, smitten
with Tear.
ip^j aor. laT To strike in the face. A^j Plur.
Jyj-j A face, countenance, favour, honour.
Bake, as j^f^ji ''^ ^* ^' "^^^ *^^ ®^^® ^^
God;" a beginning, as jl^Jl i>-J 3 v. ^^,
"In the early part of the day;" intention, as
i;^; Jl J5i;ll b \fXi y 5 V. 107, " That
they should bear testimony in accordance with
its true meaning or intention;" essence, being.
substance, as ii^ji-j i\ jJl^^U 5^ ^ 23 v.
83, "Everything shall perish except himself,"
Lit. his essence; see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 401 ;
80 also at 2 y. 100, ^ Jl^J jLli! ^ " He
who submits hinuolf to God;" ^^ slJ^'A
jL^J 22 V. 11, " He becomes a pervert," Lit.
"He is turned upon himself; " ^^^j ^^ may
also be rendered "according to his manner or
way." ifji-^ A tract, ^u^j Honourable, held
in high repute.— ib>-j II. To turn, direct (with
ace. and J).— -i^jj V. To proceed (with *UlJ
and name of place).
J^^ aor. Jka^ To he one, alone, unique, jo-j n.a.
Alone; sj^j He or him alone, by himself;
This word Jc«-j when followed by an aHxed
pronoun is to be regarded as an adverbial
expression and, indeclinable, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
p. 512, and T. 2, p. 291, note. j^\j One,
single. ju^J Alone.— Ju^ J n.a. II. f. The
worship of one God, belief in the Unity of the
Godhead.
^j2o-j aor. (Jua^ To throw arcay (ami3, etc.) in
' Jlight. ^f^^ plur. oiJL>^ Wild beasts.
^^j aor. ^jsT To indicate, reveal. ^^^ n.a. A
revelation, iLs^-TJ llxj^b 11 v. 39, " Under our
inspection, and according to our revelation."
— ^^j! IV. To reveal (with ace. and J, ^\ ,
or ^J, also with ^^ and ^^w; to make signs
(with ^'^ of pers. and ^t/), thus at 19 v. 12,
\^^S ^ lyJ^ o^^ "And he made signs to
them (as though he would say) praise God ; "
see^jt; to inspire, speak by inspiration or
revelation (with ^^ and ^T); to suggest (with
ace. and ^Jp, as at 6 v. 112; also with ^\ of
pers. and J with subjunctive, as at 6 v. 121 .
Digitized by
Google
( 1.^3 )
JJ3
J^aoi*. a. To love, dccirc, t/jjIi (vrit^i r,cc. or v.itli
jJ * or ^1, or ^1 ^). 3j n.a. Y»^cdd, name of
an Idol worshipped ori;jinally by the ante-
diluvians, and subsequently by th ^ Pagan
Arabs. 3j n.a. I.ove. JjjJ Loving. Ij/^
. n.a. Love, aroction, friendship.— jlj III. To
love.
cJj aor. c^.\^. To place, leave, used only in the aor.
and iraper»it. ; imperat. qj Leave alone, per-
^ ^ X
mit, take no notice of.— ^Jj II. To leave. —
cjjiu*^ noun of time and plaoo X. f. A place
of deposit, as the womb or tl. rave.
jjj aor. jjj To drop rain, ^jj n.a. Eain.
ijJj aor. ^jJa To pay a fine as expiation for vian-
slaughter. o\^ for ^s^^y and with the article
olpfPoetic^ for ^S()T, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 497 ; Plur. Ju Jj 1 A valley, channel of a
river, a river, ^oj A fine to be paid for raan-
• slaughter, as iUll-* Jujj 4 v. 94, "Then let a
fine be given."
ji^ aor. jjj To fall upon, wound; aor.j ja not used
in the preterite;- Imperat. jj To leave, let,
forsake, let go (with ace. and ^Js or ^^, or
with ace. and J followed by the aorist sub-
junctive); it is also used with^ as ^j ^ji
1ju>J <XX^ 74 V. 11, " Let me alone with
him whom I have created;" a^di 12 v. 47,
"Leave it."
i1jj\ aor. C-v To be heir to any one (with ace. of
pers. or ^^) ; to inherit, i^u^^ Plur. JLTJ
. part. act. One who inherits, an heir. vl^Lj
I and ^j^ Inheritance.— d^T IV. To con-
•^ Btitute one heir of anything, to give for an
inheritance (with double ace).
5J^ aor. ^ji To he present^ arrive at, properly , at
v;ater, to drink tlicreof; \.o go down into.
S'j^ A place of descent, an npprorxh, especially
to v;atcr for the purpo^o of drinhir.j, thus
Ij,^ I^^-V^ Jl ^^^r^\ JH^ 1^ V- 80, "And
wo will drive the v;icked into Hell, as cattle
are driven to water." Jj^j pra-t. act. One v;ho
goes down (with J); one who goes before a
caravan to draw water, one who is present at.
Jjjj fern, ot 3^ A rose, rosy. Jl;^^ The
jujular vein. *^jjy P-^t. pass. . Descended
into, arrived at.>— J^^l IV. To lead one into
(with double ace).
3j^ ^or. j^ To put forth leaves, jJ^J collective
noun. Leaves. ^j% A single leaf. J .^ Jloney.
yjj^ aor. ijjj^ To eat away the interior cf the body
{matter). ^\J^ That ivhich is behind. Aj^
Behind, before, beyond, beside or except is
never found in the Koran without a comple-
ment either expressed or understood, see D. 8.
Gr. T. 2, p. 152; ]Xl J Aj] U 4 v. 23, "What-
ever is beside this," or " all with this excep-
tion ; " ^\j^ ^ 45 V. 9, may be rendered
either " Before them," or " behind them."—
,J'j\^ III. To hide (with ace. and ^j^)— c^jl
IV. To strike fire, ^^jy feni. part. act. One
who strikes fire.— ,^5|y VI. To be hidden,
hide oneVself (with c-> or ^) ; at 38 v. 31
the word ci^j^y is used with an ellipse of the
nominative, \j*ij^ \ being understood ; D. S.
Gr. T. 2, p. 451.
Jj^ aor. j^ To bear, carry (a burthen). ^^ Plur.
, j\jjT n.a. A burthen, heavy weight, load ; at
47 V. 5 it means " Arms, or other burthens
imposed by war." jjj An inaccessible moun-
tain, and hence a place of refuge. jj\J part.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC.
Jji
(159)
Kj'i
net. .One wlio Lars a Lurtlica. jj^ A coun-
sellor or mlni-tcr ■vvlio bcara.thc burtlicn of
s'r.te, commonly sj >.lt and i-ronounced Vizier.
\)^. ^^^* gji ^^ ''^- -P 1^"^^^ I^eep (men) in their
ranks whib marcliinj,— cj^t IV. To incite,
put into the mind, insti^iite, inspire (with rcc-
and ^0*
ujj ^^^' K:>ji^ Impcrat. ^^ To weigh (with lJ) ; to
weigh out for any one (with ace. of pers.).
^j^ n.a. A weighing, weight, ^^j^^ part.
pa35. Evenly and equally balanced, that which
has its weights evenly adjusted. ^'J:^;J Plur.
j^jl^ (2nd declension) A balance; at 101
TV. 5 and 6 ^J^j^ may bo rendered " The
measure of Lis good worhs."
!ei1»j aor. Iw To he in the midst, penetrate into the
midst of. islij The middle, middle ; Ikl^ V-t]
2 Y. 137 must, according to the commentators,
be rendered "A nation who have hit the golden
mean or juste milieu J* kJjj! Fern. ,Ja^^ comp.
form, The middle, the more, worthy, as at 68
V.28; jLLlli! ^,^- U iJ;! ^5v.91, "Of
the middling or ordinary kind of food which
ye provide for your families."
j--»j aor. «-«*£ To be ample, to take in, embrace,
comprehend, j-^j Means, ability to perform
a thing. ^\^ One who or that which is
ample, extensive, one who comprehends ; as
an attribute of Qod it means the Omnipresent
or Omniscient, He whose mercy is over all his
works, ijua D.a. Plenty, opulence.— j--»^
part. act. IV. f. One who enkrgcs, or makes of
large extent, one who is in easy circumstances.
fj^^ aor. ju*^ To gather together (in one herd).—
(J-*J^ VIII. To be complete or in perfect
order, as the moon at the full.
JJj Dcco'xt, rcligiov.s. cl^^y Close proximity ;
no verbal root in the primitive form.
M^^ aor. ^ To brand (with ace. and ^^y-^). — w^c-«
part. act. V. f. One who knows a thi?^g by its
outward signs, intellic,ont.
^^ aor. j^jj To be buried in sleep, h^ Sleep,
slumber, drowsiness.
^^j quadriliteral;. aor. ^^ji To whisper evil,
make evil suggestions (with J, ^\, or c-^ of
pers. or with ^). J!S^y\^\\Q Tempter,
Satan.
^^J aor. ^jJj Topabit cloth. ^ An admixture
of colour (in an animal); thus L^ *u^ 3 2 v.
66 means " She is of a whole colour."
tl^j aor. v-^^ To be perpetual, i-r^^^ part,
act. Lasting ; L^^J For ever.
Ju9* aor. jua> To weave.
i^jii^j aor.
Description, act of attributing or ascribing.
JU'J aor. JLJ To join ; to come to, arrive at, reach,
attain unto (with . Jl). ^3L-93 Waseela, a she
camel or ewe, concerning which the 'Pagan
Arabs were wont to observe certain supersti-
tions in honour of their idols; see Sale's
Kor&n, Preliminary Discourse, p. 172. — J-^^
II. To cause to reach (with ace. and J of pers.).
^j aor. ^^^ To join together. «u^j A mandate,
command, testament, legacy ; the accusative
jlLjJ at 2 V. 241 and 4 v. 16 must be regarded
as an elliptical expression equivalent to liX
iLj " This is a Law ; " D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 83 ;
V L5^^ i^J *^*^ \j^A^' 12, "After (the pay-
ment of) any legacy which he may have be-
queathed."—^j 11. To enjoin, command
(with ace. of pers. and c^, or with ace. and
Ju^j A threshold.
L^ To describe, assert, v-j:-^ n.a.
Digitized by
Google
\^3
( ICO )
cr^
^1), <t,..r^ n.o. A tc^'^mj-^^-^ry (lis; ^ Ition—
of property. — ^jl IV. To orJor, command
(witli ace. of pcr3. nnd c-> or J) ; to lo.pcath
• (with* L-^). ^^« for y^y p^rt. cct. A
tcsaitor.— . ^i»\j VI. To <rlvc one anoilier a
command, to enjoin or recommend to one
another (with t-^\
^j aor, ^^j To put, p^ncc, lay down, lay aside,
fix, brivj forth a cLild; to put off, remove
(with ace. and ^)\ to appoint (with J);
<Ll^T^^; 18 V. 47, "And the Book (of^tbo
account of each man's actions) shall be put
(into his hands);" at 39 v. 69 these words
would seem rathor to refer to tlie Book of God's
decrees, v/hich "shall be laid op^n" on the
day of Judgment, ^^y^ (2ud declension)
plur. of ^y* A place ; at 4 v. 43 ^^j-* niay
be rendered "The true meanings (of words)."
£H^ part. pass. Placed.— "Lijl IV. To drive
(a camel) quickly, as p^'I^^ ^f^Ih ^ ^* ^^»
"And they would have driven about your
camels," — worrying them by constantly pass-
ing in and out among them.
^^ aor. ,^^ To plait or fold a thing nith one
part over another, ^^y-^j^ part. pass. Inter-
woven (with gold and precious stones)..
^^ aor. ikj To tread, trample on, as at 48 v. 25;
' on referring to this passage the reader will
observe a Dotable instance of the ellipse of the
correlative proposition or ^pSTilj^y^ after
; jp, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 420 ; the hiatus is sup-
\ plied by Beidiwee as follows, Uj J>i1 v-J$ \2
1^, see v. 24. uJ^ n.a. properly, The act of
trampling on ; at 73 v. 6 the words l!^ jlII
may perhaps be translated " More capable of,
or fitted for earnest devotion," or " for keeping
do-..:i all im iro r ;d unbecoming t!."
■hts."
^^f A step.— Wj III. To ma!:e to r.-r:e, or
render equal—in number, etc.
^j A thing ncce:::iry to be done; no verbal root.
^^ aor. ^. '-J 7c? remain in a piece, . J^^j-^ (2nd
declension) plur. of ^.l-^C A battle-field.
^j aor. 4>-;j To preJ'ct, promire, thread a (with
double ace. or with ace. of pers. and J fol-
lowed by energetic aorist, also with ace. of
pers. and ^\) ; to make any one a promise
(with ace. of pers.). J^Jn.a. A promise, throat,
prediction ; d^ ^Vj^j 4 v. 121, The ellipse
i3 thu3 espliiincd by • BeiiJau-'Je, 'a;^ isz^
iL^ (jiJJ J^j, see D. S. Gr. T- 2, p. ^^,
^ S
ju^j Threatening, a threat, ^y^t s^j-9, or
5Lw» a promise ; time or place of the fulfil-
ment of a prediction, promise, or threat; an
appomtment for a meetmg. ^^y* part. pass.
Predicted, promised.— l^\j III. To appoint a
fixed time or place for any one (with double
ace.) ; to plight faith to any one (with ace. of
pers.)— Slly VI. To make a mutual appoint-
ment.
LxJ aor. I2AJ, Imperat. lis To warn, admonish (with
ace. of pers. and t-> of thing, or with ^1 mean-
ing Lest or that not) ; to advise (with ace. of
pers., c-^, of thing, and ^Jl that). • &^ij part.
act. One who warns, i^y A warning, an
admonition.
1^ aor. ^yu To collect, retain in the memory.
^T^^ Plur. £[cjl A locker, box, vessel or bag,
where anything is stowed away. JL^lJ fem.
part. act. That which retains in the memory.
— ^^ IV. To be miserly, to secrete or hoard
^properly, in a ^Uj ; at 84 v. 23 it means to
" secrete in the breast." (
Digitized by VjjOO^IC
.V.J
(IGl )
e^
wV^ aor. wVJ 7b c<?..v', C5 an amhanaJ.or into the
prcsaiccofa Llij, wvij n.a. The act of coming
into tho proscncD of PiOjalty.
y^ ^0T.j}i To be plcitlfuL j^y^ i^art. pa::3. Full,
•aiiuilo.
^^ aor. j^j 2b n;;).— ^^jjl IV. To basten (with
^^j aor. jLb To find a thing to be fitting. -^^ji^ II.
To canse an ngrcemeat or reconciliation be-
tween t'.vo parties (with j^). fi^6 n.a. Re-
conciliation, succcGs, projperity,^ accomplish-
ment of one's wiches. — jUj n.a. III. f. The
act of suiting, becoming ; UUj il^ 78 t. 20,
for ,1^% lo "A fittini^ reward."
^^j aor. j^ Topcrfonn apron:ise. ^^\ for^Jj^l
comp. form, Most complete or perfect, more
etrict in the performance of a covenant. —
^j II. To fulfil an engagement, pay or repay
(a debt) in full (with double ace.) ; to recom-
pense fully for anything (with ^\ of pcra. and
ace. of thing, or with double ace); thus,
pu^t c:^; '^ ^ k ^^ 11 T. 113,
"And indeed unto every dne thy Lord will
surely give the full reward of his works;"
there are several ways of explaining the pleo-
nasms with which this sentence appears to be
encumbered ; according to one UJ should bo
spelt CiJ meaning U-^, see UJ, see also D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 540, note. j-J^ for ^^ part,
act. One who pays in full.— ,^^1 IV. To fulfil
or perform— a covenant— (with ace. or with
lJ); to give full measure (with ace. and J of
pers.). L^y for ^^^ part. act. One who ful-
fils (his covenant). — ^y V. To receive or
take to one'fl-self, as God ixjceives the soul of
c 10 who dies; to tr\'0 tho lifj of cuy ono
(with ace.) ; In tho Paaaivo, To be received
by God, an euphemism for to die.
jl« for
St-^/
^wf part. act. He who receives the 'joul, or
takes away the life.— ^^^^ X. To take full
measure, demand full p:,yment.
(J^^ aor. v'--i^ To enter, to overspread,— as dark-
ness,—to be eclipsed (tho moon).
^ ^^ , . S U^ -p.
c:^j To appc-'t a fxed time, kjl^j n.a. Time;
1^2 7 V. 186, "To define its fixed time."
ci?lL^ Plur. e:^!^ (Cnd declension) A fix^d
or stated time or period, time or place of-
appointment, ^yj^ P^^t. pass. That of
which the time is defined.
Sjj aor. ilj To burn. oJJ Fuel.— SjJI IV. To set
fire to, kindle (with ace. and J or ^j^)] also
With ^^, thus Sij . . . juj 1 ^^ /J^ u;^ ^J
^ 13 V. 18, "And from that (ore) which
they ignite in the fire . • . there comes a scum
like unto it," f.^..like froth. Si^ part, pass.
Kindled.— jJji^l X. To light (a fire).
»iij aor. ilj To strike violently, beat to death.
Syy part. pass. Killed by a blow from a club.
^j tiOT.jjC To weigh down, make deaf; to sit quiet
(with,^); ^ Sit quiet I fern. plur. imperat. ;
seey. jj n.a. Deafness, ^j A heavy
burthen. J^j Kindness and long-sufiJ^ring. —
yj II. To revere.
Ijj aor. f-^To fall, befall, fall upon (with ^^ and
^) ; to be incumbent upon (with ^Jl) ; to
come to pass, to be confirmed, as at 7 v. 115 ;
to fall down into (with J). ^\^ part. act.
Falling upon (with c--; or J of pers.) ; that
which comes to pass; ^)^\ That which will
surely come to pass, the inevitable Day of
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
fc'J
( 1C2 )
s
JuJ2;ment. ioj noun of unity, A coming to
pasj. ^1^ (2nd dcclcn-'on) ]^\\\x. cf ^li
Tho tinie or plo.cc of fuirm^\— ^fC* part. act.
III. f. Ouo who rai3 into (with rcc.).— ^J
IV, To brinj about, excite— ouinity— (with
lJ^J aor. uJ^, Imporat. t^ 7b 5^a?2J, make to
Btand, aa jU^Ji^ 37 v. 24, "And mrike them to
stand (before the Judgment eeit of God) ;" so
also with SI at 6 v. 30. ^fy^ part. pass.
Made to stand (with Jc^).
i^aor. ^, Imporat. ^ To keep, preserve; to
defend, keep one safe from (with double ace),
xl" for ^^5JJ part. act. One who keeps safe, a
defender, protector. ^ Devout, see ^.
ilb' Fear, and ^25 (2nd declension) Fear of
God, reverence, piety, are irregular nouns of
action (D. S. Gr. T: 1, p. 293) thonglit by
some to be derived from tho viii. f., see ^ ;
* the words- li^^ l^^jTj 47 v. 19 are by some
explained, "And he shall show them what to
fear or avoid;" by others, "He will give
them (the reward of) their piety."— ^"^ VIIL
To take heed to one's-self, to fear ; also to fear
God, to bo devout, /^ is found in some
copies for f2^ at 24 v. 51, but this mast be
regarded as a license; some read 4^j:j, D. S.
Gt. T. 1 , p. 252 ; ^jSti 2 v. 38 before a pause,
for JyJU "Fear me I" D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
497- JP^ for ^Jp>^ Plur. j^yc^ part. act.
One who fears God, devout.
Isj To take up a burthen.'-^^p V. To lean (with
, Jl^).— ^i VIII. To recline (with Jl).
^Sp^ part. act. Reclining (with ^ and ^).
\jli A place where any one reclines, a day
couch OP "Triclinium," and hence a banquet.
SsJ r.Dr. J.<j To sta.-. I st'JL-'^Jy n.a. II. f. Con-
firmr.'ion, ratir^^tion.
jlj aor.'Jii To slriko v/ith the fist.
J^j cc.-. J/J To co.nhiH an;/tlunj jnto anofLr's
hccplj. J-^ One who takes care of any-
thing for another, tho guardian of one's
interests, a patron, administrator, disposer of
affairs, the witness to a bargain; /-JV ^j
i/^ 4 V. 83, "And God is :.ll sufficient as a
rniarJir.n," see c-^.— jlj • H. To appoint one
keeper or guardian over, or entrust one with
the care of anything (with ace. of per3. and l^
of thing).— jly V. To put trust in any one,
and especially in God (with J2). Sf^'^ P^^^*
act. One who puts his trust- in another.
XJJ aor. ^IX To diminish, defraud one of any-
thing (with ace. of pers. and^thing).
% aor. >I To enter (with ^). l^] An intimate
friend.— I^il lY. To cause to enter (with ace.
and J).
3Jj aor. Il^ To bring forth, or beget. offspring;
Pass. jJJ To be bom. %] sing, and plur.
Issue, offspring, a child, a son; Plur. J^ijl
Children. %!}] part. act. One who begets, a
•parent, a father, and iUjj A mother; Dual
^VjJ^^rThe parents, father and mother;
i^Sjrjj 14 Y. 42, "And to both my parents;"
D. s!' Gr. T. 1, p. 459. SJ^ P^ur. 1}%^ A
child, youth. 5/^ part. pass. One who is
born, a chfld; 2 ^''^ One to whom a chUd
is born, a father.
X aor. ^ To be very near to any one, either as
kindred or neighbours (with ace). J\j for
^\J part, act! One who guards over the publi(i^
safety. \}J^ Plur. ^ipjl (2nd declension^
/Google '
Digitized by '
>8i
J.
( 1C3 )
cr'i
Near, a fn:n(l, pr.tron, bencf-v'rtor, helper,
protector; at 2 v. 2S2 IJ^ would s^cin to
Lave nc irly tijo sr.mo meaning a3 .d^fj q.v.;
at 27 V. 50 it refers to the avenger of blooJ,
who, a3. mentioned at 17 v. 35, is to be the heir
or.noxt of kin ; at 19 v. 5 CJ^ may bo rendered
"Heir appaiont," or "ner.t of kin," so also at
8 V. 73; the passage at 17 v. Ill 13 explained
under tho word Ji q.v. ill^n.a. IIclp, the
act of taking as a f^'iend,.or appointing as
heir, as '^ ^^ "(^.^X ^ *'^ L^ 8 v. 73,
where the meaning would seem to be, "It is
in" no wise right for you to appoint them as
your heirs." ^^.\ for ^;1 (2:vl declension) ;
Dual (^ll)jl comp. form, Nearer, more or most
near of kin, more worthy, more proper, nearest
(with c-> and J); (1^ ^J^, see iv. f. ,J^
Plu:*. ^\y^ (2nd declension) A lord, com-
panion, protector, a patron or client; a
master or servant; at 44 v. 41 it is found
with both these meanings, or it may in
both instances be rendered partner; one
nearly related by blood, as at 4 v. 37, or a
nephew, as at 19 r. 5; aS'jI^^ 57 v. 14,
" It is the proper place for you," or '' a place
nigh unto you," ^^ being here considered
as a noun of place, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 302.—
jj^ II. To retreat, turn the back (with ^1 or
^^, or with the words Jl^j^ror I^IjJ) ^J^);
it is sometimes found with a double ace, thus
gyj s^o f^Jji ^j 8 V, 16, ^nd he who
turns his back unto them on that day;" to
cause to turn towards <with double ace); to
turn away (with ace. and ^) ; to turn— one's
face— lowa'^ds (with double ace.) ; to set one
over, or give one authority over (with double
r.'\); ^y U »Jy 4 r. 115, "Wo will put it
into his power to follow the bent of liis in-
clination." Jj.« for ^2^^ part. act. He who
causes one to turn towards a thing; thus,-
l^PyJ 2 V. 143, "It is lie— God— who turns
(them) towards it;" tho other ace. »] tl JS
" Every nation," being unJer.stood.— ^"^1 IV.
To cause to draw nigh; CX^ ^^ 75 v. 34,
"Woe unto thee!" lit. "May He-God-
cause (evil) to draw nigh unto thee," or " ^lay
it— evil— draw nigh unto thee," the preterite
being here used for the optative ; D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 109.— J J V. To turn back, turn one's
back; to retire (with ,^0; to turn away (with
^) ; to adopt or choose any one- as a friend
—(with ace. of pers.), as at 5 v. 61 ; to take
upon one's-self,'as sj^ ^Jy ^cjj Ij 24 v. 11,
"And he who hath taken upon himself to
aggravate it;" to bo put in authority, as at
47 V. 24 ; Instances are not uncommon in
which the lzj of the second person aorist is
omitted, as UJ for \Jj:j U v. 3, see D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 22L '
CyjJ And verily he shall be, see ^^.
^\ aor. ^^ To be slack or negligent (with ^^).
lI^j aor. i— ^^j, Imperat. v.-^ To give, bestow ;
to restore, as at 38 v. 42 (with ace and J).
CJ^^ a free and liberal giver; c->Uj!l An
epithet of the Deity.
^y aor. ^ To burn, -lij Brightly burning.
^^ aor. ^j To be weak, faint, infirm, languid,
remiss (with ^). ^J Wieakness, faintness ;
{:fy ij^ ^^ ^^ ^* ^^' "With weakness upon
weakness." ^y (2nd declension) comp. form.
Weakest.— ^j;&^ part. act. IV. f. One who
makes weak.
Digitized by
Google
^)
( 1G4 )
^-^1
o^J
^J ^'^^' iT'.'^ -^^ ^^ ^-"''"^* il> ^^ '"^^ *^1? 1 ^'^' "^^'
Torn, rout.
ijj r/.i int:.j:cMo i rc^\:Jc(I by soiicns an aLbrcria-
tion of Jb^q.v. ; it i^l.ca tl.3 u'^x c/of tho
second per3on, and may f::n be tr.Mrl ,ted
^"'i.J
Woe vrito thool .In son^.o copies wo /.nd
a3 one word, lu which cdsc it mr.y be con-
fiiJorod r,5Co:.']pv;ojd af the inteijoc'ion oj Ob!
or Ah I and ^ As if; according to some lIJoj
13 equivalent to *L^ Know, aa interpretation
wl.-h it miy \. M Lar rt £3 v. SO, wheu it
occurs; eco D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 530.
Jb^ A {^:ev,t n-isfurturo, v/oj; no verbal r:ot; thi.3
word is roMmonly orrployed as an interjection
wlih J, as )^^ SS' ^' ^' ''''> "Then wot> to
. tliOTn," or with, an aCixcd pronoun as {,lS^/y
^1 40 V. ](j, "(They say) Alas for thee!
Believe." ^ Shame, as ^j:1j/^ C (for ^^^j)
11 V. 75, "Alas zuj shame ! " D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 90, ?:(7^c'.
•j^^aHix of the f .?t per:on sui^mar, 3Ie, myy fre-
quently spelt and pronounced o"^; when aiTixed
to a verb it is written ^-J ; it is not unfre-
quently omitted as cl^ for ^j, ^J:j\ for
^^[ etc., D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 457 et sej.
Ij 0 I a vocative particle governing the nominative
and accus. cases, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 89.
J3\ see ji\ yiii. f. of fl.
-.^C (2nd declension)" Gog, name of a tribe of
bafbarians near the Caspian Sea, y. ^^U.
J^ nor. Ju'C, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 240, To dcrpair
(with ^); at 13 y. 30 it is used with ^1,
and is there generally understood to mean to
know. (j^Ji Despairing, desperate.— ^jluliil
X. To reject all hope, despair (with^^).
tuyb collective noun, RulDies; a word of Persian
origin.
^1i aor. cond. of ^1 q.y.
^^^ aor. 1/U--J To be dry. ^ju^ n.a. Dryness, dry.
^Ij part. act. That which is dry or withered.
jiei> aor. yiii. f. of jk^^T q.y.
SaL aor. cond. v. f. of ^L: q.y.
^jlbj aor. V. f. of 'li for Uj q.y.
^ and spj aor. ^»i*j 7b 5^ an orphan, j^^zj Plur.
^^uj (2nd declension) An orphan.
^^^-^ see *u.
^.^ (2nd declension) Yathreb, the original name
of Medina,
/•j/icsr Black smoke, said to be derived from ^ q.v.
jj see j^J^.
^Jw^ aor. v. f. of^j^ q.y.
^jj 3rd pers. fem. plur. aor. iy. f. of Uj q.y.
v^jj To touch or injure in the hand. 4Xj for u/J^
n.a. feminine, A hand ; Dual j^^^xj, oblique
^ jj, and when in connexion with a comple-
ment IjJ and ,l^jJ ; Plur. jj 1 for ^juT D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. Ill ; the phrase J^ ^ 9 y. 29
. admits of divers interpretations ; according
to one it means that payment should be made
by the hand of the parties themselves without |
the intervention of a third person ; or it may I
Digitized by Google •
^Jo
( 1C5 )
ni:..n-..iilin,,- .orl. ? r read 7 in one v prvnie ;t,
orin to':eaofcuI'je:l.ion; f^^'^]^^ D:foreLim,
in hb presc;.: ; Lit, b t.vccii his t.vo hr.ndi;
jll^Ji^ t^:;V.'"^ ^^j' 33v.45, "ilen of power
and prudonco," ZzV, "Gifted with hi'.uJi and
ejoi;" Z^JJ^^ LT^-^-^ "^ '^^ '^'^^^' ^'''^ idiomatic
expression mo:inin£j"Tlicy repented bitterly;"
the idea socnu to bo that they bit their fingers
in grief and contrition, but it is Xather hinted
at than exprezicd; see LLi.
jjj aor. ofjjj q.v.
J;j aor. cond. iv. f, of jIJ q.v.
(^ Ya seen, initial letters of the oGth chapter, see
^ aor.^^-u^ 7b p:cy at dice, to be easy, j^ n.fi.
Facility,' ease^ that which is easy, j^^ Small,
easy; \j^^ 33 y. 14, A little while, u?^
(2nd declension) Prosperity ; it may also be
the fern, of the comp. form, More or most easy;
ijfpjj cl^-^^STv. 8, "And we Tvill facilitate
for thee— or prepare thee for— the easiest (way
in matters of faith)," or " the way of happi-
ness." J-i*-^ Drawing lots, j^j-*-^ part. pass.
Facilitated; \j^^^ 17 v. 30, "A kind
*^ ^^ ^
word." ij'"'^ A time of ease or convenience.
^^ ^
—-^ II. To facilitate, make easy (with ace.
and J or c->, or with double ace.) ; to second
any one or help one forward (with ace. of pers.
and J).-^;*^^ V. To be easy.--^-LLi^ X. To be
easy.
«^ (2nd declension) and with the article %JlJ1
Elisba.
j^y^ Srd pers. masc. plnr. aor. of 4-ji^j q.r.
e;r^see^.
l-j'^Ijo (2ud declension) Jacob.
^yl (^i)d docljii^ion) Ya*oo!:, r.\mo of an Idol
worshipped originally before the Flood, and
afterwards by the Pai^un Arabs.
«.^-v see c^.jU for i^«^r..
I C-^^ Yagliooth, name of an Idol of tao Prjan
Arabs, ec3 Jj^. .
t^^-o see \^^
^j^^^ A gourd, probably derived from ^^ To
inhabit,
^ aor. a. ; also &ij To he vigilant. ^^SA plur. of
hsj Watc/^/iil, awake.
^^ aor. a. To be certain. ^.Jj Certain, r, certainty,
that which is certain, as d:?.th at 15 v. 09,
and 74 v. 43; u^^lj Surely, of a certainty. —
j^^t IV. aor. ^^^.j-To know for certain, firmly
believe, feel a certainty about (with t— ?) ; to
form a right judgment. ^J^ part. act. One
who believes firmly, or forms -a right judg-
ment.—^r;£L»J^ X. To believe firmly, y^^;^^^^
part. act. One who is firmly assured.
ujo see ^IS.
Ml pass, for l^j ; no active voice. To he thrown into
the sea. 'J A sea, flood ; a river, as at 20 y.
39. — A-w V. To aim at getting for oneVsclf,
choose for one's-self.
J^ aor. ^^-4^ To place (a corpse) on its right side
in the grave, ^^^aj Plur. ^J2a fern. The right
hand, an oath, power; ^;:rt?^ t:;^ 37 y. 28,
Lit. ''.From the right hand," meaning with a
good omen, or with force, or with an oath, etc.
^^1 (2nd declension) The right (hand). "^^*' ^
The right hand.
««*jI^ plur. of c^^ A fountain, rt. j-J q.v.
Digitized by
Google
tri
( 1C3 )
u.^^
■ j^ aor. T^'Jj To Ic rip:. 4^ n.a. rapenc:3, tlio
act of cominjj to mriurity.
5^j .g: »^:'Io noun, Jcv/3. lJ')j'(>. Of ^^"^ Jcvisb
nr.tion.
^^jj aor. iv. f. of ^ q.v.
Jjj aor. of jU for 3^ q.y.
3jj aor. conditional ii. f. of ^^\ q.v.
j^jtj Srd pcrs. fern. plar. aor. pcis3. iv. f. of j^ii
q.v.
^^ see ;^^»*-J.
uj^cj (Sod declension) Joseph.
^Ju Sr-.l por3. plur. nor. iv. f. of ^^ -i^ .i.r.
^Tj^^^j CrJ pera. plur. aor. iv. f. of ^^ q.v.
VjJ cor. 1j}^ 7b ^^ t?r exist /or a day. j*jJ Plur
^C1 A day, the civil day of 24 hours; a daj
of battle, thus at 45 v. 13, where the vrcrd
^f/ilil mean tho:o days when it m"^':
please God to bestow victory on the Moslems
1^ On that day, on a cert:^in day; f^^\ To
day, on this day. Ali^ Then, on that day, j
word composed of a^ and j\ or J^, D. S. Gr
T.l, p.521.
^^ (2nd declension) Jonah.
FINIS.
Digitized by
Google
^^
errata:
PAOl COL. tlNS
9 2 2Zfor ^/Arcad J^.
13
23
25
1 2ifor^3 readjO.
2 IQ/or 1^1 read cJ^..
1 6 line 3 from bottom ybr tescMecd read
teshdeed.
c^^ij>- read v— ^.^l**-*
28 2 12/(?r
70 2 21/(?r Schechinali r^ai ShechiDah.
rAOS COL. U5B
91 2 5 lines from bottom/^r Those who purify,
etc,, read One who purifies himself,
or isclean, pure.
107 1 7ybr 0. and i. read a,
112 1 last line but one 1J should come after
Jlip.113^
139 1 8/ar plur. of ijll^, rt. read part. act.
ill. f. of.
68 555 AA A 30
mPBUC AUITIN AKD tONS, rAIMTlUlS, UUiTWOUf,
If -J
x^
DigitizecJ by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11